As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2,November 30, 2007

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

oREGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 20062007

OR

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

oSHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from        to

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-14874


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


ENGLAND AND WALES

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Upton Road, Bristol BS99 7UJ, England

011 44 117 963-6636

(Address of principal executive office)


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of Exchange

American Depositary Shares

 

New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary Shares of 10p each

 

New York Stock Exchange*


 

*Listed, not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to
the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 71¤/8% Guaranteed Notes due April 1, 2009 of Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Group PLC and Imperial Tobacco Limited.

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of September 30, 2006: 683,196,9212007: 729,200,921 Ordinary Shares of 10p each.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

Yes  xNo  o

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  oNo  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x                                                        No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

Large accelerated filer  xAccelerated filer  oNon-accelerated filer  o

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  x                   Item 18  ox

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  o                                                          No  x

 





TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PagePart I

 

Part I

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

1

 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

1

 

Item 33..

 

Key Information

1

 

A

A

Selected Financial Data

 

1

 

B

Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

5

 

C

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

5

 

D

D

Risk Factors

 

5Item 4.

Information on the Company

 

Item 4.

Information on the Company

12

A

History and Development

 

12

 

B

Business Overview

 

13

 

C

Organizational Structure

 

44

 

D

Property, Plant and Equipment

47

 

Item 4A

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

49

 

Item 55..

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

49

 

A

A

Operating Results

 

53

 

B

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

58

C

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

C

 

Research and DevelopmentD, Patents and Licenses

62

D

Trend Information

 

62

 

E

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

62

 

F

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

62

 

G

Safe Harbor

 

62Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

63

A

Directors and Senior Management

 

63

 

B

Compensation

 

65

 

C

Board Practices

 

68

 

D

Employees

 

79

 

E

Share Ownership

79

 

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

88

 

A

Major Shareholders

 

88

 

B

Related Party Transactions

 

88

 

C

Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

88Item 8.

Financial Information

 

Item 8.

Financial Information

89

A

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

89

 

B

Significant Changes

 

89

(i)




TABLE OF CONTENTS


91Item 10.

Additional Information

 

Item 10.

Additional Information

91

A

Share Capital

 

91

 

B

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

91

 

C

Material Contracts

 

96

 

D

Exchange Controls

 

96

 

E

Taxation

 

96

 

F

Dividends and Paying Agents

 

101

 

G

Statement by Experts

 

101

 

H

Documents on Display

 

101

 

I

Subsidiary Information

 

102Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Item 1112..

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

102

Item 12.

Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

104

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

Part II

Item 1313..

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

105

 

Item 1414..

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

105

 

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

105

 

A

A

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

105

 

B

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

106

 

Item 16.

 

 

 

 

A

Audit Committee Financial ExpeExpertrt

106

 

B

B

Code of Ethics

 

106

 

C

Principal Accountant’s Fees and Services

 

107

 

D

Exemptions from Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

107

 

E

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

107

 

Part III

 

 

 

Part III

Item 1717..

 

Financial Statements

109

 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements*

109

 

Item 1919..

 

Exhibits

110

 

Signatures

 

112

 


* We have responded to Item 17 in lieu of responding to this Item.

(ii)

ii





DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are, however, subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations described in such “forward-looking statements.”statements”. These factors include, among other things, the following:

·                  the declining demand for tobacco products encouraged by increasing government regulation, government funded anti-smoking campaigns, heightened public awareness of smoking-related health concerns, and frequent and substantial increases in the excise duty on tobacco products;

·                  government investigations related to trading and excise duty;

·                  our ability to complete our proposed acquisition of Altadis and integrate its operations without significant disruption to our and its existing business;

                  the continued organic growth of the business which is underpinned by our key markets;

·                  smoking and health-related litigation;

·                  competitive product and pricing pressures; and

·                  foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations.

Please also see the factors disclosed in Item 3D: Risk Factors.

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by such cautionary statements.

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

In this annual report:

·                  “we,” “our,” “us,” “group,“Group,” “ITG” and similar terms, as well as “Imperial Tobacco” and “Imperial,” mean Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, including its predecessor companies, and its, or their, consolidated subsidiaries;

·                  “ADR” means American Depositary Receipt and “ADRs” means American Depositary Receipts;

·                  “ADS” means American Depositary Share and “ADSs” means American Depositary Shares;

·                  “Baelen”“Altadis” means Altadis, S.A., a public limited liability company incorporated in Spain which is a European leader in tobacco manufacture and distribution, and logistics, and a world leader in cigars;

                  “Commonwealth Brands” means the fine cut tobaccocigarette manufacturing and distribution business of Baelen International N.V.CBHC Inc., which trades as Commonwealth Brands Inc. and Tabakbedrijf Baelen N.V., collectively the “Baelen group,” which we acquired on September 29, 2000;April 2, 2007;

·                  “CTC” means the filter tubes manufacturing business of the CTC Tube Company of Canada, which we acquired on May 11, 2004;

·                  “Demerger” means the demerger (spin-off) of Hanson PLC’s tobacco interests to us on October 1, 1996;

·                  “$,” “U.S. dollars,” “U.S.$,” “dollars,” “cents,” and “c” refer to the currency of the United States;

iii



·                  “E.C.” means the European Community, which includes the Member States of the European Union;

·                  “EFKA”“Enlarged Group” means ITG and its subsidiaries following completion of the rolling papers and tubes manufacturing and distribution businessproposed acquisition of EFKA - Werke Fritz Kiehn GmbH and EFKA Canada Limited, collectively the “EFKA Group”, which we acquired on October 2, 2000;Altadis;

(iii)




·                  “E.U.” means the European Union, which includes Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, The Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom as at September 30, 2006. The E.U. expanded from January 1, 2007 to include Bulgaria and Romania;Kingdom;

·                  “€” and “euro” refer to the single currency of the twelve Member States of the European Union which have satisfied the convergence criteria set forth in the Maastricht Treaty and did not opt out of participation in European Economic and Monetary Union on January 1, 1999, together with Slovenia which joined the euro on January 1, 2007;

·                  “fine cut tobacco” means loose tobacco which is used with rolling papers or filter tubes;

·                  “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the indicated country;

·                  “Gunnar Stenberg” means Gunnar Stenberg AS, a Norwegian tobacco and tobacco-related products sales and distribution company, in which we acquired a 100% interest on February 14, 2006;

·                  “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards as prepared by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as endorsed by the E.U. For the company,Company, there are no material differences between the financial information prepared under IFRS as endorsed by the E.U. and that prepared under published IFRS;

·       “Lao Tobacco” means Lao Tobacco Limited, in which we acquired a controlling interest on February 6, 2002;

·       “Mayfair” means the cigarette vending operations of Mayfair Vending Limited, which we acquired on December 8, 2000;

·                  “other tobacco products” or “OTP” mean fine cut tobacco, cigars, pipe tobacco, snuff and snus;

·                  “pounds sterling noon buying rate” means the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in U.S. dollars per £1.00 sterling;

·                  “£,” “pounds sterling,” “sterling,” “pence” and “p” refer to the currency of the United Kingdom;

·                  “Reemtsma” means the cigarette manufacturing and distribution business of Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH in which we acquired a controlling interest from Tchibo Holding AG and other investors on May 15, 2002;2002 (and subsequently acquired the remaining interest);

·                  “Rizla” means the rolling papers manufacturing and distribution business of Rizla International B.V., which we acquired on January 27, 1997;

·                  “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

·                  “SFAS” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standard as prepared by the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board;

·                  “Singles” means pre-rolled cartridges of tobacco that are inserted into separately sold filter tubes using a special device resembling a pen;

·                  “Skruf” means the business of Skruf Snus A.B. in which we acquired a controlling interest on September 14, 2005;

·                  “SR” refers to the currency of Saudi Arabia;

iv



                  “stock keeping unit” or “SKU” means an identification, usually alphanumeric, of a particular product that allows it to be tracked for inventory purposes;

(iv)




·                  “Tobaccor” means the cigarette manufacturing and distribution business of Tobaccor S.A.S., in which we acquired a controlling interest from Bolloré S.A. on March 30, 2001;2001 (and subsequently acquired the remaining interest);

·                  “tonnes” means metric tonnes, equal to 1,000 kilograms or 2,204.6 pounds;

·                  “United Kingdom” and “U.K.” mean the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;

·                  “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America;

·                  “Van Nelle Tabak” means the non-U.S. tobacco business of Douwe Egberts Van Nelle B.V., which we acquired from Sara Lee Corporation on July 1, 1998 and renamed “Van Nelle Tabak”; and

·                  “VAT” means value added tax.

In the past

Prior to fiscal 2003, our fiscal year normally ended on the Saturday nearest September 30 of each year. However, from fiscal 2003 and thereafter, our fiscal year end has been changed toended on September 30. Therefore, references to fiscal years can reflect either a 52-week or 53-week period or, for fiscal 2003, a 52-week and three-day period. Fromperiod; from fiscal 2004 onwards our fiscal year is a period of 365 or 366 days.

Management assesses the financial performance of our business using non-GAAP measures of revenue less duty and adjusted profit from operations.

Management believes that thesereporting non-GAAP adjusted measures provideprovides a better comparison of business performance thanand reflects the related GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measure of revenue less duty removesway in which the distortionbusiness is controlled. Accordingly, as outlined in the trends of our revenue and operating margins that are caused by the different excise regimes that exist within the markets in which we operate. The non-GAAP measure of adjusted profit from operations represents operating profit before deducting restructuring costs. Both these measures are derived from our segmental information contained inaccounting policy note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

Perreport, the adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share amounts presentedexclude, where applicable, amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs, retirement benefits net financing income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges and related taxation effects. Reconciliations between adjusted and reported profit from operations are included within note 1 to the financial statements, adjusted and reported finance costs in note 5, adjusted and reported taxation in note 6, and adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8. These and other adjusted measures in this annual report for periods priorsuch as adjusted net debt are not defined terms under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Under U.S. GAAP such measures would not be included in the notes to April 8, 2002 have been adjusted to reflect the bonus element of the two-for-five discounted rights issue that occurred in fiscal 2002.financial statements.

Our consolidated financial statements are expressed in pounds sterling and prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs from U.S. GAAP in certain respects. Please see note 3130 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, for a discussion of the principal differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP relevant to our consolidated financial statements. As required by European Commission Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002, our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS rather than U.K. GAAP, commencing with the 2006 fiscal year. In ourOur financial statements for the 2006 fiscal year theincluded comparative figures for the 2005 fiscal year have been restated in accordance with IFRS. For an explanation of the adjustments made for this restatement, please see note 30 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included in this annual report.

Solely for your convenience, this annual report contains translations of certain pounds sterling amounts into U.S. dollars at the pounds sterling noon buying rate on September 29, 2006,28, 2007, which was the last business day before the date of our most recent balance sheet included in this annual report. The pounds sterling noon buying rate was $1.8716$2.0389 per £1.00 on September 29, 200628, 2007 and $1.9598$2.0564 per £1.00 on January 26,November 23, 2007.

Translations contained in this annual report do not constitute representations that the stated pounds sterling amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or vice versa, or that amounts could be or could have been converted into U.S. dollars or pounds sterling, as the case may be, at any particular rate. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between pounds sterling and U.S. dollars will affect, among other things,

v



the U.S. dollar equivalent of the pounds sterling price of our ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange, which is likely to affect the market price of our ADSs. Such fluctuations could also affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the pounds sterling dividends paid on our ordinary shares.

(v)




World data and individual market data referred to herein with respect to us and our competitors are internally generated management estimates derived, where available, from a variety of sources, including internal sales data, factory sales information provided by tobacco manufacturers and importers, customs data, trade journals, publications and governmental statistics, as well as independently compiled market research statistics derived from Pointpoint of Salesale surveys and trade questionnaires. Unless otherwise indicated, market volume and share data referred to herein with respect to us and our competitors refers to unit sales in the relevant fiscal year. All market shares and comparisons of market shares are stated on a moving annual total basis, unless stated otherwise.

Solely for your convenience, we have provided our website address and those of certain third parties in this annual report. We do not take responsibility for the information contained in any third-party websites and no information in our website or any third-party websites should be deemed to be incorporated in, or form a part of, this annual report.

(vi)

vi





PART I

Item 1:  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

This item is not applicable.

Item 2:  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

This item is not applicable.

Item 3:  Key Information

A               Selected Financial Data

Commencing in fiscal 2006, we have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS instead of U.K. GAAP. As permitted by the SEC’s rules for first time application of IFRS which permit eligible foreign private issuers for their first year of reporting under IFRS to file two rather than three years of statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows prepared in accordance with IFRS, with appropriate related disclosure, only the results for fiscal 2005 have been restated under IFRS.

IFRS differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP; for a description of the principal differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP relevant to our consolidated financial statements, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of net income for each of the twothree fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 20062007 and a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of shareholders’ funds as at September 30, 20052006 and September 30, 2006,2007, see note 3130 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

The selected consolidated financial information of Imperial Tobacco set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Imperial Tobacco’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report and with Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects. The selected consolidated financial information set forth below for Imperial Tobacco Group PLC as at September 30, 20052006 and September 30, 20062007 and for each of the twothree fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 20062007 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. Such audited consolidated financial statements for Imperial Tobacco Group PLC as at September 30, 20052006 and September 30, 20062007 and for each of the twothree fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 20062007 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as indicated in their report included in this annual report. The selected U.S. GAAP consolidated financial information set forth below for Imperial Tobacco Group PLC as at September 28, 2002,30, 2003, September 30, 20032004 and September 30, 20042005, and for each of the threetwo fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2004 is derived from financial statements not included in this annual report.


Pounds sterling amounts in fiscal 20062007 have been translated into U.S. dollars, solely for your convenience, at $1.8716$2.0389 per £1.00, the pounds sterling noon buying rate on September 29, 2006,28, 2007, the last business day before the date of our most recent balance sheet included in this annual report.

 

 

Fiscal year

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2006

 

 

 

£

 

£

 

$

 

 

 

(in millions, except “per inordinary share”
and “per ADS” amounts)

 

AMOUNTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit and loss account data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue(1)

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

21,853

 

Profit from operations

 

1,240

 

1,311

 

2,454

 

Net finance costs

 

(162

)

(143

)

(268

)

Profit before tax

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

2,186

 

Taxation

 

(288

)

(310

)

(580

)

Profit for the year

 

790

 

858

 

1,606

 

Equity minority interests

 

(6

)

(7

)

(13

)

Profit attributable to shareholders

 

784

 

851

 

1,593

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share(2)(4)

 

108.6p

 

122.2p

 

228.7c

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share(3)(4)

 

108.1p

 

121.6p

 

227.6c

 

Shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

696,334,738

 

Shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

 

724,848,626

 

699,628,540

 

699,628,540

 

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

73

 

73

 

137

 

Total assets

 

6,695

 

7,143

 

13,369

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

686

 

579

 

1,084

 

 

1



 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2006

 

 

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

 

 

(in millions, except “per ordinary share” and “per ADS” amounts)

 

AMOUNTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit and loss account data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

8,296

 

11,412

 

11,005

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

21,853

 

Income from operations

 

624

 

981

 

976

 

1,147

 

1,214

 

2,272

 

Net income

 

299

 

496

 

543

 

680

 

778

 

1,456

 

Basic net income per ordinary share(2)(4)

 

45.1p

 

68.5p

 

75.0p

 

94.2p

 

111.7p

 

209.1c

 

Basic net income per ADS

 

90.2p

 

137.0p

 

150.0p

 

188.4p

 

223.4p

 

418.2c

 

Diluted net income per ordinary share(3)(4)

 

44.8p

 

68.2p

 

74.6p

 

93.8p

 

111.2p

 

208.1c

 

Diluted net income per ADS

 

89.6p

 

136.4p

 

149.2p

 

187.6p

 

222.4p

 

416.2c

 

Shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share

 

663,380,317

 

724,328,162

 

724,263,415

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

696,334,738

 

Shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

 

667,057,602

 

727,553,315

 

727,592,045

 

724,717,471

 

699,489,970

 

699,489,970

 

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

137

 

Total assets

 

8,473

 

9,147

 

8,695

 

8,622

 

9,038

 

16,916

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

1,105

 

1,467

 

1,659

 

1,807

 

1,503

 

2,813

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2007

 

 

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

$

 

 

 

(in millions, except “shares”, “per ordinary share” and “per ADS”
amounts)

 

AMOUNTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit and loss account data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (1)

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

12,344

 

25,168

 

Profit from operations

 

1,240

 

1,311

 

1,418

 

2,891

 

Net finance costs

 

(162

)

(143

)

(181

)

(369

)

Profit before tax

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

1,237

 

2,522

 

Taxation

 

(288

)

(310

)

(325

)

(663

)

Profit for the year

 

790

 

858

 

912

 

1,859

 

Equity minority interests

 

(6

)

(7

)

(7

)

(14

)

Profit attributable to shareholders

 

784

 

851

 

905

 

1,845

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share(2)(4)

 

108.6

p

122.2

p

134.3

p

273.8

c

Diluted earnings per ordinary share(3)(4)

 

108.1

p

121.6

p

133.7

p

272.6

c

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

673,826,255

 

673,826,255

 

Shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

 

724,848,626

 

699,628,540

 

676,745,385

 

676,745,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

149

 

Total assets

 

6,695

 

7,143

 

9,008

 

18,366

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

686

 

579

 

1,118

 

2,279

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2007

 

 

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

£

 

$

 

 

 

(in millions, except “shares”, “per ordinary share” and “per ADS” amounts)

 

AMOUNTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit and loss account data
(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue(1)

 

11,412

 

11,005

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

12,344

 

25,168

 

Income from operations

 

981

 

976

 

1,147

 

1,214

 

1,340

 

2,732

 

Net income

 

496

 

543

 

680

 

778

 

917

 

1,870

 

Basic net income per ordinary share(2)(4)

 

68.5

p

75.0

p

94.2

p

111.7

p

136.1

p

277.5

c

Basic net income per ADS

 

137.0

p

150.0

p

188.4

p

223.4

p

272.2

p

555.0

c

Diluted net income per ordinary share(3)(4)

 

68.2

74.6

93.8

p

111.2

p

135.5

p

276.3

c

Diluted net income per ADS

 

136.4

149.2

p

187.6

p

222.4

p

271.0

p

552.5

c

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in calculation of basic income per share

 

724,328,162

 

724,263,415

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

673,826,255

 

673,826,255

 

Shares used in calculation of diluted income per share

 

727,553,315

 

727,592,045

 

724,717,471

 

699,489,970

 

676,609,980

 

676,609,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

73

 

149

 

Total assets

 

9,147

 

8,695

 

8,622

 

9,038

 

10,846

 

22,114

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

1,467

 

1,659

 

1,807

 

1,503

 

2,083

 

4,247

 


(1)          Revenue represents the amount charged to customers in respect of goods sold, services supplied and license fees, exclusive of applicable sales taxes or equivalents.

Sales of goods are recognized when risks and rewards of ownership pass to the customer and when collectibilitycollectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured.

Sales of services, which include fees for distributing third party products, are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. License fees are recognized on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

All income relates to continuing operations.

2



(2)          Basic earningsearnings/net income per share is calculated on the profit for the fiscal year attributable to shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of shares assumed to be in issue excluding those held in treasury and by the employee benefit trusts during the same period.

(3)          Diluted earningsearnings/net income per share is calculated on the profit for the fiscal year attributable to shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of shares assumed to be in issue excluding those held in treasury and by the employee benefit trusts during the same period plus potentially dilutive share options.

(4)          Our issued and fully paid share capital as at September 30, 20062007 was 729,200,921 ordinary shares of 10p each. Per share amounts presented in this annual report for periods prior to April 8, 2002 have been adjusted to reflect the bonus element of the two-for-five discounted rights issue that occurred in fiscal 2002.


Dividends

The following tables set forth the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends we paid in respect of our ordinary shares for each of the last five fiscal years, indicated in pence per ordinary share, U.S. dollars per ordinary share and U.S. dollars per ADS, each of which represents two ordinary shares. U.S. dollar amounts have been translated, solely for your convenience, at the pounds sterling noon buying rate on each of the respective payment dates for such interim and final dividends.dividends, except for the final dividend in the 2007 fiscal year which, subject to shareholder approval, is to be paid on February 15, 2008, and for which the pounds sterling noon buying rate on September 28, 2007 has been used.

Dividends per share

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Pence per ordinary share

 

Translated into U.S. dollars per ordinary share

 

Translated into
U.S. dollars per ADS

 

 

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

2002

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

23.0

 

 

 

33.0

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

0.51

 

 

 

0.30

 

 

 

0.72

 

 

 

1.02

 

 

2003

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

30.0

 

 

 

42.0

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

1.12

 

 

 

1.52

 

 

2004

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

50.0

 

 

 

0.28

 

 

 

0.66

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

1.32

 

 

 

1.88

 

 

2005

 

 

16.5

 

 

 

39.5

 

 

 

56.0

 

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

0.99

 

 

 

0.58

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

2006

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

43.5

 

 

 

62.0

 

 

 

0.35

 

 

 

0.81

 

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

1.62

 

 

 

2.32

 

 

 

The table above presents dividends per share reflecting the bonus element of the two-for-five discounted rights issue approved on April 8, 2002. The actual dividends per share previously quoted prior to the rights issue are shown below:

Dividends per share (previously quoted prior to rights issue)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translated into

 

Translated into

 

 

Pence per ordinary share

 

U.S. dollars per ordinary share

 

U.S. dollars per ADS

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Pence per ordinary share

 

Translated into U.S. dollars
per ordinary share

 

Translated into
U.S. dollars per ADS

 

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

Interim

 

Final

 

Total

 

2002(1)

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

12.0

 

30.0

 

42.0

 

0.20

 

0.56

 

0.76

 

0.40

 

1.12

 

1.52

 

2004

 

15.0

 

35.0

 

50.0

 

0.28

 

0.66

 

0.94

 

0.56

 

1.32

 

1.88

 

2005

 

16.5

 

39.5

 

56.0

 

0.29

 

0.70

 

0.99

 

0.58

 

1.40

 

1.98

 

2006

 

18.5

 

43.5

 

62.0

 

0.35

 

0.85

 

1.20

 

0.70

 

1.70

 

2.40

 

2007

 

21.0

 

48.5

 

69.5

 

0.42

 

0.99

 

1.41

 

0.84

 

1.98

 

2.82

 

 

(1)             The 2002 final dividend was not quoted at the date of approval of the rights issue.

The actual rate at which cash dividends are converted to U.S. dollars by Citibank N.A., as depositary, may not equal the pounds sterling noon buying rates on the dividend payment date. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between pounds sterling and U.S. dollars and expenses of the depositary will affect the U.S. dollar amounts actually received by holders of ADSs upon conversion by the depositary of such cash dividends. For information concerning the taxation of dividends, see Item 10E: Taxation.

3



Exchange Rates

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information in U.S. dollars to the nearest cent, with respect to:

·                  the period end pounds sterling noon buying rate on the last business day in the applicable fiscal year;

·                  the average of the pounds sterling noon buying rates on the last business day of each full month during the period;

·                  the high pounds sterling noon buying rate; and

·                  the low pounds sterling noon buying rate.


 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Period End

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

 

Period End

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

2002

 

 

1.55

 

 

 

1.47

 

 

1.56

 

1.41

 

2003

2003

 

 

1.66

 

 

 

1.61

 

 

1.66

 

1.56

 

 

1.66

 

1.61

 

1.66

 

1.56

 

2004

2004

 

 

1.81

 

 

 

1.80

 

 

1.90

 

1.66

 

 

1.81

 

1.80

 

1.90

 

1.66

 

2005

2005

 

 

1.77

 

 

 

1.85

 

 

1.92

 

1.76

 

 

1.77

 

1.85

 

1.92

 

1.76

 

2006

2006

 

 

1.87

 

 

 

1.81

 

 

1.90

 

1.72

 

 

1.87

 

1.81

 

1.90

 

1.72

 

2007 (through January, 26, 2007).

 

 

1.96

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

1.98

 

1.85

 

2007

 

2.04

 

1.98

 

2.06

 

1.85

 

2008 (through November 23, 2007)

 

2.06

 

2.08

 

2.11

 

2.03

 

 

The high and low pounds sterling noon buying rates in U.S. dollars per £1.00 for the last six months were:

 

 

High

 

Low

 

August 2006

 

1.91

 

1.87

 

September 2006

 

1.91

 

1.86

 

October 2006

 

1.91

 

1.85

 

November 2006

 

1.97

 

1.89

 

December 2006

 

1.98

 

1.95

 

January 2007 (through January 26, 2007)

 

1.98

 

1.93

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

June 2007

 

2.01

 

1.97

 

July 2007

 

2.06

 

2.01

 

August 2007

 

2.04

 

1.98

 

September 2007

 

2.04

 

1.99

 

October 2007

 

2.08

 

2.03

 

November 2007 (through November 23)

 

2.11

 

2.05

 

 

Pounds sterling are convertible into U.S. dollars at freely floating rates and there are currently no restrictions on the flow of pounds sterling between the United Kingdom and the United States. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between pounds sterling and U.S. dollars may affect our revenue, profit and financial condition. Fluctuations in such rates in the past are not necessarily indicative of fluctuations that may occur in the future. Translations contained in this annual report do not constitute representations that the stated pounds sterling amounts actually represent stated U.S. dollar amounts or vice versa, or that amounts could be or could have been converted into U.S. dollars or pounds sterling, as the case may be, at any particular rate.

B               Capitalization and Indebtedness

This section is not applicable.

C               Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

This section is not applicable.

4



DRisk Factors

Set out below is a non-exhaustive list of risk factors of which investors in our company should be aware. Not all of these factors are within the company’sCompany’s control. There may be other risks and uncertainties which are unknown to the companyCompany or which may not be material now but could turn out to be material in the future. In addition, we are subject to the same general risk factors and uncertainties as any other business, for example the political stability in countries in which we operate and source our raw materials, the impact of natural disasters and changes in general economic conditions.

On July 18, 2007, the Group announced a recommended proposed cash offer for Altadis. For additional information about the proposed acquisition, please see Item 4A: History and Development, and Item 8B: Significant Changes. The section below considers risks pertaining to our company, the proposed acquisition, and the Enlarged Group which would result.

Risks relating to Imperial Tobacco and the Enlarged Group

We and the Enlarged Group may be adversely affected by declining demand for tobacco products

Since the 1970s1990s there has been a general decline in the demand for tobacco products in developed markets.countries. This decline has been encouraged by increasing government regulation, government funded anti-smoking campaigns heightened public awareness of smoking-related health concerns, and frequent and substantial increases in the excise duty on tobacco products.

5




Any future substantial decline in the demand for tobacco products could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

Increased regulation of the tobacco industry may have an adverse effect on the demand for tobacco products

The advertising, sale and consumption of tobacco products have been subject to regulatory influence from governments, health officials and anti-smoking groups, principally due to claimstheir conclusion that cigarette smoking and tobacco products are harmful to health. This has resulted in substantial restrictions on the manufacture, development, sale, distribution, marketing, advertising, product design and consumption of tobacco products, introduced by regulation and voluntary agreements. In addition, anti-smoking groups, the E.U.European Union and the World Health Organization,Organisation are seeking to diminish the social acceptability of smoking.

Any future increase

New tobacco legislation was brought into effect in Spain and Scotland in 2006, in France in February 2007, in Wales and Northern Ireland in April 2007, and in England in July 2007, which restricts smoking in public places. These changes in legislation may have an adverse effect on demand for our and the Enlarged Group’s products.

Future increases in the regulation of the tobacco industry could result in a substantial decline in the demand for tobacco products or in an increase in our costs and the costs of the Enlarged Group in complying with these regulatory requirements and could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

In addition, we and the Enlarged Group could be adversely affected by the proposal that the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) be granted regulatory supervision over the U.S. tobacco industry. If the FDA is granted tobacco regulatory authority, it is not clear what form that regulation might take and what effect these regulatory changes might have on the overall market or market shares in the U.S.

For additional information about the regulatory influences affecting cigarette consumption, please see Item 4B: Business Overview–Overview – Regulatory Issues.

Increased excise duty on tobacco products may have an adverse effect on the demand for tobacco products

Tobacco products are subject to excise duty which, in many of the markets in which we operate and the Enlarged Group will operate, represents a substantial percentage of the retail price and has been steadily increasing in recent years. Increasing levels of excise duty have among other things,negatively impacted overall consumption and encouraged consumers in affected markets to switch from premium price cigarettes to lower price cigarettes

5



and fine cut tobacco.

Future increases in excise duties could result in a substantial decline in the demand for tobacco products or downtrading to less profitable brands and products and could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

We and the Enlarged Group may be adversely affected by changes to the taxexcise duty status of other tobacco products

We are one of the world’s leading manufacturermanufacturers of other tobacco products by volume and, as such, any unfavorable taxunfavourable excise duty treatment of other tobacco products, if widely adopted, may have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.

On April 1, 2006 the excise duty treatment of Singles tobacco products produced in Germany changed.  From April 1, 2006, Singles are taxed as cigarettes rather than fine cut tobacco.  Following this change in excise duty treatment, the production of Singles ceased on March 31, 2006.  This change only affects our German market,condition and it remains extremely difficult to quantify the effect of this change on this market.

For additional information about the impactthat of the cessation of Singles production please see Item 4B: Business Overview – Business Operations.Enlarged Group.

Disparities in customs duties in different countries and territories can affect the trading and regulatory environment in which we and the Enlarged Group operate

International disparities in rates of excise duty charged on tobacco products have created an environment in which cross-border trading and counterfeiting havehas proliferated, to the detriment of individual government revenues. Within such an environment, there is a risk that tobacco companies and their directors, executive officers and other employees will be subject to investigations by customs or other authorities. Criminal and civil sanctions, negative publicity and allegations of complicity in illegal cross-border trading and money laundering activities may be made against tobacco companies or their directors, executive officers or employees. Along with other responsible members of the tobacco industry and in liaison with government and customs authorities, we have adopted a number of measures, including


implementing pre-supplypre- and post-supply checks on export shipments and strengthening information exchanges with customs authorities, to combat illegal cross-border trading and counterfeiting.trading. However, because these activities are illegal, the people conducting them generally try to conceal them and accordingly their detection can be difficult.

We have continued to work with customs authorities in a number of countries around the world to counter the illegal trade in tobacco products and we have now signed Memoranda of Understanding (MoUs)(“MoUs”) in a total of 1112 countries. Discussions are progressing in a number of other countries. In March 2006, together with the other major U.K. tobacco manufacturers, we signed an industry MoU with HM Revenue and& Customs that builds on the success of previous MoUs.

As previously reported, certain investigations were initiated by German authorities in January 2003 into alleged foreign trading and related violations by a number of people, including Reemtsma employees during a period prior to its acquisition by the group.  Imperial Tobacco Group. In connection with one of the investigations, the authorities have applied for financial penalties to be imposed on Reemtsma. Such penalties could be imposed if former Reemtsma employees who have been charged are ultimately found to have committed offences. In those circumstances, we would seek recovery of any losses under arrangements made on the acquisition of the business. For additional information about these investigations please see Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment.Environment.

We co-operate fully with any investigations by customs or other authorities and we intend to continue to do so; however,so. However, there can be no assurances that such investigations will not result in negative publicity or actions being brought in the future against us, the Enlarged Group or our or its respective directors, executive officers or employees, in the future, or that any such publicity or actions will not have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition or that of the Enlarged Group. Although we have implemented procedures to detect and control illegal trading of our tobacco products, such procedures can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of detecting non-compliance by managing rather than eliminating risk.

We and the Enlarged Group are dependent on our positions in our key marketscountries

The continued organic growth of theour business is underpinned by our positions in our key markets.  The company’scountries. Our two most significant marketscountries are the domestic markets of the United Kingdom and Germany which(which together contributed 45%43% of our total net revenue less duty and 56% of our total profit from operations in 2006.our financial year ended September 30, 2007) and Altadis’ two most significant countries are France and Spain. Any future declines in the U.K. or German tobaccothese markets could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition and that of the Enlarged Group. The proliferation of the counterfeiting of tobacco products could contribute to any such decline.

 

We and the Enlarged Group may be adversely affected by our significant market positionpositions in certain marketscountries

We have significant market positions in certain marketscountries in which we operate, including the United Kingdom and Germany.Germany, and Altadis has significant positions in France, Spain and Morocco (for cigarettes) and France,

6



Spain and the United States (for cigars). As a result, we and the Enlarged Group may be subject to investigation for alleged infringement ofenhanced regulatory scrutiny as to competition law in these markets,countries, which could result in adverse regulatory action by the relevant authorities, including the potential for monetary fines, and negative publicity. There can be no assurances that any such investigationsscrutiny will not result in investigations or actions being brought against us or the Enlarged Group or that any such investigations or publicity will not have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit or financial condition.condition or that of the Enlarged Group.

As previously reported, information was supplied by the groupImperial Tobacco Group and a number of other companies to the U.K. Office of Fair Trading (the OFT)“OFT”) in October 2003 and April 2005 in relation to an enquiryOFT investigation into the operationsoperation of the U.K. tobacco supply chain.  chain, but to date no substantive response to any of the information submitted has been received from the OFT. The OFT’s investigation is continuing. In the event that the OFT ultimately decides that a company has infringed U.K. competition law, it may impose a fine. For additional information about this enquiry please see Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment.

It is not possible for us to identify from publicly available information whether or not Altadis is subject to any pending anti-trust actions.

We and the Enlarged Group could incur substantial damages and costs in connection with litigation

Tobacco manufacturers, including us and Altadis, have been sued by parties seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects. Although to date no final adverse judgment has been entered and, to our knowledge, no action has been settled in favorfavour of a plaintiffclaimant in any such action in the United Kingdom, Germany, France or Germany (ourSpain (the Enlarged Group’s most important markets)European countries of operation), we cannot assure youthere can be no assurance that legal aid or other funding will continue to be denied to plaintiffsclaimants in smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related litigation in any jurisdiction in the future, that favorablefavourable decisions will be achieved


in the proceedings pending against us or the Enlarged Group, that additional proceedings by private, corporate or public sector plaintiffsclaimants will not be commenced against us or the Enlarged Group or that we or the Enlarged Group will not incur damages which may be material.

 

Although it is not possible accurately to predict the outcome of any pending smoking-relatedsmoking and health-related litigation, we believe that we have meritorious defensesdefences to the pending actions against us and that they will not have a material adverse effect upon our revenue, profit or financial condition. We have not been able to conduct due diligence as to whether Altadis has meritorious defences to actions pending against it. Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, we and the Enlarged Group will incur costs defending claims which we maywill not be able to recover fully, irrespective of whether we are successful in defending such claims.  Historically the costs of defending such claims have not been material.

The impact of litigation on our business is discussed in further detail in Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment.

Historically, Imperialwe did not sell tobacco products in the United States, the jurisdiction with the greatest prevalence of smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related litigation. However, Reemtsma had sold relatively small quantities of cigarettes in the United States between 1985 and 1999 and we continue to have limited sales in the U.S. duty-freeduty free market. In addition, following the completion of our acquisition of Commonwealth Brands, we have acquired a U.S. company which manufactures and sells cigarettes in the United States. According to Altadis’ 2006 consolidated management report, the Altadis Group produces and sells cigars in the United States, but no longer produces cigarettes for sale in the United States. We propose to start selling tobacco products, including cigarettes, through Commonwealth Brands directly into the U.S. domestic market during 2007 and consequently we cannot assure youin fiscal 2008 in conjunction with Commonwealth Brands’ existing operations. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to litigation in the United States in the future. We have submitted anIn particular, claims including class actions could be made against us in the United States in respect of, among other things, claims for personal injury or death, costs of providing health-care and costs of court-supervised health monitoring programmes. The damages sought in any such claim could be significant. In November 2007 we received confirmation that our application to become a Subsequent Participating Manufacturer (“SPM”) to the 1998 Master Settlement Agreement that all major U.S. marketindustry participants have entered into with, among others, the attorneys generalAttorneys General of 46 U.S. states, to settle healthcare reimbursement claims and other issues, buthad been approved. Commonwealth Brands became an SPM in 1998. However, there can be no assurances that any future litigation against us in the U.S., if successful, would not have an adverse effect upon our revenue, profit or financial condition.condition or that of the Enlarged Group.

In addition, even if Altadis or the Imperial Tobacco Group are not parties to litigation, any adverse judgment against a tobacco manufacturer or in relation to the tobacco market could have an impact on market

7



conditions which could adversely affect our revenue, profit or financial condition or that of the Enlarged Group.

Recent litigation in respect of the parallel importing of cigars from Cuba could have an adverse effect on sales of Cuban cigars by Corporación Habanos S.A. (of which Altadis owns 50%) in the European Union and elsewhere by liberalising the market for distribution of Cuban cigars within the E.U. This litigation concerned the purchase of cigars in Cuba for resale in the U.K.; the court decided that, as a result of the sales practices of Corporación Habanos S.A. in Cuba at the relevant time, the resale of Habanos cigars in the U.K. by a U.K. importer did not, at that time, infringe the trade marks of Habanos.

The impact of litigation on our business is discussed in further detail in Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment.

We operate in highly competitive markets

Our principal competitors are Philip Morris InternationalAltria Group, Inc. (or PMI), British American Tobacco plc (or BAT),and Japan Tobacco International Inc. (or JTI), Gallaher Group Plc (or Gallaher), and Altadis S.A. (or Altadis). These companies, some of which have greater financial resources than we have, remain strong competitors in the international markets in which we operate. Any increaseSignificant increases in competitive activity of these companies and other local manufacturers could lead to further competition and pricing pressure on our brands and reduce our profit margins. Our ability to compete with these companies may be limited by the regulatory environment in which we operate, including advertising restrictions, and this may adversely impact our efforts to strengthen our brand portfolio. Actions from our competitors may also have an unfavorableunfavourable impact on our ability to meet our strategy of growing the groupEnlarged Group organically and through acquisitions.

We may be unable to identify further acquisition opportunities

Historically, we have engaged in acquisitions which have been complementary to the organic growth of the group.Imperial Tobacco Group. The continuation of this expansion strategy is dependent on, among other things, identifying suitable acquisition or investment opportunities and successfully consummatingcompleting those transactions. AntitrustWhere we have identified acquisition opportunities, we have historically faced competition for these acquisitions.

Following completion of the acquisition of Altadis, anti-trust or similar laws may make it difficult for us to make additional acquisitions if regulators in countries where we and potential acquisition targets operate believe that a proposed transaction will have an adverse effect on competition in the relevant market.acquisitions. Even if we are able to identify candidates for acquisition, it may be difficult to complete transactions.  We have historically faced competition for acquisitions. In the future, this could limit our ability to grow by this method or could raise the price of acquisitions and make them less attractive to us. In addition, if we are unable to secure necessary financing, we may not be able to grow our business through acquisitions.


Our failure to manage growth could adversely affect our business and the business of the Enlarged Group

Our strategy includes expansion of our business internationally both through organic growth and by tobacco and tobacco-related acquisitions. Among other things, acquisitions require the attention of management and the diversion of other resources away from organic growth. Our ability to effectively integrate and manage acquired businesses effectively and handle any future growth will depend upon a number of factors and failure to manage growth effectively could adversely affect our revenue, profit and financial condition.condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

Typically, when we acquire a business we acquire all of its liabilities as well as its assets. Although we try to investigate each business thoroughly prior to acquisition and to obtain appropriate representations and warranties as to its assets and liabilities, there can be no assurance that we or the Enlarged Group will be able to identify all actual or potential liabilities of a company prior to its acquisition. Please see also the risk factor below regarding the limited extent of our due diligence access in relation to the proposed acquisition of Altadis.

We and the Enlarged Group may be adversely affected by our activities in developing markets

Our expansion into both developing and emerging markets may present more challenging operating environments where margins in general may be lower and in which commercial practices may be of a lower standard than those in which we have historically operated.

In addition, some

8



The proposed acquisition of Altadis will increase our sales in developing markets, including markets such as Russia, Morocco and the Middle East. According to Altadis’ 2006 consolidated management report, certain of these developing markets, in particular Morocco, are currently important to the operations of the Altadis Group. Following the proposed acquisition, the results and prospects for the Enlarged Group’s operations in these countries will be dependent, in part, on the political stability, economic activity and policies of those countries.

We and the Enlarged Group do business in countries subject to international sanctions

Some of the countries in which we operate,do business or with whom we have commercial dealings through third parties, such as Iran, Syria and Syria, are subject to certain international sanctions.Cuba, have been identified by the U.S. State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Our current operationsactivities in these jurisdictions are currently limited principally to selling tobacco products and purchasing tobacco leaf and are not material to our revenue, profit and financial condition. However, following completion of the proposed acquisition of Altadis, our business in Cuba, from which we have previously only sourced tobacco leaf, will become more significant as a result of Altadis’ 50% ownership interest in Corporacion Habanos S.A., a company which distributes cigars manufactured in Cuba.

We seek to comply fully with international sanctions to the extent they are applicable to us.us and will continue to do so following completion of the proposed acquisition of Altadis. However, in doing so we may be restricted in the sources of products that we supply to these jurisdictions, in our sources of funding for our operations in these jurisdictions or by the nationality of the personnel that we involve in these activities. FutureIn particular, Altadis’ cigar operations in Cuba could be materially limited by the operation of the United States Cuban Assets Control Regulations and the United States Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity (Libertad) Act 1996 (commonly known as Helms-Burton). New future sanctions or changes in internationalexisting sanctions maycould further restrict or entirely prevent us and the Enlarged Group from doing business in or having commercial dealings with certain jurisdictions, entirely.including Cuba, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

Further,

Furthermore, we may suffer from adverse public reaction or reputational harm as a result of doing business in or having commercial dealings through third parties with countries that have been identified as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. State Department, including Iran, Syria and Cuba, or that are subject to international sanctions, notwithstanding that theseour activities comply with applicable international sanctions do not apply to us as a U.K-based group and regardless of the materiality of our operations in such countries to our operations or financial condition. Any such reaction could have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition and that of the Enlarged Group or on the market price for our ordinary shares and ADSs.

We and the Enlarged Group may be adversely affected by changes in taxation legislation

Our adjusted tax rate of around 25% is based on current legislation in the countries in which we operate. Taxation legislation may be subject to future changes which could have an adverse effect on our profit and financial condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

We are and the Enlarged Group will be exposed to currency fluctuations

We are and the Enlarged Group will be exposed to the translation of the results of overseas subsidiaries into pounds sterling as well as the impact of currency fluctuations on our commercial transactions in foreign currencies. For significant acquisitions of overseas companies, borrowings are raised in the localappropriate currency to minimizeminimise the balance sheet translation risk.

In the 2005 and 2006 fiscal years, 58% (£6,519 million) and 59% (£6,914 million)2007 financial year, 61% or £7,502 million of our revenue respectively, and 63% (£780(2006:59% or £6,914 million; 2005: 58% or £6,519 million) and 62% (£815 million)61% or £863 million of our profit from operations respectively, was(2006:62% or £815 million; 2005: 63% or £780 million) were generated in markets outside the United Kingdom. The majority of sales in these markets are invoiced by us in currencies other than pounds sterling, in particular the euro.  in euros and U.S. dollars.

Our material foreign currency denominated costs include the purchase of tobacco leaf, which is sourced from various countries but purchased principally in U.S. dollars, and packaging materials, which are sourced from various countries and purchased in a number of currencies. According to Altadis’ 2006 consolidated management report, Altadis has investments in foreign entities which operate in countries whose currency is different from the euro (mainly in Morocco, Russia, Cuba and the U.S.). Altadis’ 2006 consolidated management report does not indicate that Altadis has any significant operations in the United Kingdom or

9



revenues in pounds sterling. As a result, following completion of the proposed acquisition of Altadis, the Enlarged Group, with its wider geographic spread, will have a greater exposure to the translation of the results of overseas subsidiaries into pounds sterling, as well as the impact of trading transactions in foreign currencies.

We intend to conduct a rights issue to refinance the equity bridge facility entered into to finance in part the proposed acquisition of Altadis. Because the equity bridge facility is denominated in euros and the proceeds of the subsequent rights issue will be in pounds sterling, we may have a material transactional foreign exchange risk. Also, although the rights issue will be sized to provide net proceeds to repay or prepay the equity bridge facility and although we have the ability to redenominate some or all of the equity bridge facility into pounds sterling, to the extent that some or all of the equity bridge facility remains in euros when the size of the rights issue is determined, the proceeds of the rights issue might not be sufficient due to foreign exchange movements to repay or prepay the equity bridge facility in full. In those circumstances, we may need to borrow additional sums under the new bank debt facility, also entered into in connection with the financing of the proposed acquisition of Altadis, to repay or prepay the equity bridge facility.

Financing arrangements in connection with the proposed acquisition are discussed in more detail in Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources. For additional information about our exposure to currency fluctuations, please see Item 11:Item11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.


We are and the Enlarged Group will be exposed to tobacco leaf price fluctuations

Our financial results are and those of the Enlarged Group will be exposed to fluctuations in the price of tobacco leaf.  leaf. Other than the cultivation of tobacco leaf principally for use in Laos and by our African subsidiaries, we are not directly involved in the cultivation of tobacco leaf. Other than tobacco plantations in Connecticut and Honduras, Altadis is not directly involved in the cultivation of tobacco leaf. As with other agricultural commodities, the price of tobacco leaf tends to be cyclical, as supply and demand considerations influence tobacco plantings in those countries where tobacco is grown. Different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price. In addition, political situations, such as those in Zimbabwe, may result in a significantly reduced tobacco crop in any affected country. This may also lead to increases in price that we and the Enlarged Group may be unable to pass on to customers. We seek to reduce our exposure to individual markets by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of different countries, including Brazil, China, India, Greece, SpainTurkey, Malawi and Bulgaria. Guatemala.

For additional information about our exposure to price fluctuations, please see Item 11:Item11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We are and the Enlarged Group will be exposed to interest rate fluctuations

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on our borrowings and surplus cash. As at September 30,  2007, approximately 12% of our net debt was denominated in pounds sterling, 70% in euros and 18% in U.S. dollars. This compares with the position as at September 30, 2006, when approximately 27% of our net debt was denominated in pounds sterling, 67% in euroeuros, nil in U.S. dollars and the remainder in other currencies. This compares with the position as at September 30, 2005, when approximately 21%We have made additional borrowings in U.S. dollars in 2007 to finance our acquisition of our net debt, including deferred consideration, was denominated in pounds sterling, 77% in euro and the remainder in other currencies.Commonwealth Brands. Accordingly, our financial results are currently mainly exposed to gains or losses arising from fluctuations in pounds sterling, euro and euroU.S. dollar interest rates. According to Altadis’ 2006 consolidated management report, Altadis is also exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its cash, cash equivalents and financial debt.

For additional information about our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, please see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Our shares and ADSs are subject to price fluctuations

Shares are risk investments and share prices (including the prices of both our ordinary shares and ADSs) have been and may remain volatile, which could result in investors being unable to realizerealise the amount originally invested. All dividends on our shares are paid in pounds sterling. Therefore any decline in the poundpounds sterling/U.S. dollar exchange rate wouldwill reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the dividends. Similarly, any such exchange movement could adversely affect the price at which our ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange.

A non-exhaustive list of factors that could affect the price of our ordinary shares and ADSs includes:

·                  operating results;

·                  results of litigation both directly against ourselves and/or other companies within the tobacco sector;

·                  adverse findings in investigations or actions brought against us or the Enlarged Group;

10



                  changes in analysts’ recommendations;

·                  announcements of changes to regulations in respect of advertising, packaging, product constituents and taxation of tobacco products;

·                  regulations restricting smoking in public places;

·                  merger activity, distribution agreements or joint ventures within the tobacco industry; and

·                  changes to key personnel.


We and the Enlarged Group will have significant borrowings which may impair operational and financial performance

We have and the Enlarged Group will have a significant amount of indebtedness and debt service obligations, which may impair both our operating and financial flexibility and that of the Enlarged Group and could adversely affect both our business and financial position and that of the Enlarged Group and our ability to pay dividends.

As at September 30, 2007, we had net debt of £4.9 billion. In connection with the proposed acquisition of Altadis, €19.1 billion (£13.3 billion), U.S.$2 billion (£1.0 billion) and £650 million are available to us under the new bank debt facility and the equity bridge facility. We expect to assume the Altadis Group’s existing net debt (which was €2,230 million (£1,556 million) as at September 30, 2007, as disclosed in Altadis’ unaudited announcement of results for the nine months ended September 30, 2007) if the proposed acquisition is completed.

Our and the Enlarged Group’s substantial indebtedness has important consequences for the holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs. It could potentially cause us and the Enlarged Group to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to payments to service debt, depending on the level of borrowings, prevailing interest rates and exchange rate fluctuations, which would reduce the funds available to us for working capital, capital expenditure, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. It could also curtail our ability to pay dividends, limit our and the Enlarged Group’s ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditure, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, limit our and the Enlarged Group’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in technology, customer demand, competitive pressures and the industry in which we and the Enlarged Group operate, place us and the Enlarged Group at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged than we are and increase our and the Enlarged Group’s vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions.

Our existing debt facilities and the debt facilities available in connection with the proposed acquisition contain, and Altadis’ existing debt facilities may contain, a number of financial, operating and other obligations that may limit our and the Enlarged Group’s operating and financial flexibility. Our and the Enlarged Group’s ability to comply with these obligations will depend on the future performance of the business.

Our and the Enlarged Group’s labour agreements may affect operational and financial performance

We believe that all of our operations have, in general, good relations with their employees and unions. There can be no assurance that our or the Enlarged Group’s operations will not be affected by problems in the future. There can be no assurance that work stoppages or other labour-related developments (including the introduction of new labour regulations in countries where we and the Enlarged Group operate) will not adversely affect our revenue, profit and financial condition and that of the Enlarged Group.

We and the Enlarged Group could fail to attract or retain senior management or other key employees

The loss of the services of certain key employees, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profit and financial condition and that of the Enlarged Group. In addition, as the Enlarged Group’s business develops and expands, we believe that the Enlarged Group’s future success will depend on its ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel, which cannot be guaranteed.

The failure to attract or retain key personnel could significantly impede our financial plans, growth, marketing and other objectives and those of the Enlarged Group. Our success and the success of the Enlarged Group depend to a substantial extent on the ability and experience of our senior management. We can give no guarantee that, following the proposed acquisition, the senior management and other key personnel of Altadis would remain with the Enlarged Group or that high quality individuals could be attracted or retained.

11



Risks relating to the proposed acquisition

We have not had significant due diligence access to the Altadis Group and it may not perform in line with expectations

While the Altadis shares are listed on the Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia stock exchanges and on Eurolist by Euronext Paris and, as a consequence, Altadis is subject to public reporting obligations, there can be no assurance that information publicly disclosed by Altadis, or disclosed to us as part of our due diligence, includes all information necessary to make an informed assessment of Altadis’ prospects, results of operations and financial condition. There is a risk, therefore, that we will fail to discover certain liabilities of Altadis, or operating or other problems of Altadis prior to completion of the proposed acquisition. Further, there is a risk that the consideration paid to the shareholders of Altadis will be in excess of the actual value of the business of Altadis. Since Altadis is a publicly listed company, we will not be able to obtain representations and warranties in connection with the proposed acquisition.

If the financial results and cash flows generated by the Altadis Group are not in line with our expectations, a write-down may be required against the carrying value of our investment in the Altadis Group. Such a write-down may affect the Enlarged Group’s business and may also reduce our ability to generate distributable reserves by the extent of the write-down and consequently affect our ability to pay dividends.

In addition, certain contracts to which the Enlarged Group is a party, for example joint venture or distribution agreements, may contain change of control clauses which could allow the counterparty to terminate the contracts or could lead to other adverse effects as a result of the proposed acquisition.

The success of the proposed acquisition will be dependent upon our ability to integrate the Altadis Group

While we believe that we have a proven track record of integrating acquisitions, the success of the proposed acquisition will be dependent upon our ability to integrate the Altadis Group without disruption to our and its existing business.

The integration of the Altadis Group may involve particular challenges and will require management attention that would otherwise be devoted to running the business. We can offer no assurance that the Enlarged Group will realise the potential benefits of the proposed acquisition to the extent and within the timeframe contemplated. If we are unable to integrate successfully the Altadis Group, this could have a negative impact on the revenue, profit and financial condition of the Enlarged Group.

The proposed acquisition is conditional and the conditions may not be satisfied

The making of the offer is conditional on a sufficient number of acceptances from the holders of Altadis shares and the removal of the voting limitation contained in Altadis’ bye-laws. There can be no assurance that these conditions will be satisfied and completion will be achieved.

In regard to the proposed acquisition, we received E.U. Commission clearance in October 2007, subject to the Enlarged Group divesting a small number of fine cut and pipe tobacco and cigar brands in certain European markets. Although we believe that the undertakings required will not materially adversely affect the operational and financial performance of the Enlarged Group, there can be no assurance as to the timing or outcome of the undertakings required.

Changes in currency exchange rates may affect how certain items are reported in our accounts

If the proposed acquisition proceeds and the euro appreciates against the pound sterling, as we report in pounds sterling such appreciation will increase the total investment and the cash flow generated by the Altadis Group as reported in our accounts. Conversely, if the proposed acquisition proceeds and the euro depreciates against the pound sterling such depreciation will decrease the total investment and the cash flow generated by the Altadis Group as reported in our accounts.

Possible unavailability of pre-emptive rights for U.S. and other non-U.K. holders of ordinary shares

In the case of an increase of our share capital for cash, our shareholders are generally entitled to pre-emption rights unless such rights are waived by a special resolution of our shareholders at a general meeting or in certain circumstances stated in our articles. To the extent that pre-emptive rights are granted, U.S. and

12



certain other non-U.K. holders of our ordinary shares may not be able to exercise pre-emptive rights for their ordinary shares unless we decide to comply with applicable local laws and regulations and, in the case of U.S. holders, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to those rights, or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. At such time, we would evaluate the indirect benefits to us of enabling the exercise by U.S. and other non-U.K. holders of our ordinary shares of pre-emptive rights and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. On the basis of this evaluation, we would then need to make a decision as to how to proceed and whether to file such a registration statement or otherwise or whether to take any other steps necessary to enable shareholders in such other non-U.K. jurisdictions to exercise their pre-emptive rights. No assurance can be given that any steps would be taken in any jurisdiction or that any registration statement would be filed to enable the exercise of such holders’ pre-emptive rights. In connection with the proposed acquisition, neither ordinary shares nor rights to them will be registered under the Securities Act and, subject to certain exceptions, they will not be offered into the United States or to U.S. persons. To the extent that holders of our shares are not able to exercise their pre-emptive rights, they might not be able to benefit from any discount to the market price of our shares at which the pre-emptive rights are offered, and the proportionate interests of such holders in our share capital would be reduced.

Dilution of ownership of ordinary shares

Those shareholders, including shareholders in the United States and other jurisdictions where their participation is precluded for legal, regulatory or other reasons, who do not participate in any rights issue that we undertake to raise an amount sufficient to repay or prepay the equity bridge facility (either by not taking up their full entitlement under the rights issue, or otherwise) will suffer a reduction, which might, depending on the number of ordinary shares issued, be significant, in their proportionate ownership and voting interest in our ordinary share capital as represented by their holding of ordinary shares immediately following the issue of ordinary shares pursuant to the rights issue.

The squeeze-out provision under Spanish law is untested

The new Spanish Royal Decree on takeover bids, which came into force on August 13, 2007, incorporates a squeeze-out provision which could be used if the offer is accepted in respect of shares representing at least 90% of the voting rights to which the offer is addressed and therefore the offeror holds at least 90% of the Altadis’ voting share capital. This regulation is as yet untested.  Should the Group be unable to use this provision, those Altadis shareholders who do not tender their shares will remain shareholders in Altadis. However, we could subsequently seek to de-list the Altadis’ shares by launching a further tender offer under the Spanish takeover regulations. Altadis shareholders who did not tender in the initial offer might choose to accept that offer, although we cannot compel them to do so. Any remaining minority shareholders in Altadis may have interests that differ from those of Imperial Tobacco. If we are not able to use the squeeze-out provision in the new Spanish takeover regulation and minority shareholders remain (whether or not we launch a further tender offer), we may not be able to fully implement our plans for Altadis within our intended timescales.  Additionally, Spanish law has legal requirements designed to protect the interests of minority shareholders that could negatively impact our ability to direct the affairs of Altadis and its subsidiaries once they have become part of the Enlarged Group.

Additional risks for ADS holders

As at January 24,November 23, 2007, approximately 9.64%9.59% of our ordinary shares are held in the form of ADSs. Because holders of ADSs do not hold their ordinary shares directly, they may be subject to the following additional risks relating to ADSs rather than ordinary shares:

·                  There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to convert a dividend or other distribution paid in pounds sterling into U.SU.S. dollars at a specified exchange rate, or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, or that any such transaction can be completed within a specified time period.

·                  Upon receipt of a notice from us of a shareholders’ meeting, the depositary has agreed to provide the holders of ADSs registered on the books of the depositary with any materials that we have distributed, along with a notice as to how each registered ADS holder can instruct the depositary on the voting of the ordinary shares underlying the holder’s ADSs. We cannot guarantee that ADS holders will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary how to vote. It is possible that ADS holders, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or third parties, will not receive notice of a shareholders’ meeting or have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote at all.

·                  ADS holders may not receive copies of all reports from the depositary or us and may need to go to the depositary’s offices to inspect any reports issued.

·                  ADS holders may not receive all of the benefits of a holder of ordinary shares, such as rights to participate in any capital increase. In connection with the proposed acquisition, neither ordinary

13



shares nor rights to them will be registered under the Securities Act and subject to certain exceptions they will not be offered into the United States or to U.S. persons.

·                  We and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the consent of the ADS holders in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders.

·                  The ability of an ADS holder to bring an action against us may be limited under English law. We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, many of the rights of ADS holders, are governed by English law and by our Memorandummemorandum and Articlesarticles of Association.association. These rights differ from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. In particular, English law significantly limits the circumstances under which shareholders of English companies may bring derivative actions. Under English law generally, only our company can be the proper plaintiff in proceedings in respect of wrongful acts committed against it. In addition, it may be difficult for a U.S. holder to prevail in a claim against us under, or to enforce liabilities predicated upon, U.S. securities laws.

·                  A U.S. holder of ADSs may not be able to enforce a judgment against some or all of our directorsDirectors and executive officers. Our directorsDirectors and executive officers are residents of countries other than the United States. Consequently, it may not be possible for a U.S. holder to effect service of process within the United States upon them or to enforce against them judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liabilities under the U.S. securities laws. We cannot assure youThere can be no assurance that a U.S. holder will be able to enforce any judgments in civil and commercial matters or any judgments under the U.S. securities laws against our directorsDirectors or executive officers who are residents of the United Kingdom or countries other than the United States. In addition, English or other courts outside the United States may not impose civil liability on our directorsDirectors or executive officers in any original action based solely on the U.S. securities laws brought against us or our directorsDirectors in a court of competent jurisdiction in England or other countries outside the United States.

11

14





Item 4: Information on the Company

We are the world’s fourth largest international tobacco company, and manufacture, market and sell a comprehensive range of cigarettes, tobaccos, cigars, rolling papers and tubes. We currently sell our products in over 130 countries worldwide, with particular strengths in the United Kingdom, Germany, the United States, The Netherlands, Belgium, the Republic of Ireland, France, Spain, Greece, Poland, Russia, Ukraine, Russia,Taiwan, Australia Taiwan and sub-Saharan Africa.

Our key international cigarette brands Davidoff and West are supported by a strong portfolio of regional and local brands such asLambert & Butler, Classic, JPS, Horizon, Maxim Excellenceand Excellence. The Golden Virginia and Route 66. The Drum and Golden Virginia fine cut tobacco brands;brands and Rizla rolling papers brand complement the cigarette portfolio.

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC was incorporated on August 6, 1996 as a public limited company in England and Wales, and became listed on the London Stock Exchange on October 1, 1996, when Hanson PLC spun-off its tobacco business to Imperial Tobacco. On November 9, 1998, our American Depositary Shares, each representing two ordinary shares of 10p each, were listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ITY.”

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC is registered in England and Wales (registered company number 3236483), and operates under the legislation of the United Kingdom. Our registered office is Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, P.O. Box 244, Upton Road, Bristol BS99 7UJ, England (telephone number: 011 44 117 963 6636; facsimile number: 011 44 117 933 7430). The ADR Depositary is Citibank Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 43077, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3077, U.S.A.U.S. (telephone number: 1-877-CITI-ADR or 1-877-248-4237—
1-877-248-4237 – toll free).

A                                       History and Development

Our tobacco business has a long established history. Imperial Tobacco Company (of Great Britain and Ireland) Limited (“Imperial Tobacco Company”) was formed in 1901 by the merger of 13 independent British tobacco companies which joined forces in the face of competition from the American Tobacco Company. In 1902, a price war between Imperial Tobacco Company and American Tobacco Company was concluded with the formation of British-American Tobacco Company Limited to which the export and duty-free businesses of both companies were transferred. As a result, the primary focus of our business has historically beenwas the U.K. and Irish markets. Since 1996, we have pursued a strategy of growing our international operations, both organicallygrowth through targeted organic expansion and through acquisition.acquisitions. This international growth strategy has transformed us from a predominantly U.K. business into the world’s fourth largest international tobacco company with sales in over 130 countries worldwide.

In furtherance of our strategy of international expansion, between 1997 and 2001 we acquired Rizla International B.V. (“Rizla”)made a number of acquisitions, with interests in January 1997, the world’s largest producer of rolling papers. In July 1998 we acquired Van Nelle Tabak, a leading international manufacturer and distributor ofpapers, fine cut and pipe tobaccos, including the Drumand Van Nelle fine cut tobacco brandscigarettes in Europe, Australasia and Amphora pipe tobacco brand. In September 1999, we acquired a portfolio of cigarette, fine cut tobacco and rolling papers brands in Australia and New Zealand.sub-Saharan Africa.

In September 2000, we acquired the Baelen group, a Belgian manufacturer of fine cut tobacco, closely followed in early October 2000 by the acquisition of the EFKA group, a rolling papers and tubes manufacturer with manufacturing facilities in Germany and Canada. During 2000 our U.K. operations were also enhanced by the acquisition of Mayfair Vending in December 2000 increasing distribution capacity in the vending market.

At the end of March 2001, we acquired from Bolloré a 75% interest in Tobaccor S.A., the second largest cigarette manufacturer and distributor in sub-Saharan Africa, with further interests in Vietnam.


A further 12.5% interest in Tobaccor S.A. was purchased from Bolloré in September 2002 by way of a share buy-back. In October 2003, Bolloré’s remaining interest was acquired, by way of a share buy-back.

In May 2002, we acquired 90.01% of the issued share capital of Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH (“Reemtsma”). Reemtsma was the fourth largest international cigarette manufacturer in the world by volume, with well-known brand names such as West, Davidoff and R1 and strong representation in Germany, Western, Central and Eastern Europe and Asia. We also entered into an option agreement and a profit pooling agreement under which we acquired an option to purchase the outstanding 9.99% of Reemtsma on similar terms, the holders of the outstanding 9.99% surrendered their interests in the results of Reemtsma and we reflected a liability in our financial statements in respect of the fixed return to the holders of the 9.99%. In 2004, we acquired the remaining 9.99% of the issued share capital of Reemtsma bringing theour total holding to 100%.

In May 2004fiscal 2005 we acquired the Canadian and U.S. business and assets of the tubes manufacturer CTC Tube Company of Canada.

We acquiredCanada, and 43.0% of the issued share capital of Skruf Snus A.B., a Swedish snus company, and in September 2005.

On February 14,fiscal 2006 we acquired Gunnar Stenberg A.S., a Norwegian distributor of tobacco products and accessories.

On September 5, 2006, we acquiredaccessories, and the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark which we had previously held under license.

On January 9, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in Tremaco, a tobacco and tobacco-related products distribution business based in Estonia. On February 8, 2007, we announced that we had agreed to acquire the entire issued share capital of Commonwealth Brands from Tchibo Holding A.G. Imperial Tobacco had been the long-term licenseeHouchens Industries, Inc. for a total consideration of

15



U.S. $1.9 billion (£1.0 billion as at completion of the trademark sinceacquisition). This acquisition was completed on April 2, 2007 and marks a significant move into the acquisitionU.S. tobacco market.

On July 18, 2007, we made a proposed cash offer for the entire share capital of ReemtsmaAltadis at €50 per share. At that date this equated to approximately £34 per share and gave an equity value of €12.6 billion or £8.5 billion. Approval of our offer by the CNMV, the Spanish regulator, was received on November 7, 2007 and on November 14, 2007 the board of Altadis recommended the offer to its shareholders and indicated that they intended to accept the offer in 2002.respect of their own holdings, unless a competing offer arises. The offer acceptance period began on November 12 and is expected to close on January 11, 2008. We expect to complete the deal shortly thereafter.

Please see Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources for discussion of our capital expenditure.

B     Business Overview

World data and individual market data referred to herein with respect to us and our competitors are management estimates derived, where available, from a variety of sources, including internal sales data, factory sales information provided by tobacco manufacturers and importers, customs data, trade journals, publications, and governmental statistics as well as independently compiled market research statistics derived from Point of Sale surveys and trade questionnaires. Unless otherwise indicated, market volume and share data referred to herein with respect to us and our competitors refer to unit sales in the relevant fiscal year. All market shares and comparisons of market shares are stated on a moving annual total basis, unless stated otherwise.

Market Background and Environment

Cigarettes

In 2005,2006, the most recent year for which worldwide information is available, an estimated 5.55.6 trillion cigarettes (2004: 5.4(2005: 5.5 trillion cigarettes) were sold throughout the world, including approximatelywith the world’s largest cigarette market, China, accounting for over a third of global consumption. Approximately 0.5 trillion cigarettes were sold in Western Europe (2004: 0.6(2005: 0.5 trillion), approximately 0.7 trillion in North and South America (2004:(2006: 0.7 trillion), approximately 3.13.2 trillion in Asia Pacific (2004: 3.0(2005: 3.1 trillion), approximately 0.70.8 trillion in Eastern Europe (2004:(2005: 0.7 trillion), approximately 0.30.2 trillion in the Middle East (2004: 0.2(2005: 0.3 trillion) and approximately 0.2 trillion in Africa (2004:(2005: 0.2 trillion).

The trend for cigarette volumes

In mature markets, we expect smoking incidence to decline with percentages of smokers within total populations reducing. However, the number of adults in the United Kingdom, Germanyworld is expected to continue to grow and, most other Western European markets has tended to be one of slow decline primarily attributable to successive excise duty increases, increased government regulation and enhanced awareness of health concerns.as a result, we expect that the overall annual global consumption will remain broadly unchanged in the medium term.


In the United Kingdom, sales of U.K. duty-paid cigarettes were approximately 4948 billion in fiscal 2006 (2005: 512007 (2006: 49 billion), placing it among the five largest markets by volume in Western Europe. Total U.K. duty-paid cigarette consumer sales between fiscal years 19992000 and 20062007 fell by an average of approximately 2.8%2.7% per annum. The underlying historic adverse trend has been encouraged particularly by consistent and substantial increases in excise duty on tobacco products, and by increasing governmental regulation and heightened public awareness of smoking-related health concerns.

In Germany, the largest market in Western Europe by volume, total duty-paid sales of approximately 9291 billion cigarettes were recorded in fiscal 2006 (2005: 1012007 (2006: 92 billion). Between fiscal years 19992000 and 2006,2007, market volume for cigarettes has fallen by an average of approximately 5.7%6.0% per annum, following the impact of significant excise duty increases as the German government introduced taxes to fund anti-terrorism and health-care measures. This was partially offset by increased sales of other tobacco products.

The high levels of duty imposed on the sale of tobacco products in many Western European markets have resulted in significant quantities of cigarettes being imported from jurisdictions where duty is lower. These consist of legal imports of both duty free and duty-paid products purchased in other E.U. countries and of illegal imports.

Market sales of duty-paid cigarettes in the U.S. totalled approximately 367 billion in fiscal 2007 (2006: 379 billion). Over the last seven years there has been an average market decline of approximately 2.0% per annum.

Fine cut tobacco
 cut tobacco

We are the market leader in fine cut tobacco in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy and Spain and have a significant share in the high volume German market.

In the United Kingdom and Germany, volume sales of duty-paid fine cut tobacco increased by an average of approximately 7.2%7.5% and 11.7%7.0% per annum respectively between fiscal years 19992000 and 20062007 as consumers

16



search for greater value by switching from factory made cigarettes to fine cut tobacco.

In fiscal 20062007 approximately 3,2503,500 tonnes were sold in the United Kingdom (fiscal 2005: 3,0502006: 3,250 tonnes), while approximately 28,30023,000 tonnes were sold in Germany (fiscal 2005: 28,5002006: 28,300 tonnes). Sales of fine cut tobacco products in Germany marginally declined in fiscal 20062007 due to the cessation of the production of Singles tobacco products in March 2006 following a decision of the European Court of Justice that Singles tobacco products should be taxed as cigarettes rather than at the lower rate applicable to fine cut tobacco.

The Dutch market is one of the largest individual fine cut tobacco markets in the world, with approximately 10,50010,300 tonnes sold in fiscal 2006 (2005: 10,9002007 (2006: 10,500 tonnes). It is estimated that fine cut tobacco accounted for approximately 46%45% of all cigarettes and cigarette equivalents smokedthe total tobacco market in The Netherlands in 2006 (2005: 47%2007 (2006: 46%). Sales of fine cut tobacco in The Netherlands have decreased by approximately 2.8%3.0% per annum on average in the period from 19992000 to 2006.2007.

In France, sales of fine cut tobacco have stabilized, at approximately 7,400 tonnes (2006: 7,500 tonnes.tonnes).

Tobacco blends and brands

While there are local variations, cigarettes are manufactured using two principal tobacco blends, Virginia blend and American blend, each accounting for approximately half of the world market. Virginia blend products are predominant in the United Kingdom, Africa and most Asian markets, including China and India. American blend products are predominant in continental, Central and Eastern Europe, the United States, Latin America and the former Soviet Union. Fine cut tobacco is manufactured using blends of light and dark tobacco.

There are significant differences between tobacco markets resulting from local preferences for tobacco blends and brands, the degree of governmental regulation, duty structures and distribution mechanisms in each market. Tobacco products are generally branded products, with different brands preferred in different geographic regions. Consequently, brand ownership and management are important


factors. In a number of markets, tobacco distribution arrangements and governmental regulations, including duty and tariff structures, may act as barriers for new entrants into such markets. See Item 4B: Business Overview—Overview – Regulatory Issues.

Our Strategy

Our primary objective is to create sustainable shareholder value by growing, both organically and through acquisitionacquisitions. To meet this goal, we have established the following corporate strategies:

StrengthenSales development

We see opportunities, both organic and acquisition-led, to enhance and extend our core marketexisting operations in our Rest of Western Europe, United States and Rest of the World regions, with our strong positions in the United KingdomU.K. and Germany.Germany continuing to be key contributors to our overall results.

Our historical roots are in the United Kingdom, which remains our largestUK and most profitable market. Our strategic focus continues to be the profitable development of our strong portfolio across all product groups, building on our market leading positions particularly in cigarettes, fine cut tobacco and rolling papers. Inwe have held a market where advertising restrictions have increased over the last few years, our in-market activities are concentrated at the Point of Sale via our salesforce and trade marketing investments.

We hold a significant market position in Germany in both cigarette and other tobacco products, mainly inherited throughsince our acquisition of Reemtsma in May 2002. OurReemtsma. In both these markets, our strategic focus is the profitable development of our business, through improvements in our share positions in both cigarettes and other tobacco products, with salesforce activities and trade marketing investments supplemented by brand marketing initiatives.portfolio across all product groups.

Expand our presence in international markets through organic growth and tobacco-related acquisitions.

We continue to seek to expand internationally in selected markets through organic growth and tobacco-related acquisitions.

Other than in the U.K. and Germany, we currently operate in a number of markets in Western Europe with important markets including The Netherlands, the Republic of Ireland, France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Spain, Italy,Portugal, Greece Belgium and Luxembourg.Italy. In these Western European markets,countries we are focusingfocused on building our cigarette market shares, leveraging from a strongalong with strengthening our position in fine cut tobacco and rolling papers in the region and supported by our ongoing investment in trade marketing.papers.

Outside of Western Europe we have regional strengths in sub-Saharan Africa, the Middle East, selected countries in Central Europe,and Eastern Europe, Asia and Australasia and in duty free.Duty Free. Our key markets within these regions include the Ivory Coast, Saudi Arabia, Poland, Russia, Ukraine, Taiwan and Australia. Our strategy continues to be focused on developing our international strategic brands, particularly Davidoffand West,regional brands and expanding our market presence while seekingin both existing and new markets. Our recent acquisition of Commonwealth Brands gives us an established platform from which to improve profitability. Our investments support both trade and brand marketing initiatives.

At the same time, with ongoing consolidationgrow in the tobacco industry, we have continued activelyUS market.

17



We continue to seek opportunities for acquisitions which increase both increase our international scale and penetration of our targeted markets, particularly where those businesses have highly complementary geographicalgeographic profiles and strong brand portfolios.

Our broad product and brand portfolio includes international cigarette brands such as Davidoff and West and strong regional and local brands such as JPS, Lambert & Butler, Classic, Maxim, Excellence and Horizon. Complementing our cigarette portfolio is our world leadership in fine cut tobacco, rolling papers and tubes with brands such as Golden Virginia, Drum and Rizla. To ensure we continue to leverage and build brand equity, our brand strategy takes a portfolio approach responsive to individual market dynamics and price segmentation.

Increase productivityCost optimization and control costs through capital investment in new production technology and by investing in product design and innovative processing techniques.efficiency improvements

Our continued focus on reducing costs and improving our efficiency supports our sales development. Our ongoing search for productivity improvements, through the effective utilizationuse of our assets and eradication of surplus capacity, continues to driveby optimising our manufacturing strategy andcapacity, is the way we structureprimary driver of our business.

manufacturing strategy. We seek continuous performance improvementimprovements and believe there is continuingfurther potential for cost savings through anour ongoing programprogramme of blend rationalization, streamlining brands through reduction of


stock keeping unitsstandardisation and the extension of best practice across all our manufacturing facilities, while safeguarding our reputation for quality, flexibility and innovation. To this end, we have developed “centers of excellence”, which have not only reduced duplication of activities but also extended “best practice” manufacturing skills and experiences around the group.

Our

This cost focus extends outside ofbeyond manufacturing and, throughout Imperial Tobacco, our culture is focused on cost optimisation and shareholder value creation.

Effective cash management

We have a highly cash generative business. Our focus is on managing capital expenditure and working capital, tax and interest costs. Our strategy is to all aspects of our cost base, includingensure that the management of our capitalcash we generate is used efficiently through acquisitions, organic investment and working capital.returning funds to our shareholders, adding to our value creation.

We have invested £6.2 billion in acquisitions since our listing on the London Stock Exchange in 1996 and have returned over £0.8 billion to shareholders through our share buyback program. We are committed to continuing to expand our business through both acquisitions and organic investment opportunities. We believe our proposed acquisition of Altadis will strengthen our position as the world’s fourth largest international tobacco company. It meets our strict acquisition criteria and provides us with a significant enhancement to our operating platform and scale.

Our dividend policy is to increase dividends broadly in line with growth in adjusted earnings per share, with a payout ratio of around 50%.

These strategies are subject to risks and costs that could prevent us from achieving some or all of our objectives. See Item 3D: Risk Factors.

Business Operations

Our underlying trading performance is discussed in each sectorItem 5A Operating Results.

Our Product Categories and Key Brands

We sell a comprehensive range of cigarettes, other tobacco products, rolling papers and tubes. The other tobacco product category includes fine cut tobacco including roll your own and make your own tobaccos, pipe tobacco, snuff, snus and cigars. Across this multi-product portfolio we have organized our brands into three categories: international, regional and local. Our international strategic brands and certain key regional brands are controlled by our central marketing department, with our other regional and local brands controlled by the most appropriate market.

International strategic brands

Our international strategic cigarette brands are Davidoff and West which account for around 20% of our group cigarette volumes; within fine cut tobacco, our key international brands are Drum and Golden Virginia, which are complemented by our world leading rolling papers brand, Rizla.

18



Regional and local brands

We have a number of key regional brands such as JPS in Western Europe, Boss, Classic and Maxim in Central and Eastern Europe, and Excellence in Africa. We also have a strong foundation of local brands that generate significant profit in their domestic markets such as Lambert & Butler and Richmond in the U.K., Horizon in Australia and John Player Blue in Ireland.

Sales and Distribution

Our sales and distribution operations cover five regions: United Kingdom, Germany, Rest of Western Europe, United States and Rest of the World.

Our strategy is to ensure the wide availability of our product ranges at competitive prices, by optimizing the points of sale at which our products are offered and constantly monitoring distribution outlets for availability and price competitiveness. Our objective is to improve market share and long-term profitability by trying to persuade adult smokers to choose our brands rather than those of our competitors.

With many countries adopting the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control and the E.U. Advertising Directive, tobacco advertising and sponsorship has been banned or restricted in a number of markets. As conventional means of communication between manufacturers and consumers such as advertising and promotion are progressively withdrawn, effectiveness at the point of sale becomes increasingly important.

During the year we have continued to invest in sales force technology and analysis tools throughout the Group, and we believe the information provided gives us competitive advantage and supports regular, frequent contact with targeted retailers.

We have our own International Standard for the Marketing of Tobacco Products which is available on our website at www.imperial-tobacco.com. This underpins our existing high standards for self-regulation of advertising and marketing practices.

The selling of tobacco products is not of a strongly seasonal nature in most of the markets in which we operate. However, there is a modest uplift in sales during the summer months.

Competition

The five largest international tobacco companies are Altria, British American Tobacco (“BAT”), Japan Tobacco (including recently acquired Gallaher), Imperial Tobacco and Altadis. Their share of global market is described below.volumes, excluding China, are approximately 28%, 25%, 16%, 6% and 3% respectively.

United Kingdom

We estimate that

Our principal competitor in the U.K. tobacco market is Japan Tobacco. For more than 30 years, we and Gallaher have held an aggregate estimated share of over 70% of the U.K. cigarette market decreasedbased on unit sales. As at the end of September 2007, Gallaher had an estimated U.K. market share based on unit sales in each of the cigarette and fine cut tobacco markets of approximately 38% and 29%, respectively. The other major participants in the U.K. cigarette market are Altria and BAT, which had estimated U.K. cigarette market shares of approximately 8% and 5% respectively in fiscal 2007.

Germany

In Germany our main competitors are Altria and BAT. In fiscal 2007, they had an estimated cigarette market share of 36% and 19%, respectively. In the growing other tobacco products sector we primarily compete with BAT and Altria, who had estimated market shares of approximately 21% and 14% respectively in this segment.

United States

In the United States our main competitors are Altria and Reynolds American who in the twelve months to June 30, 2007 had cigarette market shares of approximately 49% and 28% respectively.

19



Rest of Western Europe/Rest of the World

In other international cigarette markets, our main competitors are subsidiaries of Altria, BAT, Japan Tobacco and Altadis, and the local domestic producers in each market.

Manufacturing

Our 31 factories around the world benefit from shared technology and expertise, leading to reduced manufacturing costs. We focus on high-quality, low-cost manufacturing and have an ongoing drive to improve productivity across the business.

We aim to ensure that our manufacturing base is structured effectively, to ensure a fast response to changing market dynamics and consumer requirements. In order to meet growing demand in Eastern Europe, we have increased the capacity at both our Volgograd and Kiev factories with the installation of new and upgraded machinery. We have also added cigarette and other tobacco product machinery in Germany, in support of new product initiatives. The closures of our factories in Liverpool in the U.K. and Lahr in Germany were completed on schedule by 3.3%the end of March 2007.

In March 2007, we announced our plans to 49.1build a factory in Taiwan at a cost of approximately £45 million which will aid the further development of our presence in Asia. We expect to generate annual cost savings of £20 million from 2010 as a result of a reduction in supply chain costs and other operational efficiencies, with the factory planned to be fully operational by the end of our 2008 financial year.

Our main materials are tobacco leaf, paper, acetate tow (for the production of cigarette filter tips) and printed packaging materials utilizing carton board. These are purchased from a number of suppliers. Our policy is not to be reliant, where practical, on any one supplier, and we have not suffered any significant production losses as a result of an interruption in the supply of raw materials. Where there are only a few major suppliers of a main material, such as for carton blanks and printed packet wrappings, the failure of any one supplier could potentially have an impact on our business. However, we believe the risk of such an occurrence is low.

We seek to reduce our exposure to individual markets by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of different countries, including Brazil, China, India, Turkey, Malawi and Guatemala. Our acquisition of Tobaccor in fiscal 2001 gave us some direct involvement in the cultivation of tobacco leaf, principally for use by Tobaccor’s subsidiaries. Different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price. Political situations such as that in Zimbabwe may significantly affect tobacco crops. We seek to offset these fluctuations by purchasing tobacco crops from other areas of the world.

Intellectual Property

In 1973, when the United Kingdom joined the European Union, an agreement was reached with BAT for the exchange of certain trademarks. As a result of these historical arrangements and subsequent arrangements with BAT and other third parties, we, like many international cigarette companies, do not have exclusive ownership of all our pre-1973 brands in all the territories in which we operate.

Regulatory Issues

The regulatory landscape continued to be challenging during 2007, as governments around the world are pursuing, in varying degrees, further regulation of tobacco products. These actions include restricting or banning the advertising of tobacco products and sponsorship of events by tobacco companies, requiring text and/or pictorial health warnings to be included on tobacco packaging, limiting the yield of tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide, banning product descriptors such as ‘mild’ or ‘light’, requiring cigarettes to comply with low ignition propensity standards and removing tobacco products from sight at the point of sale. We continue to manage these challenges and seek to engage with governments to find workable, practical solutions to changing regulations.

20



World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

In May 2003, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”) was adopted at the 56th World Health Assembly. The 40 ratifications required for the convention to take effect were met on November 30, 2004 and, in accordance with the procedural matters established for the FCTC, the convention entered into force 90 days later. There is no deadline for becoming a party; the FCTC remains open for accession by all countries that wish to do so. As of  October 23, 2007, 151 countries have ratified the FCTC. At the first session of the Conference of the Parties (February 6 – 17, 2006), the parties adopted their Rules of Procedures in addition to establishing the structure for a permanent secretariat and setting out the first phase of guidelines and protocols to be developed.

The second Conference of the Parties (June 30 - July 6, 2007) unanimously adopted the draft guideline on protection from Environmental Tobacco Smoke and decided that further work will be conducted on product regulation and illicit trade. Other work includes the development of guidelines in the areas of advertising and sponsorship, packaging and labeling, public health policy protection from the vested commercial interest of the tobacco industry, smoking cessation with the help of nicotine replacement therapy products and education. With regard to the development work for a protocol on cross-border advertising, the Conference of the Parties followed the expert group recommendation to suspend the protocol in favor of  a comprehensive guideline on advertising, sponsorship and promotion.

Key provisions of the FCTC include: the restriction and/or ban of advertising and the disclosure of advertising expenditures; the global introduction of large health warnings with a suggestion to use pictorial health warnings; measures to restrict access to tobacco and reduce consumption; tax increases; restriction and/or prohibition of duty-free sales; substantial testing of smoke constituents other than tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide; promotion and support of alternative crops; and product liability laws (where they do not already exist) to hold manufacturers responsible for smoking-related health risks.

While we agree with many aspects of the convention, most notably the need to prevent youth smoking and the urgent need to stamp out both smuggling and counterfeiting of tobacco products, the FCTC also includes measures that we believe fall under the jurisdiction of other authorities such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). We believe that creating a role for the WHO to regulate on issues like standardization, smuggling, international aid and product labeling would be inefficient and inappropriate since these lie outside the WHO core competencies and are dealt with by other bodies. Furthermore, we believe that some of the provisions can be regulated more effectively at a regional, national or local level.

E.U. Tobacco Products Directive (2001/37/EC)

In June 2001, the European Union passed a directive on the manufacture, presentation and sale of tobacco products, which provides for, among other things, new and larger health warnings on the front and back of tobacco product packs, a ban on product descriptors such as “light” and “mild”, new maximum tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields of 10, 1, and 10 mg respectively, as well as extensive product testing and the yearly submission of ingredients information to national authorities

In July 2005, the European Commission published its first report on the application of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive. The report did not call for immediate changes to the directive and the Commission intends to follow guidelines proposed through the Conference of the Parties under the FCTC. Furthermore, the report encourages Member States to adopt pictorial health warnings. In accordance with Article 11 of the directive which stipulates that the E.U. Commission shall report every two years to the Parliament, the Council and the Economic and Social Committee on the application of the directive, the E.U. Commission is currently preparing the second report.

Of particular concern to us is the proposal in the draft report of July 2005 to consider the definition of ingredients by the WHO Scientific Advisory Committee on Tobacco Products Regulation, which would widen the scope of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive considerably by including, among other things, substances used in agronomy, production and packaging. There was no firm proposal to develop a common list of ingredients, chiefly due to the difficulty of establishing criteria for the approval or prohibition of ingredients, given that there are no clear accepted tests for measuring toxicity.

21



The E.U. Commission and the Scientific Committee on Emerging and Newly Identified Health Risks (“SCENIHR”) in June 2007 adopted a preliminary report on the health effects of smokeless tobacco products to provide the E.U. Commission with a scientific basis for developing and implementing policies on such products. The report concluded that all smokeless tobacco products are addictive and that their use is hazardous to health. The Commission has indicated that any actions arising in relation to smokeless tobacco products will be considered at a later stage on the basis of the final SCENIHR report.

The directive also requires manufacturers and importers to submit details of all ingredients used in tobacco products to each Member State, along with any available toxicological data. Starting in December 2002, we have submitted ingredient information and toxicological data in all Member States, even in the absence of national regulations. The format in which the ingredient information was submitted has been accepted by most Member States. However, The Netherlands has rejected this format and required the submission and publication of the detailed recipes of all tobacco products sold in the Dutch market. We believe that the Tobacco (Lists of Ingredients) Regulation 2003, which provides for publication of ingredients and formulae of tobacco products, goes beyond what is required by the directive on which the Dutch regulation is based. We have concerns about revealing unique product formulae and, together with other leading tobacco manufacturers, initiated legal proceedings in September 2003. A verdict was handed down on December 21, 2005, stating that we need to submit full ingredients information per brand to the Dutch authorities. However, it also acknowledged that the ingredient information demanded constitutes a trade secret, which can only be published if no disproportionate harm is caused to us by this act. Together with other manufacturers, we have appealed the ruling. The Dutch State has also appealed the December 21, 2005 judgment. We have filed the grievances of our appeal and replied to the State’s appeal on August 16, 2007. Procedurally, a hearing or verdict is not expected before mid 2008. We believe that the Belgian authorities will await the outcome of the Dutch case before imposing sanctions for non-compliance with Belgian regulations.

On May 31, 2007, the European Commission published new, “harmonized templates” for the submission of ingredients information to Member State authorities in the format of a practical guidance document. While most E.U. Member State authorities appear to be content to wait until 2008 to implement the new-style submissions, Germany and the U.K. have indicated that they want to implement them as soon as possible. The Netherlands has written the new templates into a decree that requires compliance by November 1, 2007. However, since the industry was informed by the Dutch authorities on September 21, 2007 that old-style submissions for 2007 were permissible provided they were made before October 1, 2007, Imperial Tobacco has made a full old-style submission (excluding trade secrets) on September 28, 2007.

On the same day, we also made a full submission according to the existing format to the U.K. authorities. To acknowledge the Department of Health’s preference to receive reports for the current year according to the new E.U. Commission templates, we have also made a partial report, presenting the information for five of our top brands in the U.K. according to the new templates. The report to regulators contains trade secrets and is password protected while the report for the general public (which does not contain trade secrets) is provided separately without password protection.

In Germany, we are planning to make a submission similar to that in the U.K., with a full submission according to the existing format accompanied by a partial report, presenting the information for some of our brands in the Germany according to the new E.U. templates.

Advertising and Sponsorship

In May 2003, the E.U. passed a new Advertising and Sponsorship Directive (E.U. Directive 2003/33/EC). Although narrower in scope than its predecessor, which was annulled by the European Court of Justice in October 2000, the directive places greater emphasis on cross-border advertising and sponsorship. The main provisions include a ban on tobacco advertising in printed media, radio broadcasting and on the internet.

The German government initiated legal proceedings with the European Court of Justice to annul parts of the directive, however, the Court upheld the directive in its final ruling of December 2006.

In the U. K., the Advertising and Sponsorship Act came into force in February 2003, banning all advertising except at the point of sale. The latter is regulated by the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion (Point of Sale) Regulations 2004 which took effect on December 21, 2004 for England, Wales and Northern

22



Ireland. Tobacco advertising inside tobacconists is now limited to a total surface equivalent to one A5 size sheet of paper (approximately 8¼ x 5⅞ inches) including a 30% health warning and a National Health Service Quitline number. Scotland has passed almost identical regulations which also took effect on December 21, 2004.

Tobacco advertising and sponsorship is regulated in many of our key markets. Where regulated, the scope is similar world-wide; most countries have banned television and radio advertising, while advertising in cinemas, the national press, on (outdoor) billboards and posters and at the point of sale is more or less heavily restricted and in most cases subject to accompanying health warnings. Sampling, which is the distribution of free cigarettes, and sponsorship of cultural events is generally prohibited.

As advertising restrictions around the world have dealt with mass communication channels such as print media, TV, radio and the internet, the focus is now shifting to the remaining channels, particularly towards point of sale communication.

Product Display Bans at Point of Sale

In addition, there are further calls to ban or severely restrict product display at the point of sale. A product display ban came into force in Iceland in 2001 and is currently being discussed in Ireland and Norway. Outside the E.U., there are currently severe restrictions or bans in Thailand, Singapore, provinces of Canada, and some of the Australian territories. New Zealand and Mexico are currently exploring similar possibilities.

Pictorial Health Warnings

Following the E.U. Commission decision of September 2003 on the use of color photographs or other illustrations on tobacco packages in all E.U. Member States, a library of 42 approved images - three for each of the 14 rotating textual warnings which currently appear on the back of packs - was launched in May 2005. Member States that choose to require pictorial health warnings must select the images from this library, but they may choose the particular warning that is best adapted to consumers in their countries, taking into account cultural practices, sensibilities and context.

Belgium was the first E.U. Member State to adopt legislation requiring pictorial health warnings to be introduced for cigarettes. Following our challenge of the Belgian regulations, the Ministry of Health changed the regulations and now requires 14 images (instead of the 42 originally proposed). A second and third set of warnings are now understood to be optional. Products bearing the new health warnings appeared on shelves from early 2007.

The U.K. government has announced that effective October 2008, pictorial health warnings are required on all tobacco product packs. Old style cigarette packs manufactured before October 2008 may be sold until October 2009, and other tobacco products until October 2010. Other E.U. Member States including Latvia, The Netherlands and Slovakia are currently considering the use of pictorial health warnings.

Following Australia’s implementation of pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs from March 2006, New Zealand has passed similar legislation, requiring cigarette packs to carry pictorial health warnings occupying 30% of the front and 90% of the back of packs from February 27, 2008.

Other countries that have implemented pictorial health warnings include Singapore where they cover 50% of the front and back of packs. Taiwan has passed legislation calling for pictorial health warnings covering 35% of the front and back of packs, and the issue is also under discussion in Mexico (50% of the back of packs).

Smoking in Public Places

In a number of the markets and regions in which we operate the debate on the introduction of restrictions or outright bans on smoking in public places and in the workplace has intensified, most notably in Ireland, Italy and the U.K. where heavy restrictions were introduced in 2004, 2005 and 2007 respectively.

We support sensible regulation but believe that outright bans are unnecessary and disproportionate. Our experience in markets where smoking restrictions or bans are in place supports our view on the impact of this legislation. Smokers will continue to choose to smoke: there may be an initial dip in cigarette consumption, but this tends to diminish over time.

23



In January 2007, the E.U. Commission launched its Green Paper “Towards a Europe free from tobacco smoke: policy options at EU level”, seeking views on the scope of measures to regulate public smoking. The Paper presents five policy options including exemptions for certain venues (e.g. restaurants and bars). The Commission will now analyze the responses and produce a report with the main findings of the consultation, before considering further steps. In June 2007 the European Parliament released its own draft initiative report on the Green Paper, calling on the Commission to present a proposal by 2008 for an unrestricted ban in all enclosed workplaces, catering establishments, public buildings and transport within the Union.

Following the Irish example, the U.K. now also has a total ban on smoking in public places and work places including bars, restaurants and private member clubs. The ban was introduced in the following steps:

      Scotland: March 26, 2006

      Wales: April 2, 2007

      Northern Ireland: April 30, 2007

      England: July 1, 2007

In Germany, the regulation of bars and restaurants falls within the responsibility of the Länder, the states making up the Federal Republic. The Länder agreed in March 2007 to ban smoking in restaurants and bars, but allowed exceptions for small bars and premises with extra smoking rooms. Schools and public buildings are also covered by the proposed ban. Separately, the federal government will implement a smoking ban in government buildings and on public transport.

The French government published a decree on November 16, 2006 banning smoking in public places from February 1, 2007 but giving bars, restaurants, nightclubs, hotels and tobacconists a derogation until January 1, 2008.

Outside the European Union, New Zealand introduced a full public smoking ban from December 10, 2004. In Singapore, smoking restrictions provide that hospitality venues may set aside no more than 20% of their outdoor areas for smokers while most Australian territories have implemented severe smoking restrictions in most public places.

Some countries, however, are pursuing a more balanced approach. In Slovenia, for example, a new law effective from August 2007 applies existing restrictions on workplace smoking to all enclosed public places. Designated smoking rooms of up to 20% of the overall area can be set aside in most workplaces and public places, including restaurants, bars and cafés but no food or drink is to be consumed in these rooms.

We remain committed to continuing to work constructively with individual governments and other regulatory bodies to ensure the sensible and proportionate regulation of tobacco products.

Legal Environment

Smoking and health-related litigation

The Imperial Tobacco Group is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects.

To date, there has been no recovery of damages against us in any jurisdiction in any claim alleging that our tobacco products have resulted in damage to the health of smokers. We have not entered into any out-of-court settlement with any claimant in any such action. We are vigorously contesting the pending actions described below and intend to continue to do so. However, there can be no assurance that legal aid or other funding will not be made available to claimants in smoking and health-related litigation in the future, that favorable decisions will be achieved by us in any of these proceedings or that additional proceedings will not be commenced against us in the United Kingdom, the U.S., Germany or elsewhere. If we are found liable to pay damages in any jurisdiction, such a finding may precipitate further claims. If such claims are successful, the cumulative liability for damages could be very significant and is currently unquantifiable. Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, we will incur costs defending claims which we will not be able to recover fully, irrespective of whether we are successful in defending such claims.

24



In addition to the litigation described below, we are aware that Altadis is (or has been) involved in smoking and health-related litigation in France and Spain. Upon completion of the proposed acquisition, we would be responsible for the conduct of these proceedings and would be liable to the extent that any were adversely determined. We cannot currently determine the extent to which Altadis may have meritorious defenses to these claims or the likelihood that it will prevail in these proceedings.

Litigation in the United Kingdom

There are no active or, so far as we are aware, threatened proceedings against us in respect of smoking and health-related litigation in the United Kingdom.

Litigation in the United States

On 8 February 2007, we announced that we had agreed to acquire the entire issued share capital of Commonwealth Brands. This acquisition was completed on April 2, 2007. In addition, we are proposing to commence sales of tobacco products, including cigarettes, through Commonwealth Brands, into the United States during fiscal 2008. This may expose us to the risk of smoking and health-related litigation in the United States in the future.

Smoking and health-related litigation involving Commonwealth Brands

We are aware of three smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, commenced by individuals, in which Commonwealth Brands either is or was a defendant.

Commonwealth Brands has been named, along with numerous other defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in a 2005 personal injury lawsuit known as Croft v Akron Gasket, et al, pending in a state court in Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The claim against Commonwealth Brands is in respect of alleged injuries caused by smoking a brand of cigarettes acquired from another cigarette manufacturer in 1996. A motion for summary judgment was filed by Commonwealth Brands in October 2005 and remains pending.

In 2002, Commonwealth Brands was named as a defendant in J.L.K. v United States of America, et al. The claim has been brought by a prisoner in a federal penitentiary against numerous defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in respect of alleged injuries relating to alleged exposure to environmental tobacco smoke. A motion to dismiss filed by Commonwealth Brands and other tobacco company defendants was granted in December 2004. The time limit for appealing this dismissal only begins to run when judgment is entered as to all the defendants. The case remains pending against additional defendants, and no final judgment has been entered. Until final judgment has been entered, the plaintiff could still appeal against the dismissal as against Commonwealth Brands.

Commonwealth Brands was named as a defendant in Ryan v Philip Morris USA Inc., et al. This action was brought in 2005 in U.S. District Court, Northern District of Indiana, against Commonwealth Brands, Philip Morris USA, Inc., RJR Tobacco Co. and B&W Corp. The claim was being brought by the personal representative of the estate of a decedent alleged to have developed and died from lung cancer allegedly caused by cigarette smoking. The complaint asserted claims for wrongful death based on common law fraud and negligence, as well as for product liability. The claimant sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. The defendants, including Commonwealth Brands, filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the case. On May 18, 2007, the parties agreed to enter into a Stipulation of Dismissal of the case, with prejudice, with each party to bear their own costs. The case was formally dismissed by the court on June 5, 2007.

U.S. litigation environment and the Master Settlement Agreement

The U.S. tobacco manufacturers continue to be named in numerous proceedings for claims for injuries relating to the use of tobacco products, particularly cigarettes. Claims in the United States against tobacco manufacturers broadly fall within a number of categories, including: (a) individual claims alleging personal injury or death; (b) class actions alleging personal injury or requesting court-supervised programs for ongoing medical supervision and monitoring; (c) claims brought to recover the costs of providing health care; and (d) claims in relation to the labeling of products as “light”, “ultra light” or similar terms.

Other than the three individual claims referred to above, we are not aware of any pending or threatened smoking and health-related legal proceedings against Commonwealth Brands. In addition,

25



Commonwealth Brands has never lost nor settled any smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, nor been named as a defendant in any class action. In respect of claims to recover state health care costs, Commonwealth Brands is a signatory to the 1998 Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) in the United States and our application to join the MSA as a Subsequent Participating Manufacturer was approved in November 2007.

Commonwealth Brands was the first U.S. cigarette manufacturer to voluntarily sign the MSA in 1998. The MSA is an agreement between certain U.S. tobacco product manufacturers with 46 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Marianas to settle asserted and unasserted health care recovery costs and other claims. Manufacturers that participate in the MSA are protected from state actions and in return must make yearly payments, based on market share and other considerations, and abide by provisions restricting the advertising and marketing of tobacco products. Among the conduct provisions are restrictions or prohibitions on the use of cartoon characters, brand name sponsorship, apparel and other merchandise, outdoor and transit advertising, payments for product placement, free sampling and lobbying.

The MSA includes an adjustment mechanism, known as an NPM adjustment, that potentially reduces participating tobacco manufacturers’ annual MSA payment obligations. In order for an NPM adjustment to apply, an independent auditor must determine that the participating manufacturers have experienced a market share loss, and an independent firm of economic consultants must determine that the MSA was a significant factor contributing to that loss. States may avoid allocation of the adjustment to them if they demonstrate that they diligently enforced a “Qualifying Statute” imposing escrow obligations on manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA for the relevant year. For 2003 and 2004, the requirements for application of the adjustment have been fulfilled, but settling states dispute that any adjustment is required, claiming that they are exempt from the applicable adjustment because they diligently enforced Qualifying Statutes. This dispute is continuing.

Litigation in the Republic of Ireland

In the Republic of Ireland, plenary summonses were issued against John Player, an Irish subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco, and other tobacco companies over the period October 17, 1997 to January 21, 2003, naming 446 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. Since 1997, 428 of these claims have been dismissed, discontinued or confirmed as not proceeding by the relevant claimant firm, leaving a total of 18 individual claims outstanding against the tobacco companies. As at November 23, 2007, 11 claimants were seeking damages either jointly against John Player and other companies or solely against John Player. Ten of the claimants are legally represented by the law firm Beauchamps and one by John Devane Solicitors, as detailed below. All 11 individuals have served originating summonses and statements of claim in these claims. No trial dates have been fixed in respect of any claim against John Player.

On June 17, 2002, the law firms Beauchamps and Peter McDonnell & Associates, who jointly represent a number of individuals, served two statements of claim on behalf of the claimants Vincent Mallon and Margaret Delahunty. Notices for particulars have been served in respect of each claimant. Replies to particulars were served on John Player, in respect of Vincent Mallon on September 17, 2003 and in respect of Margaret Delahunty on October 2, 2003. Mr. Mallon and Ms. Delahunty are seeking €86,385 and €141,050, respectively (approximately £59,000 and £96,000, respectively), for the costs of purchasing cigarettes during their lifetimes. They are also seeking, among other things, unspecified damages. A further eight statements of claim were served on John Player by Beauchamps during December 2003, all of which were returned as they were served out of time.

In February 2003, Beauchamps applied to the High Court for orders joining the Irish State, the Irish Minister for Health and the Irish Attorney General to the proceedings. Amended statements of claim were served asserting that the Irish State failed to comply with various duties to take action to preserve public health. Among the relief sought was a declaration that the manufacture, distribution and supply of cigarettes is injurious to the public health and the health of the claimants, as well as various orders including an order to prohibit the sale of tobacco products and an order directing the defendants to make available to the claimants all of the material relating to the alleged dangers to the health of the claimants.

John Player has issued motions to dismiss on the grounds of procedural and inherent delay in all ten of these outstanding claims. In one of these cases, the claimant has died (Christopher Cummins) and the

26



proceedings have not yet been reconstituted by his estate. Replying affidavits have been received in all nine of the other cases. A further exchange of affidavits has since taken place. The Irish State has also issued motions to dismiss the claims against them in these nine cases. The motion to dismiss one of the claimants (McCormack) was heard as a representative case over November and December 2006. On April 24, 2007, the Dublin High Court ruled that the case should be dismissed on the grounds sought. At a hearing on June 27, 2007, the claimant indicated his intention to appeal the decision to the Irish Supreme Court and to seek to have the appeal heard as a priority. The motions to dismiss the other nine cases against John Player remain pending and adjourned generally until the appeal in the McCormack motion has been decided. Imperial Tobacco has been advised that if McCormack’s application for priority is granted, the appeal may be heard in the following six to nine months. If not, it may not be heard for another two to three years.

John Devane Solicitors, which represents one claimant, Margaret O’Connor, served a statement of claim on May 20, 2004. The statement of claim was returned as it was served out of time. Although this claim remains technically ‘‘alive’’, the claimant would have to obtain an extension of time from the court to re-serve the statement of claim out of time before being entitled to proceed any further. Imperial Tobacco’s solicitors have made it clear that any such application would be vigorously opposed. Imperial Tobacco’s solicitors have not heard from the claimant’s solicitors since 2004.

Litigation in The Netherlands

In The Netherlands, a subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco has received letters before action from or on behalf of 44 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects, but 15 of the individuals have now withdrawn their claims. Of the remaining 29 individuals, 25 are currently represented by one firm of lawyers, Sap Advocaten. We are aware of four other nonrepresented individuals who may bring claims against us. While there were press reports in February 2003 that Sap Advocaten would institute proceedings in the coming months, no proceedings have been commenced against us to date.

Claim letters have also been received in The Netherlands by at least three other tobacco companies, and on June 6, 2005 proceedings were commenced by one of the claimants against one of these tobacco companies.

In July 2002, it was reported in the press that a foundation had been established in May 2002 to bring a class action against the tobacco industry seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. The foundation is the successor of three other foundations that had been referred to in press reports during 2000. The report stated that the foundation had received €250,000 (approximately £170,000) from investors and benefactors and, without advertising, already had 100 claimants. In November 2002, it was reported in the press that this same foundation now had several hundred potential claimants and several million euros in financial backing. We are aware that a marketing bureau conducted a calling campaign targeted at people who smoked in order to persuade them to join litigation against the tobacco industry. We do not have any information as to the identity of the marketing bureau or on whose behalf they are acting, and so far as we are aware no claims have been commenced as a result. There were also press reports in 2000 that two firms had indicated that they would work together in bringing litigation against the tobacco industry on behalf of health insurance companies, but there have been no recent reports regarding this.

Litigation in Germany

The Hamburg Public Prosecutor has confirmed that on March 16, 2005 a Professor at the Institute for Economic Law of the University of Hamburg submitted a criminal complaint against the management of companies manufacturing cigarettes in Germany, including Reemtsma, alleging fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisonous or which contain substances harmful to health. On May 19, 2006, the Public Prosecutor informed Reemtsma of his decision terminating the investigation on the basis that the facts did not provide any basis to assert that any crime had been committed. The Professor challenged the decision by way of an ‘‘opposition’’ which was dismissed by the Chief Public Prosecutor in December 2006. This decision is not appealable.

In a separate matter, on February 10, 2006 an individual submitted a criminal complaint against Reemtsma with the Arnsberg Public Prosecutor. The claim was subsequently transferred to the Public Prosecutor in Hamburg, where Reemtsma is based. The complaint alleged, among other things, fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisoned. This complaint has been dismissed. The Head Prosecutor of the Hamburg Prosecutor’s Office has stated that there is no legal or factual basis to challenge the prosecutor’s decision to close the preliminary investigation.

27



Threatened litigation in Saudi Arabia

According to media reports, the Saudi Minister of Health has issued legal proceedings against international tobacco companies and/or their “agents” to recover the costs of providing medical care to individuals with diseases associated with smoking. According to the reports, the Minister of Health estimates that he will be seeking damages of SR70 billion (approximately £8.9 billion) and a hearing has now been rescheduled for February 16, 2008. However, we have not been served with any court documents and, so far as we are aware, no such claim has been filed against us.

Litigation by Governments

In certain countries, including the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland, the press from time to time has reported that relevant government departments and health authorities have been examining U.S. legal proceedings to recover the costs of providing medical care for individuals with adverse health conditions associated with smoking, in order to consider whether similar litigation might be available in those jurisdictions. Other than the threatened legal proceedings in Saudi Arabia mentioned above, we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings against us in which government departments or health authorities are seeking to recover the costs of such medical care. Commonwealth Brands is not a defendant in the Department of Justice proceedings in the U.S. against the major cigarette manufacturers. In addition, neither Imperial Tobacco nor any of its subsidiaries have been named as a defendant in the proceedings in Nigeria brought by the Federal Government of Nigeria and various Nigerian State Governments against certain international tobacco manufacturers for the recovery of alleged health care costs.

U.K. Office of Fair Trading investigation

In August 2003, we received a notice from the U.K. Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) requiring the provision of documents and information relating to an investigation under U.K. competition law. Information relating to the operation of the U.K. tobacco supply chain was supplied to the OFT in October 2003 and again during April 2005 but to date no substantive response to any of the information submitted has been received from the OFT. The OFT’s investigation is ongoing.

If the OFT were to decide that there are grounds for an infringement decision against us, it would first issue a Statement of Objections setting out its preliminary findings and the evidential and legal basis for those findings. We would then have an opportunity to respond to these preliminary findings. If the OFT were subsequently to make an infringement finding, we would be able to appeal the OFT’s infringement decision to the Competition Appeal Tribunal, and ultimately, on a point of law, to the Court of Appeal. The OFT has not as of yet issued a Statement of Objections or announced an intention to do so and as such we are unable to predict the outcome of this investigation.

However, in the event that the OFT decides that a company has infringed U.K. competition law, it may impose a fine. The amount of the fine is calculated by reference to the turnover of the infringing company. The rules regarding the maximum amount of such a penalty changed on May 1, 2004. Before that date, the maximum amount of a fine was 10% of a company’s U.K. turnover for up to three years. In the three years to September 30, 2003, our aggregate net U.K. turnover was £2,215 million.

Under the revised rules, a fine may not exceed 10% of a company’s worldwide turnover. However, the OFT’s guidelines state that where an infringement ended before May 1, 2004 the fine may not exceed the maximum penalty under the old rules. In either case, the applicable turnover on which the amount of a fine is based expressly excludes VAT and other taxes directly related to turnover, which we have been advised would also exclude duty. In addition, if the OFT were to make an infringement finding, it could issue orders prohibiting that activity in the future while the Company might face the prospect of damages actions from third parties.

German investigation into alleged foreign trading and related violations

Certain investigations were initiated by German authorities in January 2003 into alleged foreign trading and related violations by a number of people, including Reemtsma employees, during a period prior to its acquisition by us. Between 2005 and 2007, parts of the investigations into certain of the individuals were terminated either for lack of evidence or on terms agreed by the individuals with the authorities and settlement was made of any duty payable as a result of certain of the activities being investigated at no cost to us. Charges relating to smuggling have been brought in connection with one of the investigations against 18

28



individuals, one of whom is a former Reemtsma employee. Four other former Reemtsma employees face charges relating to violations of the German foreign trade act in connection with a separate investigation. In connection with some of these charges, the authorities have applied for financial penalties to be imposed on Reemtsma. Such penalties could be imposed if the former Reemtsma employees who have been charged are ultimately found to have committed offences. In those circumstances, we would seek recovery of any losses under arrangements made on the acquisition of the business.

A Board committee established in 2003 under the chairmanship of Mr. Anthony Alexander remains in place to monitor the progress of the investigations and our responses.

The German authorities’ investigations are based on alleged activities prior to our acquisition of Reemtsma and the committee remains satisfied that, since the acquisition, we have not been involved in any activities of a nature similar to those alleged by the German authorities.

29



C    Organizational Structure

Principal subsidiaries

The principal wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group, all of which are unlisted, are shown below. All were held throughout the year except for Commonwealth Brands Inc. which was acquired on April 2, 2007 and Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited which was incorporated on March 6, 2007.

Registered in England and Wales

Name

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco Limited

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the U.K

Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Imperial Tobacco International Limited

Export and marketing of tobacco products

Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Sinclair Collis Limited

Cigarette vending in the U.K

Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Commonwealth Brands Inc., United States

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the United States

Dunkerquoise des Blends S.A., France

Tobacco processing in France

Ets. L. Lacroix Fils N.V., Belgium

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Belgium

Gunnar Stenberg A.S., Norway

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Norway

Imperial Tobacco (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Singapore

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in South East Asia

Imperial Tobacco Australia Limited, Australia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Australia

Imperial Tobacco CR s.r.o., Czech Republic

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Czech Republic

Imperial Tobacco France S.A.S., France

Marketing of tobacco products in France

Imperial Tobacco Hellas S.A., Greece

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Greece

Imperial Tobacco Italy Srl, Italy

Marketing of tobacco products in Italy

Imperial Tobacco Magyarorszäg Dohänyforgalmazö Kft, Hungary

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Hungary

Imperial Tobacco Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

Manufacture of fine cut tobacco in the Republic of Ireland

Imperial Tobacco New Zealand Limited, New Zealand

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in New Zealand

Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., The Netherlands

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Sigara ve Tutunculuck Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S., Turkey

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Slovakia A.S., Slovak Republic

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Slovak Republic

Imperial Tobacco Tutun Urunleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S., Turkey

Manufacture of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

John Player & Sons Limited, Republic of Ireland

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Republic of Ireland

John Player S.A., Spain

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Spain

Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH, Germany

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germany and export of tobacco products

Reemtsma International Asia Services Limited, China

Marketing of tobacco products in China

OOO Reemtsma Volga Tabakfabrik, Russia

Manufacture of tobacco products in Russia

OOO Reemtsma, Russia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Russia

Tobaccor S.A.S, France

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

30



Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Van Nelle Canada Limited, Canada

Manufacture of tubes and sale of tobacco products in Canada

Van Nelle Tabak Nederland B.V., The Netherlands

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in The Netherlands

The principal partly owned subsidiaries of the Group held throughout the year are shown below. All are unlisted unless otherwise indicated.

Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

%
Owned(1)

Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A., Poland

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Poland

99.9

Imperial Tobacco Production Ukraine, Ukraine

Manufacture of cigarettes in Ukraine

99.8

Reemtsma Kyrgyzstan OJSC, Kyrgyzstan

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Kyrgyzstan

98.7

Skruf Snus AB, Sweden

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Sweden

43.0

Société Ivoirienne des Tabacs S.A(2), Ivory Coast

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Ivory Coast

74.1

Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o., Slovenia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Slovenia

76.5

Tutunski Kombinat AD, Macedonia

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Macedonia

99.1

In addition the Group also wholly owns the following partnership:

Name and country

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco (EFKA) GmbH & Co. KG, Germany

Manufacture of tubes in Germany


(1)

The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the Group are the same, with the exception of Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the Group holds a 99% interest.

(2)

Listed on the Stock Exchange of the Ivory Coast.

The consolidated Group financial statements include all the subsidiary undertakings and entities shown above. With the exception of Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited, which is wholly owned by the ultimate holding company, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, none of the shares in the subsidiaries is held directly by Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. A full list of subsidiaries is attached to the Annual Return of the Group, available from Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ, United Kingdom.

31



DProperty, Plant and Equipment

A list of our principal properties is set out below. They are all held freehold or long leasehold. We believe they are adequate for their purpose and are at present substantially utilized in line with their nature and function. In most instances our current facilities are operating below their estimated maximum capacity output. None of our properties is pledged as collateral.

Principal Use

Size

Annual Capacity

Freehold

United Kingdom

Upton Road, Bristol

Group headquarters and registered office

42,700 sq. ft.

Not applicable

Winterstoke Road, Bristol

Factory – cigar manufacture

208,100 sq. ft.

658 million cigars for manufacturing and 1,594 million cigars for packing

Triumph Road and Wollaton Road, Nottingham

Bonded warehouses

561,400 sq. ft.

24,000 tonnes of leaf tobacco

Overseas

Menen, Belgium

Factory – smoking tobacco manufacture and packing

82,600 sq. ft.

4,200 tonnes for processing and 6,600 tonnes for packing

Wilrijk, Belgium

Factory, warehouse and offices – rolling paper manufacture

133,500 sq. ft.

82 billion leaves

Bobo Dioulasso, Burkina Faso

Factory – cigarette manufacture

74,000 sq. ft.

3 billion cigarettes

Bouaké, Côte d’Ivoire

Factory – cigarette manufacture

441,300 sq. ft.

7 billion cigarettes

Dunkerque, France

Factory – cut rag production

59,200 sq. ft.

13,000 tonnes of blended tobacco

Libreville, Gabon

Factory – cigarette manufacture

38,800 sq. ft.

2 billion cigarettes

Berlin, Germany

Factory – cigarette manufacture

673,500 sq. ft.

33 billion cigarettes

Langenhagen, Germany

Factory – cigarette manufacture

948,300 sq. ft.

42 billion cigarettes 2,400 tonnes of fine cut tobacco

Trossingen, Germany

Factory – tube manufacture

176,500 sq. ft.

29 billion tubes and tips

32



Principal Use

Size

Annual Capacity

Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

Factory – fine cut tobacco processing and packing

87,200 sq. ft.

13,200 tonnes for primary and 9,500 tonnes for secondary processing

Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan

Factory – cigarette manufacture

238,400 sq. ft.

7 billion cigarettes

Skopje, Macedonia

Factory – cigarette manufacture

427,300 sq. ft.

5 billion cigarettes

Antsirabe, Madagascar

Factory – cigarette manufacture

80,700 sq. ft.

5 billion cigarettes

Joure, The Netherlands

Factory & offices – fine cut & pipe tobacco manufacture & packing

208,500 sq. ft.

29,700 tonnes manufactured and 17,600 tonnes packed

Wellington, New Zealand

Factory – cigarette and fine cut tobacco manufacture

167,200 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes and 1,200 tonnes of tobacco

Tarnowo Podgórne, Poland

Factory – cigarette manufacture

449,200 sq. ft.

34 billion cigarettes

Dakar, Senegal

Factory – cigarette manufacture

328,900 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes

Smolnik, Slovakia

Factory – cigar and pipe tobacco manufacture

66,400 sq. ft.

97 million cigars and 1,500 tonnes primary of pipe tobacco and 8,800 tonnes packing

Kiev, Ukraine

Factory – cigarette manufacture

393,000 sq. ft.

41 billion cigarettes

Reidsville, U.S.

Factory – cigarette manufacture

974,000 sq. ft.

33 billion cigarettes

Leasehold

United Kingdom

Bull Close Road, Nottingham

Regional distribution center

146,200 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes

Thane Road, Nottingham

Factory – cigarette manufacture

659,000 sq. ft.

77 billion cigarettes 1,800 tonnes of fine cut tobacco

Overseas

Volgograd, Russia

Factory – cigarette manufacture

253,600 sq. ft.

34 billion cigarettes

Manisa, Turkey

Factory – cigarette manufacture

313,200 sq. ft.

9 billion cigarettes

Capacities reflect the relocation of, and new investment in, machinery throughout the year.

In March 2007, we announced our plans to build a factory in Taiwan at a cost of £45 million which will aid the further development of our presence in Asia.

During fiscal 2006, as part of our ongoing review to improve operational efficiencies, we announced the closure of our factories in Liverpool in the U.K. and Lahr in Germany, the latter as a direct result of the change in excise duty status of Singles and unfiltered eco-cigarillos in Germany. These facilities closed in December 2006 and March 2007 respectively.

Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments

None

33



Item 5:  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this annual report. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See note 30 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the principal differences and additional disclosures applicable to us for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2007.

In connection with the forward-looking statements that appear in the following information, you should carefully review the cautionary statements referred to in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3D: Risk Factors included in this annual report.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations

Factors which influence the results of our operations are discussed in Item 4B: Business Overview, under Business Operations and Regulatory Issues, respectively.

Management believes that reporting non-GAAP adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance and reflects the way in which the business is controlled. Accordingly, as outlined in the accounting policy note to our financial statements included in this report, the adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share exclude, where applicable, amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs, retirement benefits net financing income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges and related taxation effects. Reconciliations between adjusted and reported profit from operations are included within note 1 to the financial statements, adjusted and reported finance costs in note 5, adjusted and reported taxation in note 6, and adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8. These and other adjusted measures in this report such as adjusted net debt are not defined terms under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Under U.S. GAAP such measures would not be included in the notes to the financial statements.

Revenue

Revenue comprises the invoiced value for the sale of goods and services net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when a Group company has delivered products to the customer, the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Sales of services, which include fees for distributing third party products, are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. License fees are recognized on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Revenue is driven principally by sales volumes and the prices we are able to charge for our products.

Duty and similar items

Duty and similar items includes duty and levies having the characteristics of duty. In countries where duty is a production tax, duty is included in the income statements as an expense. Where duty is a sales tax, duty is deducted from revenue. Payments due in the U.S. under the Master Settlement Agreement and the Fair and Equitable Tobacco Reform Act are treated as a production tax.

Increases in duty and similar items are driven by increases in sales volumes, sales prices and the rates of duty in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Net revenue

Net revenue is a non-GAAP measure, which represents revenue less duty and similar items payable to government authorities. Management believes that this measure provides a better comparison of business performance than the related GAAP measure, as it removes the distortion in the trends of our revenue and operating margins that are caused by the different excise duty regimes that exist within the markets in which we operate. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

34



Net revenue is driven principally by sales volumes, the prices we are able to charge for our products and the amount of excise duty imposed by governmental authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Profit from operations

Profit from operations represents revenue less cost of sales, distribution, advertising and selling costs and administrative expenses. Profit from operations is driven largely by changes in net revenue and in operating costs.

Adjusted profit from operations

Adjusted profit from operations is a non-GAAP measure, which represents profit from operations before deducting amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

Operating margin

Operating margin is calculated as profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue.

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin is adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our principal accounting policies are set out on pages F-9 to F-16 of the consolidated financial statements and comply with IFRS. We believe our most critical accounting estimates include those relating to legal proceedings, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, retirement benefits and income taxes. The application of these accounting estimates involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Legal proceedings

In accordance with IFRS, we only recognize liabilities in our accounts where there is a present obligation from a past event, a transfer of economic benefits is probable and we can make a reliable estimate of the amount of the costs of the transfer. In instances such as these, a provision is calculated and recorded in the financial statements. In instances where these criteria are not met, a contingent liability may be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group, or from a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognized in the financial statements because it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or because the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Realization of any contingent liabilities not currently recognized or disclosed in the financial statements could have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Application of these accounting principles to legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects is inherently difficult given the complex nature of the facts and law involved. Deciding whether or not to provide for loss in connection with such claims requires the Group’s management to make determinations about various factual and legal matters beyond its control.

The Group reviews outstanding legal cases following developments in the legal proceedings and at each balance sheet date, in order to assess the need for provisions in its financial statements. Among the factors considered in making decisions on provisions are the nature of the litigation, claim or assessment, the legal processes and potential level of damages in the jurisdiction in which the litigation, claim or assessment has been brought, the progress of the case (including progress after the date of the financial statements but before those statements are issued), the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, experience of similar cases and any decision of the Group’s management as to how it will respond to the litigation, claim or assessment.

35



To the extent that the Group’s determinations at any time do not reflect subsequent developments or the eventual outcome of any claim, its future financial statements may be materially affected, with an adverse impact upon the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

As disclosed in Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment, the Group is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. In the opinion of the Group’s lawyers, the Group has meritorious defenses to these actions, all of which are being vigorously contested. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of the pending litigation, we believe that the pending actions will not have a material adverse effect upon the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. Consequently, in respect of any such cases, we have not provided for any amounts in the consolidated financial statements in each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2007.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Intangible assets (other than goodwill and the Davidoff cigarette trademark) and property, plant and equipment are amortized or depreciated over their useful lives. Useful lives are based on management’s estimates of the period over which the assets will generate revenue and are periodically reviewed for continued appropriateness. Due to the long lives of certain assets, changes to the estimates used can result in significant variations in the carrying value.

The Group assesses the impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization or depreciation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

significant changes in the manner of the use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and

significant negative industry or economic trends.

Additionally, goodwill arising on acquisitions and the Davidoff cigarette trademark are subject to impairment review. The Group’s management undertakes an impairment review annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. When it is determined that there is an indicator that the carrying value may not be recoverable, impairment is measured based on estimates of the fair values of the underlying assets of the cash-generating unit.

The complexity of the estimation process and issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent in the application of the Group’s accounting estimates in relation to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, especially the estimates of the expected useful economic lives and the carrying values of those assets. If business conditions were different, or if different assumptions were used in the application of this and other accounting estimates, it is likely that materially different amounts could be reported in the Group’s financial statements.

See notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to fixed asset accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ending September 30, 2007.

Retirement benefits

The costs, assets and liabilities of the defined benefit retirement schemes operating within the Group are determined using methods relying on actuarial estimates and assumptions. Details of the key assumptions are set out in note 18 to our consolidated financial statements. The Group takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of the assumptions. It is important to note, however, that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the Group’s financial statements.

36



We estimate that an impact of a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate on the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense would be insignificant. We estimate that a 0.5% decrease in the expected return on plan assets would increase the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense by approximately £15 million, while a 0.5% increase would reduce the expense by approximately £15 million.

We review our assumptions in respect of our pension benefits annually. The impact on earnings and cash flows resulting from revisions to estimates relating to these assumptions have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2007.

Income taxes

The Group is required to estimate the income tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse.

The Group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence, the Group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgment is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However, the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the Group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Tax benefits are not recognized unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest on tax liabilities is provided for in the tax charge. Deferred tax assets are not recognized where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized in the future. This evaluation requires judgments to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to income tax accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ending September 30, 2007.

See note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adoption of new accounting pronouncements

Please see page F16 for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements under IFRS and page F-70 in note 30 for a discussion of new U.S. GAAP pronouncements.

Currency fluctuations

We are exposed to movements in exchange rates for transactions in foreign currencies, together with the translation of the accounts of the overseas subsidiaries into the consolidated accounts. For additional information about our exposure to currency fluctuations, see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Exposure to currency fluctuations.

37



A               Operating Results

Results of Operations

The following tables give certain information regarding the segmental analysis of our results of operations derived from the financial statements, which were prepared under IFRS for the periods listed below. With effect from October 1, 2006, we have reclassified the results of our Austrian business from ‘Germany’ to ‘Rest of the World’ to reflect the way in which our operations are managed within the Group. The results for 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified accordingly. Similarly the 2006 and 2005 results of our U.S. operations have been reclassified from ‘Rest of the World’ to ‘U.S.’ as the U.S. segment has been introduced following the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

U.K.

 

4,710

 

3,910

 

800

 

4,762

 

3,927

 

835

 

4,842

 

3,966

 

876

 

Germany

 

2,623

 

2,000

 

623

 

2,698

 

2,123

 

575

 

2,645

 

2,121

 

524

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,571

 

927

 

644

 

1,647

 

1,010

 

637

 

1,746

 

1,111

 

635

 

U.S.

 

13

 

 

13

 

14

 

 

14

 

266

 

149

 

117

 

Rest of the World

 

2,312

 

1,269

 

1,043

 

2,555

 

1,454

 

1,101

 

2,845

 

1,717

 

1,128

 

 

 

11,229

 

8,106

 

3,123

 

11,676

 

8,514

 

3,162

 

12,344

 

9,064

 

3,280

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

564

 

 

 

(9

)

555

 

Germany

 

238

 

 

 

(6

)

232

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

 

 

(7

)

319

 

U.S.

 

52

 

(17

)

 

 

35

 

Rest of the World

 

295

 

(6

)

 

(12

)

277

 

 

 

1,475

 

(23

)

 

(34

)

1,418

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

506

 

n/a

 

(10

)

 

496

 

Germany

 

270

 

n/a

 

(31

)

 

239

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

324

 

n/a

 

(3

)

 

321

 

U.S.

 

4

 

n/a

 

 

 

4

 

Rest of the World

 

252

 

n/a

 

(1

)

 

251

 

 

 

1,356

 

n/a

 

(45

)

 

1,311

 

38



(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

468

 

n/a

 

(8

)

n/a

 

460

 

Germany

 

290

 

n/a

 

(29

)

n/a

 

261

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

n/a

 

(18

)

n/a

 

308

 

U.S.

 

6

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

6

 

Rest of the World

 

207

 

n/a

 

(2

)

n/a

 

205

 

 

 

1,297

 

n/a

 

(57

)

n/a

 

1,240

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Adjusted operating margin

 

41.5

%

42.9

%

45.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating margin

 

39.7

%

41.5

%

43.2

%


(1)

Amortization of trademarks relates principally to Commonwealth Brands’ trademarks acquired in 2007 and trademarks acquired in Australia and New Zealand in 1999. Adjusted profit from operations has not been restated for 2006 and 2005 as the trademark amortization effect was not significant in these years.

Group Results

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

Revenue was £12,344 million compared to £11,676 million in 2006, an increase of 6%. Duty and similar items also grew by 6%. Excluding duty and similar items, net revenue was £3,280 million (2006: £3,162 million). Good organic growth throughout the business with volume increases and pricing improvements have offset the impact of cessation of sale of Singles in Germany. Our overall results benefited from six months’ contribution from Commonweath Brands, with revenue of £252 million in the period following its acquisition in April 2007. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales, which comprises direct costs of production and the cost of goods purchased for resale, fell by 2% to £990 million as productivity improvements more than offset volume growth. Distribution, advertising and selling costs rose by 5% to £659 million, mainly reflecting the addition of Commonwealth Brands’ costs in the second half of the year. Administrative expenses (which comprise primarily the costs of central support functions, amortization of acquired brands, restructuring costs and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges) were stable at £213 million. Administrative expenses in 2007 included trademark amortization costs of £23 million (2006: £6 million), principally related to trademarks acquired under the Commonwealth Brands acquisition, and £34 million (2006: nil) of fair value losses on derivative financial instruments on commercially effective hedges. Included within 2006 administrative expenses were restructuring costs of £45 million relating principally to the closures of our Lahr and Liverpool factories. There were no restructuring costs in 2007.

Reported profit from operations grew 8% to £1,418 million (2006: £1,311 million). Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs and fair value changes on derivative financial instruments, increased 9% to £1,475 million.

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 43.2% in fiscal 2007 from 41.5% in fiscal 2006. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 45.0% in fiscal 2007 from 42.9% in fiscal 2006.

Reported net finance costs increased to £181 million (2006: £143 million) and comprised finance costs of £499 million (2006: £426 million) and investment income of £318 million (2006: £283 million). The increase in finance costs was mainly due to higher average adjusted net debt of £4.3 billion (2006: £3.5 billion), as a result of the Commonwealth Brands and Davidoff trademark acquisitions, and a marginally higher average all-in cost of debt of 5.5% (2006: 5.4%) reflecting higher euro interest rates on our floating rate debt. The increase in investment income was primarily due to a higher expected return on retirement benefit assets of £203 million (2006: £188 million). Investment income also benefited from an increase in fair value gains on derivative financial instruments, which were broadly offset by increased fair value losses on derivative financial instruments included in finance costs. Adjusted net finance costs, which excludes retirement benefits net financing income and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, increased to £237 million (2006: £188 million). Adjusted interest cover was 6.2 times (2006: 7.2 times).

Reported profit before tax increased to £1,237 million (2006: £1,168 million). Adjusted profit before tax was £1,238 million, up 6% on 2006.

The reported tax charge was £325 million (2006: £310 million). The adjusted tax charge for the year, which excludes the taxation effects of the adjustments described above, was £310 million (2006: £310 million), representing an adjusted effective tax rate of 25.0% (2006: 26.5%).

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 4% to £11,676 million in fiscal 2006 from £11,229 million in fiscal 2005. The growth in revenue reflected increases in all geographic regions, particularly the Rest of the World and the Rest of Western Europe. Duty and similar items grew by 5%. Net revenue increased by 1% to £3,162 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £3,123 million in

39



fiscal 2005. The increase reflected increases in the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World, partly offset by declines in both Germany and the Rest of Western Europe. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales increased by 1% to £1,013 million, with overall productivity improved by 6% (excluding our Lahr factory in Germany which was impacted by the cessation of Singles production). Distribution, selling and advertising costs were down by 4% to £627 million, reflecting the cessation of our motor racing sponsorship. Administrative expenses were down 7% at £211 million, mainly due to a reduction in restructuring costs from £57 million in 2005 to £45 million in 2006. In 2005 restructuring costs were in respect of the closure of our tube factories in Plattsburgh and Montreal, the cigarette factory in Dublin, the rolling papers factory in Treforest and a significant headcount reduction at the Berlin cigarette factory.

Reported profit from operations increased by 6% to £1,311 million in fiscal 2006 from £1,240 million in fiscal 2005. Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes restructuring costs, increased by 5% to £1,356 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,297 million in fiscal 2005.

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 41.5% in fiscal 2006 from 39.7% in fiscal 2005. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 42.9% in fiscal 2006 from 41.5% in fiscal 2005.

The Group’s net finance costs decreased to £143 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 50.8 billion) with consumer downtrading continuing.£162 million) and comprised finance costs of £426 million (2005: £353 million) and investment income of £283 million (2005: £191 million). Reported finance costs and investment income included, respectively, fair value losses on derivative financial instruments of £83 million (2005: not applicable) and fair value gains on derivative financial instruments of £82 million (2005: not applicable). Expected returns on retirement benefit assets increased to £188 million (2005: £169 million), while interest on retirement benefit liabilities was £142 million (2005: £147 million). Excluding these items, adjusted net finance costs were £188 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £184 million). The valueincrease in adjusted net finance costs was due to a marginal increase in our average all-in cost of debt to 5.4% in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 5.3%). Our average adjusted net debt was stable during fiscal 2006 at £3.5 billion. Adjusted interest cover in fiscal 2006 was 7.2 times (fiscal 2005: 7.0).

The tax charge for the year was £310 million (fiscal 2005: £288 million), representing an effective tax rate of 26.5% (fiscal 2005: 26.7 %). The Group continued to benefit from lower tax rates applied to certain overseas subsidiaries.

Results by Region

United Kingdom

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In the United Kingdom, revenue increased by 2% to £4,842 million and economy sectors now account for over 40% ofnet revenue grew by 5%, to £876 million. Adjusted profit from operations rose by 11% to £564 million. These increases reflect growth in our cigarette market share, cost savings and pricing improvements.

40



We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market was down 2% to 47.9 billion, with growth in the value and economy sector continuing, now accounting for over 44% of the total market. Following a good first half, the cigarette market declined in the second half following the introduction of bans on smoking in public places and poor weather. The fine cut tobacco market grew by 8 % to 3,500 tonnes (2006: 3,250 tonnes (fiscal 2005: 3,050 tonnes)., with downtrading into and within the segment.

A ban on smoking in public places was introduced in Scotland in March 2006. A ban on smoking in workplaces and enclosed public places, including bars and restaurants, was announced at the end of 2005 and will come into effect in Wales in April 2007. A ban on smoking in enclosed public places will also come into effect in England on July 1, 2007.2007, following similar bans in Wales and Northern Ireland, introduced earlier in the year. As anticipated, and in line with our experiences in other markets with similar legislation, these have resulted in an initial decline in cigarette market volumes. On October 1, 2007, the minimum age for the sale of tobacco products by retailers in England, Scotland and Wales was increased from 16 to 18.

In

Our cigarette market share climbed to 46.4% (2006: 45.5%). The U.K.’s best selling cigarette brand, Lambert & Butler, was up to 16.6 % (2006: 16.2%) and the U.K.’s number two brand, Richmond, was up at 15.7% (2006: 15.5%). Following the introduction of Windsor Blue in January 2006, the brand continued to grow strongly in the economy sector capturing 2.6% share of the total market.

In fine cut tobacco, our market share fell to 63.6% (2006: 65.3%) although Golden Virginia continues to lead the market. We launched Gold Leaf in June 2007 in the value segment, which had grown to 1.6% market share in September 2007. We are the U.K. market leader in rolling papers. We launched a new variant RizlaSmooth in August.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 1% to £4,762 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £4,710 million in fiscal 2005. Our net revenue less duty rose 4.4%4% to £835 million, with adjusted profit from operations up 8.1%8% to £506 million. These increases were achieved notwithstanding that the group’sGroup’s cigarette volumes were down 2% to 23 billion. This profit performance reflectsreflected improvements in our cigarette market share and the benefits of price increases which more than offset market volume declines and downtrading.

We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market decreased by 3% to 49.1 billion cigarettes in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 50.8 billion) with consumer downtrading continuing. The value and economy sectors accounted for over 40% of the total U.K. cigarette market in 2006. The fine cut tobacco market grew to 3,250 tonnes (fiscal 2005: 3,050 tonnes).

We delivered a strong operational performance in the U.K.,U.K, growing our cigarette market share to 45.5% (fiscal 2005: 44.5%). Windsor Blue, launched nationally in January 2006 in the economy sector, grew to 2.2% market share in September.by the end of fiscal 2006. New variants, Superkings and Smooth and the relaunch of the celebration packs grew the U.K.’s number one cigarette brand Lambert & Butler to 16.2% share. The number two brand, Richmond, has benefited from a packaging improvement and continued to perform well with a market share of 15.5%. Reflecting downtrading dynamics, our Regal, Embassy and Superkings brands remained under pressure.

We are the U.K. market leaders in

In fine cut tobacco, however our market share declined to 65.3% (fiscal 2005: 66.3%) due to continued competition.

Germany

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In Germany, revenue decreased by 2% to £2,645 million and net revenue fell by 9% to £524 million. Adjusted profit from operations decreased by 12% to £238 million. Our results benefited from continued growth in our cigarette market share and cost efficiencies, but were adversely affected by the cessation of the profitable Singles product and the decline in the total duty-paid tobacco market.

Successive tobacco tax increases have increased both legal and illegal cross-border flows into Germany and the market continued to be impacted by the cessation of the make your own Singles product, following the change in taxation status of the product in April 2006. We wonestimate that the Convenience Tracking Program Best Supplier, as voted by retailersoverall tobacco market in 2007 was down 6% to 127 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 135 billion). The cigarette market fell slightly to 91 billion cigarettes (2006: 92 billion), with downtrading continuing, resulting in strong growth in the low price branded cigarette segment, now 19.1% of the cigarette market compared to 11.4% in 2006. This is an accoladeOther tobacco

41



products were down 16% to 36 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 43 billion). In 2006, Singles accounted for 20 billion cigarette equivalents of the total other tobacco products sector. We estimate that recognizesapproximately 20% of former Singles consumers have moved into duty paid cigarettes, 55% into other tobacco products and 25% into both legal and illegal cross-border flows.

The Federal Government’s ban on smoking in all federal government buildings, while allowing for the effectivenessprovision of separate smoking areas, as well as a total ban on public transport, came into effect on September 1, 2007. Legislation for hospitality venues such as cafes, bars and commitmentrestaurants and regional state government buildings continues to be debated at the Regional State level, with the implementation of our sales teams and support functions. We have won this award three timesfurther restrictions planned in the last four years.coming months.

In

Our cigarette market share grew to 21.3% (2006: 20.7%), with an excellent performance from JPS which increased its market share to 6.4% (2006: 3.8%). Along with other mid-priced brands, West, the context of further regulations, we do not expect smoking banssecond largest cigarette brand in Germany, continued to be impacted by downtrading with its market share down to 7.2% (2006: 8.2%). Davidoff, in the U.K.premium sector, remained broadly stable at 1.0% of the total cigarette market (2006: 1.1%). Our market share of other tobacco products was down to 19.1% (2006: 21.8%) impacted by the migration of former Singles consumers, and increased competition in this sector. Our make your own West and JPS Single Tobacco products and newly launched Route 66 make your own tobacco performed well and have captured a significant long term effect on our business. We believe smokers will continueshare of this growing segment.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 3% to choose£2,698 million in fiscal 2006 compared to smoke regardless£2,623 million in fiscal 2005. Our net revenue decreased by 8% to £575 million, with adjusted profit from operations down 7% to £270 million. These results reflected the overall market volume decline, downtrading into value cigarette brands and the cessation of regulationssales of Singles products, partly offset by market share growth and our view is supported by experiences in other markets.cost efficiencies.

The diversity of our brand and product portfolio continues to provide further opportunities within a downtrading environment. This, along with our commitment to sales and marketing excellence and our focus on costs, efficiency and flexibility, ensures we have a strong platform from which we seek to deliver further improvements in profits.


Germany

We estimate that the overall tobacco market in fiscal 2006 was down 6.3%6% to 135 billion cigarette equivalents (fiscal 2005: 144 billion). The duty-paid cigarette market fell by 8.9%9% to 92 billion cigarettes (fiscal 2005: 101 billion), following the further duty increase in September 2005. Other tobacco products were stable at 43 billion cigarette equivalents. The low price branded cigarette sector has continued to grow strongly as consumers downtrade,downtraded, accounting for 11.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.6%) of the market, with the Private Label sector continuing to decline to 13.4% (fiscal 2005: 15.9%).

Production of Singles tobacco products ceased in March 2006, following a ruling from the European Court of Justice which resulted in a change of the duty status of the product, although products remained on retailers’ shelves until September 2006.

On December 29, 2006 a law restricting tobacco sponsorship and advertising came into force to bring Germany in line with the requirements of the E.U. Advertising and Sponsorship Directive. The debate on smoking in public places continues with several political initiatives taken at federal and state level. A voluntary agreement with the hospitality association is currently in place, which includes progressive national targets for signage and the introduction of non-smoking areas.

In Germany, our revenue less duty decreased by 7% to £584 million, with adjusted profit from operations down 7% to £274 million. These results reflect the overall market volume decline, downtrading into value cigarette brands and the cessation of sales of Singles products, partly offset by market share growth and cost efficiencies.

We grew our cigarette share to 20.7% (fiscal 2005: 19.4%), driven by a strong performance from JPS. The brand captured the majority of market share growth in the low price branded cigarette segment, with market share up to 3.8% (fiscal 2005: 1.7%). Increased downtrading in the mid-priced cigarette segment resulted in West market share dropping to 8.2% (fiscal 2005: 8.5%). In recent months, ourOur limited edition West packs have delivered additional sales volumes and the brand’s performance has stabilized, with a number of further initiatives planned to strengthen the brand.stabilized. Davidoff performed well in a downtrading environment with a stable market share of 1.1%.

Our market share of other tobacco products fell to 21.8% (fiscal 2005: 24.2%). Prior to the change in duty status of Singles there was increased competition in this market segment, with a resulting impact on our other tobacco products share. In anticipation of consumers migrating from Singles, we launched West Single TobaccoUnited States

In the United States our main competitors are Altria and Reynolds American who in Marchthe twelve months to June 30, 2007 had cigarette market shares of approximately 49% and JPS Single Tobacco in May with encouraging fiscal 2006 results.28% respectively.

Our primary focus for Germany continues to be in managing the migration of Singles consumers to our alternative products. We are monitoring developments and our strength in value cigarettes and other tobacco products means we are well positioned to manage consumer migration. In addition, we will continue to work on our cost base in order to remain competitive.

19



Rest of Western EuropeEurope/Rest of the World

In other international cigarette markets, our main competitors are subsidiaries of Altria, BAT, Japan Tobacco and Altadis, and the Restlocal domestic producers in each market.

Manufacturing

Our 31 factories around the world benefit from shared technology and expertise, leading to reduced manufacturing costs. We focus on high-quality, low-cost manufacturing and have an ongoing drive to improve productivity across the business.

We aim to ensure that our manufacturing base is structured effectively, to ensure a fast response to changing market dynamics and consumer requirements. In order to meet growing demand in Eastern Europe, we have increased the capacity at both our Volgograd and Kiev factories with the installation of Western Europe,new and upgraded machinery. We have also added cigarette and other tobacco product machinery in Germany, in support of new product initiatives. The closures of our cigarette shares have continued to growfactories in Liverpool in the majorityU.K. and Lahr in Germany were completed on schedule by the end of markets, complementingMarch 2007.

In March 2007, we announced our leading positionplans to build a factory in fine cut tobacco.

The cigarette marketTaiwan at a cost of approximately £45 million which will aid the further development of our presence in the RestAsia. We expect to generate annual cost savings of Western Europe decreased by an estimated 2.7% in fiscal 2006, with the annual regional fine cut tobacco market down 1.6%. The value segments in both cigarette and fine cut tobacco have grown£20 million from 2010 as a result of consumer downtradinga reduction in supply chain costs and other operational efficiencies, with the factory planned to be fully operational by the end of our 2008 financial year.

Our main materials are tobacco leaf, paper, acetate tow (for the production of cigarette filter tips) and printed packaging materials utilizing carton board. These are purchased from a number of suppliers. Our policy is not to be reliant, where practical, on any one supplier, and we have not suffered any significant production losses as a result of an increasingly competitive pricing environment.interruption in the supply of raw materials. Where there are only a few major suppliers of a main material, such as for carton blanks and printed packet wrappings, the failure of any one supplier could potentially have an impact on our business. However, we believe the risk of such an occurrence is low.

Restrictions

We seek to reduce our exposure to individual markets by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of different countries, including Brazil, China, India, Turkey, Malawi and Guatemala. Our acquisition of Tobaccor in fiscal 2001 gave us some direct involvement in the cultivation of tobacco leaf, principally for use by Tobaccor’s subsidiaries. Different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price. Political situations such as that in Zimbabwe may significantly affect tobacco crops. We seek to offset these fluctuations by purchasing tobacco crops from other areas of the world.

Intellectual Property

In 1973, when the United Kingdom joined the European Union, an agreement was reached with BAT for the exchange of certain trademarks. As a result of these historical arrangements and subsequent arrangements with BAT and other third parties, we, like many international cigarette companies, do not have exclusive ownership of all our pre-1973 brands in all the territories in which we operate.

Regulatory Issues

The regulatory landscape continued to be challenging during 2007, as governments around the world are pursuing, in varying degrees, further regulation of tobacco products. These actions include restricting or banning the advertising of tobacco products and sponsorship of events by tobacco companies, requiring text and/or pictorial health warnings to be included on tobacco packaging, limiting the yield of tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide, banning product descriptors such as ‘mild’ or ‘light’, requiring cigarettes to comply with low ignition propensity standards and removing tobacco products from sight at the point of sale. We continue to manage these challenges and seek to engage with governments to find workable, practical solutions to changing regulations.

20



World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

In May 2003, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”) was adopted at the 56th World Health Assembly. The 40 ratifications required for the convention to take effect were met on November 30, 2004 and, in accordance with the procedural matters established for the FCTC, the convention entered into force 90 days later. There is no deadline for becoming a party; the FCTC remains open for accession by all countries that wish to do so. As of  October 23, 2007, 151 countries have ratified the FCTC. At the first session of the Conference of the Parties (February 6 – 17, 2006), the parties adopted their Rules of Procedures in addition to establishing the structure for a permanent secretariat and setting out the first phase of guidelines and protocols to be developed.

The second Conference of the Parties (June 30 - July 6, 2007) unanimously adopted the draft guideline on protection from Environmental Tobacco Smoke and decided that further work will be conducted on product regulation and illicit trade. Other work includes the development of guidelines in the areas of advertising and sponsorship, packaging and labeling, public health policy protection from the vested commercial interest of the tobacco industry, smoking cessation with the help of nicotine replacement therapy products and education. With regard to the development work for a protocol on cross-border advertising, the Conference of the Parties followed the expert group recommendation to suspend the protocol in favor of  a comprehensive guideline on advertising, sponsorship and promotion.

Key provisions of the FCTC include: the restriction and/or ban of advertising and the disclosure of advertising expenditures; the global introduction of large health warnings with a suggestion to use pictorial health warnings; measures to restrict access to tobacco and reduce consumption; tax increases; restriction and/or prohibition of duty-free sales; substantial testing of smoke constituents other than tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide; promotion and support of alternative crops; and product liability laws (where they do not already exist) to hold manufacturers responsible for smoking-related health risks.

While we agree with many aspects of the convention, most notably the need to prevent youth smoking and the urgent need to stamp out both smuggling and counterfeiting of tobacco products, the FCTC also includes measures that we believe fall under the jurisdiction of other authorities such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). We believe that creating a role for the WHO to regulate on issues like standardization, smuggling, international aid and product labeling would be inefficient and inappropriate since these lie outside the WHO core competencies and are dealt with by other bodies. Furthermore, we believe that some of the provisions can be regulated more effectively at a regional, national or local level.

E.U. Tobacco Products Directive (2001/37/EC)

In June 2001, the European Union passed a directive on the manufacture, presentation and sale of tobacco products, which provides for, among other things, new and larger health warnings on the front and back of tobacco product packs, a ban on product descriptors such as “light” and “mild”, new maximum tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields of 10, 1, and 10 mg respectively, as well as extensive product testing and the yearly submission of ingredients information to national authorities

In July 2005, the European Commission published its first report on the application of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive. The report did not call for immediate changes to the directive and the Commission intends to follow guidelines proposed through the Conference of the Parties under the FCTC. Furthermore, the report encourages Member States to adopt pictorial health warnings. In accordance with Article 11 of the directive which stipulates that the E.U. Commission shall report every two years to the Parliament, the Council and the Economic and Social Committee on the application of the directive, the E.U. Commission is currently preparing the second report.

Of particular concern to us is the proposal in the draft report of July 2005 to consider the definition of ingredients by the WHO Scientific Advisory Committee on Tobacco Products Regulation, which would widen the scope of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive considerably by including, among other things, substances used in agronomy, production and packaging. There was no firm proposal to develop a common list of ingredients, chiefly due to the difficulty of establishing criteria for the approval or prohibition of ingredients, given that there are no clear accepted tests for measuring toxicity.

21



The E.U. Commission and the Scientific Committee on Emerging and Newly Identified Health Risks (“SCENIHR”) in June 2007 adopted a preliminary report on the health effects of smokeless tobacco products to provide the E.U. Commission with a scientific basis for developing and implementing policies on such products. The report concluded that all smokeless tobacco products are addictive and that their use is hazardous to health. The Commission has indicated that any actions arising in relation to smokeless tobacco products will be considered at a later stage on the basis of the final SCENIHR report.

The directive also requires manufacturers and importers to submit details of all ingredients used in tobacco products to each Member State, along with any available toxicological data. Starting in December 2002, we have submitted ingredient information and toxicological data in all Member States, even in the absence of national regulations. The format in which the ingredient information was submitted has been accepted by most Member States. However, The Netherlands has rejected this format and required the submission and publication of the detailed recipes of all tobacco products sold in the Dutch market. We believe that the Tobacco (Lists of Ingredients) Regulation 2003, which provides for publication of ingredients and formulae of tobacco products, goes beyond what is required by the directive on which the Dutch regulation is based. We have concerns about revealing unique product formulae and, together with other leading tobacco manufacturers, initiated legal proceedings in September 2003. A verdict was handed down on December 21, 2005, stating that we need to submit full ingredients information per brand to the Dutch authorities. However, it also acknowledged that the ingredient information demanded constitutes a trade secret, which can only be published if no disproportionate harm is caused to us by this act. Together with other manufacturers, we have appealed the ruling. The Dutch State has also appealed the December 21, 2005 judgment. We have filed the grievances of our appeal and replied to the State’s appeal on August 16, 2007. Procedurally, a hearing or verdict is not expected before mid 2008. We believe that the Belgian authorities will await the outcome of the Dutch case before imposing sanctions for non-compliance with Belgian regulations.

On May 31, 2007, the European Commission published new, “harmonized templates” for the submission of ingredients information to Member State authorities in the format of a practical guidance document. While most E.U. Member State authorities appear to be content to wait until 2008 to implement the new-style submissions, Germany and the U.K. have indicated that they want to implement them as soon as possible. The Netherlands has written the new templates into a decree that requires compliance by November 1, 2007. However, since the industry was informed by the Dutch authorities on September 21, 2007 that old-style submissions for 2007 were permissible provided they were made before October 1, 2007, Imperial Tobacco has made a full old-style submission (excluding trade secrets) on September 28, 2007.

On the same day, we also made a full submission according to the existing format to the U.K. authorities. To acknowledge the Department of Health’s preference to receive reports for the current year according to the new E.U. Commission templates, we have also made a partial report, presenting the information for five of our top brands in the U.K. according to the new templates. The report to regulators contains trade secrets and is password protected while the report for the general public (which does not contain trade secrets) is provided separately without password protection.

In Germany, we are planning to make a submission similar to that in the U.K., with a full submission according to the existing format accompanied by a partial report, presenting the information for some of our brands in the Germany according to the new E.U. templates.

Advertising and Sponsorship

In May 2003, the E.U. passed a new Advertising and Sponsorship Directive (E.U. Directive 2003/33/EC). Although narrower in scope than its predecessor, which was annulled by the European Court of Justice in October 2000, the directive places greater emphasis on cross-border advertising and sponsorship. The main provisions include a ban on tobacco advertising in printed media, radio broadcasting and on the internet.

The German government initiated legal proceedings with the European Court of Justice to annul parts of the directive, however, the Court upheld the directive in its final ruling of December 2006.

In the U. K., the Advertising and Sponsorship Act came into force in February 2003, banning all advertising except at the point of sale. The latter is regulated by the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion (Point of Sale) Regulations 2004 which took effect on December 21, 2004 for England, Wales and Northern

22



Ireland. Tobacco advertising inside tobacconists is now limited to a total surface equivalent to one A5 size sheet of paper (approximately 8¼ x 5⅞ inches) including a 30% health warning and a National Health Service Quitline number. Scotland has passed almost identical regulations which also took effect on December 21, 2004.

Tobacco advertising and sponsorship is regulated in many of our key markets. Where regulated, the scope is similar world-wide; most countries have banned television and radio advertising, while advertising in cinemas, the national press, on (outdoor) billboards and posters and at the point of sale is more or less heavily restricted and in most cases subject to accompanying health warnings. Sampling, which is the distribution of free cigarettes, and sponsorship of cultural events is generally prohibited.

As advertising restrictions around the world have dealt with mass communication channels such as print media, TV, radio and the internet, the focus is now shifting to the remaining channels, particularly towards point of sale communication.

Product Display Bans at Point of Sale

In addition, there are further calls to ban or severely restrict product display at the point of sale. A product display ban came into force in Iceland in 2001 and is currently being discussed in Ireland and Norway. Outside the E.U., there are currently severe restrictions or bans in Thailand, Singapore, provinces of Canada, and some of the Australian territories. New Zealand and Mexico are currently exploring similar possibilities.

Pictorial Health Warnings

Following the E.U. Commission decision of September 2003 on the use of color photographs or other illustrations on tobacco packages in all E.U. Member States, a library of 42 approved images - three for each of the 14 rotating textual warnings which currently appear on the back of packs - was launched in May 2005. Member States that choose to require pictorial health warnings must select the images from this library, but they may choose the particular warning that is best adapted to consumers in their countries, taking into account cultural practices, sensibilities and context.

Belgium was the first E.U. Member State to adopt legislation requiring pictorial health warnings to be introduced for cigarettes. Following our challenge of the Belgian regulations, the Ministry of Health changed the regulations and now requires 14 images (instead of the 42 originally proposed). A second and third set of warnings are now understood to be optional. Products bearing the new health warnings appeared on shelves from early 2007.

The U.K. government has announced that effective October 2008, pictorial health warnings are required on all tobacco product packs. Old style cigarette packs manufactured before October 2008 may be sold until October 2009, and other tobacco products until October 2010. Other E.U. Member States including Latvia, The Netherlands and Slovakia are currently considering the use of pictorial health warnings.

Following Australia’s implementation of pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs from March 2006, New Zealand has passed similar legislation, requiring cigarette packs to carry pictorial health warnings occupying 30% of the front and 90% of the back of packs from February 27, 2008.

Other countries that have implemented pictorial health warnings include Singapore where they cover 50% of the front and back of packs. Taiwan has passed legislation calling for pictorial health warnings covering 35% of the front and back of packs, and the issue is also under discussion in Mexico (50% of the back of packs).

Smoking in Public Places

In a number of the markets and regions in which we operate the debate on the introduction of restrictions or outright bans on smoking in public places and in the workplace has intensified, most notably in Ireland, Italy and the U.K. where heavy restrictions were introduced in Spain2004, 2005 and Belgium2007 respectively.

We support sensible regulation but believe that outright bans are unnecessary and disproportionate. Our experience in markets where smoking restrictions or bans are in place supports our view on the impact of this legislation. Smokers will continue to choose to smoke: there may be an initial dip in cigarette consumption, but this tends to diminish over time.

23



In January 2007, the E.U. Commission launched its Green Paper “Towards a Europe free from tobacco smoke: policy options at EU level”, seeking views on the scope of measures to regulate public smoking. The Paper presents five policy options including exemptions for certain venues (e.g. restaurants and bars). The Commission will now analyze the responses and produce a report with the main findings of the consultation, before considering further steps. In June 2007 the European Parliament released its own draft initiative report on the Green Paper, calling on the Commission to present a proposal by 2008 for an unrestricted ban in all enclosed workplaces, catering establishments, public buildings and transport within the Union.

Following the Irish example, the U.K. now also has a total ban on smoking in public places and work places including bars, restaurants and private member clubs. The ban was introduced in the following steps:

      Scotland: March 26, 2006

      Wales: April 2, 2007

      Northern Ireland: April 30, 2007

      England: July 1, 2007

In Germany, the regulation of bars and restaurants falls within the responsibility of the Länder, the states making up the Federal Republic. The Länder agreed in March 2007 to ban smoking in restaurants and bars, but allowed exceptions for small bars and premises with extra smoking rooms. Schools and public buildings are also covered by the proposed ban. Separately, the federal government will implement a smoking ban in government buildings and on public transport.

The French government published a decree on November 16, 2006 banning smoking in public places from February 1, 2007 but giving bars, restaurants, nightclubs, hotels and tobacconists a derogation until January 1, 2008.

Outside the European Union, New Zealand introduced a full public smoking ban from December 10, 2004. In Singapore, smoking restrictions provide that hospitality venues may set aside no more than 20% of their outdoor areas for smokers while most Australian territories have implemented severe smoking restrictions in most public places.

Some countries, however, are pursuing a more balanced approach. In Slovenia, for example, a new law effective from August 2007 applies existing restrictions on workplace smoking to all enclosed public places. Designated smoking rooms of up to 20% of the overall area can be set aside in most workplaces and public places, including restaurants, bars and cafés but no food or drink is to be consumed in these rooms.

We remain committed to continuing to work constructively with individual governments and other regulatory bodies to ensure the sensible and proportionate regulation of tobacco products.

Legal Environment

Smoking and health-related litigation

The Imperial Tobacco Group is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects.

To date, there has been no recovery of damages against us in any jurisdiction in any claim alleging that our tobacco products have resulted in damage to the health of smokers. We have not entered into any out-of-court settlement with any claimant in any such action. We are vigorously contesting the pending actions described below and intend to continue to do so. However, there can be no assurance that legal aid or other funding will not be made available to claimants in smoking and health-related litigation in the future, that favorable decisions will be achieved by us in any of these proceedings or that additional proceedings will not be commenced against us in the United Kingdom, the U.S., Germany or elsewhere. If we are found liable to pay damages in any jurisdiction, such a finding may precipitate further claims. If such claims are successful, the cumulative liability for damages could be very significant and is currently unquantifiable. Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, we will incur costs defending claims which we will not be able to recover fully, irrespective of whether we are successful in defending such claims.

24



In addition to the litigation described below, we are aware that Altadis is (or has been) involved in smoking and health-related litigation in France and Spain. Upon completion of the proposed acquisition, we would be responsible for the conduct of these proceedings and would be liable to the extent that any were adversely determined. We cannot currently determine the extent to which Altadis may have meritorious defenses to these claims or the likelihood that it will prevail in these proceedings.

Litigation in the United Kingdom

There are no active or, so far as we are aware, threatened proceedings against us in respect of smoking and health-related litigation in the United Kingdom.

Litigation in the United States

On 8 February 2007, we announced that we had agreed to acquire the entire issued share capital of Commonwealth Brands. This acquisition was completed on April 2, 2007. In addition, we are proposing to commence sales of tobacco products, including cigarettes, through Commonwealth Brands, into the United States during fiscal 2008. This may expose us to the risk of smoking and health-related litigation in the United States in the future.

Smoking and health-related litigation involving Commonwealth Brands

We are aware of three smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, commenced by individuals, in which Commonwealth Brands either is or was a defendant.

Commonwealth Brands has been named, along with numerous other defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in a 2005 personal injury lawsuit known as Croft v Akron Gasket, et al, pending in a state court in Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The claim against Commonwealth Brands is in respect of alleged injuries caused by smoking a brand of cigarettes acquired from another cigarette manufacturer in 1996. A motion for summary judgment was filed by Commonwealth Brands in October 2005 and remains pending.

In 2002, Commonwealth Brands was named as a defendant in J.L.K. v United States of America, et al. The claim has been brought by a prisoner in a federal penitentiary against numerous defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in respect of alleged injuries relating to alleged exposure to environmental tobacco smoke. A motion to dismiss filed by Commonwealth Brands and other tobacco company defendants was granted in December 2004. The time limit for appealing this dismissal only begins to run when judgment is entered as to all the defendants. The case remains pending against additional defendants, and no final judgment has been entered. Until final judgment has been entered, the plaintiff could still appeal against the dismissal as against Commonwealth Brands.

Commonwealth Brands was named as a defendant in Ryan v Philip Morris USA Inc., et al. This action was brought in 2005 in U.S. District Court, Northern District of Indiana, against Commonwealth Brands, Philip Morris USA, Inc., RJR Tobacco Co. and B&W Corp. The claim was being brought by the personal representative of the estate of a decedent alleged to have developed and died from lung cancer allegedly caused by cigarette smoking. The complaint asserted claims for wrongful death based on common law fraud and negligence, as well as for product liability. The claimant sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. The defendants, including Commonwealth Brands, filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the case. On May 18, 2007, the parties agreed to enter into a Stipulation of Dismissal of the case, with prejudice, with each party to bear their own costs. The case was formally dismissed by the court on June 5, 2007.

U.S. litigation environment and the Master Settlement Agreement

The U.S. tobacco manufacturers continue to be named in numerous proceedings for claims for injuries relating to the use of tobacco products, particularly cigarettes. Claims in the United States against tobacco manufacturers broadly fall within a number of categories, including: (a) individual claims alleging personal injury or death; (b) class actions alleging personal injury or requesting court-supervised programs for ongoing medical supervision and monitoring; (c) claims brought to recover the costs of providing health care; and (d) claims in relation to the labeling of products as “light”, “ultra light” or similar terms.

Other than the three individual claims referred to above, we are not aware of any pending or threatened smoking and health-related legal proceedings against Commonwealth Brands. In addition,

25



Commonwealth Brands has never lost nor settled any smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, nor been named as a defendant in any class action. In respect of claims to recover state health care costs, Commonwealth Brands is a signatory to the 1998 Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) in the United States and our application to join the MSA as a Subsequent Participating Manufacturer was approved in November 2007.

Commonwealth Brands was the first U.S. cigarette manufacturer to voluntarily sign the MSA in 1998. The MSA is an agreement between certain U.S. tobacco product manufacturers with 46 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Marianas to settle asserted and unasserted health care recovery costs and other claims. Manufacturers that participate in the MSA are protected from state actions and in return must make yearly payments, based on market share and other considerations, and abide by provisions restricting the advertising and marketing of tobacco products. Among the conduct provisions are restrictions or prohibitions on the use of cartoon characters, brand name sponsorship, apparel and other merchandise, outdoor and transit advertising, payments for product placement, free sampling and lobbying.

The MSA includes an adjustment mechanism, known as an NPM adjustment, that potentially reduces participating tobacco manufacturers’ annual MSA payment obligations. In order for an NPM adjustment to apply, an independent auditor must determine that the participating manufacturers have experienced a market share loss, and an independent firm of economic consultants must determine that the MSA was a significant factor contributing to that loss. States may avoid allocation of the adjustment to them if they demonstrate that they diligently enforced a “Qualifying Statute” imposing escrow obligations on manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA for the relevant year. For 2003 and 2004, the requirements for application of the adjustment have been fulfilled, but settling states dispute that any adjustment is required, claiming that they are exempt from the applicable adjustment because they diligently enforced Qualifying Statutes. This dispute is continuing.

Litigation in the Republic of Ireland

In the Republic of Ireland, plenary summonses were issued against John Player, an Irish subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco, and other tobacco companies over the period October 17, 1997 to January 21, 2003, naming 446 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. Since 1997, 428 of these claims have been dismissed, discontinued or confirmed as not proceeding by the relevant claimant firm, leaving a total of 18 individual claims outstanding against the tobacco companies. As at November 23, 2007, 11 claimants were seeking damages either jointly against John Player and other companies or solely against John Player. Ten of the claimants are legally represented by the law firm Beauchamps and one by John Devane Solicitors, as detailed below. All 11 individuals have served originating summonses and statements of claim in these claims. No trial dates have been fixed in respect of any claim against John Player.

On June 17, 2002, the law firms Beauchamps and Peter McDonnell & Associates, who jointly represent a number of individuals, served two statements of claim on behalf of the claimants Vincent Mallon and Margaret Delahunty. Notices for particulars have been served in respect of each claimant. Replies to particulars were served on John Player, in respect of Vincent Mallon on September 17, 2003 and in respect of Margaret Delahunty on October 2, 2003. Mr. Mallon and Ms. Delahunty are seeking €86,385 and €141,050, respectively (approximately £59,000 and £96,000, respectively), for the costs of purchasing cigarettes during their lifetimes. They are also seeking, among other things, unspecified damages. A further eight statements of claim were served on John Player by Beauchamps during December 2003, all of which were returned as they were served out of time.

In February 2003, Beauchamps applied to the High Court for orders joining the Irish State, the Irish Minister for Health and the Irish Attorney General to the proceedings. Amended statements of claim were served asserting that the Irish State failed to comply with various duties to take action to preserve public health. Among the relief sought was a declaration that the manufacture, distribution and supply of cigarettes is injurious to the public health and the health of the claimants, as well as various orders including an order to prohibit the sale of tobacco products and an order directing the defendants to make available to the claimants all of the material relating to the alleged dangers to the health of the claimants.

John Player has issued motions to dismiss on the grounds of procedural and inherent delay in all ten of these outstanding claims. In one of these cases, the claimant has died (Christopher Cummins) and the

26



proceedings have not yet been reconstituted by his estate. Replying affidavits have been received in all nine of the other cases. A further exchange of affidavits has since taken place. The Irish State has also issued motions to dismiss the claims against them in these nine cases. The motion to dismiss one of the claimants (McCormack) was heard as a representative case over November and December 2006. On April 24, 2007, the Dublin High Court ruled that the case should be dismissed on the grounds sought. At a hearing on June 27, 2007, the claimant indicated his intention to appeal the decision to the Irish Supreme Court and to seek to have the appeal heard as a priority. The motions to dismiss the other nine cases against John Player remain pending and adjourned generally until the appeal in the McCormack motion has been decided. Imperial Tobacco has been advised that if McCormack’s application for priority is granted, the appeal may be heard in the following six to nine months. If not, it may not be heard for another two to three years.

John Devane Solicitors, which represents one claimant, Margaret O’Connor, served a statement of claim on May 20, 2004. The statement of claim was returned as it was served out of time. Although this claim remains technically ‘‘alive’’, the claimant would have to obtain an extension of time from the court to re-serve the statement of claim out of time before being entitled to proceed any further. Imperial Tobacco’s solicitors have made it clear that any such application would be vigorously opposed. Imperial Tobacco’s solicitors have not heard from the claimant’s solicitors since 2004.

Litigation in The Netherlands

In The Netherlands, a subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco has received letters before action from or on behalf of 44 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects, but 15 of the individuals have now withdrawn their claims. Of the remaining 29 individuals, 25 are currently represented by one firm of lawyers, Sap Advocaten. We are aware of four other nonrepresented individuals who may bring claims against us. While there were press reports in February 2003 that Sap Advocaten would institute proceedings in the coming months, no proceedings have been commenced against us to date.

Claim letters have also been received in The Netherlands by at least three other tobacco companies, and on June 6, 2005 proceedings were commenced by one of the claimants against one of these tobacco companies.

In July 2002, it was reported in the press that a foundation had been established in May 2002 to bring a class action against the tobacco industry seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. The foundation is the successor of three other foundations that had been referred to in press reports during 2000. The report stated that the foundation had received €250,000 (approximately £170,000) from investors and benefactors and, without advertising, already had 100 claimants. In November 2002, it was reported in the press that this same foundation now had several hundred potential claimants and several million euros in financial backing. We are aware that a marketing bureau conducted a calling campaign targeted at people who smoked in order to persuade them to join litigation against the tobacco industry. We do not have any information as to the identity of the marketing bureau or on whose behalf they are acting, and so far as we are aware no claims have been commenced as a result. There were also press reports in 2000 that two firms had indicated that they would work together in bringing litigation against the tobacco industry on behalf of health insurance companies, but there have been no recent reports regarding this.

Litigation in Germany

The Hamburg Public Prosecutor has confirmed that on March 16, 2005 a Professor at the Institute for Economic Law of the University of Hamburg submitted a criminal complaint against the management of companies manufacturing cigarettes in Germany, including Reemtsma, alleging fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisonous or which contain substances harmful to health. On May 19, 2006, the Public Prosecutor informed Reemtsma of his decision terminating the investigation on the basis that the facts did not provide any basis to assert that any crime had been committed. The Professor challenged the decision by way of an ‘‘opposition’’ which was dismissed by the Chief Public Prosecutor in December 2006. This decision is not appealable.

In a separate matter, on February 10, 2006 an individual submitted a criminal complaint against Reemtsma with the Arnsberg Public Prosecutor. The claim was subsequently transferred to the Public Prosecutor in Hamburg, where Reemtsma is based. The complaint alleged, among other things, fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisoned. This complaint has been dismissed. The Head Prosecutor of the Hamburg Prosecutor’s Office has stated that there is no legal or factual basis to challenge the prosecutor’s decision to close the preliminary investigation.

27



Threatened litigation in Saudi Arabia

According to media reports, the Saudi Minister of Health has issued legal proceedings against international tobacco companies and/or their “agents” to recover the costs of providing medical care to individuals with diseases associated with smoking. According to the reports, the Minister of Health estimates that he will be seeking damages of SR70 billion (approximately £8.9 billion) and a hearing has now been rescheduled for February 16, 2008. However, we have not been served with any court documents and, so far as we are aware, no such claim has been filed against us.

Litigation by Governments

In certain countries, including the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland, the press from time to time has reported that relevant government departments and health authorities have been examining U.S. legal proceedings to recover the costs of providing medical care for individuals with adverse health conditions associated with smoking, in order to consider whether similar litigation might be available in those jurisdictions. Other than the threatened legal proceedings in Saudi Arabia mentioned above, we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings against us in which government departments or health authorities are seeking to recover the costs of such medical care. Commonwealth Brands is not a defendant in the Department of Justice proceedings in the U.S. against the major cigarette manufacturers. In addition, neither Imperial Tobacco nor any of its subsidiaries have been named as a defendant in the proceedings in Nigeria brought by the Federal Government of Nigeria and various Nigerian State Governments against certain international tobacco manufacturers for the recovery of alleged health care costs.

U.K. Office of Fair Trading investigation

In August 2003, we received a notice from the U.K. Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) requiring the provision of documents and information relating to an investigation under U.K. competition law. Information relating to the operation of the U.K. tobacco supply chain was supplied to the OFT in October 2003 and again during April 2005 but to date no substantive response to any of the information submitted has been received from the OFT. The OFT’s investigation is ongoing.

If the OFT were to decide that there are grounds for an infringement decision against us, it would first issue a Statement of Objections setting out its preliminary findings and the evidential and legal basis for those findings. We would then have an opportunity to respond to these preliminary findings. If the OFT were subsequently to make an infringement finding, we would be able to appeal the OFT’s infringement decision to the Competition Appeal Tribunal, and ultimately, on a point of law, to the Court of Appeal. The OFT has not as of yet issued a Statement of Objections or announced an intention to do so and as such we are unable to predict the outcome of this investigation.

However, in the event that the OFT decides that a company has infringed U.K. competition law, it may impose a fine. The amount of the fine is calculated by reference to the turnover of the infringing company. The rules regarding the maximum amount of such a penalty changed on May 1, 2004. Before that date, the maximum amount of a fine was 10% of a company’s U.K. turnover for up to three years. In the three years to September 30, 2003, our aggregate net U.K. turnover was £2,215 million.

Under the revised rules, a fine may not exceed 10% of a company’s worldwide turnover. However, the OFT’s guidelines state that where an infringement ended before May 1, 2004 the fine may not exceed the maximum penalty under the old rules. In either case, the applicable turnover on which the amount of a fine is based expressly excludes VAT and other taxes directly related to turnover, which we have been advised would also exclude duty. In addition, if the OFT were to make an infringement finding, it could issue orders prohibiting that activity in the future while the Company might face the prospect of damages actions from third parties.

German investigation into alleged foreign trading and related violations

Certain investigations were initiated by German authorities in January 2003 into alleged foreign trading and related violations by a number of people, including Reemtsma employees, during a period prior to its acquisition by us. Between 2005 and 2007, parts of the investigations into certain of the individuals were terminated either for lack of evidence or on terms agreed by the individuals with the authorities and settlement was made of any duty payable as a result of certain of the activities being investigated at no cost to us. Charges relating to smuggling have been brought in connection with one of the investigations against 18

28



individuals, one of whom is a former Reemtsma employee. Four other former Reemtsma employees face charges relating to violations of the German foreign trade act in connection with a separate investigation. In connection with some of these charges, the authorities have applied for financial penalties to be imposed on Reemtsma. Such penalties could be imposed if the former Reemtsma employees who have been charged are ultimately found to have committed offences. In those circumstances, we would seek recovery of any losses under arrangements made on the acquisition of the business.

A Board committee established in 2003 under the chairmanship of Mr. Anthony Alexander remains in place to monitor the progress of the investigations and our responses.

The German authorities’ investigations are based on alleged activities prior to our acquisition of Reemtsma and the committee remains satisfied that, since the acquisition, we have not been involved in any activities of a nature similar to those alleged by the German authorities.

29



C    Organizational Structure

Principal subsidiaries

The principal wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group, all of which are unlisted, are shown below. All were held throughout the year except for Commonwealth Brands Inc. which was acquired on April 2, 2007 and Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited which was incorporated on March 6, 2007.

Registered in England and Wales

Name

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco Limited

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the U.K

Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Imperial Tobacco International Limited

Export and marketing of tobacco products

Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Sinclair Collis Limited

Cigarette vending in the U.K

Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Commonwealth Brands Inc., United States

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the United States

Dunkerquoise des Blends S.A., France

Tobacco processing in France

Ets. L. Lacroix Fils N.V., Belgium

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Belgium

Gunnar Stenberg A.S., Norway

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Norway

Imperial Tobacco (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Singapore

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in South East Asia

Imperial Tobacco Australia Limited, Australia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Australia

Imperial Tobacco CR s.r.o., Czech Republic

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Czech Republic

Imperial Tobacco France S.A.S., France

Marketing of tobacco products in France

Imperial Tobacco Hellas S.A., Greece

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Greece

Imperial Tobacco Italy Srl, Italy

Marketing of tobacco products in Italy

Imperial Tobacco Magyarorszäg Dohänyforgalmazö Kft, Hungary

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Hungary

Imperial Tobacco Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

Manufacture of fine cut tobacco in the Republic of Ireland

Imperial Tobacco New Zealand Limited, New Zealand

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in New Zealand

Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., The Netherlands

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Sigara ve Tutunculuck Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S., Turkey

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Slovakia A.S., Slovak Republic

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Slovak Republic

Imperial Tobacco Tutun Urunleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S., Turkey

Manufacture of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

John Player & Sons Limited, Republic of Ireland

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Republic of Ireland

John Player S.A., Spain

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Spain

Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH, Germany

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germany and export of tobacco products

Reemtsma International Asia Services Limited, China

Marketing of tobacco products in China

OOO Reemtsma Volga Tabakfabrik, Russia

Manufacture of tobacco products in Russia

OOO Reemtsma, Russia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Russia

Tobaccor S.A.S, France

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

30



Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Van Nelle Canada Limited, Canada

Manufacture of tubes and sale of tobacco products in Canada

Van Nelle Tabak Nederland B.V., The Netherlands

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in The Netherlands

The principal partly owned subsidiaries of the Group held throughout the year are shown below. All are unlisted unless otherwise indicated.

Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

%
Owned(1)

Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A., Poland

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Poland

99.9

Imperial Tobacco Production Ukraine, Ukraine

Manufacture of cigarettes in Ukraine

99.8

Reemtsma Kyrgyzstan OJSC, Kyrgyzstan

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Kyrgyzstan

98.7

Skruf Snus AB, Sweden

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Sweden

43.0

Société Ivoirienne des Tabacs S.A(2), Ivory Coast

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Ivory Coast

74.1

Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o., Slovenia

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Slovenia

76.5

Tutunski Kombinat AD, Macedonia

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Macedonia

99.1

In addition the Group also wholly owns the following partnership:

Name and country

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco (EFKA) GmbH & Co. KG, Germany

Manufacture of tubes in Germany


(1)

The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the Group are the same, with the exception of Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the Group holds a 99% interest.

(2)

Listed on the Stock Exchange of the Ivory Coast.

The consolidated Group financial statements include all the subsidiary undertakings and entities shown above. With the exception of Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited, which is wholly owned by the ultimate holding company, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, none of the shares in the subsidiaries is held directly by Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. A full list of subsidiaries is attached to the Annual Return of the Group, available from Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ, United Kingdom.

31



DProperty, Plant and Equipment

A list of our principal properties is set out below. They are all held freehold or long leasehold. We believe they are adequate for their purpose and are at present substantially utilized in line with their nature and function. In most instances our current facilities are operating below their estimated maximum capacity output. None of our properties is pledged as collateral.

Principal Use

Size

Annual Capacity

Freehold

United Kingdom

Upton Road, Bristol

Group headquarters and registered office

42,700 sq. ft.

Not applicable

Winterstoke Road, Bristol

Factory – cigar manufacture

208,100 sq. ft.

658 million cigars for manufacturing and 1,594 million cigars for packing

Triumph Road and Wollaton Road, Nottingham

Bonded warehouses

561,400 sq. ft.

24,000 tonnes of leaf tobacco

Overseas

Menen, Belgium

Factory – smoking tobacco manufacture and packing

82,600 sq. ft.

4,200 tonnes for processing and 6,600 tonnes for packing

Wilrijk, Belgium

Factory, warehouse and offices – rolling paper manufacture

133,500 sq. ft.

82 billion leaves

Bobo Dioulasso, Burkina Faso

Factory – cigarette manufacture

74,000 sq. ft.

3 billion cigarettes

Bouaké, Côte d’Ivoire

Factory – cigarette manufacture

441,300 sq. ft.

7 billion cigarettes

Dunkerque, France

Factory – cut rag production

59,200 sq. ft.

13,000 tonnes of blended tobacco

Libreville, Gabon

Factory – cigarette manufacture

38,800 sq. ft.

2 billion cigarettes

Berlin, Germany

Factory – cigarette manufacture

673,500 sq. ft.

33 billion cigarettes

Langenhagen, Germany

Factory – cigarette manufacture

948,300 sq. ft.

42 billion cigarettes 2,400 tonnes of fine cut tobacco

Trossingen, Germany

Factory – tube manufacture

176,500 sq. ft.

29 billion tubes and tips

32



Principal Use

Size

Annual Capacity

Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

Factory – fine cut tobacco processing and packing

87,200 sq. ft.

13,200 tonnes for primary and 9,500 tonnes for secondary processing

Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan

Factory – cigarette manufacture

238,400 sq. ft.

7 billion cigarettes

Skopje, Macedonia

Factory – cigarette manufacture

427,300 sq. ft.

5 billion cigarettes

Antsirabe, Madagascar

Factory – cigarette manufacture

80,700 sq. ft.

5 billion cigarettes

Joure, The Netherlands

Factory & offices – fine cut & pipe tobacco manufacture & packing

208,500 sq. ft.

29,700 tonnes manufactured and 17,600 tonnes packed

Wellington, New Zealand

Factory – cigarette and fine cut tobacco manufacture

167,200 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes and 1,200 tonnes of tobacco

Tarnowo Podgórne, Poland

Factory – cigarette manufacture

449,200 sq. ft.

34 billion cigarettes

Dakar, Senegal

Factory – cigarette manufacture

328,900 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes

Smolnik, Slovakia

Factory – cigar and pipe tobacco manufacture

66,400 sq. ft.

97 million cigars and 1,500 tonnes primary of pipe tobacco and 8,800 tonnes packing

Kiev, Ukraine

Factory – cigarette manufacture

393,000 sq. ft.

41 billion cigarettes

Reidsville, U.S.

Factory – cigarette manufacture

974,000 sq. ft.

33 billion cigarettes

Leasehold

United Kingdom

Bull Close Road, Nottingham

Regional distribution center

146,200 sq. ft.

6 billion cigarettes

Thane Road, Nottingham

Factory – cigarette manufacture

659,000 sq. ft.

77 billion cigarettes 1,800 tonnes of fine cut tobacco

Overseas

Volgograd, Russia

Factory – cigarette manufacture

253,600 sq. ft.

34 billion cigarettes

Manisa, Turkey

Factory – cigarette manufacture

313,200 sq. ft.

9 billion cigarettes

Capacities reflect the relocation of, and new investment in, machinery throughout the year.

In March 2007, we announced our plans to build a factory in Taiwan at a cost of £45 million which will aid the further development of our presence in Asia.

During fiscal 2006, as part of our ongoing review to improve operational efficiencies, we announced the closure of our factories in Liverpool in the U.K. and Lahr in Germany, the latter as a direct result of the change in excise duty status of Singles and unfiltered eco-cigarillos in Germany. These facilities closed in December 2006 and debateMarch 2007 respectively.

Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments

None

33



Item 5:  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this annual report. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See note 30 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the principal differences and additional disclosures applicable to us for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2007.

In connection with the forward-looking statements that appear in the following information, you should carefully review the cautionary statements referred to in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3D: Risk Factors included in this annual report.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations

Factors which influence the results of our operations are discussed in Item 4B: Business Overview, under Business Operations and Regulatory Issues, respectively.

Management believes that reporting non-GAAP adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance and reflects the way in which the business is controlled. Accordingly, as outlined in the accounting policy note to our financial statements included in this report, the adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share exclude, where applicable, amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs, retirement benefits net financing income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges and related taxation effects. Reconciliations between adjusted and reported profit from operations are included within note 1 to the financial statements, adjusted and reported finance costs in note 5, adjusted and reported taxation in note 6, and adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8. These and other adjusted measures in this issue continuesreport such as adjusted net debt are not defined terms under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Under U.S. GAAP such measures would not be included in otherthe notes to the financial statements.

Revenue

Revenue comprises the invoiced value for the sale of goods and services net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when a Group company has delivered products to the customer, the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Sales of services, which include fees for distributing third party products, are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. License fees are recognized on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Revenue is driven principally by sales volumes and the prices we are able to charge for our products.

Duty and similar items

Duty and similar items includes duty and levies having the characteristics of duty. In countries where duty is a production tax, duty is included in the income statements as an expense. Where duty is a sales tax, duty is deducted from revenue. Payments due in the U.S. under the Master Settlement Agreement and the Fair and Equitable Tobacco Reform Act are treated as a production tax.

Increases in duty and similar items are driven by increases in sales volumes, sales prices and the rates of duty in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Net revenue

Net revenue is a non-GAAP measure, which represents revenue less duty and similar items payable to government authorities. Management believes that this measure provides a better comparison of business performance than the related GAAP measure, as it removes the distortion in the trends of our revenue and operating margins that are caused by the different excise duty regimes that exist within the markets acrossin which we operate. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

34



Net revenue is driven principally by sales volumes, the region.prices we are able to charge for our products and the amount of excise duty imposed by governmental authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.


Profit from operations

Profit from operations represents revenue less cost of sales, distribution, advertising and selling costs and administrative expenses. Profit from operations is driven largely by changes in net revenue and in operating costs.

Adjusted profit from operations

Adjusted profit from operations is a non-GAAP measure, which represents profit from operations before deducting amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

Operating margin

Operating margin is calculated as profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue.

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin is adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our principal accounting policies are set out on pages F-9 to F-16 of the consolidated financial statements and comply with IFRS. We believe our most critical accounting estimates include those relating to legal proceedings, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, retirement benefits and income taxes. The application of these accounting estimates involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Legal proceedings

In accordance with IFRS, we only recognize liabilities in our accounts where there is a present obligation from a past event, a transfer of economic benefits is probable and we can make a reliable estimate of the amount of the costs of the transfer. In instances such as these, a provision is calculated and recorded in the financial statements. In instances where these criteria are not met, a contingent liability may be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group, or from a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognized in the financial statements because it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or because the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Realization of any contingent liabilities not currently recognized or disclosed in the financial statements could have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Application of these accounting principles to legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects is inherently difficult given the complex nature of the facts and law involved. Deciding whether or not to provide for loss in connection with such claims requires the Group’s management to make determinations about various factual and legal matters beyond its control.

The Group reviews outstanding legal cases following developments in the legal proceedings and at each balance sheet date, in order to assess the need for provisions in its financial statements. Among the factors considered in making decisions on provisions are the nature of the litigation, claim or assessment, the legal processes and potential level of damages in the jurisdiction in which the litigation, claim or assessment has been brought, the progress of the case (including progress after the date of the financial statements but before those statements are issued), the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, experience of similar cases and any decision of the Group’s management as to how it will respond to the litigation, claim or assessment.

35



To the extent that the Group’s determinations at any time do not reflect subsequent developments or the eventual outcome of any claim, its future financial statements may be materially affected, with an adverse impact upon the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

As disclosed in Item 4B: Business Overview – Legal Environment, the Group is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking and health-related effects. In the opinion of the Group’s lawyers, the Group has meritorious defenses to these actions, all of which are being vigorously contested. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of the pending litigation, we believe that the pending actions will not have a material adverse effect upon the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. Consequently, in respect of any such cases, we have not provided for any amounts in the consolidated financial statements in each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2007.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Intangible assets (other than goodwill and the Davidoffcigarette volumestrademark) and property, plant and equipment are amortized or depreciated over their useful lives. Useful lives are based on management’s estimates of the period over which the assets will generate revenue and are periodically reviewed for continued appropriateness. Due to the long lives of certain assets, changes to the estimates used can result in significant variations in the carrying value.

The Group assesses the impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization or depreciation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

significant changes in the manner of the use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and

significant negative industry or economic trends.

Additionally, goodwill arising on acquisitions and the Davidoff cigarette trademark are subject to impairment review. The Group’s management undertakes an impairment review annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. When it is determined that there is an indicator that the carrying value may not be recoverable, impairment is measured based on estimates of the fair values of the underlying assets of the cash-generating unit.

The complexity of the estimation process and issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent in the application of the Group’s accounting estimates in relation to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, especially the estimates of the expected useful economic lives and the carrying values of those assets. If business conditions were different, or if different assumptions were used in the application of this and other accounting estimates, it is likely that materially different amounts could be reported in the Group’s financial statements.

See notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to fixed asset accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ending September 30, 2007.

Retirement benefits

The costs, assets and liabilities of the defined benefit retirement schemes operating within the Group are determined using methods relying on actuarial estimates and assumptions. Details of the key assumptions are set out in note 18 to our consolidated financial statements. The Group takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of the assumptions. It is important to note, however, that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the Group’s financial statements.

36



We estimate that an impact of a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate on the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense would be insignificant. We estimate that a 0.5% decrease in the expected return on plan assets would increase the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense by approximately £15 million, while a 0.5% increase would reduce the expense by approximately £15 million.

We review our assumptions in respect of our pension benefits annually. The impact on earnings and cash flows resulting from revisions to estimates relating to these assumptions have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2007.

Income taxes

The Group is required to estimate the income tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse.

The Group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence, the Group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgment is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However, the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the Group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Tax benefits are not recognized unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest on tax liabilities is provided for in the tax charge. Deferred tax assets are not recognized where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized in the future. This evaluation requires judgments to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to income tax accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the three-year period ending September 30, 2007.

See note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adoption of new accounting pronouncements

Please see page F16 for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements under IFRS and page F-70 in note 30 for a discussion of new U.S. GAAP pronouncements.

Currency fluctuations

We are exposed to movements in exchange rates for transactions in foreign currencies, together with the translation of the accounts of the overseas subsidiaries into the consolidated accounts. For additional information about our exposure to currency fluctuations, see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Exposure to currency fluctuations.

37



A               Operating Results

Results of Operations

The following tables give certain information regarding the segmental analysis of our results of operations derived from the financial statements, which were prepared under IFRS for the periods listed below. With effect from October 1, 2006, we have reclassified the results of our Austrian business from ‘Germany’ to ‘Rest of the World’ to reflect the way in which our operations are managed within the Group. The results for 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified accordingly. Similarly the 2006 and 2005 results of our U.S. operations have been reclassified from ‘Rest of the World’ to ‘U.S.’ as the U.S. segment has been introduced following the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

U.K.

 

4,710

 

3,910

 

800

 

4,762

 

3,927

 

835

 

4,842

 

3,966

 

876

 

Germany

 

2,623

 

2,000

 

623

 

2,698

 

2,123

 

575

 

2,645

 

2,121

 

524

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,571

 

927

 

644

 

1,647

 

1,010

 

637

 

1,746

 

1,111

 

635

 

U.S.

 

13

 

 

13

 

14

 

 

14

 

266

 

149

 

117

 

Rest of the World

 

2,312

 

1,269

 

1,043

 

2,555

 

1,454

 

1,101

 

2,845

 

1,717

 

1,128

 

 

 

11,229

 

8,106

 

3,123

 

11,676

 

8,514

 

3,162

 

12,344

 

9,064

 

3,280

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

564

 

 

 

(9

)

555

 

Germany

 

238

 

 

 

(6

)

232

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

 

 

(7

)

319

 

U.S.

 

52

 

(17

)

 

 

35

 

Rest of the World

 

295

 

(6

)

 

(12

)

277

 

 

 

1,475

 

(23

)

 

(34

)

1,418

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

506

 

n/a

 

(10

)

 

496

 

Germany

 

270

 

n/a

 

(31

)

 

239

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

324

 

n/a

 

(3

)

 

321

 

U.S.

 

4

 

n/a

 

 

 

4

 

Rest of the World

 

252

 

n/a

 

(1

)

 

251

 

 

 

1,356

 

n/a

 

(45

)

 

1,311

 

38



(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

468

 

n/a

 

(8

)

n/a

 

460

 

Germany

 

290

 

n/a

 

(29

)

n/a

 

261

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

n/a

 

(18

)

n/a

 

308

 

U.S.

 

6

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

6

 

Rest of the World

 

207

 

n/a

 

(2

)

n/a

 

205

 

 

 

1,297

 

n/a

 

(57

)

n/a

 

1,240

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Adjusted operating margin

 

41.5

%

42.9

%

45.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating margin

 

39.7

%

41.5

%

43.2

%


(1)

Amortization of trademarks relates principally to Commonwealth Brands’ trademarks acquired in 2007 and trademarks acquired in Australia and New Zealand in 1999. Adjusted profit from operations has not been restated for 2006 and 2005 as the trademark amortization effect was not significant in these years.

Group Results

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

Revenue was £12,344 million compared to £11,676 million in 2006, an increase of 6%. Duty and similar items also grew by 6%. Excluding duty and similar items, net revenue was £3,280 million (2006: £3,162 million). Good organic growth throughout the business with volume increases and pricing improvements have offset the impact of cessation of sale of Singles in Germany. Our overall results benefited from six months’ contribution from Commonweath Brands, with revenue of £252 million in the period following its acquisition in April 2007. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales, which comprises direct costs of production and the cost of goods purchased for resale, fell by 2% to £990 million as productivity improvements more than offset volume growth. Distribution, advertising and selling costs rose by 5% to £659 million, mainly reflecting the addition of Commonwealth Brands’ costs in the second half of the year. Administrative expenses (which comprise primarily the costs of central support functions, amortization of acquired brands, restructuring costs and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges) were stable at £213 million. Administrative expenses in 2007 included trademark amortization costs of £23 million (2006: £6 million), principally related to trademarks acquired under the Commonwealth Brands acquisition, and £34 million (2006: nil) of fair value losses on derivative financial instruments on commercially effective hedges. Included within 2006 administrative expenses were restructuring costs of £45 million relating principally to the closures of our Lahr and Liverpool factories. There were no restructuring costs in 2007.

Reported profit from operations grew 8% to £1,418 million (2006: £1,311 million). Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs and fair value changes on derivative financial instruments, increased 9% to £1,475 million.

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 43.2% in fiscal 2007 from 41.5% in fiscal 2006. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 45.0% in fiscal 2007 from 42.9% in fiscal 2006.

Reported net finance costs increased to £181 million (2006: £143 million) and comprised finance costs of £499 million (2006: £426 million) and investment income of £318 million (2006: £283 million). The increase in finance costs was mainly due to higher average adjusted net debt of £4.3 billion (2006: £3.5 billion), as a result of the Commonwealth Brands and Davidoff trademark acquisitions, and a marginally higher average all-in cost of debt of 5.5% (2006: 5.4%) reflecting higher euro interest rates on our floating rate debt. The increase in investment income was primarily due to a higher expected return on retirement benefit assets of £203 million (2006: £188 million). Investment income also benefited from an increase in fair value gains on derivative financial instruments, which were broadly offset by increased fair value losses on derivative financial instruments included in finance costs. Adjusted net finance costs, which excludes retirement benefits net financing income and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, increased to £237 million (2006: £188 million). Adjusted interest cover was 6.2 times (2006: 7.2 times).

Reported profit before tax increased to £1,237 million (2006: £1,168 million). Adjusted profit before tax was £1,238 million, up 6% on 2006.

The reported tax charge was £325 million (2006: £310 million). The adjusted tax charge for the year, which excludes the taxation effects of the adjustments described above, was £310 million (2006: £310 million), representing an adjusted effective tax rate of 25.0% (2006: 26.5%).

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 4% to £11,676 million in fiscal 2006 from £11,229 million in fiscal 2005. The growth in revenue reflected increases in all geographic regions, particularly the Rest of the World and the Rest of Western EuropeEurope. Duty and similar items grew by 14%5%. Net revenue increased by 1% to £3,162 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £3,123 million in

39



fiscal 2005. The increase reflected increases in the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World, partly offset by declines in both Germany and the Rest of Western Europe. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales increased by 1% to £1,013 million, with improvementsoverall productivity improved by 6% (excluding our Lahr factory in Germany which was impacted by the cessation of Singles production). Distribution, selling and advertising costs were down by 4% to £627 million, reflecting the cessation of our market shares more than offsettingmotor racing sponsorship. Administrative expenses were down 7% at £211 million, mainly due to a reduction in restructuring costs from £57 million in 2005 to £45 million in 2006. In 2005 restructuring costs were in respect of the market volume decline. Despiteclosure of our goodtube factories in Plattsburgh and Montreal, the cigarette volume performance,factory in Dublin, the rolling papers factory in Treforest and a significant headcount reduction at the Berlin cigarette factory.

Reported profit from operations increased by 6% to £1,311 million in fiscal 2006 from £1,240 million in fiscal 2005. Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes restructuring costs, increased by 5% to £1,356 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,297 million in fiscal 2005.

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 41.5% in fiscal 2006 from 39.7% in fiscal 2005. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 42.9% in fiscal 2006 from 41.5% in fiscal 2005.

The Group’s net finance costs decreased to £143 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £162 million) and comprised finance costs of £426 million (2005: £353 million) and investment income of £283 million (2005: £191 million). Reported finance costs and investment income included, respectively, fair value losses on derivative financial instruments of £83 million (2005: not applicable) and fair value gains on derivative financial instruments of £82 million (2005: not applicable). Expected returns on retirement benefit assets increased to £188 million (2005: £169 million), while interest on retirement benefit liabilities was broadly£142 million (2005: £147 million). Excluding these items, adjusted net finance costs were £188 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £184 million). The increase in adjusted net finance costs was due to a marginal increase in our average all-in cost of debt to 5.4% in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 5.3%). Our average adjusted net debt was stable during fiscal 2006 at £324£3.5 billion. Adjusted interest cover in fiscal 2006 was 7.2 times (fiscal 2005: 7.0).

The tax charge for the year was £310 million reflecting declines(fiscal 2005: £288 million), representing an effective tax rate of 26.5% (fiscal 2005: 26.7 %). The Group continued to benefit from lower tax rates applied to certain overseas subsidiaries.

Results by Region

United Kingdom

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In the United Kingdom, revenue increased by 2% to £4,842 million and net revenue grew by 5%, to £876 million. Adjusted profit from operations rose by 11% to £564 million. These increases reflect growth in travel retail, particularlyour cigarette market share, cost savings and pricing improvements.

40



We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market was down 2% to 47.9 billion, with growth in Spain,the value and an increasingly competitiveeconomy sector continuing, now accounting for over 44% of the total market. Following a good first half, the cigarette market declined in the second half following the introduction of bans on smoking in public places and poor weather. The fine cut tobacco market grew by 8 % to 3,500 tonnes (2006: 3,250 tonnes), with downtrading into and within the segment.

A ban on smoking in public places was introduced in England on July 1, 2007, following similar bans in Wales and Northern Ireland, introduced earlier in the year. As anticipated, and in line with our experiences in other markets with similar legislation, these have resulted in an initial decline in cigarette market volumes. On October 1, 2007, the minimum age for the sale of tobacco products by retailers in England, Scotland and Wales was increased from 16 to 18.

Our cigarette market share climbed to 46.4% (2006: 45.5%). The U.K.’s best selling cigarette brand, Lambert & Butler, was up to 16.6 % (2006: 16.2%) and the U.K.’s number two brand, Richmond, was up at 15.7% (2006: 15.5%). Following the introduction of Windsor Blue in January 2006, the brand continued to grow strongly in the economy sector capturing 2.6% share of the total market.

In fine cut tobacco, our market share fell to 63.6% (2006: 65.3%) although Golden Virginia continues to lead the market. We launched Gold Leaf in June 2007 in the value segment, which had grown to 1.6% market share in September 2007. We are the U.K. market leader in rolling papers. We launched a new variant RizlaSmooth in August.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 1% to £4,762 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £4,710 million in fiscal 2005. Our net revenue rose 4% to £835 million, with adjusted profit from operations up 8% to £506 million. These increases were achieved notwithstanding that the Group’s cigarette volumes were down 2% to 23 billion. This profit performance reflected improvements in our cigarette market share and the benefits of price increases which more than offset market volume declines and downtrading.

We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market decreased by 3% to 49.1 billion cigarettes in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 50.8 billion) with consumer downtrading continuing. The Netherlands,value and economy sectors accounted for over 40% of the total U.K. cigarette market in 2006. The fine cut tobacco market grew to 3,250 tonnes (fiscal 2005: 3,050 tonnes).

We delivered a strong operational performance in the U.K, growing our cigarette market share to 45.5% (fiscal 2005: 44.5%). Windsor Blue, in the economy sector, grew to 2.2% market share by the end of fiscal 2006. New variants, Superkings and Smooth and the relaunch of the celebration packs grew the U.K. number one cigarette brand Lambert & Butler to 16.2% share. The number two brand, Richmond, benefited from a packaging improvement and continued to perform well with a market share of 15.5%. Reflecting downtrading dynamics, our Regal, Embassy and Superkings brands remained under pressure.

In fine cut tobacco, our market share declined to 65.3% (fiscal 2005: 66.3%) due to continued competition.

Germany

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In Germany, revenue decreased by 2% to £2,645 million and net revenue fell by 9% to £524 million. Adjusted profit from operations decreased by 12% to £238 million. Our results benefited from continued growth in our cigarette market share and cost efficiencies, but were adversely affected by the cessation of the profitable Singles product and the decline in the total duty-paid tobacco market.

Successive tobacco tax increases have increased both legal and illegal cross-border flows into Germany and the market continued to be impacted by the cessation of the make your own Singles product, following the change in taxation status of the product in April 2006. We estimate that the overall tobacco market in 2007 was down 6% to 127 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 135 billion). The cigarette market fell slightly to 91 billion cigarettes (2006: 92 billion), with downtrading continuing, resulting in strong growth in the low price branded cigarette segment, now 19.1% of the cigarette market compared to 11.4% in 2006. Other tobacco

41



products were down 16% to 36 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 43 billion). In 2006, Singles accounted for 20 billion cigarette equivalents of the total other tobacco products sector. We estimate that approximately 20% of former Singles consumers have moved into duty paid cigarettes, 55% into other tobacco products and 25% into both legal and illegal cross-border flows.

The Federal Government’s ban on smoking in all federal government buildings, while allowing for the provision of separate smoking areas, as well as a total ban on public transport, came into effect on September 1, 2007. Legislation for hospitality venues such as cafes, bars and restaurants and regional state government buildings continues to be debated at the Regional State level, with the implementation of further restrictions planned in the coming months.

Our cigarette market share grew to 8.9%21.3% (2006: 20.7%), with an excellent performance from JPS which increased its market share to 6.4% (2006: 3.8%). Along with other mid-priced brands, West, the second largest cigarette brand in Germany, continued to be impacted by downtrading with its market share down to 7.2% (2006: 8.2%). Davidoff, in the premium sector, remained broadly stable at 1.0% of the total cigarette market (2006: 1.1%). Our market share of other tobacco products was down to 19.1% (2006: 21.8%) impacted by the migration of former Singles consumers, and increased competition in this sector. Our make your own West and JPS Single Tobacco products and newly launched Route 66 make your own tobacco performed well and have captured a significant share of this growing segment.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 3% to £2,698 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £2,623 million in fiscal 2005. Our net revenue decreased by 8% to £575 million, with adjusted profit from operations down 7% to £270 million. These results reflected the overall market volume decline, downtrading into value cigarette brands and the cessation of sales of Singles products, partly offset by market share growth and cost efficiencies.

We estimate that the overall tobacco market in fiscal 2006 was down 6% to 135 billion cigarette equivalents (fiscal 2005: 4.9%)144 billion). The duty-paid cigarette market fell by 9% to 92 billion cigarettes (fiscal 2005: 101 billion), driven byfollowing the strong growth of West and JPS. In January 2006, we entered into an agreement with Altadis to distribute Gauloises cigarettes. Our fine cutfurther duty increase in September 2005. Other tobacco market share remainedproducts were stable at 51.1%43 billion cigarette equivalents. The low price branded cigarette sector continued to grow strongly as consumers downtraded, accounting for 11.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.6%) of the market, with Zilver and Evergreen benefitingthe Private Label sector continuing to decline to 13.4% (fiscal 2005: 15.9%).

Production of Singles tobacco products ceased in March 2006, following a ruling from the downtrading dynamic.European Court of Justice which resulted in a change of the duty status of the product, although products remained on retailers’ shelves until September 2006.

In Belgium, our domestic share progressed to 10.2% (fiscal 2005: 9.5%), driven by the growth of Route 66, and supported by the stabilization of Bastos.

Following the introduction of restrictions on smoking in public places in Italy in 2005, the market decline slowed with an overall estimated cigarette market decline of 5% in fiscal 2006. Our cigarette share was slightly down at 1.5% (fiscal 2005: 1.6%), with minimum pricing, introduced by the Italian Government in August 2005, reducing our ability to develop our portfolio through competitive prices.

In Ireland, the overall cigarette market grew slightly to an estimated 5.7 billion (fiscal 2005: 5.6 billion). However, our cigarette market share was unchanged at 26.2% with a strong performance from Superkings.

We grew our cigarette share in France to 3.6%20.7% (fiscal 2005: 3.3%19.4%) due to the success of the JPS family. We maintained our position in the fine cut tobacco sector with a good performance from the market leader Interval at 14.9% (fiscal 2005: 15.1%). Our overall fine cut tobacco share declined to 28.0% (fiscal 2005: 29.0%).

In Spain, we made significant domestic progress with JPS growing our cigarette share to 6.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.1%). However, trading conditions remained challenging following excise tax increases in February 2006 which were mainly absorbed, driven by tobacco manufacturers, reducing the estimated profitability of the market by more than 30%.

In Greece, our cigarette market share increased to 8.4% (fiscal 2005: 7.0%) due to anothera strong performance from DavidoffJPS. The brand captured the majority of market share growth in the premiumlow price branded cigarette segment, nowwith market share up to 3.3%3.8% (fiscal 2005: 2.7%1.7%), supported by. Increased downtrading in the mid-priced cigarette segment resulted in West.

We expect that further regulatory changes in the region will continue market share dropping to cause moderate reductions in market sizes. In France a ban on smoking in public places came into effect on February 1, 2007, however the ban will not apply to bars, restaurants and nightclubs until January 1, 2008. In Belgium, restrictions on smoking in restaurants and bars where food is served were introduced on January 1, 2007 and pictorial health warnings will be required from June 2007. We also expect the competitive and pricing environment to remain challenging in the near term.

We will focus on further improving our cigarette market shares and addressing the pressures on our fine cut tobacco businesses. We believe the breadth of our product portfolio continues to provide us with future opportunities for growth.

8.2% (fiscal 2005: 8.5%). Our limited edition Rest of the WorldWest

In fiscal 2006, we packs delivered volume and cigarette share gains in many markets in the Rest of the World region.

Revenue less duty increased 5.4% to £1,106 million and adjusted profit from operations increased 21% to £252 million. These results reflect strong cigarette volume growth supported by continued investment in the region partially offset by ongoing competitive challenges in Central Europe.


Asia—with rising GDP and increasing population, Asia is the world’s fastest growing economic region and represents approximately 50% of global cigarette consumption. The regulatory environment is mixed with some markets in the process of adopting the recommendations of the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control.

We have a strong premium position in Taiwan and a growing presence in Vietnam and Laos. In China, we benefited from our positive collaboration with the State Tobacco Monopoly Administrationadditional sales volumes and the Yuxi Hongta Group. Our key brands in the region includebrand’s performance stabilized. Davidoff, Boss, Bastos and the ‘A’ brand family.

In Taiwan we launched the first king size Davidoff cigarette, Davidoff Neon, in December 2005, which has captured 0.5% market share. Our volumes benefited as a result of a Boss packaging improvement and the launch of Davidoff Neon; however our overall market share was down slightly to 11.1% (fiscal 2005: 11.4%). In Vietnam, Bastos held market share at 10.3% (fiscal 2005: 10.2%) while in Laos we delivered strong volume growth from the ‘A’ brand family.

Australasia—the mature markets of Australia and New Zealand are among the most highly regulated in the world, with pictorial health warnings required in Australia and extensive restrictions on display and smoking in public places. However, we have demonstrated our ability to continue to grow our profit. Key brands include Horizon, Peter Stuyvesant and Brandon. Our fine cut tobacco share declined to 62.0% (fiscal 2005: 63.4%), due to increased competition. John Brandon also performed well in New Zealand, growing oura downtrading environment with a stable market share of 1.1%.

Our market share of other tobacco products fell to 17.6%21.8% (fiscal 2005: 17.0%24.2%).

Central Europe Prior to the change in Central Europe the trading environment continues to be challenging. Duty increases have taken place across the region, as countries move further towards E.U. minimum excise rates, impacting volumes. We are well represented across the regionduty status of Singles there was increased competition in this market segment, with key markets including Poland, Hungary, Slovenia, Slovakia and the Czech Republic. Our regional brands include Route 66, Golden Gate, Moon and Paramount. In Scandinavia,a resulting impact on our acquisition of the Norwegian distributor ofother tobacco products Gunnar Stenberg in February 2006, and our investment in the Swedish snus company, Skruf, have provided a baseshare. In anticipation of consumers migrating from which to develop our business.

Across the regionSingles, we increased our cigarette market shares: in Poland to 16.1% (fiscal 2005: 15.5%), in Hungary to 14.5% (fiscal 2005: 12.6%) and in the Czech Republic to 9.6% (fiscal 2005: 7.2%), with growth driven by the performance of our value brands. We launched Davidoff, West and Paramount in both Sweden and Norway during the year.

Eastern Europe—the Eastern European region is experiencing strong economic development and, while some restrictions are in place, our ability to communicate with consumers is significantly greater than in the E.U. Our established positions in Russia and Ukraine are complemented by a growing business in the Caucasus and in Turkey. Our key brands in the region include Davidoff, West, Maxim, Classic and Prima.

We grew volumes by 14% across the region. In Russia, our market share increased slightly to 5.5% (fiscal 2005: 5.3%), with strong performance from Maxim. To increase our retail coverage and improve efficiencies we formed a joint merchandising force with Altadis in February 2006. In Ukraine, our market share was stable at 19.0% (fiscal 2005: 18.9%) and we continued to invest in our market leading brand, Prima. In Turkey our market share grew to 1.4% (fiscal 2005: 0.4%) with a good performance from Klasik.

Africa and the Middle East—we have an established presence with brands such as Excellence in the sub-Saharan region of Africa, Good Look in Madagascar and Davidoff in the Middle East. Regulation is increasing with differing levels of restrictions in place in all markets. As the trading environment may be subject to political instability, the effective regional management of our operations is important to ensure continued supply and distribution.

19




We delivered market share improvements with the continued growth of Excellence in Côte d’Ivoire and Good Look in Madagascar. Following the decision to end the licensed manufacturing and distribution arrangements with British American Tobacco in West Africa, we have benefited from increased volume and market shares. With the cessation of our manufacturing agreement with Philip Morris, we are restructuring our operations in Senegal. We have recently launched Davidoff in Senegal, Gabon, Burkina Faso and Côte d’Ivoire and there are positive signs of development in all markets. Davidoff continued to grow strongly in the Middle East region with volumes up 31%, notably in Saudi Arabia with Davidoff One.

United States—we have been monitoring developments in

In the United States for a considerable period of timeour main competitors are Altria and have been encouraged by the recent positive developmentsReynolds American who in the litigation landscape. As the second largesttwelve months to June 30, 2007 had cigarette market in the world, representing 7%shares of world cigarette volumesapproximately 49% and a significantly higher percentage28% respectively.

19



Rest of world profit, the U.S. offers great potential for the group. We currently sell and distribute papers and tubes in the U.S. and have a basic infrastructure in place. We recently applied for membership of the Master Settlement Agreement, and propose to start selling tobacco products, including cigarettes, directly into the U.S. domestic market during 2007.

The Western Europe/Rest of the World is a diverse region with over 100 countries with different dynamics, opportunities

In other international cigarette markets, our main competitors are subsidiaries of Altria, BAT, Japan Tobacco and challenges. This year’s performance has demonstrated our abilityAltadis, and the local domestic producers in each market.

Manufacturing

Our 31 factories around the world benefit from shared technology and expertise, leading to deliver organic growth inreduced manufacturing costs. We focus on high-quality, low-cost manufacturing and have an ongoing drive to improve productivity across the region. We will continue to invest in our key markets, core brands and route to market to capitalize on our results to date. We see many opportunities to develop our footprint in terms of brand portfolio and market presence.business.

Our Product Categories and Key Brands

We produceaim to ensure that our manufacturing base is structured effectively, to ensure a comprehensive rangefast response to changing market dynamics and consumer requirements. In order to meet growing demand in Eastern Europe, we have increased the capacity at both our Volgograd and Kiev factories with the installation of cigarettes, other tobacco productsnew and rolling papers. Theupgraded machinery. We have also added cigarette and other tobacco product category includes fine cut tobacco including roll your own and make your own, pipe tobacco, snuff, snus and cigar.

Across this multi-product portfolio we have organized our brands into three categories: international, regional and local. Our international strategic brands and certain key regional brands are controlled by our central marketing department, with our other regional and local brands controlled by the most appropriate market.

International strategic brands

Our international strategic cigarette brands are Davidoff and West which account for around 20% of our group cigarette volumes; within fine cut tobacco, our key international brand is Drum, which is complemented by our world leading rolling papers brand, Rizla.

Regional and local brands

We have a number of key regional brands such as Golden Virginia, JPS and Van Nelle in Western Europe, Boss, Cabinet and Maxim in Central and Eastern Europe, Excellence in Africa and others in Australasia and Asia.We also have a strong foundation of local brands that generate significant profit in their domestic markets such as Lambert & Butler and Richmond in the U.K., Horizon in Australia and JP Blue in Ireland.

Manufacturing

In fiscal 2006, we reduced our unit costs across the group, including a further reduction in cigarette unit costs of 6%. We increased our overall productivity by 6% (excluding our Lahr factorymachinery in Germany, which was impacted by the cessationin support of Singles production). We continued our focus on simplification across ournew product portfolio, reducing our blends, ingredients and stock keeping units.


As part of our ongoing review to improve operational efficiencies we announced a number of restructurings during the year. This included announcing the closureinitiatives. The closures of our factories in Liverpool in the U.K. and Lahr in Germany were completed on schedule by the latter as a direct resultend of the change in tax status of Singles and unfiltered eco-cigarillos in Germany. Both facilities are due to be closed by March 2007. We completed

In March 2007, we announced our plans to build a factory in Taiwan at a cost of approximately £45 million which will aid the restructuring of part of our European operations, with our Central European cigarette production relocated from Germany to Poland and the closure in the U.K. of our Treforest papers factory as announced last year.

We have continued our capital investment program. This concentrates on harmonizing cigarette pack formats in Europe and increasing capacity in line with growing sales volumes in Eastern Europe, particularly in Volgograd and Kiev. In addition, a significant machinery upgrade program is in progress across our African factories, utilizing surplus machinery. We expect that this will deliver further improvements in efficiency and quality.

We have delivered further operational efficiencies through the use of standard systems and processes, which are reflected in our manufacturing and performance indicators.

We continued our program of ISO14001 accreditation with four locations certified during the year. A total of 59% of our factories are now ISO14001 accredited.

Across our supply chain, we have focused on the competitiveness of our distribution network and the development of our planning process. Distribution has been reviewed and rationalized, providing greater flexibility and support,presence in Asia. We expect to generate annual cost savings of £20 million from 2010 as well as delivering cost savings.

Our objectives are focused on manufacturing quality products, on reducing complexity and on optimizing our cost base. Our continuous process of review should ensure that our manufacturing footprint remains flexible and responsive in line with changing market requirements, delivering further efficiency improvements across all our manufacturing activities.

Sales and Distribution

Our sales and distribution operations cover four regions: United Kingdom, Germany, Rest of Western Europe, and Rest of the World.

Our strategy is to ensure the wide availability of our product ranges at competitive prices, by maximizing the Points of Sale at which our products are offered and constantly monitoring distribution outlets for availability and price competitiveness. Our objective is to improve market share and long-term profitability by trying to persuade adult smokers to choose our brands rather than those of our competitors.

With many countries adopting the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control and the E.U. Advertising Directive, tobacco advertising and sponsorship has been banned or restricted in a number of markets. As conventional means of communication between manufacturers and consumers such as advertising and promotion are progressively withdrawn, effectiveness at the Point of Sale becomes increasingly important.

During the year we have continued to invest in sales force technology and analysis tools throughout the group, and we believe the information provided gives us a significant competitive advantage. We continue to believe that regular, frequent contact with targeted retailers is important.

We have our own International Standard for the Marketing of Tobacco Products which is available on our website at www.imperial-tobacco.com. This underpins our existing high standards for self-regulation of advertising and marketing practices.


The selling of tobacco products is notresult of a strongly seasonal naturereduction in most of the markets in which we operate. However, there is a modest uplift in sales during the summer months.

United Kingdom

We place significant emphasis on the use of our direct sales force in marketing, which we regularly augment with a significant number of agency staff engaged on a temporary basis. Our trade marketing capabilities, for example in space planning, continue to improve brand availabilitysupply chain costs and Point of Sale visibility, despite reduced opportunities to communicate with our consumers following increased advertising restrictions.

The only permitted tobacco advertising is at the Point of Sale. Advertising at the Point of Sale is now regulated by the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion (Point of Sale) Regulations 2004 which took effect on December 21, 2004 in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. These regulations are discussed in greater detail in Item 4B: Regulatory Issues — Advertising and Sponsorship below.

In lineother operational efficiencies, with the dates setfactory planned to be fully operational by the E.U. Advertising Directive, our sponsorship of Formula One automobile racing and the Embassy World Snooker Championships ended in July 2005.

Our U.K. distribution operations are centralized at the Nottingham Customer Service Center. Our two largest customers are Palmer & Harvey McLane Limited and Booker Limited, who are major operators in the wholesale and cash-and-carry sector in the U.K. market. Together they accounted for approximately 46% of our U.K. revenue in both fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006.

Germany

We seek to capitalize on our key account structure using data on channels of distribution, which helps to provide a consistent alignment of brand activities with consumer buying patterns.

Our marketing activities in Germany are concentrated on our strategic brand families West, JPS,Davidoff and Drum as well as our core brand in eastern Germany, Cabinet, using media advertising together with other consumer promotion and marketing activities.

A range of trade marketing projects, including the use of cigarette and other tobacco products dispensers, help secure a high level of distribution of our brands and Point of Sale communication opportunities. In fuel stations, we focus our activities on custom tailored promotions to support our brands.

Advertising of tobacco products in Germany and the rest of the European Union is restricted under the E.U. Advertising and Sponsorship Directive. However, in September 2003, the German government challenged parts of the Directive before the European Court of Justice; the hearing took place in early December 2005. A verdict upholding the Directive was issued in December 2006. See Item 4B: Regulatory Issues — Advertising and Sponsorship.

In the German market, the retail food channel, including supermarkets and convenience stores, is the most important for the sale of cigarettes followed, we estimate by fuel stations, tobacconists and vending machines. Accordingly, we focus our activities in the retail food sector through our weighted distribution and supply chain management.

Rest of Western Europe

Our operations in the Rest of Western Europe are conducted through subsidiaries in Ireland, The Netherlands, Belgium, France, Spain, Italy and Greece, as well as a network of wholesalers and distributors. While our subsidiaries operate with a diverse product range, they all address their own market-specific opportunities with appropriate brands from our portfolio.


In this region, our business consists of both domestic sales to local consumers and a travel retail business selling to consumers purchasing outside of their home market, often due to high home market excise duties and consequently high retail prices.

In the developed markets of Western Europe, while we invest in our own sales forces, we often find it more economic to contract out the physical distribution of our products; our largest distributors across Western Europe are Logista in Spain, Altadis in France and Janderigk in The Netherlands.

Rest of the World

Central and Eastern Europe

The organization and structure of both our customer base and our consumers is very diverse across the different countries in Central and Eastern Europe. In order to cater to the specific demands of our various customers, we put significant emphasis on developing the most appropriate brand portfolio and communication strategies to meet these diverse requirements. Accordingly, our brand portfolio consists of our international brands and local brands for specific markets.

In Central Europe, the major markets of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Slovenia are covered by our own sales force organizations. Where possible, we promote our brands through advertising campaigns using outdoor and print media. We implement a wide range of promotional support programs to our trade customers to help improve our market presence. To provide the best service to our customers and make our brands widely available, we control distribution in our strategic lead markets through our own market organizations or with the co-operation of local distribution partners. Within Eastern Europe, market conditions are developing rapidly. In Russia we have a sales force of approximately 500 employees, complemented by the national logistics system of our local Russian distribution partner. In Ukraine, we cover the market via our own sales force structure. In the emerging markets of Central Asia and the Caucasus, we co-operate with local partners while seeking to establish our own sales forces where market conditions allow.

Africa and Middle East

In Africa our promotional activities range from outdoor billboards to the use of local sponsorship in a number of the French West African markets. In the markets where we manufacture, predominantly French West Africa and Madagascar, we employ our own sales forces to ensure quality distribution of our brands. In the remaining African markets where we have a presence, we operate through third party distributors. In all the Middle East markets where we operate, we sell our products through third party distributors.

Asia

We have further developed our business in Taiwan led by the Davidoff brand in conjunction with a strong local distribution partner, and its own media support with Point of Sale and consumer promotional schemes. In Vietnam, our growing business has been complemented with the acquisition of a controlling interest in Lao Tobacco in neighboring Laos.

Australasia

Distribution for our brands is performed by third-party logistic service providers supported, in both the Australian and New Zealand markets, by significant sales forces supporting our brands at the Point of Sale and by our own marketing teams, who manage permissible marketing activities in these increasingly restrictive markets.


Competition

United Kingdom

Our principal competitor in the U.K. tobacco market is Gallaher. For more than 30 years, we and Gallaher have held an aggregate estimated share of over 70% of the U.K. cigarette market based on unit sales. As at the end of September 2006, Gallaher had an estimated U.K. market share based on unit sales in each of the cigarette, fine cut tobacco, cigar and pipe tobacco markets of approximately 38%, 27%, 46% and 49%, respectively. The other major participants in the U.K. cigarette market are BAT and PMI, which had estimated U.K. cigarette market shares of approximately 6% and 8% respectively in fiscal 2006. In December 2006, JTI announced that it would acquire Gallaher for approximately £7.5 billion in cash. The transaction was approved by Gallaher’s board of directors, but remains subject to shareholder, court and regulatory approvals.our 2008 financial year.

Germany

In Germany our main competitors are PMI and BAT. In fiscal 2006, they had an estimated cigarette market share of 37% and 18%, respectively. In the growing other tobacco products sector we primarily compete with BAT, which had an estimated share of approximately 21% in this segment.

Rest of Western Europe/Rest of the World

In other international cigarette markets, the main competitors are subsidiaries of PMI, BAT, JTI, Altadis and Gallaher and the local domestic producers in each market.

Manufacturing Materials

Our main materials are tobacco leaf, paper, acetate tow (for the production of cigarette filter tips) and printed packaging materials utilizing carton board. These are purchased from a number of suppliers. Our policy is not to be reliant, where practical, on any one supplier, and we have not suffered any significant production losses as a result of an interruption in the supply of raw materials. Where there are only a few major suppliers of a main material, such as for carton blanks and printed packet wrappings, the failure of any one supplier could potentially have an impact on our business. However, we believe the risk of such an occurrence is low.

We seek to reduce our exposure to individual markets by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of different countries, including Brazil, China, India, Greece, SpainTurkey, Malawi and Bulgaria.Guatemala. Our acquisition of Tobaccor in fiscal 2001 gave us some direct involvement in the cultivation of tobacco leaf, principally for use by Tobaccor’s subsidiaries. Different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price. Political situations such as that in Zimbabwe may significantly affect tobacco crops. We seek to offset these fluctuations by purchasing tobacco crops from other areas of the world.

Intellectual Property

In 1973, when the United Kingdom joined the European Union, an agreement was reached with BAT for the exchange of certain trademarks. As a result of these historical arrangements and subsequent arrangements with BAT and other third parties, we, like many international cigarette companies, do not have exclusive ownership of all our pre-1973 brands in all the territories in which we operate. The brand rights to our most internationally distributed cigarette brand,

Davidoff, were licensed to Reemtsma through a long-term licensing arrangement. In September 2006, the group acquired the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark from Tchibo Holding AG for a cash consideration of 540 million (£368 million).


Regulatory Issues

Regulatory pressures on the industry haveThe regulatory landscape continued to be challenging during 2006,2007, as governments around the world are pursuing, in varying degrees, the further regulation of tobacco products. These actions include among other things, restricting or banning the advertising of tobacco products and sponsorship of sporting events by tobacco companies, requiring writtentext and/or pictorial health warnings to be included on tobacco packaging, limiting the yield of tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide, and banning product descriptors such as ‘mild’ or ‘light.’‘light’, requiring cigarettes to comply with low ignition propensity standards and removing tobacco products from sight at the point of sale. We continue to manage these challenges and seek to engage with governments to find workable, practical solutions to changing regulations.

20



World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

In May 2003, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC)(“FCTC”) was adopted at the 56th World Health Assembly. The 40 ratifications required for the convention to take effect were met on November 30, 2004 and, in accordance with the procedural matters established for the FCTC, the convention entered into force 90 days later, on February 27, 2005.later. There is no deadline for becoming a party; the FCTC remains open tofor accession forby all countries that wish to do so. Countries that have only signed the treaty have no obligation to implement its provisions. As of  January 29,October 23, 2007, 143151 countries have ratified the FCTC. At the first session of the Conference of the Parties (February 6–6 – 17, 2006 in Geneva)2006), the Partiesparties adopted their Rules of Procedures in addition to establishing the structure for a permanent secretariat and setting out the first phase of guidelines and protocols to be developed.

The second Conference of the Parties (June 30 - July 6, 2007) unanimously adopted the draft guideline on protection from Environmental Tobacco Smoke and decided that further work will be conducted on product regulation and illicit trade. Other work includes the development of guidelines in the areas of advertising and sponsorship, packaging and labeling, public health policy protection from the vested commercial interest of the tobacco industry, smoking cessation with the help of nicotine replacement therapy products and education. With regard to the development work for a protocol on cross-border advertising, the Conference of the Parties followed the expert group recommendation to suspend the protocol in favor of  a comprehensive guideline on advertising, sponsorship and promotion.

Key provisions of the FCTC include, among other things:include: the restriction and/or ban of advertising and the disclosure of advertising expenditures; the global introduction of large health warnings andwith a suggestion to use pictorial health warnings; measures to restrict access to tobacco and reduce consumption; tax increases; restriction and/or prohibition of duty-free sales; substantial testing of smoke constituents other than tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide; promotion and support of alternative crops; and product liability laws (where they do not already exist) to hold manufacturers responsible for smoking-related health risks.

Whilst

While we agree with many aspects of the convention, most notably the need to prevent youth smoking and the urgent need to stamp out both smuggling and counterfeiting of tobacco products, the FCTC also includes measures that we believe fall under the jurisdiction of other authorities such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). We believe that creating a role for the WHO to regulate on issues like standardization, smuggling, international aid and product labeling would be inefficient and inappropriate since these lie outside the WHO core competencies and are dealt with by other bodies. Furthermore, we believe that some of the provisions are inappropriate or can be better regulated more effectively at a regional, national or local level.

E.U. Tobacco Products Directive (2001/37/EC)

In June 2001, the European Union passed a directive on the manufacture, presentation and sale of tobacco products, which provides for, inter alia,among other things, new and larger health warnings on the front and back of tobacco product packs, a ban on product descriptors such as “light” and “mild”, new maximum tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields of 10, 1, and 10 mg respectively, as well as extensive product testing and the yearly submission of ingredients information on ingredients to national authorities. Imperial Tobacco, together with BAT, challenged the directive on the grounds that it violated several principles of European law. In December 2002, the European Court of Justice ruled that the directive was valid and therefore should be transposed into Member States’ national regulations.authorities

The requirement for implementing the directive into national regulation also applies to the new E.U. Member States who joined on January 1, 2007.


In July 2005, the European Commission published its first draft report on the application of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive. The report doesdid not call for immediate changes to the directive and the Commission intends to follow guidelines proposed through the Conference of the Parties under the FCTC. Furthermore, the report encourages Member States to adopt pictorial health warnings. In accordance with Article 11 of the directive which stipulates that the E.U. Commission shall report every two years to the Parliament, the Council and the Economic and Social Committee on the application of the directive, the E.U. Commission is currently preparing the second report.

Of particular concern to us is the proposal in the draft report of July 2005 to consider the definition of ingredients by the then WHO’sWHO Scientific Advisory Committee on Tobacco Products Regulation, which would widen the scope of the E.U. Tobacco Products Directive considerably by including, inter alia,among other things, substances used in agronomy, production and packaging. There was no firm proposal to develop a common list of ingredients, chiefly due to the difficulty of establishing criteria for the approval or prohibition of ingredients, given that there are no clear accepted tests for measuring toxicity.

Following

21



The E.U. Commission and the European Commission decision of September 2003Scientific Committee on Emerging and Newly Identified Health Risks (“SCENIHR”) in June 2007 adopted a preliminary report on the health effects of smokeless tobacco products to provide the E.U. Commission with a scientific basis for developing and implementing policies on such products. The report concluded that all smokeless tobacco products are addictive and that their use of color photographs or other illustrations as health warningsis hazardous to health. The Commission has indicated that any actions arising in relation to smokeless tobacco products will be considered at a later stage on tobacco packages in the 25 E.U. Member States, the library of approved images was launched in May 2005. The library consists of 42 images and illustrations—three for eachbasis of the 14 rotating textual warnings which currently appear on the back of packs. Member States that choose to require pictorial health warnings must select the images from this library, but they may choose the particular warning illustrations that are best adapted to consumers in their countries, taking into account cultural practices, sensibilities and context. The European Commission has also sent a DVD with the technical specifications to Member States.final SCENIHR report.

Belgium has already adopted legislation requiring pictorial health warnings to be introduced for cigarettes. The Belgian regulation requires the use of all 42 pictorial health warnings spread over three years in sets of 14 warnings each with a yearly rotation. We challenged this regulation on January 30, 2006. The Flemish and Walloon Retail Organization shared our concerns and filed a challenge on the same day. Following this challenge, it is our understanding that the authorities will now only require one set of 14 pictorial health warnings to be used. The second and third sets of the warnings are now understood to be optional.

The U.K. government launched a consultation on the use of pictorial health warnings but is yet to publish final proposals.

The directive also requiredrequires manufacturers and importers to submit details of all ingredients used in tobacco products to each Member State, along with any available toxicological data. Starting in December 2002, we have submitted ingredient information and toxicological data in all Member States, even in the absence of national regulations. The format in which the ingredient information was submitted has been accepted by most Member States. However, The Netherlands has rejected this format and required the submission and publication of the detailed recipes of all tobacco products sold in the Dutch market. We believe that the Tobacco (Lists of Ingredients) Regulation 2003, which provides for publication of ingredients and formulae of tobacco products, goes beyond what is allowedrequired by the E.U. Directivedirective on which the Dutch regulation is based. Like any company weWe have concerns about revealing unique product formulae and, together with other leading tobacco manufacturers, we beganinitiated legal proceedings in September 2003 to prevent this.2003. A verdict was handed down on December 21, 2005, stating that we need to submit full ingredients information per brand to the Dutch authorities. However, it acknowledgesalso acknowledged that the ingredient information demanded constitutes a trade secret, which can only be published if no disproportionate harm is caused to us by this act. Together with the other leading tobacco manufacturers, we have appealed the ruling that we are required to submit full ingredient information. Both we and theruling. The Dutch State havehas also appealed the December 21, 2005 judgment. As regardsWe have filed the grievances of our appeal and replied to the Dutch State’s appeal the Dutch State filed its statement of claim on December 7, 2006. The next stepAugust 16, 2007. Procedurally, a hearing or verdict is for us to file our statement of defense. As regards our appeal, the next step is for us to file our statement of claim. At the same time, the European Commission is working on “harmonized templates” for the submission of ingredients information to Member State authorities. These templates and possible guidelines for their use are now


not expected to be issued in the first quarter of 2007 as well.before mid 2008. We expectbelieve that the Belgian authorities will await the outcome of the Dutch case before imposing sanctions for non-compliance with Belgian regulations.

On May 31, 2007, the European Commission published new, “harmonized templates” for the submission of ingredients information to Member State authorities in the format of a practical guidance document. While most E.U. Member State authorities appear to be content to wait until 2008 to implement the new-style submissions, Germany and the U.K. have indicated that they want to implement them as soon as possible. The Netherlands has written the new templates into a decree that requires compliance by November 1, 2007. However, since the industry was informed by the Dutch authorities on September 21, 2007 that old-style submissions for 2007 were permissible provided they were made before October 1, 2007, Imperial Tobacco has made a full old-style submission (excluding trade secrets) on September 28, 2007.

On the same day, we also made a full submission according to the existing format to the U.K. authorities. To date,acknowledge the Belgian authoritiesDepartment of Health’s preference to receive reports for the current year according to the new E.U. Commission templates, we have also made a partial report, presenting the information for five of our top brands in the U.K. according to the new templates. The report to regulators contains trade secrets and is password protected while the report for the general public (which does not insisted on companies submittingcontain trade secrets) is provided separately without password protection.

In Germany, we are planning to make a submission similar to that in the U.K., with a full submission according to the existing format accompanied by branda partial report, presenting the information although their template does require it.for some of our brands in the Germany according to the new E.U. templates.

Advertising and Sponsorship

In May 2003, the E.U. passed a new Advertising and Sponsorship Directive (E.U. Directive 2003/33/EC). The new directive isAlthough narrower in scope than its predecessor, which was annulled by the European Court of Justice in October 2000, andthe directive places greater emphasis on cross-border advertising and sponsorship. The main provisions include a ban on tobacco advertising in printed media, radio broadcasting and on the internet. However, we believe it still contains several flaws of the former directive.

The E.U. advertising ban as prescribed by E.U. Directive 2003/33/EC of May 26, 2003 had to be implemented into national legislation of all E.U. Member States by July 31, 2005 at the latest, prohibiting all advertising:

·       in the press except publications intended exclusively for professionals in the tobacco trade and publications which are published and printed in third countries where these publications are not principally intended for the E.U. market;

·       on radio broadcasts (TV advertising is governed separately by Directive 89/552/EC);

·       in information society services (such as the internet, as defined by Article 1(2) of Directive 98/34/EC); and

·       through tobacco-related sponsorship with a E.U. cross-border effect, including the free distribution of tobacco products.

Although the German government once again initiated legal proceedings with the European Court of Justice to annul parts of the directive, implementation ofhowever, the Court upheld the directive went ahead as planned. A hearing before the European Court of Justice took place on December 6, 2005 and ain its final ruling upholding the Directive was issued inof December 2006.

In the United Kingdom,U. K., the Advertising and Sponsorship Act came into force in February 2003, banning all advertising except at the Pointpoint of Sale.sale. The latter is regulated by the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion (Point of Sale) Regulations 2004 which took effect on December 21, 2004 for England, Wales and Northern

22



Ireland. Under the regulations, tobaccoTobacco advertising inside tobacconists is now limited to a total surface equivalent to one A5 size sheet of paper (approximately 81¤4 x 57¤85⅞ inches) including a 30% health warning and a National Health Service Quitline telephone number. Furthermore, advertising on tobacco vending machines is limited to one true image of a tobacco product sold from the relevant machine. Scotland has passed almost identical regulations under the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion (Point of Sale) (Scotland) Regulations 2004, which also took effect on December 21, 2004.

In Ireland, the Office of Tobacco Control has been established and the Public Health (Tobacco) (Amendment) Act 2004 has come into force. The Act prohibits sales of cigarette packs containing fewer than 20 cigarettes and the advertising of tobacco products or their display at the Point of Sale. Together with other leading tobacco manufacturers we challenged the Act, because we believed that it infringed constitutional law and went beyond what is required by the E.U. Product or Advertising and Sponsorship Directives. The Commercial Court in Dublin was scheduled to commence hearing the case on February 6, 2007. For commercial reasons, the proceedings were formally discontinued on January 31, 2007.

Tobacco advertising and sponsorship is regulated in many of our key markets, with Hungary, Slovenia and New Zealand having comprehensive bans in place.markets. Where regulated, the scope is similar world-wide; most countries have banned television and radio advertising, while advertising in cinemas, the national


press, on (outdoor) billboards and posters and at the Pointpoint of Salesale is more or less heavily restricted and in somemost cases subject to accompanying health warnings (for example in Poland, Russia and Ukraine).warnings. Sampling, which is the distribution of free cigarettes, and sponsorship of cultural events is generally prohibited.

On June 25, 2004

As advertising restrictions around the world have dealt with mass communication channels such as print media, TV, radio and the internet, the focus is now shifting to the remaining channels, particularly towards point of sale communication.

Product Display Bans at Point of Sale

In addition, there are further calls to ban or severely restrict product display at the point of sale. A product display ban came into force in Iceland in 2001 and is currently being discussed in Ireland and Norway. Outside the E.U., there are currently severe restrictions or bans in Thailand, Singapore, provinces of Canada, and some of the Australian territories. New Zealand and Mexico are currently exploring similar possibilities.

Pictorial Health Warnings

Following the E.U. Commission decision of September 2003 on the use of color photographs or other illustrations on tobacco packages in all E.U. Member States, a library of 42 approved images - three for each of the 14 rotating textual warnings which currently appear on the back of packs - was launched in May 2005. Member States that choose to require pictorial health warnings must select the images from this library, but they may choose the particular warning that is best adapted to consumers in their countries, taking into account cultural practices, sensibilities and context.

Belgium was the first E.U. Member State to adopt legislation requiring pictorial health warnings to be introduced for cigarettes. Following our challenge of the Belgian regulations, the Ministry of Health changed the regulations and now requires 14 images (instead of the 42 originally proposed). A second and third set of warnings are now understood to be optional. Products bearing the new health warnings appeared on shelves from early 2007.

The U.K. government has announced that effective October 2008, pictorial health warnings are required on all tobacco product packs. Old style cigarette packs willmanufactured before October 2008 may be requiredsold until October 2009, and other tobacco products until October 2010. Other E.U. Member States including Latvia, The Netherlands and Slovakia are currently considering the use of pictorial health warnings.

Following Australia’s implementation of pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs from March 2006, New Zealand has passed similar legislation, requiring cigarette packs to carry graphicpictorial health warnings occupying 30% of the front and 90% of the back of packs within 18 monthsfrom February 27, 2008.

Other countries that have implemented pictorial health warnings include Singapore where they cover 50% of the regulations being published.front and back of packs. Taiwan has passed legislation calling for pictorial health warnings covering 35% of the front and back of packs, and the issue is also under discussion in Mexico (50% of the back of packs).

Following PMI’s and BAT’s undertaking to the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (“ACCC”), Imperial Tobacco Australia signed an undertaking with the ACCC in November 2005 to remove descriptors such as “mild” and “light” and tar and nicotine yield information from packs.

Furthermore, both PMI and BAT have paid £1.6 million each to the ACCC which directs funds to national programs and advertising campaigns which address smokers of low yield products and general health issues. Imperial Tobacco has made a £0.4 million contribution.

Smoking in Public Places

In a number of the markets and regions in which we operate the debate on the introduction of restrictions or outright bans on smoking in public places and in the workplace has intensified, most notably in Ireland, Italy and Italythe U.K. where heavy restrictions were introduced in 2004, 2005 and 20052007 respectively.

We support sensible regulation but believe that outright bans are unnecessary and disproportionate. Our experience in markets where smoking restrictions or bans are in place supports our view on the impact of this legislation. Smokers will continue to choose to smoke,smoke: there may be an initial dip in cigarette consumption, but this diminishestends to diminish over time.

On February 14, 2006,

23



In January 2007, the HouseE.U. Commission launched its Green Paper “Towards a Europe free from tobacco smoke: policy options at EU level”, seeking views on the scope of Commons votedmeasures to regulate public smoking. The Paper presents five policy options including exemptions for certain venues (e.g. restaurants and bars). The Commission will now analyze the responses and produce a report with the main findings of the consultation, before considering further steps. In June 2007 the European Parliament released its own draft initiative report on the Green Paper, calling on the Commission to present a proposal by 2008 for an unrestricted ban in favor ofall enclosed workplaces, catering establishments, public buildings and transport within the Union.

Following the Irish example, the U.K. now also has a total ban on smoking in enclosed public places in England,and work places including pubs,bars, restaurants and private member clubs. The Billban was passed byintroduced in the House of Lords in Julyfollowing steps:

      Scotland: March 26, 2006 and received Royal Assent. It is currently at the regulation stage. The ban will be implemented on

      Wales: April 2, 2007

      Northern Ireland: April 30, 2007

      England: July 1, 2007. The Welsh Assembly has also agreed to a total ban to be introduced on April 2, 2007.2007

In Scotland, a total ban took effect on March 26, 2006. Further,Germany, the Health Minister of Northern Ireland announced in October 2005 that a smoking ban will be introduced from April 30, 2007.

Some countries, however, are pursuing what we consider to be a more balanced approach. In The Netherlands, a workplace smoking ban took effect on January 1, 2004. With regard to the hospitality industry, agreement was reached with the Ministry of Health on a self-regulation system: no general smoking ban will be introduced in hospitality venues until the end of 2008. In return, the hospitality industry will increase non-smoking areas in all venues. Furthermore, the hospitality industry will need to undertake efforts to decrease on-site sales of tobacco products by the end of 2008. The self-regulation system will be reviewed on a yearly basis.

We understand that the German draft smoking ban has been stopped due to government concerns over constitutionality of the bill. The regulation of bars and restaurants falls within the responsibility of the Länder, the states composingmaking up the Federal Republic. The Länder agreed in March 2007 to ban smoking in restaurants and bars, but allowed exceptions for small bars and premises with extra smoking rooms. Schools and public buildings are also covered by the proposed ban. Separately, the federal republic. Consequently, the government has decided onwill implement a smoking ban in all government buildings only and delegated the protection of non-smokers in bars and restaurants to the Länder.on public transport.

The French government published a decree on November 16, 2006 banning smoking in public places from February 1, 2007 but giving bars, restaurants, nightclubs, hotels and tobacconists a derogation until January 1, 2008.


In

Outside the European Union, New Zealand the exemption from theintroduced a full public smoking ban granted to the hospitality industry expired onfrom December 10, 2004. FromIn Singapore, smoking restrictions provide that date,hospitality venues may set aside no more than 20% of their outdoor areas for smokers while most Australian territories have implemented severe smoking restrictions in most public places.

Some countries, however, are pursuing a more balanced approach. In Slovenia, for example, a new law effective from August 2007 applies existing restrictions on workplace smoking to all venues have hadenclosed public places. Designated smoking rooms of up to 20% of the overall area can be set aside in most workplaces and public places, including restaurants, bars and cafés but no food or drink is to be completely smoke free.consumed in these rooms.

We remain committed to continuing to work constructively with individual governments and other regulatory bodies to ensure the sensible and proportionate regulation of tobacco products.

Legal Environment

Smoking-related healthSmoking and health-related litigation

The Imperial Tobacco manufacturersGroup is currently involved in the United Kingdom and elsewherea number of legal cases in Europe have been subject to claims being made or threatened by individualswhich claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects. The first action brought against a tobacco manufacturer in the United Kingdom for alleged smoking-related health effects is believed to have been in 1988. To date, no judgment has been entered and, to our knowledge, no action has been settled, in favor of a plaintiff in any such action against a tobacco manufacturer in the United Kingdom. Only three tobacco-related health cases have ever proceeded to trial in the United Kingdom. In one claim, which did not involve us, judgment was entered for the defendants. In another claim, a group action against us and another manufacturer was abandoned following a preliminary hearing on the issue of limitation in which judgment was made in our favor. In the third claim, which was commenced by Alfred McTear against us in 1993, judgment was given in our favor on all counts in May 2005.

The majority of our revenue has historically been derived from sales in the United Kingdom, where the current legal environment is different from that in the United States. In fiscal 2006, none of our revenue was derived from sales of tobacco products in the U.S. duty-paid market and approximately 0.09% (fiscal 2005: 0.13%) was derived from sales of tobacco products in the U.S. duty free market. Unlike in the United States, claims in the United Kingdom can only be brought on behalf of named plaintiffs, not on behalf of an unnamed class. Cases are tried before a judge, not a jury. In addition, in U.K. personal injury cases, the unsuccessful party is generally liable for a substantial proportion of the successful party’s costs, including counsels’ fees. Exemplary damages, which are similar to punitive damages, can only be awarded in exceptional cases in England, Wales and the Republic of Ireland, where it can be established that a defendant acted intentionally and/or with complete disregard for a plaintiff’s interests. If awarded, exemplary damages are much more limited in amount than may be the case in the United States. To our knowledge exemplary damages have not to date been claimed against a tobacco manufacturer in England and Wales. They cannot be claimed in Scotland.

To date, there has been no recovery of damages against us in any jurisdiction in any claim alleging that our tobacco products have resulted in damage to the health of smokers. We have not entered into any out-of-court settlement with any plaintiffclaimant in any such action. We are vigorously contesting the pending actions described below and intend to continue to do so. However, there can be no assurance that legal aid or other funding will not be made available to plaintiffsclaimants in alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related litigation in the future, that favorable decisions will be achieved by us in any of these proceedings noror that additional proceedings will not be commenced against us in the United Kingdom, the U.S., Germany or elsewhere. If we are found liable to pay damages in any jurisdiction, such a finding may precipitate further claims. If such claims are successful, the cumulative liability for damages could be very significant.significant and is currently unquantifiable. Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, we will incur costs defending claims which we maywill not be able to recover fully, recover, irrespective of whether we are successful in defending such claims. Historically

24



In addition to the costslitigation described below, we are aware that Altadis is (or has been) involved in smoking and health-related litigation in France and Spain. Upon completion of defending such claims have not been material.

Our lawyers in the United Kingdom proposed acquisition, we would be responsible for the conduct of these proceedings and all other jurisdictions where they have been appointed continuewould be liable to advise usthe extent that weany were adversely determined. We cannot currently determine the extent to which Altadis may have meritorious defenses to these claims or the legal proceedingslikelihood that it will prevail in which plaintiffs are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related health effects and to threatened actions of a similar nature.these proceedings.

29




Other than as disclosed below, we are not a party to any litigation which, in our opinion, could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Litigation in England and Walesthe United Kingdom

A writ was issued by the law firm of Haygarth Jones against us in England on June 19, 1998 on behalf of Raymond Joseph Kelly. It was claimed that Mr Kelly had developed chronic bronchitis and emphysema as a result of smoking our products. These proceedings were served on October 12, 1998 and Mr Kelly's statement of claim followed on November 9, 1998. Mr Kelly was granted legal aid in March 1996, but legal aid funding was later withdrawn. Following Mr Kelly's death, the Legal Services Commission was informed by his wife that she did not wish to pursue an appeal against the withdrawal of legal aid. By order dated October 1, 2003, the St Helens County Court, of its own motion, dismissed the claim. No appeal has been lodged against the dismissal and the time to do so has expired. There are at present no other pendingactive or, in so far as we are aware, threatened proceedings against ITGus in Englandrespect of smoking and Wales.health-related litigation in the United Kingdom.

Litigation in Northern Irelandthe United States

On 8 February 2007, we announced that we had agreed to acquire the entire issued share capital of Commonwealth Brands. This acquisition was completed on April 2, 2007. In addition, we are proposing to commence sales of tobacco products, including cigarettes, through Commonwealth Brands, into the United States during fiscal 2008. This may expose us to the risk of smoking and health-related litigation in the United States in the future.

Smoking and health-related litigation involving Commonwealth Brands

We are aware of three smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, commenced by individuals, in which Commonwealth Brands either is or was a defendant.

Commonwealth Brands has been named, along with numerous other defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in a 2005 personal injury lawsuit known as Croft v Akron Gasket, et al, pending in a state court in Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The claim against Commonwealth Brands is in respect of alleged injuries caused by smoking a brand of cigarettes acquired from another cigarette manufacturer in 1996. A motion for summary judgment was filed by Commonwealth Brands in October 2005 and remains pending.

In Northern Ireland,2002, Commonwealth Brands was named as a writdefendant in J.L.K. v United States of America, et al. The claim has been brought by a prisoner in a federal penitentiary against numerous defendants, including cigarette manufacturers, in respect of alleged injuries relating to alleged exposure to environmental tobacco smoke. A motion to dismiss filed by Commonwealth Brands and other tobacco company defendants was issued on February 2, 1998 (Pauline Stevenson-v-Gallaher Limitedgranted in December 2004. The time limit for appealing this dismissal only begins to run when judgment is entered as to all the defendants. The case remains pending against additional defendants, and Imperial Tobacco Trading Limited) in whichno final judgment has been entered. Until final judgment has been entered, the plaintiff claims damages for alleged smoking-related health effects. To date no writ has been served andcould still appeal against the time for doing so has now expired.dismissal as against Commonwealth Brands.

A letter before action sent on behalf of

Commonwealth Brands was named as a Kevin Donnelly was receiveddefendant in August 2001. There has been no further contact with the plaintiff's solicitors since then and the claim is now time-barred.

Litigation in Scotland

There is currently one legal action in Scotland against Imperial Tobacco Limited (Traynor-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited). The pursuer (plaintiff) alleged damage to his health resulting from cigarette smoking. Legal aid has been refused. A commission took place in May 2001 at which Mr Traynor gave evidence to be used in the event that he was unable to attend trial. Mr Traynor represented himself and following the commission he lodged a Record (particulars of claim) at court, but did so outside the time limit. While this did not result in Mr Traynor’s claim being dismissed, the case could not now proceed until one of the parties brought a motion to allow the late Record. Mr Traynor never progressed the action and Imperial have ascertained that he is now deceased. His executor (if any) or family could take steps to continue the action but have not done so.

Following the judgment in McTear (see below)Ryan v Philip Morris USA Inc., legal representatives for nine other pursuers whose actions were at that time still pending against us, confirmed that they did not intend to continue with the outstanding actions. Six actions—Barr, Havelin, Campbell, Cambridge, Boyd et aland Corr—were discontinued on February 1, 2006; two further actions—Mason and Martin—were discontinued on February 2, 2006; and the ninth action, Stewart, was discontinued on February 3, 2006.

Three other claims against us had previously been abandoned in 2001. The claims of Dunsmuir-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited, Forsyth-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited and Samson-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited were officially abandoned on April 10, 2001, April 20, 2001 and August 1, 2001, respectively.

One other action, Dougan-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited, was formally discontinued on August 18, 2005. Limited costs were recovered from this pursuer.

Only one action, McTear-v-Imperial Tobacco Limited, actively progressed in court.. This action was commencedbrought in 2005 in U.S. District Court, Northern District of Indiana, against Commonwealth Brands, Philip Morris USA, Inc., RJR Tobacco Co. and B&W Corp. The claim was being brought by the personal representative of the estate of a decedent alleged to have developed and died from lung cancer allegedly caused by cigarette smoking. The complaint asserted claims for wrongful death based on common law fraud and negligence, as well as for product liability. The claimant sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. The defendants, including Commonwealth Brands, filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the case. On May 18, 2007, the parties agreed to enter into a Stipulation of Dismissal of the case, with prejudice, with each party to bear their own costs. The case was formally dismissed by the court on June 5, 2007.

U.S. litigation environment and the Master Settlement Agreement

The U.S. tobacco manufacturers continue to be named in numerous proceedings for claims for injuries relating to the use of tobacco products, particularly cigarettes. Claims in the CourtUnited States against tobacco manufacturers broadly fall within a number of Sessioncategories, including: (a) individual claims alleging personal injury or death; (b) class actions alleging personal injury or requesting court-supervised programs for ongoing medical supervision and monitoring; (c) claims brought to recover the costs of providing health care; and (d) claims in Scotlandrelation to the labeling of products as “light”, “ultra light” or similar terms.

Other than the three individual claims referred to above, we are not aware of any pending or threatened smoking and health-related legal proceedings against Commonwealth Brands. In addition,

25



Commonwealth Brands has never lost nor settled any smoking and health-related litigation proceedings, nor been named as a defendant in January 1993any class action. In respect of claims to recover state health care costs, Commonwealth Brands is a signatory to the 1998 Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) in the United States and our application to join the MSA as a Subsequent Participating Manufacturer was approved in November 2007.

Commonwealth Brands was the first U.S. cigarette manufacturer to voluntarily sign the MSA in 1998. The MSA is an agreement between certain U.S. tobacco product manufacturers with 46 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Marianas to settle asserted and unasserted health care recovery costs and other claims. Manufacturers that participate in the MSA are protected from state actions and in return must make yearly payments, based on market share and other considerations, and abide by Alfred McTear,provisions restricting the advertising and marketing of tobacco products. Among the conduct provisions are restrictions or prohibitions on the use of cartoon characters, brand name sponsorship, apparel and other merchandise, outdoor and transit advertising, payments for product placement, free sampling and lobbying.

The MSA includes an adjustment mechanism, known as an NPM adjustment, that potentially reduces participating tobacco manufacturers’ annual MSA payment obligations. In order for an NPM adjustment to apply, an independent auditor must determine that the participating manufacturers have experienced a market share loss, and an independent firm of economic consultants must determine that the MSA was subsequently pursued by his widow, Mrs Margaret McTear. She claimeda significant factor contributing to that Mr McTear’s lung cancer was caused by smoking our products. She originally sought £500,000 in damages, plus interest, but at proof (trial) claimed only £185,000.


Mrs McTear did not receive legal aid. Four applications for legal aid were refused. Appeals against those refusals were unsuccessful. Her legal advisers had previously statedloss. States may avoid allocation of the adjustment to them if they demonstrate that they were actingdiligently enforced a “Qualifying Statute” imposing escrow obligations on a no-win-no-fee arrangement.

Proof commenced on October 7,manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA for the relevant year. For 2003 and ended on February 20, 2004. On May 31, 2005, Lord Nimmo-Smith gave judgment. His Lordship dismissed2004, the claim in its entirety, findingrequirements for application of the adjustment have been fulfilled, but settling states dispute that Mrs McTear’s case failed on every issue on which he would have needed to find in her favor in order to hold Imperial Tobacco liable in damages. Mrs McTear has not appealedany adjustment is required, claiming that they are exempt from the decision and the time to do so has expired.applicable adjustment because they diligently enforced Qualifying Statutes. This dispute is continuing.

Litigation in the Republic of Ireland

In the Republic of Ireland, plenary summonses were issued against John Player, an Irish subsidiary of ITG,Imperial Tobacco, and other tobacco companies over the period October 17, 1997 to January 21, 2003, naming 446 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects. Since 1997, 428 of these claims have been dismissed, discontinued or confirmed as not proceeding by the relevant plaintiffclaimant firm, leaving a total of 18individual18 individual claims outstanding against the tobacco companies. As at January 31,November 23, 2007, 11 plaintiffsclaimants were seeking damages either jointly against John Player and other companies or solely against John Player. (TenTen of the plaintiffsclaimants are legally represented by the law firm Beauchamps and one by John Devane Solicitors, as detailed below).below. All 11 individuals have served originating summonses and statements of claim have also been served in all of these claims. No trial dates have been fixed in respect of any claim against John Player.

The reduction in the total number of claims is largely due to an attempt by some of the plaintiff law firms to determine which of the individuals they represent should proceed with their claims, together with a withdrawal from the litigation by the law firm Ward & Fitzpatrick, which was followed by withdrawal by the law firm Guilfoyles which is discussed in more detail below. As part of this process the plaintiff firms have identified a number of claims which will not be proceeding or where it has not been possible to obtain instructions from the plaintiffs. We have therefore been able to secure the dismissal of a number of claims for want of prosecution.

In total, 55 statements of claim have been served on us since the proceedings commenced. The first of those statements of claim was served on February 5, 1999 on behalf of John Fitzgerald. Mr Fitzgerald's claim was discontinued on March 1, 2002. On March 6, 2002 a costs order was made, in favor of John Player, against Mr Fitzgerald. On February 3, 2003 these costs were assessed by the court at 136,355 (approximately £92,000). Mr Fitzgerald’s lawyers have said he has no assets or available income to pay these costs. We have asked the plaintiff’s lawyers for an explanation as to why this claim was brought by them on behalf of Mr Fitzgerald.

On June 17, 2002, the law firms Beauchamps and Peter McDonnell & Associates, who jointly represent a number of individuals, served two statements of claim on behalf of the plaintiffsclaimants Vincent Mallon and Margaret Delahunty. Notices for particulars have been served in respect of each plaintiff.claimant. Replies to particulars were served on usJohn Player, in respect of Vincent Mallon on September 17, 2003 and in respect of Margaret Delahunty on October 2, 2003. MrMr. Mallon and MsMs. Delahunty are seeking 86,385€86,385 and 141,050,€141,050, respectively (approximately £59,000 and £96,000, respectively), for the costs of purchasing cigarettes during their lifetimes. They are also seeking, among other things, unspecified damages and an order that the Minister take such steps as are necessary to prohibit the sale of tobacco products in the Republic of Ireland.damages. A further eight statements of claim were served on usJohn Player by Beauchamps during December 2003. 2003, all of which were returned as they were served out of time.

In February 2003, Beauchamps applied to the High Court for orders joining the Irish State, the Irish Minister for Health and amendingthe Irish Attorney General to the proceedings. Amended statements of claim were served asserting that the Irish State failed to comply with various summonsesduties to include new causestake action to preserve public health. Among the relief sought was a declaration that the manufacture, distribution and supply of action in these ten cases. Amended summonses have now been served in these ten cases.cigarettes is injurious to the public health and the health of the claimants, as well as various orders including an order to prohibit the sale of tobacco products and an order directing the defendants to make available to the claimants all of the material relating to the alleged dangers to the health of the claimants.

The defendants have

John Player has issued motions to dismiss on the grounds of procedural and inherent delay in all ten of these outstanding claims. In one of these cases, the plaintiffclaimant has died (Christopher Cummins) and the

26



the

proceedings have not yet been reconstituted by his estate. Replying affidavits have been received in all nine of the other cases. A further exchange of affidavits has since taken place. The stateIrish State has also issued motions to dismiss the claims against them in these nine cases. A hearing took place before Justice GilliganThe motion to dismiss one of the claimants (McCormack) was heard as a representative case over November and December 2006 (using2006. On April 24, 2007, the Dublin High Court ruled that the case of McCormack as an initial case) and judgment is awaited.

Another Beauchamps/McDonnell case (Raymond Garland) wasshould be dismissed byon the Master and was appealed. Beauchamps/McDonnell appliedgrounds sought. At a hearing on June 27, 2007, the claimant indicated his intention to come off record. The appeal against dismissal was listed before the Court on April 22, 2005 and was conclusively dismissed.

On September 23, 2002 the law firm Ward & Fitzpatrick served a statement of claim on behalf of Patricia Daynes. Ms Daynes was claiming unspecified damages. On November 22, 2002 we were served with 30 additional statements of claim by Ward & Fitzpatrick which are almost identical in substance and structuredecision to the statement of claim served on behalf of Patricia Daynes. However, this figure includesIrish Supreme Court and to seek to have the appeal heard as a number of cases where dismissals have since been ordered or where the plaintiff has discontinued the claim. Notices for particulars were served in respect of 17 of these claims. Such notices were not filed wherepriority. The motions to dismiss claims were pending or, in the case of three claims, where we issued a motion seeking to set aside an order extending the time for service of the summons. That motion was heard in twoother nine cases (Butler and Reilly) before Mr Justice de Valera on October 13, 2003. Justice De Valera set aside the order extending the time for service in April 2004.

In respect of the third case (Olohan), the motion seeking to set aside the order granting renewal and extension of time for service was adjourned to the Court’s list to fix dates. Events were superseded by Ward & Fitzpatrick’s withdrawal from the litigation and the Olohan claim was discontinued.

During the course of 2004, the co-defendants successfully defended appeals against dismissals in respect of plaintiffs represented by Ward & Fitzpatrick before Justice Quirke in March 2004 and further claims by Ward & Fitzpatrick were dismissed by Ms Justice Finlay-Geoghegan in July 2004 on the grounds of both procedural and inherent delay. As a consequence, Ward & Fitzpatrick obtained instructions to discontinue all but four of their clients’ claims. Ward & Fitzpatrick has come off record in respect of those remaining four plaintiffs. Two of the claims were voluntarily discontinued by the plaintiffs themselves and the remaining two were dismissed by Justice Finlay-Geoghegan on February 10, 2005.

Guilfoyles served statements of claim against John Player on behalf of 11 individuals. Ten of these statements of claim were served on February 28, 2003. The statements of claim are very similar in substanceremain pending and structure. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified damages (including aggravated and/or exemplary damages) and various declarations including a declaration thatadjourned generally until the manufacture, distribution and supply of cigarettes are injurious to the public health generally and the health of each plaintiff. On July 24, 2003, the Master dismissed the claims of nine of these individuals where statements of claim had been served out of time and awarded costs to John Player. Guilfoyles served notice that they intended to appeal the Master’s decision to dismiss these nine claims. We issued a notice of appeal in the remaining case whereMcCormack motion has been decided. Imperial Tobacco has been advised that if McCormack’s application for priority is granted, the Master refusedappeal may be heard in the following six to dismiss the motion and extended timenine months. If not, it may not be heard for serving the statement of claim and reserved costs. The ten motions did not proceed, pending consideration by Guilfoyles of the Ward & Fitzpatrick judgments of Justices Quirke and Finlay-Geoghegan.another two to three years.

On consideration of the Quirke and Finlay-Geoghegan judgments, Guilfoyles advised all of its clients to discontinue. Guilfoyles subsequently obtained instructions to discontinue from all but two of its clients (T Cambridge and T Butler). Both of these remaining two claims stood dismissed and appeals against these dismissals were refused by Justice McMenamin on March 22, 2006.

In the other case (Margaret O’Driscoll), the statement of claim was served out of time on March 31, 2004. The statement of claim was returned to Guilfoyles on April 7, 2004, and the claim was subsequently discontinued.


John Devane Solicitors, which represents one plaintiff,claimant, Margaret O’Connor, served a statement of claim on May 20, 2004. The statement of claim was returned as it was served out of time. Although this claim remains technically “alive”‘‘alive’’, the plaintiffclaimant would have to obtain an extension of time from the court to re-serve the statement of claim out of time before being entitled to proceed any further, and ourfurther. Imperial Tobacco’s solicitors have made it clear that any such application would be vigorously opposed. OurImperial Tobacco’s solicitors have not heard from the plaintiff’sclaimant’s solicitors since 2004.

Henry P Kelly Solicitors, which represents one plaintiff, served a statement of claim on December 5, 2003, after we issued a motion to dismiss for want of prosecution being issued by us. This motion was heard on February 13, 2004 and the case was dismissed on March 5, 2004.

Between June 9, 1999 and July 28, 2000, 27 plenary summonses were issued by plaintiffs represented by the law firm Lavelle Coleman. John Player was defendant in 21 of these cases and the sole defendant in one. None of these summonses have been served and they are now out of time. Accordingly, they are not included in the total number of plaintiffs who have issued proceedings against John Player and the other tobacco companies.

Litigation in The Netherlands

In The Netherlands, oura subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco has received letters before action from or on behalf of 44 individuals seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects, but 15 of the individuals have now withdrawn their claims. Of the remaining 29 individuals, 25 are currently represented by one firm of lawyers, Sap Advocaten (formerly Sap De Witte Roth).Advocaten. We are aware of four other non-representednonrepresented individuals who may bring claims against our subsidiary.us. While there were press reports in February 2003 that Sap Advocaten would institute proceedings in the coming months, no proceedings have been commenced against our subsidiaryus to date.

Claim letters have also been received in The Netherlands by at least three other tobacco companies, and on June 6, 2005 proceedings were commenced by one of the claimants against one of these tobacco companies. No proceedings have been commenced against Imperial Tobacco’s subsidiary. Our subsidiary and/or the other tobacco companies have taken direct evidence from 23 of the 29 current claimants in total. The testimony given by five of those individuals indicates that they may not have smoked brands manufactured by our subsidiary. Information provided by Sap Advocaten indicates that a further six individuals may not have smoked brands manufactured by our subsidiary. Additionally, a number of counter-hearings have taken place, during which testimony from family and friends of five claimants was taken.

Sap Advocaten has taken evidence from seven current or former employees of one of the tobacco companies and evidence from four current or former employees of another tobacco company. No applications have been made to take evidence from current or former employees of our subsidiary.

In July 2002, it was reported in the press that a foundation had been established in May 2002 to bring a class action against the tobacco industry seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects. The foundation is the successor of three other foundations that had been referred to in press reports during 2000. The report stated that the foundation had received 250,000€250,000 (approximately £170,000) from investors and benefactors and, without advertising, already had 100 claimants. In November 2002, it was reported in the press that this same foundation now had several hundred potential claimants and several million euros in financial backing. We are aware that a marketing bureau conducted a calling campaign targeted at people who smoked in order to persuade them to join litigation against the smokingtobacco industry. We do not have any information as to the identity of the marketing bureau or on whose behalf they are acting, and so far as we are aware no claims have been commenced as a result. There were also press reports in 2000 that two firms had indicated that they willwould work together in bringing litigation against the tobacco industry on behalf of health insurance companies, but there have been no recent reports regarding this.


Litigation in Germany

In Germany, a claim was brought against one of our subsidiaries. The statement of claim named H.F. & Ph. F. Reemtsma GmbH as defendant even though this entity legally no longer existed due to a merger prior to the claim being filed. However, the court subsequently concluded that our subsidiary Reemtsma was the defendant in this lawsuit.

The claim was brought by Wolfgang Heine, who served proceedings in the Court of First Instance of Arnsberg near Dortmund in Nordrhein-Westfalia on July 8, 2002. Mr Heine alleges that he has smoked Reemtsma “Ernte 23” since the age of 17 and that he had a cardiac infarction in 1993, from which time he has had cardiovascular difficulties. He is represented by the same lawyer who acted for claimants in five out of six cases seeking legal aid for claims against tobacco companies in 1999, 2000 and 2001. All of these were rejected by the courts.

Reemtsma filed its defense on December 24, 2002. Mr Heine failed to respond to the defense. However, the value of the claim was subsequently increased (125,000 for alleged pain and suffering and 88,355 for alleged loss of income (approximately £85,000 and £60,000 respectively)).

On November 14, 2003 the court in Arnsberg denied the claim on all counts. The court stated that Mr Heine’s claim failed on the merits, giving reasons including the following: (i) all Mr Heine’s claims were time-barred under the applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) Mr Heine’s claim for “addiction” was without merit; (iii) there was no evidence that Reemtsma's products were defective in any respect; (iv) the risks associated with smoking are widely known; (v) there was no obligation on Reemtsma to warn of any alleged risks prior to being required to do so by statute; and (vi) Mr Heine did not offer any evidence to show that his alleged heart disease was caused by Reemtsma’s products.

At the end of November 2003, Mr Heine applied for the statement of facts in the court's judgment and the findings concerning the factual submissions to be corrected. This application was denied by the court. Mr Heine subsequently lodged an appeal against the judgment to the Court of Appeal in Hamm. Following briefs filed by both parties, the Court of Appeal in Hamm notified the parties on June 21, 2004 of its intention to dismiss Mr Heine's appeal without an oral hearing and, on July 14, 2004, formally dismissed the appeal.

Mr Heine is now pursuing the only route left open to him and has filed a constitutional complaint with the German Federal Constitutional Court in Karlsruhe. While we are not party to these proceedings, we believe that it is unlikely that the Constitutional Court will permit the case to proceed.

In an action between Mr Heineand his legal cost insurer, the Celle Court of Appeal held that the legal cost insurer had to provide insurance cover for the litigation then pending against Reemtsma, which was upheld by the German Federal Supreme Court in a judgment on March 19, 2003. Reemtsma was not a party to this lawsuit.

In a separate matter, one of our German subsidiaries (Imperial Tobacco Agio GmbH) received a letter before action dated March 26, 2002 on behalf of an individual, Heinz Seelgen. Mr Seelgen alleged that his medical condition was caused by smoking cigarillos manufactured by Imperial and threatened to initiate legal proceedings in the United States. In fact, the brand of cigarillos alleged to have been smoked by Mr Seelgen is not manufactured by Imperial, only distributed by us. A response was sent to Mr Seelgen's legal advisers on April 8, 2002 denying the claims and stating that there were no grounds for bringing a claim in the United States. To date, there have been no further developments in this matter.

In a further matter, the Hamburg Public Prosecutor has confirmed that on March 16, 2005 a professorProfessor at the Institute for Economic Law of the University of Hamburg submitted a criminal complaint against the management of companies manufacturing cigarettes in Germany, including Reemtsma, alleging fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisonedpoisonous or which contain substances harmful to health. On


August 28, May 19, 2006, the Public Prosecutor informed Reemtsma of his decision terminating the investigation on the basis that the facts did not provide any basis to assert that any crime had been committed. The Public Prosecutor has confirmed that the professor hasProfessor challenged the decision by way of an “opposition” and that this challenge will be considered‘‘opposition’’ which was dismissed by the Head of the Hamburg prosecution office.Chief Public Prosecutor in December 2006. This decision is not appealable.

Mr Heine also

In a separate matter, on February 10, 2006 an individual submitted a criminal complaint against Reemtsma with the Arnsberg Public Prosecutor on February 10, 2006.Prosecutor. The claim was subsequently transferred to the Public Prosecutor in Hamburg, where Reemtsma is based. The complaint alleges,alleged, among other things, fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisoned. This complaint has been dismissed. The Head Prosecutor of the Hamburg Public ProsecutorProsecutor’s Office has yetstated that there is no legal or factual basis to reach a decision regarding this complaint.

Around August 2006, there were press reports stating that a criminal claim had been lodged withchallenge the Public Prosecutor’s office in Cologne, Germany, by Dr Norbert Mülleneisen, a lung specialist, against the management of various German tobacco companies, including Reemtsma, alleging fraudulent conspiracy and the sale to the public of substances which are poisoned. In fact, the Cologne Public Prosecutor had already investigated the claim and, on July 7, 2006, had notified Dr Mülleneisen’s lawyer of hisprosecutor’s decision to close his investigation on the basispreliminary investigation.

27



Threatened litigation in Saudi Arabia

According to media reports, the Saudi Minister of Health has issued legal proceedings against international tobacco companies and/or their “agents” to recover the costs of providing medical care to individuals with diseases associated with smoking. According to the reports, the Minister of Health estimates that there werehe will be seeking damages of SR70 billion (approximately £8.9 billion) and a hearing has now been rescheduled for February 16, 2008. However, we have not been served with any court documents and, so far as we are aware, no facts indicating that any criminal laws hadsuch claim has been violated.filed against us.

Litigation in Polandby Governments

Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A. (“ITP”) (formerly Reemtsma Polska S.A.) is a defendant in a claim commenced on June 18, 2001 in the Regional Court in Poznań by an individual claimant, Zbigniew Czarnecki. Mr Czarnecki is seeking PLN 75,000 (approximately £13,350) for loss of earnings and compensatory costs for medical treatment and suffering caused by his laryngeal cancer, diagnosed in 1994, which he alleges was caused by smoking cigarettes manufactured by Wytwórnia Wyrobów Tytoniowych S.A., a company acquired by Reemtsma, and renamed Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A. following the acquisition of Reemtsma by Imperial.

The claim was served on ITP on January 30, 2002. Since then ITP has been represented at a number of hearings. Since June 2004, ITP has lodged a number of expert reports and pleadings at court, dealing with legal causation, scientific causation, addiction, limitation, negligence and public awareness. At a hearing on June 30, 2004 in the Regional Court in Poznań, the Court decided to appoint an expert otolaryngologist to advise the court on scientific and medical issues. ITP obtained a copy of the report produced by the court expert on November 23, 2004 and both parties filed responses to the report in December 2004. ITP filed a further pleading responding to the pleading lodged by the claimant on March 3, 2005. On April 28, 2005 the claimant filed a pleading setting out proposed questions to the court-appointed expert. On May 13, 2005 ITP filed a pleading commenting on those questions.

On June 14, 2005 the Regional Court in Poznań issued a request to the District Court in Katowice requesting it to examine the two experts who signed the Court-appointed expert’s opinion and setting out the questions to be put to those experts. This hearing took place on January 9, 2006. On February 9, 2006, ITP lodged a pleading, commenting on the testimony given by the experts at that hearing.

At a hearing on March 1, 2006, the parties made their final oral submissions, the claimant filed a further pleading and ITP filed its final written submission.

On March 15, 2006, the Regional Court in Poznań gave judgment dismissing the claim in its entirety and requiring the claimant to pay PLN 360 in respect of the costs of the proceedings. The claimant has appealed the judgment. The claimant’s appeal was served on ITP on May 8, 2006 and ITP served its reply to the appeal on May 22, 2006. The appeal was heard on November 9, 2006 and, on November 23, 2006, was dismissed. The claimant may now appeal the dismissal of his appeal to the Supreme Court within two


months from the date that he is served with the written reasons of the judgment, although the grounds for appealing to the Supreme Court are narrow.

In a separate matter, on December 3, 2004, ITP received a letter fromcertain countries, including the Polish Association of Health Promotion and Health Education in Labor Environment seeking (a) funding for itself for an informational campaign and (b) compensation on behalf of Polish smokers on the basis that ITP failed to warn of or concealed the dangers resulting from alleged addiction to nicotine. The letter threatened to bring a class action against ITP if the company did not enter into negotiations for the compensation of Polish smokers. Press reports indicated that thousands of people had joined the action and advertisements for potential claimants have appeared in the Polish press. ITP responded to the letter on January 7, 2005 denying the claim. On February 4, 2005, the Association filed statements of claim on its own behalf and on behalf of unnamed individuals against a number of tobacco companies, including ITP.

On April 28, 2005, following various pleadings filed by Imperial and the Association, and an order that the Association cure procedural defects in the statement of claim, the Regional Court in Poznań ordered that the part of the statement of claim relating to claims brought on behalf of individuals be returned to the Association. This decision was affirmed by the Appeal Court in Poznań on September 22, 2005. Therefore, the order that the part of the statement of claim relating to claims brought on behalf of individuals be returned to the Association is now final and binding.

On November 14, 2005 the Association’s statement of claim was served upon ITP. ITP filed its reply on November 28, 2005. On December 23, 2005 ITP filed a further pleading requesting the Regional Court in Poznań to require the Association to pay the court registration fee. A hearing took place on January 18, 2006 at which ITP was informed that the Association had filed a written request of a stay of proceedings and provided with a copy of that request. However, the Court refused to stay the proceedings and indicated that it would hand down judgment on February 1, 2006. On February 1, 2006, the Regional Court in Poznań gave judgment dismissing the statement of claim and awarding ITP PLN 7,200 (approximately £1,300) in costs. The Association’s deadline to appeal the judgment has expired.

At the hearing on January 18, 2006, the Court also confirmed that Marek Nowakowski filed a pleading in the Regional Court in Poznań on January 9, 2006 purporting to join in the Association’s civil action and claiming 100,000 PLN (approximately £17,800). The Court confirmed that it would treat this as a separate claim. Following documents filed by both parties and various Court orders, the Court, on May 11, 2006, ordered that Mr Nowakowski’s statement of claim be returned. On May 26, 2006, Mr Nowakowski lodged a complaint against the order of May 11, 2006. On July 6, 2006, ITP filed a reply to Mr Nowakowski’s complaint. Consequently the Court’s order of May 11, 2006 that the statement of claim be returned is now final and binding and cannot be appealed by Mr Nowakowski.

On March 14, 2005 ITP received a further letter from the Association alleging criminal conduct on the part of individual members of the management boards of tobacco firms operating in Poland, including ITP, arising from their alleged concealment of the dangers resulting from alleged addiction to nicotine. ITP responded to the letter on March 30, 2005 denying the allegations. In early April 2005, the Association filed a formal notification of criminal offences alleged against ITP and other tobacco companies with the General Public Prosecutor in Warsaw. The notification was eventually passed to the District Public Prosecutor for Krakow-East Central who, on May 17, 2005, took the decision not to initiate proceedings against any of the tobacco companies or their officers. This decision was sent to the Association on May 20, 2005. ITP understands that (1) the Association lodged an appeal against the decision of May 17, 2005, but on August 17, 2005 the District Public Prosecutor for Krakow-East Central refused to hear that appeal; (2) the Association then successfully appealed against the refusal of the District Public Prosecutor and the matter was referred back to the District Public Prosecutor to decide on the Association’s appeal against the May 17, 2005 decision again; (3) the District Public Prosecutor again refused to hear this appeal; (4) the Association appealed this latest decision by the District Public Prosecutor; (5) the Regional


Prosecutor in Krakow did not find the appeal justified and in accordance with the Polish criminal procedure forwarded this appeal to the Court; and (6) on October 30, 2006, the Court dismissed the Association’s appeal, thereby concluding the criminal proceedings. This decision of the Court may not be appealed.

In a separate matter, a statement of claim dated April 1, 2005 was filed by an individual claimant Piotr Kowalski, in the Regional Court in Poznań. The statement of claim has not been served on ITP. Mr Kowalski claimed that he was addicted to ITP’s cigarettes, that he was not informed of the risks associated with smoking and that he suffers from bronchial asthma. He sought damages of PLN 40,000 (approximately £7,100). Due to the low value of the claim, the case was transferred from the Regional Court of Poznań to the District Court in Poznań. On May 20, 2005 the Court requested Mr Kowalski to cure procedural defects in the statement of claim. The claimant failed to do so and on June 17, 2005 the Court ordered that the statement of claim be returned to Mr Kowalski. This decision was not appealed. On July 19, 2005 the Court issued an order stating that the return of the statement of claim had become final and binding as at July 2, 2005.

In a further separate matter, a statement of claim dated August 24, 2005 has been filed by another individual claimant, Helena Bierówka, in the District Court in Bochnia. Ms Bierówka alleges that she is addicted to Route 66 cigarettes, that cigarettes did not carry warnings about the risks associated with smoking and that she suffers from bronchial asthma and other health complaints. She claims damages of PLN 50,000 (approximately £8,900). On September 27, 2005, the case was transferred to the District Court in Poznań. On October 7, 2005, the District Court in Poznań requested Ms Bierówka to cure certain procedural defects in the statement of claim by providing the Court with an additional copy of the statement of claim and paying the court registration fee. On October 11, 2005, ITP filed a pleading setting out further procedural defects in the statement of claim.

Ms Bierówka provided the Court with a copy of the statement of claim and requested a waiver of court costs. On October 17, 2005 the District Court in Poznań ordered Ms Bierówka to provide information on her financial status in order to assist the Court’s decision concerning the waiver of court costs. On November 3, 2005 the Court dismissed Ms Bierówka’s request to waive court costs.

Following an appeal, the District Court in Poznań revoked its decision of November 3, 2005 and, on November 21, 2005 made a decision to allow the waiver of the court registration fee in excess of PLN 100. Ms Bierówka did not appeal this decision and, on January 16, 2006, was ordered by the Court to pay the court registration fee of PLN 100. On February 7, 2006, the Court ordered that the statement of claim be returned to Helena Bierówka due to her failure to pay the Court registration fee. However, Ms Bierówka had paid this fee and, on February 24, 2006, the Court revoked its order of February 7, 2006.

On March 29, 2006, the statement of claim was served on ITP. ITP served its reply to the statement of claim on April 21, 2006. Following further documents filed by the parties and various hearings (including two hearings at which Ms Bierówka gave evidence), the District Court in Poznań dismissed Ms Bierówka’s statement of claim at a hearing on November 9, 2006. Ms Bierówka was obliged to post any appeal by January 2, 2007 and is now out of time to do so. ITP has been informed by the District Court in Poznań that Ms Bierówka did lodge a pleading at Court on January 10, 2007 but the information received from the Court suggests that that pleading did not constitute an appeal against the judgment of November 9, 2006.

U.K., Irish, Dutch and Belgian government litigation

In both the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland, the press from time to time has reported that relevant government departments and health authorities have been examining U.S. “Medicaid” litigation against tobacco companieslegal proceedings to recover the costs of providing medical care for the cost to the state of treating patientsindividuals with alleged smoking-relatedadverse health effectsconditions associated with smoking, in order to consider whether similar litigation might be available in thesethose jurisdictions.


In Other than the Republic of Ireland, in its Report on Smoking and Health dated November 9, 1999, the Joint Oireachtas Committee on Health and Children recommended that “civilthreatened legal proceedings should be brought to recoup expenditure incurred in the treatmentSaudi Arabia mentioned above, we are not aware of tobacco-related illnesses and other expenditure resulting from such illnesses.” The Sub-Committee on Health and Smoking appointed by the Joint Oireachtas Committee on Health and Children released its second interim report in July 2001 containing a recommendation that “the government move speedily to initiateany pending or threatened legal proceedings against us in which government departments or health authorities are seeking to recover the tobacco industrycosts of such medical care. Commonwealth Brands is not a defendant in the RepublicDepartment of Ireland,Justice proceedings in the U.S. against the major cigarette manufacturers. In addition, neither Imperial Tobacco nor any of its subsidiaries have been named as successfully leveleda defendant in the proceedings in Nigeria brought by the U.S. States' governmentsFederal Government of Nigeria and currently by the U.S. federal government.” No government claim has been broughtvarious Nigerian State Governments against thecertain international tobacco companies and the media has reported that the government has been advised by its lawyers that such a claim would not be feasible.

The Republic of Ireland, the Irish Minister for Health and the Irish Attorney General have been joined by the plaintiffs in 17individual proceedings (ten of which involve our Irish subsidiary) served by Beauchamps and Peter McDonnell & Associates. Statements of claim have been served in ten of these cases (referred to above) and assert that the Republic of Ireland failed to comply with various duties to take action to preserve the public health. Among the relief sought is a declaration that the manufacture, distribution and supply of cigarettes is injurious to the public health and the health of the plaintiff, as well as various orders including an order to prohibit the sale of tobacco products and an order directing the defendants to “make available to the plaintiff all of the material relating to the dangers to the health of the plaintiff.” As mentioned above, the Irish state has sought to have these claims dismissed in motions issued by it, a hearing took place over November and December 2006 (using the case of McCormack as an initial case) and judgment is awaited.

In April 2004, together with other leading tobacco manufacturers we challenged some provisions of the Republic of Ireland’s Public Health (Tobacco) (Amendment) Act 2003 and Regulations based on it. Among the challenged provisions were bans on Point of Sale advertising and the display of tobacco products in shops. The companies argued that the challenged provisions infringed Irish constitutional law and the freedom of trade provisions under European Union law. The Commercial Court in Dublin was scheduled to commence hearing the case on February 6, 2007. A commercial decision was taken to discontinue the proceedings and on January 31, 2007 the Commercial Court granted leave to discontinue and struck out the proceedings with an order for costs in favor of the defendants. It is anticipated that the Irish Government will now take steps to implement the impugned provisions of the 2002 and 2004 Acts, including a ban on the display of tobacco products in retail premises.

With respect to government litigation matters in The Netherlands, the now former Dutch government instructed its government lawyers in 2000 to investigate and provide legal advice as to whether proceedings could successfully be brought against tobacco companies by the Dutch government for the recovery or recoupment of certainalleged health care costs. During a Parliamentary debate in 2005, it was reported that the government's lawyers were still in the process of preparing legal advice. No claim has been made by the Dutch government.

In September 2003 we, along with other tobacco companies, submitted a court challenge against the Dutch government’s implementation of Directive 2001/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States concerning the manufacture, presentation and sale of tobacco products of June 5, 2001. We have asserted that the Dutch implementation measures (the Tobacco Act and accompanying Regulation) require product information relating to ingredients to be disclosed in a manner that can, among other things, jeopardize vital trade secrets protected by the Directive, E.U. law, international public law and Dutch law (both civil and administrative). Apart from Belgium, The Netherlands is the only jurisdiction among the E.U. Member States that has interpreted the Directive in this manner. A verdict was handed down on December 21, 2005, stating that we need to submit full ingredients information per brand to the Dutch authorities. However, it acknowledges that the ingredient information demanded constitutes a trade secret,


which can only be published if no disproportionate harm is caused to us by this act. Both we and the Dutch State have appealed the December 21, 2005 judgment. As regards the Dutch State’s appeal, the Dutch State filed its statement of claim on December 7, 2006. The next step is for us to file our statement of defense. As regards our appeal, the next step is for us to file our statement of claim. We expect that the Belgian authorities will wait for the outcome of this case, because no action has been taken against any of the tobacco manufacturers so far for submitting ingredients information in a different format than required by Belgian law implementing the Directive.

Following the European Commission decision of September 2003 on the use of pictorial health warnings and the publication of the final image library of 42 pictorial health warnings in May 2005, Belgium has adopted legislation to introduce pictorial health warnings in November 2005. It requires us to print all 42 different color images published by the European Union on cigarette packs sold in Belgium from November 2006. This will involve continuously rotating sets of 14 images every year, which we believe is unduly burdensome and disproportionate, constitutes an incorrect implementation of Directive 2001/37/EC and the E.U. Commission Decisions on Combined Health Warnings and is in excess of the powers granted to the Belgian Health Minister by Royal Decree. We challenged this regulation on January 30, 2006. The Flemish and Walloon Retail Organization shared our concerns and filed a challenge on the same day. Following this challenge, it is our understanding that the authorities will now only require one set of 14 pictorial health warnings to be used. The second and third sets of the warnings are now understood to be optional.

Litigation in Australia

Peta Lynda Cauvin, formerly Myriam Lynda Cauvin, commenced proceedings against Imperial Tobacco Australia Limited (“ITA”) as the seventh of seven defendants on June 11, 2002. She claimed that ITA and the local companies of various other defendants represented their overseas parent companies for the purposes of the litigation but none of these companies were made parties to the litigation. In the case of ITA, the overseas companies were Imperial Tobacco Limited and Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, both based in the United Kingdom.

Ms Cauvin alleged, among other things, that one or more of ITA and the co-defendants (including Philip Morris (Australia) Limited and British American Tobacco Australia Services Limited) had engaged in conduct that was misleading or deceptive or likely to mislead or deceive in contravention of section 52 of the Trade Practices Act 1974 and/or equivalent provisions of the State and/or Territory Fair Trading Legislation.

On August 26, 2005 Justice Bell ruled that the plaintiff was not entitled to claim against overseas companies related to the defendants. On February 9, 2006 the plaintiff’s claim against ITA was dismissed in its entirety, with costs awarded to ITA. The time for Ms Cauvin to appeal has expired. The claims against the other defendants have now also been discontinued.

U.K. Office of Fair Trading enquiryinvestigation

In August 2003, we received an enquirya notice from the U.K. Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) intorequiring the provision of documents and information relating to an alleged infringement ofinvestigation under U.K. competition law. Information relating to the operation of the U.K. tobacco supply chain was supplied to the OFT in October 2003 and again during April 2005 but to date no substantive response to any of the information submitted has been received from the OFT. The OFT’s enquiryinvestigation is ongoing.

If the OFT were to decide that there are grounds for an infringement decision against the group,us, it would first issue a Statement of Objections setting out its preliminary findings and the evidential and legal basis for those findings. Imperial TobaccoWe would then have an opportunity to respond to these preliminary findings. If the OFT were subsequently to make an infringement finding, Imperial Tobaccowe would be able to appeal the OFT’s infringement decision to the Competition Appeal Tribunal. As at January 30, 2007,Tribunal, and ultimately, on a point of law, to the Court of Appeal. The OFT has not as of yet issued


a Statement of Objections or publicly announced an intention to do so and as such the board iswe are unable to predict the outcome of this enquiry.investigation.

However, in the event that the OFT decides that a company has infringed U.K. competition law, it may impose a fine. The amount of the fine is calculated by reference to the turnover of the infringing company. The rules regarding the maximum amount of such a penalty changed on May 1, 2004. Before that date, the maximum amount of a fine was 10% of a companycompany’s U.K. turnover for up to three years. In the three years to September 30, 2003, the group’sour aggregate net U.K. turnover was £2,215 million.

Under the revised rules, a fine may not exceed 10% of a company’s worldwide turnover. However, the OFT’s guidelines state that where an infringement ended before May 1, 2004 the fine may not exceed the maximum penalty under the old rules. In either case, the applicable turnover on which the amount of a fine is based expressly excludes VAT and other taxes directly related to turnover, which we have been advised would also exclude duty. In addition, if the OFT were to make an infringement finding, it could issue orders prohibiting that activity in the future.future while the Company might face the prospect of damages actions from third parties.

German investigation into alleged foreign trading and related violations

Certain investigations were initiated by German authorities in January 2003 into alleged foreign trading and related violations by a number of people, including Reemtsma employees, during a period prior to its acquisition by Imperial Tobacco. In the course ofus. Between 2005 and 2007, parts of the investigations into certain of the individuals were terminated either for lack of evidence or on terms agreed by the individuals with the authorities and settlement was made of any duty payable as a result of certain of the activities being investigated at no cost to the group. In 2006, investigations against some of the other individuals were terminated for lack of evidence.us. Charges relating to smuggling have been brought in connection with one of the investigations against 18

28



individuals, one of whom is a former Reemtsma employee. ChargesFour other former Reemtsma employees face charges relating to violations of the German foreign trade act have been brought against five other former Reemtsma employees in connection with a separate investigation. In connection with some of these charges, the authorities have applied for financial penalties to be imposed on Reemtsma. Such penalties could be imposed if current orthe former Reemtsma employees who have been charged are ultimately found to have committed offences. In those circumstances, the groupwe would seek recovery of any losses under arrangements made on the acquisition of the business.

A boardBoard committee established in 2003 under the chairmanship of MrMr. Anthony Alexander remains in place to monitor the progress of the investigations and the group’s responses on behalf of the board. our responses.

The German authorities’ investigations are based on alleged activities prior to the group’sour acquisition of Reemtsma and the committee remains satisfied that, since the acquisition, the group haswe have not been involved in any activities of a nature similar to those alleged by the German authorities.

Corporate Responsibility

Our commitment to Corporate Responsibility is encapsulated in the following group policies which operate throughout the group:29

·Corporate Responsibility: to build a sustainable and profitable business while behaving responsibly.

·Non-Financial Reporting: to provide key stakeholders with appropriate non-financial information broadly in line with the Global Reporting Initiative and to co-operate with relevant investor evaluations and indices.

·Human Rights: to be guided on fundamental human rights by the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development guidelines for multinational enterprises (2000) and to support the International Labour Organization’s core conventions.

·Occupational Health Safety and Environmental Management: to exercise responsible care for employees and others involved in our business activities; to minimize the adverse impact of our products, activities and services on the natural environment and, as a minimum standard, to comply with any relevant legislation within the territories in which we operate.

40





·Product Stewardship and Health: to understand our products; to assess prior to product manufacture the suitability of the materials used; and to ensure that developments in the science related to product stewardship and health are monitored, evaluated and appropriate actions are taken.

·Social Accountability: to conduct and report our business activities with integrity and to enter such stakeholder engagement as may assist us to be a good corporate citizen in the communities in which we operate.

·Community Investment: to support community activities in the geographical areas in which we operate, responding to local and significant international needs, and to encourage employee involvement in community and charitable activity.

These policies are in turn supported by a number of employment practices.  The group sets out for all employees the boundaries of acceptable business practice and the manner in which the activities of the group are to be conducted.  These policies cover, for example, anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and whistle blowing.  In this regard, our Values, Business Principles, Acceptable Business Practice Policy and International Marketing Standards are key to governing responsible behavior throughout the group.

Product Stewardship and Health

We monitor the science relevant to our products, to ensure that appropriate investigations take place and that we anticipate and respond appropriately to developments.  New products or processes are assessed, patented where necessary, evaluated and tested before commercial application.  Prior to sale, any new product introductions into existing or new markets are checked to ensure regulatory compliance and to confirm the ingredients used meet our own high standards.

We have reviewed our standards of care which we routinely operate both for the assessment and ingredients used in our products and for our stewardship activities associated with leaf and smoke chemistry.

Employees

We aim to provide an environment which will attract, retain and motivate the best people, to ensure they can maximize their potential and share in the group’s successes.  During 2006, we continued to strengthen and develop our employment practices in support of our stated aim.

Investing in future leaders

We view leadership development and succession planning as essential for the sustainability of our business.  We have committed significant investment into developing our managers and future leaders.

During 2006, we completed a further full cycle of our succession planning process.  This process fulfills a number of goals, namely to identify critical management roles within the business; scope potential internal successors to those roles; select and validate prospective future leaders of the group; and identify emerging talent within each function.  The Imperial Leadership Program (ILP) aims to develop current and future leaders of Imperial Tobacco.  Aligned to the succession planning process, ILP facilitates the development of leadership skills and competencies.

Learning and development

We place strong emphasis on learning and development and create opportunities for our employees to develop both as individuals and as a team.  The need for our people to adapt and extend their skills and


knowledge in an ever-changing world is clearly important.  A variety of locally based initiatives are in place to support the needs and circumstances of both the business and our employees.

Employee engagement

We aim to inform and involve employees in understanding our business objectives and local developments affecting their particular work environment.  The promotion of good working relationships with employees, trade unions, works councils and other organizations has continued throughout the year.

Responsible restructuring

We, like many companies, operate in a highly competitive environment.  While we have continued to invest in incremental employment in some areas of our business, it has been necessary for us to take a number of restructuring decisions resulting in redundancies.  During 2006, we closed our Treforest papers factory and announced the closure of our factories in Lahr, Germany and Liverpool, U.K.  We have a track record of managing these situations in a fair and responsible manner, and remain committed to supporting our employees during any restructurings.

Occupational Health, Safety and Environment

We have a well-established policy for occupational health, safety and environmental (OHS&E) management and have made significant progress in these areas.

Occupational health and safety

The occupational health and safety (OHS) of our employees and those working with us, such as contractors, remains a high priority.  Our group lost time accident rate, for injuries resulting in more than three days’ absence from work, improved from 12.4 per 1,000 employees in 2004 to 11.6 in 2005.  We are saddened to report the fatal shooting of one of our drivers at an illegal roadblock in Africa.  There were no other fatalities during the year.

As part of our three-yearly program, we commissioned independent OHS audits of a number of our European manufacturing facilities.  The findings from our audits, together with analysis of our accident data for the 2005 fiscal year, have helped us to identify areas for improvement.

Environment

Good environmental management systems, designed to manage local impacts and sensitivities, are an essential component of our strategy. 

We started our ISO141001 program in 2001 and have now certified systems in 59% of our manufacturing sites.  In the last fiscal year, four of our factories have achieved certification; bringing the total to 19.

Over the last four years, we have improved the way we collect and report environmental data from our manufacturing facilities and main offices.  During 2006, we implemented a new software platform for our non-financial performance indicators, including our environmental measures.

Our environmental performance indicators are showing decreasing trends in energy and water consumption, carbon dioxide emissions, waste and waste to landfill.  Part of the decrease in absolute figures is as a result of factory closures.  However, our relative indicators—expressed as per million cigarette equivalents—are also showing downward trends, an indication that our environmental management systems are improving our performance.


Our climate change strategy aims to reduce our direct impact by improving energy efficiency, and to reduce our indirect impacts by influencing our partners in the supply chain.  We have achieved the ten per cent reduction target we set for carbon dioxide emissions, well ahead of the 2010 deadline of the Kyoto protocol.

Social performance

We are committed to behaving as a responsible corporate citizen in the communities in which we operate and in society as a whole.

Human rights

We recognize the importance of human rights across our operations and are aware that we operate in a number of countries where human rights may be an issue of concern.  Our human rights policy commits us to support the International Labour Organization core conventions on labor rights.  These rights are covered in more detail in various group employment policies.  We regard equal opportunity and non-discrimination as essential aspects of all our employment practices.

Responsible sales and marketing

Our policy is to supply our products on a commercial basis only to approved customers and markets.  A detailed product supply process is one way we help to ensure this.  We thoroughly investigate product diversions and take appropriate action to mitigate the risk of any further diversion.

We believe that tobacco products are for adults.  Our International Marketing Standards set out clear rules and principles to ensure that our advertising and promotional activities are directed only to adult smokers in all circumstances.

We are active in youth smoking prevention programs in several parts of the world, including the U.K., Ireland and Hungary.  Our involvement is through government-approved proof-of-age identity programs, working in conjunction with independent bodies and trade associations.

Social responsibility in tobacco production

We continue to operate the Social Responsibility in Tobacco Production (SRiTP) program in conjunction with our tobacco suppliers.  SRiTP allows suppliers to understand their level of performance and make improvements where necessary.  The program covers Corporate Responsibility policy and management, health and safety and the socio-economic, agricultural and environmental impacts of growing and processing.  During 2005, we introduced our suppliers to new SRiTP guidelines that now have more emphasis on biodiversity and the safety and environmental aspects of site vehicles.

We are committed to working with our suppliers to encourage their compliance with international standards on child labor.  We are a board member of the Eliminating Child Labour in Tobacco Foundation.

Community investment

During fiscal 2006, we committed £1.2 million to community investment worldwide.  This does not include payments in kind, employee volunteering or management time.

One aim of our community investment activity is to benefit the local communities in which we operate.  We have regional Community Investment Committees covering our operations in the U.K., Germany, Africa, Asia and Australasia.  In fiscal 2006, we created a committee for the Rest of Europe to


support activities in around 30 countries, spreading from Ireland to Russia and from Scandinavia to Cyprus.

Our International Community Investment Committee aims to make a long-term beneficial impact on significant global issues related to our business, by building long-term partnerships with Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs).  Some international NGOs will not accept donations from tobacco companies, in the belief that it may damage their brand value or ability to raise funds from other sources.  Although saddened by this, we respect their decision and are careful to avoid supporting causes which may be controversial in this regard.

We have formed several partnerships with NGOs engaged in innovative schemes that address poverty, water and sanitation, forest conservation, reforestation, biodiversity and sustainable development.  These include ongoing projects in Uganda, Madagascar, Malawi and Mozambique.

Other new initiatives have focused on HIV/AIDS where we have partnerships at both global and local levels.  During 2006, we became a partner of a French NGO, which will help us to support employees and their communities in sub-Saharan Africa.  We are also contributing to the global effort as new members of the Global Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS.

Following our donation to the Asian tsunami crisis, we have received repeated requests to respond to many other natural disasters.  Rather than respond to individual disasters, we have decided to support a British rapid response charity for three years.

C    Organizational Structure

Principal subsidiaries

The principal wholly owned subsidiaries of the group held throughout the year,Group, all of which are unlisted, are shown below. All were held throughout the year except for Commonwealth Brands Inc. which was acquired on April 2, 2007 and Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited which was incorporated on March 6, 2007.

Registered in England and Wales

Registered in England and Wales

Name

 

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco Limited

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the United KingdomU.K

Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC

 

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited

 

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Imperial Tobacco International Limited

 

Export and marketing of tobacco products

Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Sinclair Collis Limited

 

Cigarette vending in the United KingdomU.K

 


Incorporated overseas

 

Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

 

Principal activity

Badische Tabakmanufaktur Roth-Händle GmbH, GermanyCommonwealth Brands Inc., United States

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germanythe United States

Dunkerquoise des Blends S.A., France

 

Tobacco processing in France

Ets. L. Lacroix Fils N.V. (Rizla Belgium N.V.), Belgium

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Belgium

Gunnar Stenberg A.S., Norway

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Norway

Imperial Tobacco (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Singapore

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in South East Asia

Imperial Tobacco Australia Limited, Australia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Australia

Imperial Tobacco CR s.r.o., Czech Republic

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Czech Republic

Imperial Tobacco France S.A.S., France

 

Marketing of tobacco products in France

Imperial Tobacco Hellas S.A., Greece

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Greece

Imperial Tobacco Italy Srl, Italy

 

Marketing of tobacco products in Italy

Imperial Tobacco Magyarorszäg Dohänyforgalmazö Kft, Hungary

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Hungary

Imperial Tobacco Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

 

Manufacture of fine cut tobacco in the Republic of Ireland

Imperial Tobacco New Zealand Limited,
New Zealand

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in New Zealand

Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V.,
The Netherlands

 

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Sigara ve Tutunculuck Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S., Turkey

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Slovakia A.S., Slovak Republic

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Slovak Republic

Imperial Tobacco Tutun Urunleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S., Turkey

 

Manufacture of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

John Player & Sons Limited, Republic of Ireland

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Republic of Ireland

John Player S.A., Spain

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Spain

Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH, Germany

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germany and export of tobacco products

Reemtsma International Asia Services Limited, China

 

Marketing of tobacco products in China

Reemtsma Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

OOO Reemtsma Volga Tabakfabrik, Russia

 

Manufacture of tobacco products in Russia


OOO Reemtsma, Russia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Russia

Robert Burton Associates Limited, U.S.A.

Marketing and sale of rolling papers and tubes in the United States

Tobaccor S.A.S, France

 

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

30



Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Van Nelle Canada Limited, Canada

 

Manufacture of tubes and sale of tobacco products in Canada

Van Nelle Tabak Nederland B.V., The Netherlands

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in The Netherlands

 

The principal partly owned subsidiaries of the groupGroup held throughout the year are shown below. All are unlisted unless otherwise indicated.

Incorporated overseas

Incorporated overseas
Name and country of incorporation

 

Principal activity

 

%
ownedOwned(1)
(2)

Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A., Poland

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Poland

 

 96.599.9

Reemtsma Kiev Tyutyunova Fabrika,Imperial Tobacco Production Ukraine, Ukraine

 

Manufacture of cigarettes in Ukraine

 

99.8

Reemtsma Kyrgyzstan OJSC, Kyrgyzstan

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Kyrgyzstan

 

98.7

Skruf Snus AB, Sweden

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Sweden

 

43.0

Société Ivoirienne des Tabacs S.A(1)S.A(2),
Côte d’Ivoire Ivory Coast

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Ivory Coast

 

74.1

TobačTobačna Ljubljana d.o.o., Slovenia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Slovenia

 

76.5

Tutunski Kombinat AD, Macedonia

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Macedonia

 

99.1

 

In addition the groupGroup also wholly owns the following partnership:

Name and country

 

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco (EFKA) GmbH & Co. KG, Germany

 

Manufacture of tubes in Germany


(1)

The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the Group are the same, with the exception of Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the Group holds a 99% interest.

(2)

Listed on the Stock Exchange of the Ivory Coast.

(1)    Listed on the Côte d'Ivoire Stock Exchange.

(2)    The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the group are the same, with the exception of Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the group holds 99% of the voting rights.

The consolidated groupGroup financial statements include all the subsidiary undertakings and entities shown above. With the exception of Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited, which is wholly owned by the ultimate holding company, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, none of the shares in the subsidiaries is held directly by Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. A full list of subsidiaries is attached to the Annual Return of the group,Group, available from Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ, United Kingdom.

46

31





DProperty, Plant and Equipment

We own and operate factories, distribution warehouses and sales and customer services centers in the United Kingdom, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, The Netherlands, Spain, Poland, Eastern Europe, Russia, Central and Southern Africa, Kyrgyzstan, Macedonia, Australia and New Zealand.

AllA list of our principal properties is set out below. They are all held freehold or long leasehold. We believe they are adequate for their purpose and are at present substantially utilized in line with thetheir nature and function of each property.

function. In most instances our current facilities are operating below their estimated maximum capacity output. None of our properties is pledged as collateral.

A list of our principal properties is set out below:

 

 

Principal Use

 

Size

 

Annual Capacity

Freehold

United Kingdom

Upton Road, Bristol

 

Group headquarters and registered office

 

42,700 sq. ft.

 

Not applicable

Winterstoke Road, Bristol

 

Factory—Factory – cigar manufacture

 

208,100 sq. ft.

 

658 million cigars for manufacturing and 1,594 million cigars for packing

Boundary Lane, Liverpool

Factory—pipe, fine cut and snuff tobacco manufacture

318,400 sq. ft.

4,000 tonnes for processing and 7,100 tonnes for packing

Triumph Road and Wollaton Road, Nottingham

 

Bonded warehouses

 

561,400 sq. ft.

 

24,000 tonnes of leaf tobacco

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

Menen, Belgium

 

Factory—Factory – smoking tobacco manufacture and packing

 

82,600 sq. ft.

 

4,200 tonnes for processing and 6,600 tonnes for packing

Wilrijk, Belgium

 

Factory, warehouse and offices—offices – rolling paper manufacture

 

133,500 sq. ft.

 

8482 billion leaves

Bobo Dioulasso, Burkina Faso

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

74,000 sq. ft.

 

3 billion cigarettes

Bouaké, Côte d’Ivoire

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

441,300 sq. ft.

 

87 billion cigarettes

Dunkerque, France

 

Factory—Factory – cut rag production

 

59,200 sq. ft.

 

13,000 tonnes of blended tobacco

Libreville, Gabon

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

38,800 sq. ft.

 

2 billion cigarettes


Berlin, Germany

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

673,500 sq. ft.

 

3433 billion cigarettes

Langenhagen, Germany

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

948,300 sq. ft.

 

4442 billion cigarettes

Lahr, Germany

Factory—other tobacco products

536,500 sq. ft.

9,000 2,400 tonnes of blendedfine cut tobacco

Trossingen, Germany

 

Factory—Factory – tube manufacture

 

176,500 sq. ft.

 

29 billion tubes and tips

32



Principal Use

Size

Annual Capacity

Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

 

Factory—Factory – fine cut tobacco processing and packing

 

87,200 sq. ft.

 

13,200 tonnes for primary and 12,6009,500 tonnes for secondary processing

Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

238,400 sq. ft.

 

7 billion cigarettes

Skopje, Macedonia

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

427,300 sq. ft.

 

5 billion cigarettes

Antsirabe, Madagascar

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

80,700 sq. ft.

 

5 billion cigarettes

Joure, The Netherlands

 

Factory & offices—offices – fine cut & pipe tobacco manufacture & packing

 

208,500 sq. ft.

 

29,60029,700 tonnes manufactured and 17,600 tonnes packed

Wellington, New Zealand

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette and fine cut tobacco manufacture

 

167,200 sq. ft.

 

6 billion cigarettes and 2,2001,200 tonnes of tobacco

Tarnowo Podgórne, Poland

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

449,200 sq. ft.

 

3034 billion cigarettes

Dakar, Senegal

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

328,900 sq. ft.

 

6 billion cigarettes

Smolnik, Slovakia

 

Factory—Factory – cigar and pipe tobacco manufacture

 

133,20066,400 sq. ft.

 

97 million cigars and 1,500 tonnes primary of pipe tobacco and 8,800 tonnes packing

Kiev, Ukraine

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

393,000 sq. ft.

 

3141 billion cigarettes

LeaseholdReidsville, U.S.

 

Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

974,000 sq. ft.

 

33 billion cigarettes

Leasehold

United Kingdom

Bull Close Road, Nottingham

 

Regional distribution center

 

146,200 sq. ft.

 

6 billion cigarettes

Thane Road, Nottingham

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

659,000 sq. ft.

 

77 billion cigarettes 1,800 tonnes of fine cut tobacco

 


Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volgograd, Russia

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

253,600 sq. ft.

 

2634 billion cigarettes

Manisa, Turkey

 

Factory—Factory – cigarette manufacture

 

313,200 sq. ft.

 

9 billion cigarettes

 

Capacities reflect the relocation of, and new investment in, machinery throughout the year.

In March 2007, we announced our plans to build a factory in Taiwan at a cost of £45 million which will aid the further development of our presence in Asia.

During fiscal 2006, as part of our ongoing review to improve operational efficiencies, we announced the closure of our factories in Liverpool in the U.K. and Lahr in Germany, the latter as a direct result of the change in excise duty status of Singles and unfiltered eco-cigarillos in Germany. BothThese facilities are due to be closed byin December 2006 and March 2007. We also completed the restructuring of part of our European cigarette operations with our Central European cigarette production relocated from Germany to Poland and the closure in the U.K. of our Treforest papers factory as announced in fiscal 2005.2007 respectively.

Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments

None

None

33



Item 5:  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this annual report. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See note 3130 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the principal differences and additional disclosures applicable to us for each of the twothree fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2006.2007.

In connection with the forward-looking statements that appear in the following information, you should carefully review the cautionary statements referred to in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3D: Risk Factors included in this annual report.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations

Factors which influence the results of our operations are discussed in Item 4B: Business Overview, under Business Operations and Regulatory Issues, respectively.

Management believes that reporting non-GAAP adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance and reflects the way in which the business is controlled. Accordingly, as outlined in the accounting policy note to our financial statements included in this report, the adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share exclude, where applicable, amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs, retirement benefits net financing income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges and related taxation effects. Reconciliations between adjusted and reported profit from operations are included within note 1 to the financial statements, adjusted and reported finance costs in note 5, adjusted and reported taxation in note 6, and adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8. These and other adjusted measures in this report such as adjusted net debt are not defined terms under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Under U.S. GAAP such measures would not be included in the notes to the financial statements.

Revenue

Revenue comprises the invoiced value for the sale of goods and services net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when a groupGroup company has delivered products to the customer, the customer has accepted the products and collectibilitycollectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Sales of services, which include fees for distributing third party products, are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. License fees are recognized on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Revenue is driven principally by sales volumes and the prices we are able to charge for our products.

Duty and similar items

Duty and similar items includes duty and levies having the characteristics of duty. In countries where duty is a production tax, duty is included in the income statements as an expense. Where duty is a sales tax, itduty is deducted from revenue. Payments due in the U.S. under the Master Settlement Agreement and the Fair and Equitable Tobacco Reform Act are treated as a production tax.

Increases in duty and similar items are driven by increases in sales volumes, sales prices and the rates of duty in the jurisdictions in which we operate.


Revenue less dutyNet revenue

Revenue less duty

Net revenue is a non-GAAP measure, which represents the amount received by us from customers after deductingrevenue less duty and similar items payable to government authorities. Management believes that this measure provides a better comparison of business performance than the related GAAP measure, as it removes the distortion in the trends of our revenue and operating margins that are caused by the different excise duty regimes that exist within the markets in which we operate. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

Revenue less duty

34



Net revenue is driven principally by sales volumes, the prices we are able to charge for our products and the amount of excise duty imposed by governmental authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Profit from operations

Profit from operations represents revenue less operatingcost of sales, distribution, advertising and selling costs and other income.administrative expenses. Profit from operations is driven largely by changes in net revenue less duty and in operating costs. In addition, during the period under review profit from operations has been adversely affected by restructuring costs.

Adjusted profit from operations

Adjusted profit from operations is a non-GAAP measure, which represents operating profit from operations before deducting amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs. Management believes that this measure provides a better comparisoncosts and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of business performancethan the related GAAP measure and is the measure used by management to assess the financial performance of the business.commercially effective hedges. This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income. See Item 5A: Operating Results.

Operating margin

Operating margin is calculated as profit from operations as a percentage of revenue less duty.net revenue.

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin is adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our significantprincipal accounting policies are set out on pages F-9 to F-16 of the consolidated financial statements and comply with IFRS. We believe our most critical accounting estimates include those relating to legal proceedings, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, retirement benefits and income taxes. The application of these accounting estimates involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Legal proceedings

In accordance with IFRS, we only recognize liabilities in our accounts where we havethere is a present obligation from a past event, a transfer of economic benefits is probable and we can make a reliable estimate of the amount of the costs of the transfer. In instances such as these, a provision is calculated and recorded in the financial statements. In instances where these criteria are not met, a contingent liability may be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arisesarising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the group,Group, or from a present obligation that arisesarising from past events butthat is not recognized in the financial statements because it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligations,obligation, or because the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Realization of any contingent liabilities not currently recognized or disclosed in the financial statements could have a material effect on the group’sGroup’s financial condition and results of operations.


Legal proceedings

Application of these accounting principles to legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects is inherently difficult given the complex nature of the facts and law involved. Deciding whether or not to provide for loss in connection with such claims requires the group’sGroup’s management to make determinations about various factual and legal matters beyond its control.

The groupGroup reviews outstanding legal cases following developments in the legal proceedings and at each balance sheet date, in order to assess the need for provisions in its financial statements. Among the factors considered in making decisions on provisions are the nature of the litigation, claim or assessment, the legal processes and potential level of damages in the jurisdiction in which the litigation, claim or assessment has been brought, the progress of the case (including progress after the date of the financial statements but before those statements are issued), the opinions or views of legal counsel orand other advisers, experience of similar cases and any decision of the group’sGroup’s management as to how it will respond to the litigation, claim or assessment.

35



To the extent that the group’sGroup’s determinations at any time do not reflect subsequent developments or the eventual outcome of any claim, its future financial statements may be materially affected, with an adverse impact upon the group’sGroup’s financial condition and results of operations.

As disclosed in Item 4B: Business Overview—Overview – Legal Environment, the groupGroup is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects. In the opinion of the group’sGroup’s lawyers, the groupGroup has meritorious defenses to these actions, all of which are being vigorously contested. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of the pending litigation, our Directorswe believe that the pending actions will not have a material adverse effect upon the group’sGroup’s financial condition and results of operations. Consequently, in respect of any such cases, we have not provided for any amounts in the consolidated financial statements in each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended September 30, 2006.2007.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Intangible assets (other than goodwill and the Davidoff cigarette trademark) and property, plant and equipment are amortized or depreciated over their useful lives. Useful lives are based on management’s estimates of the period thatover which the assets will generate revenue whichand are periodically reviewed for continued appropriateness. Due to the long lives of certain assets, changes to the estimates used can result in significant variations in the carrying value.

The groupGroup assesses the impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization or depreciation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

·                      significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

·                      significant changes in the manner of the use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and

·                      significant negative industry or economic trends.

Additionally, goodwill arising on acquisitions and the Davidoff cigarette trademark are subject to review for impairment.impairment review. The group’sGroup’s management undertakes an impairment review of goodwill annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Davidoff cigarette trademark will be subject to the same review since its acquisition in September 2006. When it is determined that there is an indicator that the carrying value may not be


recoverable, impairment is measured based on estimates of the fair values of the underlying assets of the cash-generating unit.

The complexity of the estimation process and issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent in the application of the group’sGroup’s accounting estimates in relation to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, especially the estimates of the expected useful economic lives and the carrying values of those assets. If business conditions were different, or if different assumptions were used in the application of this and other accounting estimates, it is likely that materially different amounts could be reported in the group’sGroup’s financial statements.

See notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to fixed asset accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ending September 30, 2006.2007.

Retirement benefits

The costs, assets and liabilities of the defined benefit retirement schemes operating within the groupGroup are determined using methods relying on actuarial estimates and assumptions. Details of the key assumptions are set out in note 18 to our consolidated financial statements. The groupGroup takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of the assumptions. It is important to note, however, that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the income statement and balance sheet.Group’s financial statements.

36



We estimate that an impact of a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate on the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense would be immaterial, whilst a 0.5% decrease would reduce the pension expense by approximately £1m.insignificant. We estimate that a 0.5% decrease in the expected return on plan assets would increase the U.S. GAAP and IFRS pension expense by approximately £14£15 million, while a 0.5% increase would reduce the expense by approximately £14£15 million.

We review our assumptions in respect of our pension benefits annually. The impact on earnings and cash flows resulting from revisions to estimates relating to these assumptions have been insignificant for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ended September 30, 2006.2007.

Income taxes

The groupGroup is required to estimate the income tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in differentdeferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse.

The groupGroup operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence, the groupGroup is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgment is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However, the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the groupGroup would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group’sGroup’s financial condition and results of operations.

Tax benefits are not recognized unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision


should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest on tax liabilities is provided for in the tax charge. Deferred tax assets are not recognized where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized in the future. This evaluation requires judgments to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

Adjustments to earnings resulting from revisions to estimates relating to income tax accounting have been insignificant for each of the years in the two-yearthree-year period ending September 30, 2006.2007.

See note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standardsnew accounting pronouncements

Following a regulation issued by the Council of the European Union, all European companies listed on a regulated European securities market are required to adopt the E.U. endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards and International Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board in the preparation of financial statements from 2005 onwards. As a result, we have prepared our first financial statements in accordance with IFRS for the year ended September 30, 2006. The adoption of these standards has led to some changes in our accounting policies, results and the presentation of the financial statements.

Please see pages F-15 to F-16page F16 for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements under IFRS and pages F-74 to F-75page F-70 in note 31,30 for a discussion of new U.S. GAAP pronouncements.

Currency fluctuations

We are exposed to movements in exchange rates for transactions in foreign currencies, together with the translation of the accounts of the overseas subsidiaries into the consolidated accounts. For additional information about our exposure to currency fluctuations, see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Exposure to currency fluctuations.

37



A               Operating Results

Results of Operations

The following tables give certain information regarding the segmental analysis of our results of operations derived from the financial statements, which were prepared under IFRS for the periods listed below.

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Revenue(1)

 

Duty

 

Revenue
less duty
(2)

 

Revenue(1)

 

Duty

 

Revenue
less duty
(2)

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K.

 

 

4,710

 

 

3,910

 

 

800

 

 

 

4,762

 

& nbsp;

3,927

 

 

835

 

 

Germany

 

 

2,630

 

 

2,000

 

 

630

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

2,123

 

 

584

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

1,571

 

 

927

 

 

644

 

 

 

1,647

 

 

1,010

 

 

637

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

2,318

 

 

1,269

 

 

1,049

 

 

 

2,560

 

 

1,454

 

 

1,106

 

 

International

 

 

6,519

 

 

4,196

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

6,914

 

 

4,587

 

 

2,327

 

 

 

 

 

11,229

 

 

8,106

 

 

3,123

 

 

 

11,676

 

 

8,514

 

 

3,162

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Profit
from
operations

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations
(3)

 

Profit
from
operations

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations
(3)

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K

 

 

460

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

506

 

 

Germany

 

 

265

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

274

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

308

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

324

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

207

 

  ;

 

2

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

252

 

 

International

 

 

780

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

829

 

 

 

815

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

850

 

 

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

1,356

 

 


 

2005

 

2006

 

Adjusted operating margin(4)

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

58.5

%

60.6

%

Germany

 

46.7

%

46.9

%

Rest of Western Europe

 

50.6

%

50.9

%

Rest of the World

 

19.9

%

22.8

%

International

 

35.7

%

36.5

%

Total adjusted operating margin(4)

 

41.5

%

42.9

%

Total operating margin(5)

 

39.7

%

41.5

%


(1)    Revenue is With effect from October 1, 2006, we have reclassified the amount charged to customers in respect of goods sold, services supplied and license fees, exclusive of applicable sales taxes or equivalents but inclusive of excise duty.

(2)    Management assesses the financial performanceresults of our Austrian business using a measurefrom ‘Germany’ to ‘Rest of revenue less duty, which is a non-GAAP measure.  Management believes that this measure provides a better comparison of business performance than the related GAAP measure, as it removes the distortion in the trends of our revenue and operating margins that are caused by the different excise regimes that exist within the markets in which we operate.  This measure is derived from our consolidated statements of income.

(3)    Management believes that reporting adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance for the year and reflectsWorld’ to reflect the way in which our operations are managed within the Group. The results for 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified accordingly. Similarly the 2006 and 2005 results of our U.S. operations have been reclassified from ‘Rest of the World’ to ‘U.S.’ as the U.S. segment has been introduced following the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Revenue

 

Duty
and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

U.K.

 

4,710

 

3,910

 

800

 

4,762

 

3,927

 

835

 

4,842

 

3,966

 

876

 

Germany

 

2,623

 

2,000

 

623

 

2,698

 

2,123

 

575

 

2,645

 

2,121

 

524

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,571

 

927

 

644

 

1,647

 

1,010

 

637

 

1,746

 

1,111

 

635

 

U.S.

 

13

 

 

13

 

14

 

 

14

 

266

 

149

 

117

 

Rest of the World

 

2,312

 

1,269

 

1,043

 

2,555

 

1,454

 

1,101

 

2,845

 

1,717

 

1,128

 

 

 

11,229

 

8,106

 

3,123

 

11,676

 

8,514

 

3,162

 

12,344

 

9,064

 

3,280

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

564

 

 

 

(9

)

555

 

Germany

 

238

 

 

 

(6

)

232

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

 

 

(7

)

319

 

U.S.

 

52

 

(17

)

 

 

35

 

Rest of the World

 

295

 

(6

)

 

(12

)

277

 

 

 

1,475

 

(23

)

 

(34

)

1,418

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

506

 

n/a

 

(10

)

 

496

 

Germany

 

270

 

n/a

 

(31

)

 

239

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

324

 

n/a

 

(3

)

 

321

 

U.S.

 

4

 

n/a

 

 

 

4

 

Rest of the World

 

252

 

n/a

 

(1

)

 

251

 

 

 

1,356

 

n/a

 

(45

)

 

1,311

 

38



(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations(1)

 

Amortization
of
trademarks(1)

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

468

 

n/a

 

(8

)

n/a

 

460

 

Germany

 

290

 

n/a

 

(29

)

n/a

 

261

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

n/a

 

(18

)

n/a

 

308

 

U.S.

 

6

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

6

 

Rest of the World

 

207

 

n/a

 

(2

)

n/a

 

205

 

 

 

1,297

 

n/a

 

(57

)

n/a

 

1,240

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Adjusted operating margin

 

41.5

%

42.9

%

45.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating margin

 

39.7

%

41.5

%

43.2

%


(1)

Amortization of trademarks relates principally to Commonwealth Brands’ trademarks acquired in 2007 and trademarks acquired in Australia and New Zealand in 1999. Adjusted profit from operations has not been restated for 2006 and 2005 as the trademark amortization effect was not significant in these years.

Group Results

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

Revenue was £12,344 million compared to £11,676 million in 2006, an increase of 6%. Duty and similar items also grew by 6%. Excluding duty and similar items, net revenue was £3,280 million (2006: £3,162 million). Good organic growth throughout the business is controlled.with volume increases and pricing improvements have offset the impact of cessation of sale of Singles in Germany. Our overall results benefited from six months’ contribution from Commonweath Brands, with revenue of £252 million in the period following its acquisition in April 2007. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales, which comprises direct costs of production and the cost of goods purchased for resale, fell by 2% to £990 million as productivity improvements more than offset volume growth. Distribution, advertising and selling costs rose by 5% to £659 million, mainly reflecting the addition of Commonwealth Brands’ costs in the second half of the year. Administrative expenses (which comprise primarily the costs of central support functions, amortization of acquired brands, restructuring costs and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges) were stable at £213 million. Administrative expenses in 2007 included trademark amortization costs of £23 million (2006: £6 million), principally related to trademarks acquired under the Commonwealth Brands acquisition, and £34 million (2006: nil) of fair value losses on derivative financial instruments on commercially effective hedges. Included within 2006 administrative expenses were restructuring costs of £45 million relating principally to the closures of our Lahr and Liverpool factories. There were no restructuring costs in 2007.

Reported profit from operations grew 8% to £1,418 million (2006: £1,311 million). Adjusted profit from operations, which is a non-GAAP measure, excludes amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs.costs and fair value changes on derivative financial instruments, increased 9% to £1,475 million.

(4)    Adjusted

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, less duty.

(5)    Profitincreased to 43.2% in fiscal 2007 from 41.5% in fiscal 2006. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, less duty.increased to 45.0% in fiscal 2007 from 42.9% in fiscal 2006.

Reported net finance costs increased to £181 million (2006: £143 million) and comprised finance costs of £499 million (2006: £426 million) and investment income of £318 million (2006: £283 million). The increase in finance costs was mainly due to higher average adjusted net debt of £4.3 billion (2006: £3.5 billion), as a result of the Commonwealth Brands and Davidoff trademark acquisitions, and a marginally higher average all-in cost of debt of 5.5% (2006: 5.4%) reflecting higher euro interest rates on our floating rate debt. The increase in investment income was primarily due to a higher expected return on retirement benefit assets of £203 million (2006: £188 million). Investment income also benefited from an increase in fair value gains on derivative financial instruments, which were broadly offset by increased fair value losses on derivative financial instruments included in finance costs. Adjusted net finance costs, which excludes retirement benefits net financing income and fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, increased to £237 million (2006: £188 million). Adjusted interest cover was 6.2 times (2006: 7.2 times).

Reported profit before tax increased to £1,237 million (2006: £1,168 million). Adjusted profit before tax was £1,238 million, up 6% on 2006.

The reported tax charge was £325 million (2006: £310 million). The adjusted tax charge for the year, which excludes the taxation effects of the adjustments described above, was £310 million (2006: £310 million), representing an adjusted effective tax rate of 25.0% (2006: 26.5%).

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue

Revenue increased by 4.0%4% to £11,676 million in fiscal 2006 from £11,229 million in fiscal 2005. The growth in revenue reflected increases in all geographic regions, particularly the Rest of the World and the Rest of Western Europe. Duty and similar items grew by 5%. Net revenue increased by 1% to £3,162 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £3,123 million in

39



fiscal 2005. The increase reflected increases in the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World, partly offset by declines in both Germany and the Rest of Western Europe. Factors impacting revenue in each region are discussed under “Results by Region” below.

Other cost of sales increased by 1% to £1,013 million, with overall productivity improved by 6% (excluding our Lahr factory in Germany which was impacted by the cessation of Singles production). Distribution, selling and advertising costs were down by 4% to £627 million, reflecting the cessation of our motor racing sponsorship. Administrative expenses were down 7% at £211 million, mainly due to a reduction in restructuring costs from £57 million in 2005 to £45 million in 2006. In 2005 restructuring costs were in respect of the closure of our tube factories in Plattsburgh and Montreal, the cigarette factory in Dublin, the rolling papers factory in Treforest and a significant headcount reduction at the Berlin cigarette factory.

Reported profit from operations increased by 6% to £1,311 million in fiscal 2006 from £1,240 million in fiscal 2005. Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes restructuring costs, increased by 5% to £1,356 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,297 million in fiscal 2005.

Operating margin, which represents profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 41.5% in fiscal 2006 from 39.7% in fiscal 2005. Adjusted operating margin, which represents adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 42.9% in fiscal 2006 from 41.5% in fiscal 2005.

The Group’s net finance costs decreased to £143 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £162 million) and comprised finance costs of £426 million (2005: £353 million) and investment income of £283 million (2005: £191 million). Reported finance costs and investment income included, respectively, fair value losses on derivative financial instruments of £83 million (2005: not applicable) and fair value gains on derivative financial instruments of £82 million (2005: not applicable). Expected returns on retirement benefit assets increased to £188 million (2005: £169 million), while interest on retirement benefit liabilities was £142 million (2005: £147 million). Excluding these items, adjusted net finance costs were £188 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £184 million). The increase in adjusted net finance costs was due to a marginal increase in our average all-in cost of debt to 5.4% in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 5.3%). Our average adjusted net debt was stable during fiscal 2006 at £3.5 billion. Adjusted interest cover in fiscal 2006 was 7.2 times (fiscal 2005: 7.0).

The tax charge for the year was £310 million (fiscal 2005: £288 million), representing an effective tax rate of 26.5% (fiscal 2005: 26.7 %). The Group continued to benefit from lower tax rates applied to certain overseas subsidiaries.

Results by Region

United Kingdom

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In the United Kingdom, revenue increased by 1.1%2% to £4,842 million and net revenue grew by 5%, to £876 million. Adjusted profit from operations rose by 11% to £564 million. These increases reflect growth in our cigarette market share, cost savings and pricing improvements.

40



We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market was down 2% to 47.9 billion, with growth in the value and economy sector continuing, now accounting for over 44% of the total market. Following a good first half, the cigarette market declined in the second half following the introduction of bans on smoking in public places and poor weather. The fine cut tobacco market grew by 8 % to 3,500 tonnes (2006: 3,250 tonnes), with downtrading into and within the segment.

A ban on smoking in public places was introduced in England on July 1, 2007, following similar bans in Wales and Northern Ireland, introduced earlier in the year. As anticipated, and in line with our experiences in other markets with similar legislation, these have resulted in an initial decline in cigarette market volumes. On October 1, 2007, the minimum age for the sale of tobacco products by retailers in England, Scotland and Wales was increased from 16 to 18.

Our cigarette market share climbed to 46.4% (2006: 45.5%). The U.K.’s best selling cigarette brand, Lambert & Butler, was up to 16.6 % (2006: 16.2%) and the U.K.’s number two brand, Richmond, was up at 15.7% (2006: 15.5%). Following the introduction of Windsor Blue in January 2006, the brand continued to grow strongly in the economy sector capturing 2.6% share of the total market.

In fine cut tobacco, our market share fell to 63.6% (2006: 65.3%) although Golden Virginia continues to lead the market. We launched Gold Leaf in June 2007 in the value segment, which had grown to 1.6% market share in September 2007. We are the U.K. market leader in rolling papers. We launched a new variant RizlaSmooth in August.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 1% to £4,762 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £4,710 million in fiscal 2005. The main factors influencingOur net revenue rose 4% to £835 million, with adjusted profit from operations up 8% to £506 million. These increases were achieved notwithstanding that the Group’s cigarette volumes were down 2% to 23 billion. This profit performance reflected improvements in our cigarette market share and the United Kingdom were:

·  increased prices through manufacturer’sbenefits of price increases in October 2005which more than offset market volume declines and May 2006 and duty increases implemented in March 2006;downtrading.

·  an estimated

We estimate that the total U.K. cigarette market decline of around 3.3%decreased by 3% to 49.1 billion cigarettes (2005:in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 50.8 billion) partly offset by a 6.6% increasewith consumer downtrading continuing. The value and economy sectors accounted for over 40% of the total U.K. cigarette market in the2006. The fine cut tobacco market in fiscal 2006 over fiscal 2005, which rosegrew to approximately 3,250 tonnes (2005:(fiscal 2005: 3,050 tonnes);.

·We delivered a strong operational performance in the U.K, growing our overall cigarette market share increased to 45.5% (fiscal 2005: 44.5%). Windsor Blue, but this did not compensate forin the economy sector, grew to 2.2% market declineshare by the end of fiscal 2006. New variants, Superkings and our sales volumes of cigarettes (excluding brands distributed for Philip Morris) decreased by 2.1% to 23.4 billion cigarettes in fiscal 2006 from 23.9 billion in fiscal 2005;

·Smooth and the value and economy segmentsrelaunch of the celebration packs grew the U.K. number one cigarette brand Lambert & Butler to 16.2% share. The number two brand, Richmond, benefited from a packaging improvement and continued to perform well with a market grew as consumers downtrade; market sharesshare of 15.5%. Reflecting downtrading dynamics, our Regal, Embassyand Superkings brands remained under pressure, while both Lambert & Butler and Richmond performed well, having 16.2% (fiscal: 2005: 16.0%) and 15.5% (fiscal 2005: 14.7%) of the market respectively; andpressure.

·       our share of the

In fine cut tobacco, our market decreasedshare declined to 65.3% (fiscal 2005: 66.3%) due to continued competition.  However, the increasing fine cut tobacco market size resulted in our sales being stable at 2,100 tonnes.


Germany

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In Germany, revenue decreased by 2% to £2,645 million and net revenue fell by 9% to £524 million. Adjusted profit from operations decreased by 12% to £238 million. Our results benefited from continued growth in our cigarette market share and cost efficiencies, but were adversely affected by the cessation of the profitable Singles product and the decline in the total duty-paid tobacco market.

Successive tobacco tax increases have increased both legal and illegal cross-border flows into Germany and the market continued to be impacted by the cessation of the make your own Singles product, following the change in taxation status of the product in April 2006. We estimate that the overall tobacco market in 2007 was down 6% to 127 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 135 billion). The cigarette market fell slightly to 91 billion cigarettes (2006: 92 billion), with downtrading continuing, resulting in strong growth in the low price branded cigarette segment, now 19.1% of the cigarette market compared to 11.4% in 2006. Other tobacco

41



products were down 16% to 36 billion cigarette equivalents (2006: 43 billion). In 2006, Singles accounted for 20 billion cigarette equivalents of the total other tobacco products sector. We estimate that approximately 20% of former Singles consumers have moved into duty paid cigarettes, 55% into other tobacco products and 25% into both legal and illegal cross-border flows.

The Federal Government’s ban on smoking in all federal government buildings, while allowing for the provision of separate smoking areas, as well as a total ban on public transport, came into effect on September 1, 2007. Legislation for hospitality venues such as cafes, bars and restaurants and regional state government buildings continues to be debated at the Regional State level, with the implementation of further restrictions planned in the coming months.

Our cigarette market share grew to 21.3% (2006: 20.7%), with an excellent performance from JPS which increased its market share to 6.4% (2006: 3.8%). Along with other mid-priced brands, West, the second largest cigarette brand in Germany, continued to be impacted by downtrading with its market share down to 7.2% (2006: 8.2%). Davidoff, in the premium sector, remained broadly stable at 1.0% of the total cigarette market (2006: 1.1%). Our market share of other tobacco products was down to 19.1% (2006: 21.8%) impacted by the migration of former Singles consumers, and increased competition in this sector. Our make your own West and JPS Single Tobacco products and newly launched Route 66 make your own tobacco performed well and have captured a significant share of this growing segment.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 2.9%3% to £2,707£2,698 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £2,630£2,623 million in fiscal 2005. Revenue was affectedOur net revenue decreased by 8% to £575 million, with adjusted profit from operations down 7% to £270 million. These results reflected the following factors:overall market volume decline, downtrading into value cigarette brands and the cessation of sales of Singles products, partly offset by market share growth and cost efficiencies.

·       prices were higher as a result of the increases in duty implemented in December 2004 and September 2005;

·We estimate that the overall tobacco market fell 6% in fiscal 2006 was down 6% to 135 billion cigarettescigarette equivalents (fiscal 2005: 144 billion), primarily due to the. The duty-paid cigarette market falling from an estimated 101 billion in fiscal 2005fell by 9% to an estimated 92 billion cigarettes (fiscal 2005: 101 billion), following the further duty increase in fiscal 2006 as a result of successive tax increases over the past few years, while the otherSeptember 2005. Other tobacco products market waswere stable in 2006 at 43 billion cigarette equivalents;equivalents. The low price branded cigarette sector continued to grow strongly as consumers downtraded, accounting for 11.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.6%) of the market, with the Private Label sector continuing to decline to 13.4% (fiscal 2005: 15.9%).

Production of Singles tobacco products ceased in March 2006, following a ruling from the European Court of Justice which resulted in a change of the duty status of the product, although products remained on retailers’ shelves until September 2006.

·We grew our cigarette market share grew to 20.7% (fiscal 2005: 19.4%), with particularly good performancesdriven by a strong performance from JPSwhich. The brand captured the majority of market share growth in the low price branded cigarette segment, with market share up to 3.8% (fiscal 2005: 1.7%). OurIncreased downtrading in the mid-priced cigarette segment resulted in West market share growth only partly offsetdropping to 8.2% (fiscal 2005: 8.5%). Our limited edition West packs delivered additional sales volumes and the overallbrand’s performance stabilized. Davidoff performed well in a downtrading environment with a stable market decrease, resulting in our cigarette sales declining slightly to approximately 20.7 billion in fiscal 2006 from approximately 20.9 billion in fiscal 2005; andshare of 1.1%.

·       ourOur market share of other tobacco products was downfell to 21.8% (fiscal 2005: 24.2%). Prior to the change in duty status of Singles there was increased competition in this market segment, with a resulting impact on our other tobacco products share. This resultedIn anticipation of consumers migrating from Singles, we launched West Single Tobacco in our other tobacco products sales declining to 9.5 billion cigarette equivalents (fiscal 2005: 10.4 billion).March and JPS Single Tobacco in May with encouraging fiscal 2006 results.

In the

Rest of Western Europe

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

Revenue rose by 6% to £1,746 million from £1,647 million in fiscal 2006. Net revenue was down slightly to £635 million (fiscal 2006: £637 million), with adjusted profit from operations up slightly to £326 million (fiscal 2006: £324 million). We have grown our cigarette shares and benefited from pricing improvements, but results were adversely affected by lower travel retail sales and euro exchange rates.

42



We estimate that the regional cigarette market was stable at 320 billion cigarettes with the annual regional fine cut tobacco market up slightly to 31,200 tonnes. The pricing environment is improving with increases in a number of markets, including Spain, The Netherlands and France. The introduction of bans on smoking in public places continues to be debated at both the E.U. and Member State level, including further restrictions introduced in France on February 1, 2007. Pictorial health warnings appeared on cigarette packs in Belgium in early 2007.

Our cigarette market share was up to 10.6% in The Netherlands with an excellent performance from JPS. Route 66 and newly launched JPS grew our market share in Belgium to 10.6% (fiscal 2006: 10.2%). JPS delivered another good performance in France, where market share was up to 4.0% (fiscal 2006: 3.6%). In Ireland, our market share improvement to 26.4% (fiscal 2006: 26.2%) was driven by John Player Blue. In Greece, Davidoff and West continued to grow strongly with our total market share continuing its upward trend to 9.7% (fiscal 2006: 8.4%). In Spain our market share was impacted by lower travel retail sales and was down to 5.9% (fiscal 2006: 6.4%), while in Portugal our market share climbed to 4.1% (fiscal 2006: 3.4%), again with strong growth from JPS.

In fine cut tobacco the market remains extremely competitive, although the portfolio extension and repositioning initiatives we have undertaken have started to deliver some market share improvements. Newly launched Bastos has grown our market share in Belgium to 10.9% (fiscal 2006: 10.4%), while in The Netherlands, the largest fine cut tobacco market in the region, our overall market share was stable at 51.1% with Zilver and Evergreen performing well. Despite growth in JPS, our market share was down in France to 26.7% (fiscal 2006: 28.0%), due to increased competition from cigarette branded fine cut tobacco launches. In Italy, Peter Stuyvesant make your own was launched in April and has been successful, capturing 2.9% of the fine cut tobacco market by September.

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

Revenue increased by 4.8%5% to £1,647 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,571 million in fiscal 2005. Net revenue decreased by 1% to £637 million compared to £644 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of consumer downtrading and an increasingly competitive pricing environment. Our cigarette volumes in the Rest of Western Europe grew by 14% with improvements in our market shares more than offsetting the market volume decline. Despite our good cigarette volume performance, adjusted profit from operations was broadly stable at £324 million, reflecting declines in travel retail, particularly in Spain, and an increasingly competitive fine cut tobacco market. In the Rest of Western Europe, our cigarette shares continued to grow in the majority of markets, complementing our leading position in fine cut tobacco.

The annual cigarette market in the Rest of Western Europe decreased by an estimated 2.7% to approximately 320 billion cigarettes (fiscal 2005: 329 billion) while3% in fiscal 2006, with the annual regional fine cut tobacco market declined by an estimated 1.6% to approximately 30,400 tonnes (fiscal 2005: 30,900 tonnes)down 2%. Consumers in the region continued to economize, stimulating growth in theThe value segments ofin both cigarette and fine cut tobacco.  The growthtobacco grew as a result of consumer downtrading and an increasingly competitive pricing environment.

Restrictions on smoking in our cigarette market shares more than offset the market volume declinepublic places were introduced in Spain and our sales volumes increased to 20.1 billion cigarettes (fiscal 2005: 17.7 billion).  Our fine cut tobacco volumes declined to 15,100 tonnesBelgium in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 15,600 tonnes).  Key factors affecting revenue were as follows:January 2006.

·       inIn The Netherlands, our cigarette market share grew to 8.9% (fiscal 2005: 4.9%), driven by the strong growth of Westand JPS. In January 2006, we entered into an agreement with Altadis to distribute Gauloises cigarettes. Our fine cut tobacco market share remained stable at 51.1% in fiscal 2006 with Zilver and Evergreen benefiting from the downtrading dynamic;dynamic.

·In Belgium, our domestic cigarette market share in Belgium progressed to 10.2% (fiscal 2005: 9.5%), driven by the growth of Route 66, and supported by the stabilization of Bastos;.

Following the introduction of restrictions on smoking in public places in Italy in 2005, the market decline slowed with an overall estimated cigarette market decline of 5% in fiscal 2006. Our cigarette share was slightly down at 1.5% (fiscal 2005: 1.6%), with minimum pricing, introduced by the Italian Government in August 2005, reducing our ability to develop our portfolio through competitive prices.

·       inIn Ireland, the overall cigarette market grew slightly to an estimated 5.7 billion (fiscal 2005: 5.6 billion).  However, and our cigarette market share was unchanged at 26.2% with a strong performance from Superkings;.

43



·       weWe grew our cigarette market share in France to 3.6% (fiscal 2005: 3.3%) due to the success of the JPS family. We maintained our position in the fine cut tobacco sector with a good performance from the market leader Interval at 14.9% (fiscal 2005: 15.1%). Our overall fine cut tobacco market share declined to 28.0% (fiscal 2005: 29.0%);.

·In Spain, we made significant domestic progress with JPS growing our cigarette share to 6.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.1%). However, trading conditions remained challenging following excise tax increases in February 2006 which were mainly absorbed by tobacco manufacturers, reducing the estimated profitability of the market by more than 30%.       in

In Greece, our cigarette market share increased to 8.4% (fiscal 2005: 7.0%) due to another strong performance from Davidoff in the premium segment, now up to 3.3% (fiscal 2005: 2.7%), supported by West;.

U.S.

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

We expanded significantly in the U.S. market in 2007 following completion of the Commonwealth Brands acquisition on April 2, 2007. Accordingly, our results in the United States in fiscal 2007 reflect only six months of contribution from Commonwealth Brands. Prior to the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands, our operations in the United States were limited to sales of rolling papers and tubes. In 2007 revenue was £266 million (2006: £14 million) and net revenue was £117 million (2006: £14 million). Adjusted profit from operations was £52 million (2006: £4 million). Substantially all of these increases were due to the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands.

The U.S. is the world’s second largest cigarette market by volume after China, accounting for a significant percentage of the tobacco industry global profits. In 2007, we estimate that the overall cigarette market declined by 3% to 367 billion cigarettes (2006: 379 billion), with the discount sector accounting for around 27% of the total cigarette market. The other tobacco products sector is dominated by smokeless tobacco products which account for approximately 60% of the market. Cigars and cigarillos account for 30%, with fine cut tobacco and pipe tobacco the remaining 10%. We estimate that the fine cut tobacco market grew to 10,000 tonnes (2006: 9,100 tonnes).

Legislation proposing an increase in federal excise tax on tobacco has been unsuccessful, but debate on this issue continues. A bill that would give the Food & Drug Administration authority to regulate tobacco products is currently being debated. In recent times, we have seen improvements in the litigation environment, reflecting the fact that the great majority of individual and class action claims have been decided in favor of the tobacco industry.

·Cigarette volumes were 7.1 billion, with our cigarette market share at 3.7% of the total market, and at 13.4% in Spainthe discount sector. The Commonwealth brand portfolio is focused on the discount sector with USA Gold and Sonoma holding 8.2% and 4.8% of the discount cigarette sector respectively.

We have an existing strong presence in rolling papers and tubes, which grew volumes by 13% and 8% respectively in the year. In July 2007, we acquired the U.S. trademarks for the Bali Shag and McClintock fine cut tobacco brands from Peter Stokkebye. Prior to this, Commonwealth Brands was the exclusive distributor of these two brands, which have a combined market share of around 1% of the fine cut tobacco market.

The integration of our existing rolling papers and tubes business with Commonwealth Brands has progressed well, with our New Jersey sales and marketing operations transferring to the Commonwealth Brands office in Bowling Green, Kentucky. Our application to join the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) as a Subsequent Participating Manufacturer was approved in November 2007. Commonwealth Brands has been a signatory to the MSA since 1998.

44



Rest of the World

Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

Revenue rose by 11% to £2,845 million, compared to £2,555 million in 2006, and net revenue increased to £1,128 million from £1,101 million. Adjusted profit rose by 17% to £295 million (2006: £252 million) despite foreign exchange losses. This profit performance reflects our growing cigarette volumes, further geographic expansion and market share gains we have achieved in a number of markets in the region.

Asia - In Asia, we have a strong presence in Taiwan complemented by a growing presence in Laos and Vietnam, while in China we continue to develop our collaboration with the State Tobacco Monopoly Administration and the Yuxi Hongta Group. In Taiwan, we grew our market share to 11.7%, with a good performance from West adding to our Davidoff market share. We delivered 22% volume growth in Laos and increased our market share in Vietnam to 10.6%. In China, our volumes of West and Davidoff have grown with increased distribution in additional cities.

Australasia - In the highly regulated mature markets of Australia and New Zealand, we improved profitability with the benefit of price increases, despite the value segment of the cigarette sector becoming increasingly competitive. Our market shares were down slightly in Australia to 17.5% (2006: 17.8%), and broadly stable in New Zealand at 17.5%.

Central Europe - - In Central Europe, important markets in this region include Poland, Hungary, Austria, Slovenia, Slovakia and the Czech Republic supported by our growing Scandinavian operations. We have improved our regional profitability and increased our cigarette market shares in a number of markets including the Czech Republic and Poland. Brand highlights include Moon in the Czech Republic, Golden Gate in Hungary and Slovakia, JPS in Austria and West in Slovenia and Poland. The E.U. accession countries in this region have rising taxes as they work towards reaching E.U. minimum tax levels by the end of their derogation periods. In this environment, fine cut tobacco has grown, with our regional volumes doubling during the year. In Scandinavia, we have made significant domestic progress with JPSin developing our snus position growing our volumes by 46%. Following our acquisition of Tremaco in Estonia in January 2007, we have introduced a number of our own brands, while in Norway we have grown our cigarette market share to 6.4% (fiscal 2005: 5.1%3.5% with growth in Davidoff, Paramount and West.

Eastern Europe - In Eastern Europe, alongside our established positions in Ukraine and Russia we have growing operations in Turkey and the Caucasus. Regional cigarette volumes continued to grow strongly. In Russia while our market share was stable at 5.5%, Davidoff improved its performance. In Ukraine, our volumes grew strongly and our market share continued its upward trend to 20.6% (2006: 19.0%);, with volume increases for major brands particularly Classic, West and


·Davidoff. In Turkey, our market share has grown to 2.5% and our volumes have risen by 85% with strong growth in West, Klasik and Davidoff. In the Caucasus, we delivered significant volume increases with good performances from West, Davidoff and R1.

Africa and the Middle East - We have an established presence in the sub-Saharan region of Africa and in the Middle East, where Davidoff is our leading brand. Important markets include the Ivory Coast, Senegal, Madagascar and Saudi Arabia. Our market shares grew in a number of markets across the region including in Senegal with growth in Excellence, in Madagascar with Good Look performing well, in Burkina Faso with Mustang and in the Ivory Coast with Fine. In the Middle East region, Davidoff has again been driving growth with volumes up by 29% and market share gains within the region particularly in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and UAE.

Americas and Duty Free - We are focused on building our presence into other markets in the Americas region. We launched Davidoff into Canada and West and Davidoff into Mexico. In duty free, our cigarette volumes have remained relatively stable and fine cut tobacco volumes have grown by 27%. In particular, we have increased Davidoff’s presence in duty free following the introduction of restrictions on smoking in public places in Italy innew variants.

45



Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005 the market decline slowed with an overall estimated cigarette market decline of 5% in fiscal 2006.  Our cigarette market share was slightly down at 1.5% (fiscal 2005: 1.6%), with minimum pricing, introduced by the Italian Government in August 2005, reducing our ability to develop our portfolio through competitive prices

.

In the Rest of the World, revenue increased by 10.4%11% to £2,560£2,555 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £2,318£2,312 million in fiscal 2005 as our cigarette sales volumes increased 8.9% to 122.7 billion (fiscal 2005: 112.7 billion). The E.U. accession countries continued to take steps to bring their duty levels up to the minimum requirements. Key underlying market factors affectingNet revenue were as follows:increased 6% to £1,101 million. These results reflected strong cigarette volume growth supported by continued investment in the region partially offset by ongoing competitive challenges in Central Europe. Adjusted profit from operations increased 22% to £252 million, with revenue growth supported by cost savings across the region.

In fiscal 2006, we delivered volume and cigarette share gains in many markets in the Rest of the World region.

·Asia       Asia: in – In Taiwan, we launched the first king size Davidoff cigarette, Davidoff Neon, in December 2005, which captured a 0.5% market share. Our volumes benefited as a result of a Boss packaging improvement and the launch of Davidoff Neon;Neon; however, our overall market share was down slightly to 11.1% (fiscal 2005: 11.4%). In Vietnam, Bastosheld market share at 10.3% (fiscal 2005: 10.2%) while in Laos we delivered strong volume growth from the ‘A’A brand family;family.

·Australasia       in – In Australia, our cigarette market share was up slightly at 17.8% (fiscal 2005:(2005: 17.7%) with a good performancesperformance from Peter Stuyvesant and Brandon.  Brandon. Our fine cut tobacco share declined to 62.0% (fiscal 2005: 63.4%), due to increased competition. John Brandon also performed well in New Zealand, growing our market share to 17.6% (fiscal 2005: 17.0%);.

·Central Europe       in – In Central Europe wethe trading environment continued to increasebe challenging. Duty increases took place across the region, as countries moved further towards E.U. minimum excise rates, impacting volumes. In Scandinavia, our acquisition of the Norwegian distributor of tobacco products, Gunnar Stenberg in February 2006, and our investment in the Swedish snus company, Skruf, provided a base from which to develop our business.

Across the region we increased our cigarette market shares across the region, withshares: in Poland up to 16.1% (fiscal 2005: 15.5%), in Hungary to 14.5% (fiscal 2005: 12.6%) and in the Czech Republic to 9.6% (fiscal 2005: 7.2%), with growth driven by the performance of our value brands. We launched Davidoff, West and Paramount in both Sweden and Norway during the year;year.

Eastern Europe – The Eastern European region experienced strong economic development and, while some restrictions were in place, our ability to communicate with consumers was significantly greater than in the E.U. Our established positions in Russia and Ukraine were complemented by a growing business in the Caucasus and in Turkey.

·       in Eastern Europe, ourWe grew volumes grew by 14% across the region. In Russia, our market share increased slightly to 5.5% (fiscal 2006:2005: 5.3%), with a strong performance from Maxim. To increase our retail coverage and improve efficiencies we formed a joint merchandising force with Altadis in February 2006. In Ukraine, our market share was stable at 19.0% (fiscal 2005: 18.9%) and we continued to invest in our market leading brand, Prima. In Turkey our market share grew to 1.4% (fiscal 2005: 0.4%), with a good performance from Klasik; and.

·       in Africa and the Middle East we – We delivered market share improvements with the continued growth of Excellence in Côte d’Ivoirethe Ivory Coast and Good Look in Madagascar. Following the decision to end the licensed manufacturing and distribution arrangements with British American Tobacco in West Africa, we benefited from increased volume and market shares. We have recently launched Davidoff in Senegal, Gabon, Burkina Faso and Côte d’Ivoire.the Ivory Coast. Davidoffcontinued to grow strongly in the Middle East region with volumes up 31%, notably in Saudi Arabia with Davidoff One.One

Revenue less duty

Revenue less duty increased by 1.2% to £3,162 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £3,123 million in fiscal 2005.  The increase reflected increases in the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World, partly offset by declines in both Germany and the Rest of Western Europe.

Revenue less duty was affected by the factors impacting revenue in each region as outlined above other than the impact of government excise duty increases.

In the United Kingdom, revenue less duty increased by 4.4% to £835 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £800 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of price increases during fiscal 2006 more than offsetting the increase in duty implemented in March 2006 and the cigarette volume decline.

In Germany, revenue less duty decreased by 7.3% to £584 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £630 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of the overall decline in volumes and downtrading into value cigarette brands.


In the Rest of Western Europe, revenue less duty decreased by 1.1% to £637 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £644 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of consumer downtrading and an increasingly competitive pricing environment.

In the Rest of the World, revenue less duty increased by 5.4% to £1,106 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,049 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of strong cigarette volume growth, partly offset by duty increases primarily in the EU accession states.

Profit from operations

Profit from operations increased by 5.7% to £1,311 million in fiscal 2006 from £1,240 million in fiscal 2005, reflecting both increased revenue and a reduction in costs.  Included in costs and overheads are restructuring costs of £45 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £57 million in fiscal 2005.  The restructuring costs in fiscal 2006 mainly related to the closure of our Liverpool and Lahr factories.

In the U.K., profit from operations increased by 7.8% to £496 million (fiscal 2005: £460 million) as a result of price increases offsetting cigarette volume declines.

In Germany, profit from operations decreased by 8.3% to £243 million in fiscal 2006 from £265 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of consumer downtrading and the overall decline in the cigarette market in Germany following the impact of successive duty increases. 

In the Rest of Western Europe, profit from operations increased by 4.2% to £321 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £308 million in fiscal 2005 as a result of lower restructuring costs.

In the Rest of the World, profit from operations increased by 21.3% to £251 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £207 million in fiscal 2005, with revenue growth supported by cost savings across the region.

Adjustments to profit

Adjusted profit from operations, which excludes restructuring costs, increased by 4.5% to £1,356 million in fiscal 2006 compared to £1,297 million in fiscal 2005, the result of sales growth combined with further cost efficiencies from our operations and support functions. 

Operating margins

Operating margins, which represent profit from operations as a percentage of revenue less duty, increased to 41.5% in fiscal 2006 from 39.7% in fiscal 2005. 

In the United Kingdom, operating margins increased to 59.4% in fiscal 2006, compared to 57.5% in fiscal 2005.  This increase reflects both price increases and cost efficiencies.

In Germany, operating margins declined to 41.6% in fiscal 2006 from 42.1% in fiscal 2005, as the decline in revenue less duty and increased restructuring charges more than offset cost efficiencies.

In the Rest of Western Europe, operating margins increased to 50.4% in fiscal 2006 from 47.8% in fiscal 2005, with lower restructuring costs in 2006.

In the Rest of the World, operating margins increased to 22.7% in fiscal 2006 from 19.7% in fiscal 2005 with good performances across the region as a whole.

Adjusted operating margins

Adjusted operating margins, which represent adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenue less duty, increased to 42.9% in fiscal 2006 from 41.5% in fiscal 2005.


Net Finance Costs

The group’s net finance costs decreased to £143 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £162 million).  Net finance costs include retirement benefit net finance income of £46 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £22 million) and net fair value losses on interest rate derivatives of £1 million (fiscal 2005: not applicable).  Eliminating these items, adjusted net finance costs were £188 million in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £184 million).  The increase in adjusted net finance costs is due to a marginal increase in our average all-in cost of debt to 5.4% in fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: 5.3%).  Our average adjusted net debt was stable during fiscal 2006 at £3.5 billion.  Adjusted interest cover in fiscal 2006 was 7.2 times (fiscal 2005: 7.0).

Taxation

The tax charge for the year was £310 million (fiscal 2005: £288 million), representing an effective tax rate of 26.5% (fiscal 2005: 26.7 %).  The group continued to benefit from lower tax rates applied to certain overseas subsidiaries and we expect this benefit to remain.46



Impact of Foreign Currency Fluctuations

We are exposed to movements in exchange rates for transactions in foreign currencies, together with the translation of the accounts of the overseas subsidiaries into the consolidated accounts.

For additional information about our exposure to currency fluctuations, see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Exposure to currency fluctuations.

B               Liquidity and Capital Resources

We broadly define liquidity as our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from our operating activities to meet our contractual obligations and commercial commitments. In addition, liquidity includes our undrawn committed bank facilities, cash and cash equivalents together with our ability to obtain appropriate bank or capital markets debt and/or equity financing in the future.

The groupGroup consistently converts a high level of adjusted profit from operations into operating cash flow before tax payments less net capital expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment and software. Our cash conversion rate in fiscal 20062007 was 98%81% (fiscal 2005: 101%2006: 98%). We expect thisThis cash conversion rate is lower than our targeted rate of around 100% due to a higher level of cash conversion to continuenet capital expenditure, as well as a short term increase in the future.working capital of £194 million as a result of stock building in certain Central European markets in advance of duty increases due in January 2008.

As at September 30, 2006,2007, we had capital markets indebtedness of £2.2 billion (fiscal 2006: £1.9 billion) and committed bank facilities of £2.6£3.6 billion (fiscal 2005: £1.72006: £2.6 billion) of which £2.0£2.8 billion (fiscal 2005: £1.02006: £2.0 billion) were utilized. In addition, we had bilateral uncommitted facilities totaling £152£160 million (fiscal 2005: £1332006: £152 million), of which £70£94 million were undrawn at September 30, 20062007 (fiscal 2005: £1332006: £82 million). Our cash and cash equivalent balances as at September 30, 20062007 were £263£380 million (fiscal 2005: £2562006: £263 million).

The following table sets forth the aggregate maturities of our debt, operating leases and other long-term obligations for the years subsequent to September 30, 2006.2007.

 

Payment due by period

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

3 – 5 years

 

After 5 years

 

Total

 

 

 

In £’s million

 

Borrowings

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2,362

 

 

 

567

 

 

4,052

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

 

34

 

Deferred consideration

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

 

1,167

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2,370

 

 

 

577

 

 

4,124

 

 


 

 

Payment due by period

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

3 –5 years

 

After 5 years

 

Total

 

In £’s million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

1,067

 

304

 

2,202

 

1,547

 

5,120

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

50

 

 

 

 

50

 

Operating lease obligations

 

8

 

8

 

7

 

10

 

33

 

Deferred consideration

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

1,133

 

312

 

2,209

 

1,557

 

5,211

 

Cash flows

For internal management purposes, we use a measure of “operating cash flow before tax payments less net capital expenditure relating to property, plant, equipment and software.”

Operating cash flow before tax payments less net capital expenditure relating to property, plant, equipment and software is not a measure determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We believe, however, that our definition is a relevant measure, as it represents the amount of cash available to us for the repayment of our indebtedness, for strategic acquisitions to grow our business, or for other investing or financing activities.

We reconcile cash flows from operating activities before tax payments and after net capital expenditure to net cash inflow from operating activities as follows:

 

 

Fiscal year

 

In £’s million, except for percentages

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

999

 

Tax payments

 

239

 

236

 

320

 

Net capital expenditure

 

(75

)

(67

)

(128

)

Cash flows from operating activities before tax payments and after net capital expenditure (A)

 

1,307

 

1,324

 

1,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted profit from operations (B)

 

1,297

 

1,356

 

1,475

 

Cash conversion rate before restructuring costs (A / B %)

 

101

%

98

%

81

%

47

 

 

Fiscal year

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

In £’s million,
except for
percentages

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

Tax payments

 

239

 

236

 

Net capital expenditure

 

(75

)

(67

)

Cash flows from operating activities before tax payments and after net capital expenditure (A)

 

1,307

 

1,324

 

Adjusted profit from operations (B)

 

1,297

 

1,356

 

Cash conversion rate before restructuring costs (A / B%)

 

101

%

98

%



Fiscal 2007 vs Fiscal 2006

In fiscal 2007, the Group generated £999 million of cash flows from operating activities compared to  £1,155 million in fiscal 2006, a decrease of 14%, reflecting a short term increase in working capital outflow as a result of stock building in certain Central European markets in advance of duty increases due in January 2008. Cash flow from operating activities includes taxation payments in fiscal 2007 of £320 million (fiscal 2006: £236 million).

Net cash used in investing activities was £1,084 million in fiscal 2007 compared with £490 million in fiscal 2006. This increase was mainly due to the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands in April 2007. The 2006 figure included the acquisition of the Davidoff trademark.

Our capital expenditures (excluding the acquisition of trademarks) in fiscal 2007 were £133 million compared to £82 million in fiscal 2006 reflecting installation of new and upgraded machinery in Russia, Ukraine and Germany to increase capacity and support new product initiatives, and the commencement of construction of our new factory in Taiwan. Receipts from the sale of tangible fixed assets of £5 million (fiscal 2006: £15 million) related primarily to the disposal of surplus land and buildings and associated items.

Net cash generated in financing activities was £189 million in fiscal 2007 compared with cash used of £655 million in fiscal 2006. Interest paid in fiscal 2007 was £227 million (fiscal 2006: £199 million).

Prior to the suspension of our share buyback program at the time of our announcement of the Commonwealth Brands acquisition, we had spent £105 million on the purchase of our own shares, including expenses (fiscal 2006: £556 million). As at September 30, 2007, we held 51.7 million treasury shares representing 7.1% of our issued share capital. In addition, the Group’s Employee Share Ownership Trusts bought shares in the Company totaling £55 million during fiscal 2007 (fiscal 2006: £55 million).

Dividend payments in fiscal 2007 totaled £434 million, a 7% increase compared to £406 million in fiscal 2006.

 

Fiscal 2006 vs Fiscal 2005

In fiscal 2006, the groupGroup generated £1,155 million of cash flows from operating activities compared to £1,143 million in fiscal 2005, an increase of 1.0%1%. Cash flow from operating activities includesincluded taxation payments in fiscal 2006 of £236 million (fiscal 2005: £239 million).

 

Net cash used in investing activities was £490 million in fiscal 2006 compared with £65 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was mainly due to the acquisition of the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark for a cash consideration of £368 million in September 2006, the acquisition of Gunnar Stenberg for £12 million in February 2006 and payment of the final installment of deferred consideration in relation to the Tobaccor acquisition totaling £56 million in December 2005. Cash outflows in respect of acquisitions totaled £6 million in fiscal 2005.

Our capital expenditures in fiscal 2006 were £82 million (excluding the acquisition of the Davidoff cigarette trademark), reflecting ongoing asset replacements, compared to £102 million in fiscal 2005. Capital expenditures in fiscal 2005 included the construction of our cigarette factory in Turkey. We would expect our annual level of investment in future years to be no more than £100 million.  Net capital expenditure of £67 million (fiscal 2005: £75 million) included receiptsReceipts from the sale of tangible fixed assets of £15 million (fiscal 2005: £27 million).  The sale of tangible fixed assets related primarily to the disposal of surplus land and buildings and associated items.

Net cash used in financing activities was £655 million in fiscal 2006 compared with £1,169 million in fiscal 2005. Interest paid in fiscal 2006 was £199 million (fiscal 2005: £212 million).

During fiscal 2005 we commenced a share buyback program, which continued into fiscal 2006 when we spent £556 million on the purchase of our own shares, including expenses (fiscal 2005: £201 million). As at September 30, 2006, we held 46.0 million treasury shares representing 6.3% of our issued share capital. In


addition, the group’sGroup’s Employee Share Ownership Trusts bought shares in the Company totaling £55 million during fiscal 2006 (fiscal 2005: £8 million).

48



Dividend payments in fiscal 2006 totaled £406 million, an 8.8%9% increase compared to £373 million in fiscal 2005.

Financing facilities

Our principal external sources of liquidity consist of committed bank credit facilities and issuances of debt in the capital markets.markets debt.

As at September 30, 2004,2005, the principal financing facilities of the group were made up ofGroup comprised a U.S. $600 million (approximately £339 million) global bond, eurobonds of 1,000€1,000 million (approximately £681 million), 750 million (approximately £551 million) and 1,500€1,500 million (approximately £1,022 million) and sterling bonds of £350 million and £200 million, sterling private placements totaling £100 million, a seniorbank facility agreement entered into on December 17, 2002, comprising a 600 million (approximately £409 million) committed 364-day revolving credit facility with a term out and an extension option to extend the maturity to a date falling two years after the date of the agreement, a 290 million (approximately £198 million) committed three-year revolving credit facility, a 610 million (approximately £416 million) committed three-year revolving credit and guarantee facility, a 900 million (approximately £613 million) committed five-year revolving credit facility, a five-year uncommitted facility in a maximum amount of £400 million and a 150 million (approximately £102 million) committed 364-day swingline facility with a maturity date of December 14, 2004. 

During fiscal 2005, the financing of the group was changed by the following transactions: the maturity date for the 150 million (approximately £102 million) committed 364-day swingline facility was extended in December 2004 to December 13, 2005; we also requested additional financing under the £400 million five-year uncommitted facility; £325 million was offered, of which £100 million was accepted; on February 10, 2005 a new bank facility consisting of a 2,250€2,250 million (approximately £1,534 million) committed five-year revolving credit facility, a five-year uncommitted facility inwith a maximum amount of £500 million and a 300€300 million (approximately £204 million) committed 364-day swingline facility was established, the proceeds of which were drawn down under the facilities and used to repay in full all outstanding loans under the previous senior facility agreement, the commitments under which have been canceled; following the refinancing in February 2005, £50 million of the accepted funding under the £400 million five-year uncommitted facility was carried over into the new facility but not utilized during the period of availability from March 2005 to August 2005; the £100 million private placement and our 750 million eurobond (approximately £551 million) under our euro medium term note program matured on November 8, 2004 and June 6, 2005 respectively. facility.

During fiscal 2006, the financing of the groupGroup was further changed by the following transactions: the maturity date for the 300€300 million (approximately £204 million) committed 364-day swingline facility was extended in January 2006 to February 8, 2007; we also requested additional financing under the £500 million five-year uncommitted facility; £234.5£235 million was offered, of which £234.5£235 million was accepted, but not utilized during the period of availability from March 2006 to August 2006; on April 21, 2006 the 2,250€2,250 million (approximately £1,534 million) committed five-year revolving credit facility was increased to 3,750€3,750 million (approximately £2,551 million) and the 300€300 million swingline facility reduced to 200€200 million until September 1, 2006 when it was increased back to 300€300 million; our 1000€1,000 million eurobond (approximately £684 million) issued under our euro medium term note program matured on September 27, 2006.

Subsequent to September 30, 2006,During fiscal 2007, the financing of the Group was further changed by the following transactions: we have issued a sterling bond of £450 million and a eurobond of 1,200€1,200 million (approximately £816 million) under our euro medium term note program; our €1,500 million eurobond (approximately £1,022 million) issued under our euro medium term note program matured on June 6, 2007; we have requested additional financing under the £500 million five-year uncommitted facility, a total of


£504 £504 million was offered but nothing was accepted.  Theaccepted;  the maturity date for the 300€300 million (approximately £204 million) committed 364 day364-day swingline facility was extended in January 2007 to February 7, 2008. On February 8, 2007 the Group entered into a facility agreement with, among others, Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco and Imperial Tobacco Limited (the U.S. Financing Agreement) and on July 18, 2007 the Group entered into a New Bank Debt Facility and Equity Bridge Facility (each as defined and described in more detail below). The facility provided under the U.S. Financing Agreement comprises a U.S. $1,900 millionterm loan facility, of which up to U.S. $20 million can be drawn by way of letters of credit. The maturity date of the U.S. Financing Agreement is 364 days from the date of the agreement (subject to an extension for an additional 365 days). The euro medium term note program lapsed in January 2007, although we intend to renew it for future debt issuances.

There have been no changes to our principal funding facilities subsequent to September 30, 2007.

As at January 26,November 23, 2007, our capital market issuance was as follows:

Issue date

 

Amount
(in millions)

 

Approximate
amount in £
millions

 

Annual Interest
Rate(1)

 

Maturity

 

Type

 

April 1, 1999

 

U.S. $600

 

292

 

7.125

%

April 1, 2009

 

Public

 

June 6, 2002

 

£

350

 

 

 

6.875

%

June 13, 2012

 

Public

 

December 4, 2003

 

£

200

 

 

 

6.25

%

December 4, 2018

 

Public

 

November 22, 2006

 

1,200

 

863

 

4.375

%

November 22, 2013

 

Public

 

November 22, 2006

 

£

450

 

 

 

5.50

%

November 22, 2016

 

Public

 


Issue date(1)

Amount

Approximate

Annual
Interest Rate
(1)

Maturity

Type

(in millions)

amount in
£ millions

April 1, 1999

U.S. $600

£339

7.125

%

April 1, 2009

Public

June 6, 2002

1,500

£1,022

6.25

%

June 6, 2007

Public

June 6, 2002

£350

6.875

%

June 13, 2012

Public

December 4, 2003

£200

6.25

%

December 4, 2018

Public

November 22, 2006

1,200

£816

4.375

%

November 22, 2013

Public

November 22, 2006

£450

5.50

%

November 22, 2016

Public

Before interest and cross currency swaps (where applicable).


(1)    Before interest and cross currency swaps (where applicable).

The rate of interest under the matured committed senior facilities (other than the swingline facility) was LIBOR (or EURIBOR for advances in euro) plus a margin determined by reference to our leverage ratio.long term credit

49



rating. The margin at September 30, 2004 was 0.50% per annum and increased to 0.55% per annum in December 2004. The rate of interest under our committed senior facility (other than the swingline facility and uncommitted facility) is LIBOR (or EURIBOR for advances in euro) plus a margin (dependent on our long term credit rating) of 0.375%. per annum plus any mandatory costs payable. The rate of interest for the facility under the U.S. Financing Agreement is LIBOR plus a margin plus any mandatory costs payable. The rates of interest under the New Bank Debt Facility and Equity Bridge Facility are as set out below.

 

The obligations under the financing facilities of the groupGroup are guaranteed by members of the group.Group. Under our senior facility agreement the obligations of Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, and Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited are guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Limited, Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited and us on a continuing basis and extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC and Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited under the facility agreement. Under our global bond issuance documentation, the obligations of Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. are guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Limited and us on a continuing basis and extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. under the issuance documentation. Under the euro medium term note programs the obligations of Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC are guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Limited and us on a continuing basis and extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC under the programs.

We have given undertakings and financial covenants in respect of our business and financial position within our financing facilities. The financial covenants are a minimum ratio of “earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization” (“EBITDA”, as defined within the facility) to net interest (as defined within the facility) and a maximum ratio of net debt (as defined within the facility) to EBITDA. We have been in full compliance with these covenants since inception of the facilities. Under the committed five-year revolving credit facility, a change of control of Imperial Tobacco would, unless otherwise agreed by the lending banks, require any outstanding borrowings to be repaid immediately and the facility would be cancelled.

Note 16 (iii) to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report shows details of the maturity profile of our committed borrowings as at September 30, 2006.2007.

For further details of our funding and treasury policy, see Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Financing of the Offer for Altadis

The proposed acquisition will initially be financed though new debt facilities and an equity bridge loan (see below), which will be refinanced, in part, by a rights issue following completion of the acquisition. The rights issue will occur before July 18, 2008, and will be sized to ensure we issue the minimum amount of equity needed to maintain an investment grade credit rating, to which we remain committed.

New Bank Debt Facility

As part of the financing of the offer for Altadis, Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited (as borrowers) and we and Imperial Tobacco Limited (as guarantors) entered into a facility agreement on July 18, 2007(the “New Bank Debt Facility”). The facilities under the New Bank Debt Facility comprise, among other things: committed term loan facilities denominated in euros; a committed revolving credit facility available in three tranches, one in U.S. dollars, one in pounds sterling and one multicurrency tranche; a €500 million (approximately £349 million) committed swingline facility available in euros, U.S. dollars and pounds sterling; and a £600 million uncommitted facility.

The rate of interest under the New Bank Debt Facility (other than the swingline and uncommitted facilities) is EURIBOR or LIBOR (as appropriate) plus a margin plus any mandatory costs payable. The margin on the facilities (other than certain swingline loans and the uncommitted facilities) is linked to our long term credit rating from Moody’s Investors Service Limited (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) or certain other statistical rating agencies if a rating from Moody’s or S&P is not available.

The margin under the uncommitted facility is determined in accordance with the terms of the offers (if any) from lenders to provide that facility.

50



The obligations of Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited as the borrowers under the New Bank Debt Facility are guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Limited and us on a continuing basis and extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited under the New Bank Debt Facility.

The undertakings and financial covenants in the New Bank Debt Facility are similar to those contained in the existing committed senior facility mentioned above.

Equity Bridge Facility

As the proceeds of the rights issue will not be available on completion of the proposed acquisition and in order to satisfy the requirements of the bank guarantees issued in respect of the total consideration payable for the acquisition, a facility (the “Equity Bridge Facility”) of €7,989 million (approximately £5,574 million) was put in place to cover the funding requirements until the rights issue process is complete.

The rate of interest under the Equity Bridge Facility is EURIBOR (or, if the facility or any part thereof is redenominated into sterling to assist in prepayment, LIBOR) plus a margin plus any mandatory costs payable.

The obligations of Imperial Tobacco as the borrower under the Equity Bridge Facility are, subject to certain conditions, guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco Limited on a continuing basis and extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by Imperial Tobacco under the Equity Bridge Facility.

The undertakings and financial covenants in the Equity Bridge Facility are similar to those contained in the New Bank Debt Facility.

C               Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Expenditure on research and development, patents and licenses is charged to the profit and loss account as it is incurred. Total expenditure on research and development in fiscal years 2006 and 2005 was £0.2 million, and £0.1 million, respectively.

Expenditure on improving manufacturing efficiency and tobacco leaf blend development is included in overheads.

Expenditure on market research and the development of new brands and markets is not separately classified but included within marketingdistribution, advertising and advertising.selling costs. Our expenditure on research and development during the period covered by this annual report has not been material in the context of our overall cost base.

D               Trend Information

Please refer to Item 4B: Business Overview, Item 5: Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Operations – Critical Accounting Estimates—Estimates – Legal proceedings and Item 5A: Operating Results, in which we discuss current trends affecting our business.

E                 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than arrangements disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements that may have a current or future material effect on the group’sGroup’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operation, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

FTabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The aggregate maturities of our debt, operating leases and other long-term obligations for the years subsequent to September 30, 2006,2007, are set out in the table shown in Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources above.

G               Safe Harbor

See “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the introduction to this annual report.

62

51





Item 6:  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A               Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information as to our Directors and executive officers as of January 26November 23, 2007:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Iain Napier

 

5758

 

Chairman and Non-Executive Director

Anthony Alexander

 

6869

 

Vice Chairman and Non-Executive Director

Gareth Davis

 

5657

 

Chief Executive and Director

Robert Dyrbus

 

5455

 

Finance Director

Graham Blashill

 

5960

 

Sales and Marketing Director

Alison Cooper

41

Corporate Development Director

David Cresswell

 

62

 

Manufacturing Director

Frank Rogerson

54

Corporate Affairs Director

Ken Burnett

 

5455

 

Non-Executive Director

Colin DayMichael Herlihy

 

5154

 

Non-Executive Director

Pierre Jungels

 

6263

 

Senior Non-Executive Director

Charles Knott.Knott

 

5152

 

Non-Executive Director

Susan Murray

 

50

 

Non-Executive Director

Mark Williamson

49

Non-Executive Director

Matthew Phillips

 

3637

 

Company Secretary

 

Iain Napier, FCMA, Chairman, 58, was appointed aChairman in January 2007, Non-Executive Director in March 2000

Committee membership: Chairman of Nominations Committee and Chairman in January 2007. Mr NapierMember of the Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience: Iain was previously Group Chief Executive of Taylor Woodrow plc. As a formerformerly main boardBoard Director of Bass PLC, he was Chief Executive of Bass Leisure and then Chief Executive of Bass Brewers and Bass International Brewers. Following the sale of the Bass beer business in 2000, he becameHe was then Vice President U.K.UK and Ireland for Interbrew SA until August 2001. He is also a formerwas Chief Executive of Taylor Woodrow International Housing and Development from 2001 to 2005.

External appointments: Currently Non-Executive Chairman and Director of BOC Group plc.McBride PLC, Collins Stewart PLC and Tomkins PLC

Anthony Alexander, FCA, Vice Chairman, 69, appointed Vice Chairman on demerger in October 1996

Committee membership: Nominations Committee

Skills and experience:  Anthony was appointed Vice Chairman on our demerger from Hanson PLC. Mr Alexander also serves as a Non-Executive Director of Platinum Investment Trust plc and certain of its subsidiaries. He is a formerin 1996. Previously he was an Executive Director of Hanson PLC andwith responsibility for all UK operating companies while serving as Chief Operating Officer he had responsibility for all their U.K. operating companies.Officer.

External appointments: Currently no external Director appointments

Gareth Davis, BA, Chief Executive, 57, was appointed Chief Executive on demerger in 1996. Mr DavisOctober 1996

Committee membership: Chief Executive’s Committee

Skills and experience: Gareth led the successful Hanson demerger of the Company from Hanson PLC and itssubsequent listings on the London and New York Stock Exchanges. With wideover 35 years’ experience across all Imperial Tobacco’s business gained from over 30 years withaspects of the Company, he has played a key role in the development of both general strategy and the Group’s ongoing expansion program. In 2003, he was appointed as

External appointments: Non-Executive Director, of Wolseley plc.plc since 2003

Robert Dyrbus, BSC, FCA, Finance Director, 55, appointed Finance Director on demerger in October 1996

Committee membership: Chief Executive’s Committee

Skills and experience: Robert was appointed Finance Director of Imperial Tobacco Limited in 1989. Mr Dyrbus wasfrom November 1989 and one of the three-man Hanson team involved in the strategic reorganization of the group. He became Finance Director of the group on demerger in 1996 andGroup. Since then he has since played an integral part in shaping the strategic direction of the group. Previously he was financial controller with Hanson PLC, responsible for Imperial Tobacco and Ever Ready.Group.

External appointments: Currently no external Director appointments

52



Graham Blashill, was appointed to the board as BSC, Group Sales and Marketing Director, on60, appointed to the Board, October 28, 2005. Mr Blashill2005

Committee membership: Chief Executive’s Committee

Skills and experience: Graham is responsible for the group’s entire global sales and marketing activities across Europe, Asia Pacific, Africa andactivities. With over 39 years’ experience with the Middle East, and Australia and New Zealand. He has worked for Imperial Tobacco for 38 years and during that timeGroup he has held a number of senior sales and marketing positions, including Managing Director U.K.UK and Regional Director for Western Europe.

External appointments: Currently no external Director appointments

Alison Cooper, BSC, ACA, Corporate Development Director, 41, appointed to the Board, July 2007

Committee membership: Chief Executive’s Committee

Skills and experience: Alison has responsibility for strategic planning and business development, as well as for Corporate Affairs. Alison joined the Group in 1999 and has held a number of senior roles including Director of Finance and Planning and Director of Rest of Western Europe. Previously she was with PricewaterhouseCoopers.

External appointments: Currently no external Director appointments

David Cresswell, C ENG, MIEE, Manufacturing Director, 62, joined Imperial Tobacco in 1961 and was appointed to the board inBoard, June 2003. An electrical engineer by background, Mr Cresswell2003

Committee membership: Chief Executive’s Committee

Skills and experience: David has undertaken a number of senior management roles


and across the Group. An electrical engineer by background he has previously held the position of Managing Director for each of Imperial Tobacco’s major operating divisions, namely Cigarette, Rolling Papercigarette, rolling papers and Roll Your Own Tobacco.roll your own tobacco.

Frank Rogerson was appointed to the board in June 2003, having joined Imperial Tobacco in 1977. Mr Rogerson has held a number of senior management positions including Managing

External appointments: Currently no external Director of Cigar and Roll Your Own Tobacco. Appointed Business Development Director in 2000, he was instrumental in negotiations for the acquisition of Reemtsma.appointments

Ken Burnett was, MA, MBA, PHD, Non-Executive Director, 55, appointed to the board inNon Executive Director, April 2006. Dr Burnett2006

Committee membership: Nominations Committee

Skills and experience: Ken was President, Asia Pacific of Allied Domecq from 1996 until its acquisition by Pernod Ricard in 2005. Prior to joining Allied Domecq, he held a number of senior management positions in the Asia Pacific region with Seagram, Interbrew and International Distillers & Vintners Ltd (now part of Diageo plc).

External appointments: Currently serves on the Board of ID Lanka Ltd

Colin Day was appointed aMichael Herlihy, MA (Oxon), Solicitor, Non-Executive Director, 54, appointed Non Executive Director, July 2007

Committee membership: Nominations Committee, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience: Michael was formerly General Counsel and Head of Imperial Tobacco in July 2005Mergers and isAcquisitions for ICI PLC with overall responsibility for corporate acquisitions and divestments and has extensive experience of both private and public market transactions.

External appointments: Currently serves on the ChairmanBoards of the Audit Committee. He is Group Finance Director of Reckitt BenckiserCompass Partners International LLP and DQ Entertainment plc having been appointed to its board in September 2000. Prior to joining Reckitt Benckiser he was Group Finance Director of Aegis Group plc and previously held a number of senior finance positions with ABB Group plc and De La Rue Group plc. He is Non-Executive Director of WPP Group PLC and a former Non-Executive Director of easyjet PLC. On January 29, 2007 Mr Day informed us that he intends to leave the Board with effect from February 16, 2007 as a consequence of his overall business commitments.

Pierre Jungels, CBE (hon), C ENG, PHD, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, 63 was, appointed to the board inNon-Executive Director, August 2002 and Senior Non-Executive Director in January 2007 and is the

Committee membership: Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Mr Jungels is ChairmanCommittee; Member of Oxford Catalysts Group PLCthe Audit Committee and a Director of Baker Hughes Inc. HeNominations Committee

Skills and experience: Pierre has held numerous senior international positions withinin the oil industry with Shell International, Petrofina SA and British Gas PLC. He became CEO of Enterprise Oil in 1996, leading the business to substantial geographic and financial growth until his retirement in November 2001. He is

External appointments: Chairman of Oxford Catalyst Group PLC, Director of Baker Hughes Inc., Non-Executive Chairman of Offshore Hydrocarbon Mapping plc and Rockhopper Exploration PLC and a Non-Executive Director of Woodside Petroleum Ltd.Ltd

Charles Knott, FCMA, Non-Executive Director, 52, appointed Non-Executive Director, April 2006

Committee membership: Nominations Committee, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee Skills and experience: Charles was appointed to the board in April 2006. He is a Director of ICI plc from 2004 to 2007 and certain of its subsidiaries, Chairman and Chief Executive of Quest International, ICI’s flavors and fragrances business based in The Netherlands. He was appointed to ICI’s board in 2004. Mr Knott was previously a long-term executive at National Starch, owned by Unilever until 1997, where hebusiness. Previously fulfilled a variety of international assignments.assignments as a long term executive at National Starch, a Unilever company until 1997.

External appointments: Currently CEO of Flint Group

53



Susan Murray, was appointed a Non-Executive Director, in50, appointed Non-Executive Director, December 2004. Ms Murray2004

Committee membership: Nominations Committee, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee Skills and experience: Susan was a Board member of the board ofat Littlewoods Limited from October 1998 tountil January 2004, latterly as Chief Executive of Littlewoods Stores Limited. Prior to joining Littlewoods,this she was Worldwideworldwide President and Chief Executive of The Pierre Smirnoff Company, a part of Diageo plc. Ms Murray is a fellow of the Royal Society of Arts, a council member of the Advertising Standards Authority and a

External appointments: Non-Executive Director of Enterprise Inns Plc, SSL International PLC, and Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc. She has also served as aplc and Compass Group PLC. Previously Non-Executive Director of Aberdeen Asset Management PLC. Also fellow of the Royal Society of Arts and council member of the Advertising Standards Authority

Mark Williamson, CA(SA), Non-Executive Director, 49, appointed Non-Executive Director, July 2007

Committee membership: Chairman of Audit Committee; and Member of the Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience: Mark has considerable international financial and general management experience. He joined International Power in 2000 as Group Financial Controller and was appointed to the Board as Chief Financial Officer in 2003. Previously, he was Group Financial Controller and Group Chief Accountant at Simon Group, the engineering and bulk chemicals storage group.

External appointments: Currently serves on the Board of International Power Plc

Matthew Phillips, LLB, Company Secretary, 37, was appointed Company Secretary, in October 2004. He2004

Committee membership: Chairman of the Disclosure Committee, Secretary to and Member of the Chief Executive’s Committee; Secretary to the Audit and Remuneration Committees

Skills and experience:       Matthew joined Imperial Tobacco’s legal department in 2000 having previouslyand was closely involved in negotiations for the acquisitions of Tobaccor and Reemtsma. Previously he worked for the law firms Linklaters and Burges Salmon. He was closely involved in the negotiations for Imperial Tobacco’s acquisitions of Tobaccor and Reemtsma.

External appointments: Currently no external Director appointments

54



B               Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid or accrued by us to or for all our Directors and executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 30, 20062007 as a group (17(18 persons) for services in all capacities was approximately £8,315,000.£12,758,000.

The following information is provided in respect of our Directors for fiscal 2006:2007:

Emoluments by individual
Director

 

Base
Salary

 

Fees

 

Supervisory
Board

Fees

 

Bonus

 

Pension
Salary
Supplement(1)

 

Benefits
in kind(2)

 

Sub
total

 

LTIP(3)

 

SMS(3)

 

 

 

Total
2006

 

 

 

Total
2005

 

 

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

£’000

 

 

 

£’000

 

 

 

£’000

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Davis, Chief Executive

 

780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

1,253

 

 

793

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

 

2,700

 

 

 

2,720

 

R Dyrbus, Finance
Director

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

287

 

 

87

 

 

 

16

 

 

885

 

 

502

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

 

1,797

 

 

 

1,712

 

G L Blashill(5), Sales and Marketing Director

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

533

 

 

150

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

 

D Cresswell, Manufacturing
Director

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

578

 

 

167

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

923

 

F A Rogerson, Corporate Affairs Director

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

 

29

 

 

 

16

 

 

606

 

 

176

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

945

 

B C Davidson(10), Sales and Marketing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

580

 

 

 

2,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,341

 

 

116

 

 

 

85

 

 

3,855

 

 

1,788

 

 

 

1,669

 

 

 

 

7,312

 

 

 

6,880

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D C Bonham, Chairman

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

262

 

I J G Napier, Joint Vice Chairman

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85

4

 

 

66

 

A G L Alexander, Joint Vice Chairman

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

80

 

K M Burnett(6)

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

C R Day

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

4

 

 

7

 

S P Duffy(8)

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

4

 

 

40

 

S Huismans(8)

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

62

 

P H Jungels

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

40

 

C F Knott(6)

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

S E Murray

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

33

 

D W Thursfield(11)

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

712

 

 

 

630

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B C Davidson(10)

 

702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

702

 

 

360

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

1,392

 

 

 

77

 

M A Häussler(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

244

 

S Huismans(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

S T Painter(9)

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

702

 

 

106

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

 

360

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

1,535

 

 

 

443

 

 

 

3,015

 

 

806

 

 

 

44

 

 

1,341

 

 

116

 

 

 

90

 

 

5,412

 

 

2,148

 

 

 

1,999

 

 

 

 

9,559

 

 

 

7,953

 

Emoluments by individual
Director

 

Base
Salary

£’000

 

Fees
£’000

 

Super-visory
Board
Fees
£’000

 

Bonus
£’000

 

Pension
Salary
Supple-
ment(1)
£’000

 

Benefits
in kind

(2)
£’000

 

Sub
total
£’000

 

LTIP(3)
£’000

 

SMS
incl
CSMS(3)
£’000

 

Total
2007
£’000

 

Total
2006
£’000

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Davis, Chief Executive

 

835

 

 

 

802

 

 

22

 

1,659

 

1,055

 

780

 

3,494

 

2,700

 

R Dyrbus, Finance Director

 

530

 

 

 

509

 

186

 

22

 

1,247

 

671

 

496

 

2,414

 

1,797

 

G L Blashill, Sales and Marketing Director

 

390

 

 

 

281

 

 

16

 

687

 

182

 

237

 

1,106

 

876

 

A J Cooper(4), Corporate Development Director

 

96

 

 

 

69

 

6

 

4

 

175

 

 

6

 

181

 

 

D Cresswell, Manufacturing Director

 

380

 

 

 

274

 

 

17

 

671

 

479

 

285

 

1,435

 

945

 

F A Rogerson(5), Corporate Affairs Director

 

284

 

 

 

205

 

47

 

12

 

548

 

479

 

288

 

1,315

 

994

 

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

2,140

 

239

 

93

 

4,987

 

2,866

 

2,092

 

9,945

 

7,312

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I J G Napier, Chairman

 

 

245

(6)

 

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

245

 

85

(6)

A G L Alexander, ViceChairman

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

3

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

78

 

D C Bonham(7)

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

76

 

302

 

K M Burnett

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

21

 

C R Day(8)

 

 

23

(6)

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

57

(6)

S P Duffy(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

(6)

M H C Herlihy(4)

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

S Huismans(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

P H Jungels

 

 

65

(6)

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

65

 

50

 

C F Knott

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

21

 

S E Murray

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

50

 

D W Thursfield(10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

M D Williamson(4)

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

660

 

 

 

 

3

 

663

 

 

 

663

 

712

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B C Davidson(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,392

 

S Huismans(9)

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

15

 

S T Painter(12)

 

 

103

 

22

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

125

 

128

 

F A Rogerson(5)

 

96

 

 

 

68

 

16

 

4

 

184

 

 

6

 

190

 

 

 

 

96

 

103

 

44

 

68

 

16

 

4

 

331

 

 

6

 

337

 

1,535

 

 

 

2,611

 

763

 

44

 

2,208

 

255

 

100

 

5,981

 

2,866

 

2,098

 

10,945

 

9,559

 

 



1.

Further details are contained in the Executive Directors’ pension section on page 57.

2.

Benefits in kind principally include the provision of a company car and health insurance.

3.

LTIP, SMS and CSMS represent the value of awards vesting and LTIP options exercised in the year on annual vesting, including the vesting of the Centenary Share Matching Scheme.

4.

Mrs A J Cooper and Messrs M H C Herlihy and M D Williamson were appointed to the Board on July 1, 2007.

5.

Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27, 2007. He will complete a handover period and will be on compassionate leave until June 27, 2008, when his employment will terminate.

6.

Includes payment in respect of chairmanship of Board committees at an annual rate of £10,000.

7.

Mr D C Bonham retired from the Board on January 2, 2007

55



 (1)Further details are contained in the Executive Directors’ pension section on page 67.

8.

Mr C R Day resigned from the Board on February 16, 2007.

9.

Messrs S P Duffy and S Huismans retired from the Board on January 31, 2006. However, Mr S Huismans continues to receive fees in connection with his appointments to Supervisory Boards within the Reemtsma group.

10.

Mr D W Thursfield resigned from the Board on October 28, 2005.

11.

Mr B C Davidson resigned from the Board on February 9, 2005 and subsequently left the Company on 30 April 2005. Mr B C Davidson received payment in lieu of notice which was subject to his duty to mitigate.

12.

Mr S T Painter retired from the Board on May 31, 2000 but receives fees on a consultancy basis and in connection with his appointments to Supervisory Boards within the Reemtsma group.

          (2)Benefits in kind principally include the provision of a company car and health insurance

          (3)LTIP and SMS represent the value of awards vesting and LTIP options exercised in the year both on annual vesting and under early leaver provisions.

          (4)Includes payment in respect of chairmanship of board committees at an annual rate of £10,000.

          (5)Mr G L Blashill was appointed to the board on October 28, 2005.

          (6)Dr K M Burnett and Mr C F Knott were appointed to the board on April 19, 2006

          (7)Mr M A Häussler resigned from the board on July 9, 2003 but remained an employee receiving his full contractual remuneration until his resignation from employment on April 30, 2005.

          (8)Messrs S P Duffy and S Huismans retired from the board on January 31, 2006. However, Mr S Huismans continues to receive fees in connection with his appointments to Supervisory Boards within the Reemtsma Group.

          (9)Mr S T Painter retired from the board on May 31, 2000 but receives fees on a consultancy basis and in connection with his appointments to Supervisory Boards within the Reemtsma group.

    (10)Mr B C Davidson resigned from the board on February 9, 2005 and subsequently left the company on April 30, 2005. Under the terms of his agreed settlement, Mr B C Davidson received a payment of £702,000. This payment, which comprised base salary in lieu of notice plus other contractual payments, was subject to his duty to mitigate his loss and was paid in installments, monthly in arrears. It was subject to Mr Davidson confirming to the Company, in writing, that he had not received emoluments from any other employment. In addition, Mr B C Davidson’s company car was transferred to him and his rights under the LTIP and SMS vested on a time pro-rata basis to his date of leaving employment. This represented his contractual entitlement.

    (11)Mr D W Thursfield resigned from the board on October 28, 2005.

    (12)NoNote: no sums were paid to any Director by way of taxable expenses allowances.

Base salary

Base salary is reviewed annually and is determined by the remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee following detailed consideration of a number of factors including individual responsibilities, performance and external market data. It is set within a range around the market median of the comparator group to reflect the experience, responsibility, effectiveness and market value of the relevant executive. The comparator group of companies chosen remains the FTSE 50 excluding companies in the Financial and Pharmaceutical sectors. Base salary is the only element of the package used to determine pensionable earnings.

Annual cash bonus

For fiscal 20062007, the potential maximum bonus was 100% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and to 75% for other Executive Directors. ForThe targets for the year were all Executive Directors potential bonus, to a level representing 662¤3% of base salary, related to achievement of performance criteria based on group adjusted profit before tax, set at the beginning of the financial year. The attainment of bonus in excess of this level was subject to achievement of additional stretching and incremental performance criteria relating to group adjusted profit before tax, sales volume growth and gross margins. The specific targetsEPS growth. However, they are not however, disclosed as they are considered to be commercially confidential.

Performance in

During the financial year has resultedthe Company achieved adjusted EPS of 136.7p resulting in bonuses, as detailed in the table on page 59,55, being awarded to Executive Directors. These payments represented 58.0%96% of base salary in respect of the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 58.0%72% in respect of the other Executive Directors. Cash bonuses were also earned by other senior management for achieving relevant performance targets for the financial year to September 30, 2006.2007.

For the fiscalfinancial year ending September 30, 2007,2008 onwards the remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee has determined that the potential maximum bonus remains 100%will increase to 125% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 100 % for other Executive Directors. The performance criteria will be based on financial targets in respect of 100 % of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 75% for other Executive Directors. The performance criterioncriteria for 25% of base salary will however, be changed to being based on stringent, quantifiable strategic targets which will be set each year.


adjusted Earnings Per

Any bonus earned up to 100% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 75% for other Executive Directors will be paid in cash and be eligible for investment into the Share growthMatching Scheme (“SMS”) as givendetailed on page 69. Any bonus payable in excess of this level will be paid in shares which the group’s share buyback program, adjusted Earnings PerDirector will be required to retain for a minimum of three years. These shares will not be eligible for investment in the Share reflects both the cost and benefitMatching Scheme.

In support of the buyback program, encouraging share buyback efficiencyGroup’s key performance indicators, the Remuneration Committee has determined that the financial performance criteria for the financial year ended September 30, 2008 will be based on adjusted EPS and further aligning Executives’ interests with those of shareholders.that the strategic targets will be based on measures including volume growth.

No element of the bonus is guaranteed.

Under the Share Matching Scheme (SMS),SMS, the remuneration committee atRemuneration Committee in its absolute discretion invites Executive Directors and the majority of the group’sGroup’s management to invest any proportion of their gross bonus (capped at 100 % of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 75 % for other Executive Directors) in Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Ordinary Sharesordinary shares to be held by a nominee managed by the Employee Benefit Trust. Provided that the shares lodged are left with the nominee for three years and the participant remains an employee in the group,Group, they will be matched on a one for one basis.

In

However, in respect of investments made by Executive Directors under the Share Matching SchemeSMS from their bonus payablepaid in December 2003 and for future years, a performance criterion will beis applied to the matched shares such that matching will only occuroccurs if the groupGroup has achieved real average earnings per share growthReal Average EPS Growth in excess of 3% after adjusting for United KingdomU.K. inflation over the three year retention period, being an indicator of sustained ongoing profit delivery.

56



Achievement measurement is based uponon the same protocol as that applying to the Long-Term Incentive Plan.LTIP. There will beis no opportunity to re-test if this performance criterion is not met. In setting the performance criterion for SMS awards, the Remuneration Committee decided that EPS reflects a key part of the Group’s strategy to create sustainable shareholder value.

Under the SMS Rules, should Imperial Tobacco Group PLC be acquired, the performance period would come to an end on the date of acquisition. Any outstanding awards would vest on a time pro-rata basis, subject to the achievement of the applicable performance criterion.

Share incentives

For a description of the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)(“LTIP”), Share Matching Scheme and the Employee Benefit Trusts, see Item 6E: Share Ownership.

Executive Directors’ pensions

Post April 6, 2006 (when new legislation regarding pensions in the U.K. came into effect, known as ‘A’ day), the group’sGroup’s U.K. pension policy, which applies to all current Executive Directors, provides the option to maintain membership of or join (in the case of new(new employees) the U.K. Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund or receive a salary supplement in lieu of membership of the Fund.

Our Executive Directors are all members of the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund, the principal defined benefit scheme operated by the group.Group. For members who joined prior to April 1, 2002, the fund is largely non-contributory with a normal retirement age of 60. The fund allows members to achieve the maximum pension of two-thirds of their salary at normal retirement age usually after 32 years’ service. Pension commutation to enable participants to receive a lump sum on retirement is permitted.

For death before retirement, a capital sum equal to four times salary is payable, together with a spouse’s pension of two-thirds of the member’s expected pension at retirement. For death in retirement, a spouse’s pension of two-thirds of the member’s pre-commutation pension is payable. Dependent children will also receive allowances.

Pensions increase annually by the lesser of 10% and the increase in the retail price index, together with an option under the rules to surrender part of a pension in order for the annual increase to be in line with the increase in the retail prices index to 15%.

From April 6, 2006 a new tax regime was introduced by HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC)(“HMRC”) which abolished most of the detailed limits previously imposed on pension schemes and replaced them with a more simplified approach. Each member now has a Lifetime Allowance (LTA)(“LTA”) initially set at £1.5 million (£1.6 million 2007/2008) and a new tax, called the recoverylifetime allowance charge, is levied at retirement if the value of their pension benefit from all sources exceeds this amount. For any member whose total benefit value on April 6, 2006 exceeded the LTA, transitional arrangements allowed them to register the higher value so that they would not be subject to a large retrospective recoverylifetime allowance charge. To qualify for this enhanced protection the member was required


to opt out of fund membership as regards future service accrual in order to retain a final salary linked pension entitlement in respect of past service.

All Executive Directors earn benefits on the standard scale with a normal retirement age of 60. However,Other than Mrs A J Cooper, each of the current Executive Directors has opted out of fund membership as regards future service accrual as a result of registering for enhanced protection with HMRC. The detailed HMRC rules governing enhanced protection mean that it may not be permissible in some rare circumstances for the full final salary linked pension based on service up to April 6, 2006 to be paid from the fund. In this event an additional pension will be paid by us through an unfunded unapproved retirement benefit scheme (UURBS)(“UURBS”) so that the full accrued benefit may be provided.

Mr R Dyrbus and Dr Rogerson each receivereceives a salary supplement. The supplement is paid in lieu of future pension service and accrual. Each salaryThe supplement was calculated by independent actuaries to provide an accumulation of benefit no greater than a total pension promise of two-thirds of final salary. These supplements wereIt is discounted for early payment and employer’s National Insurance contributions and areis non-compensatory. The supplement for Mr R Dyrbus is 35% of salary and is a non-pensionable payment.

57



Mrs A J Cooper receives a salary supplement and is a member of the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund. The pension plan covers benefit accrual up to an HMRC notional earnings cap at a 1/45ths accrual rate. Pension accrual beyond this cap is compensated by a non-pensionable 12% of salary supplement, calculated on the difference between the notional earnings cap and the current salary, and not the total salary. In addition, a reduced accrual rate of 1/60ths covers the difference between the notional earnings cap and the current salary. The 12% is compensation for a reduced pension accrual rate.

Dr F A Rogerson isopted out of fund membership as regards future service accrual as a result of registering for Enhanced Protection with HMRC from April 6, 2006. Dr F A Rogerson receives a salary supplement in lieu of future pension service and accrual of 16.4% of salary. These amounts areThis amount is a non-pensionable payments.payment.

The following table provides the information required by both the Listing Rules of the U.K. Listing Authority and Schedule 7A to the Companies Act 1985 and gives details for each directorDirector of:

·                      the annual accrued pension payable from normalon retirement age, calculated as if hethey had left service at the year end (any potential UURBS entitlement is included);

·                      the increase in accrued pension during the year, excluding any increases for inflation in respect of the disclosure required under the Listing Rules of the U.K. Listing Authority; and

·                      the transfer value of the increase in accrued pension calculated in accordance with the actuarial guidance note GN11.

None of the Directors has made additional voluntary contributions.

��

Disclosures required under schedule 7A to the Companies Act 1985

Listing Rules

Accrued pension

Transfer value of accrued pension

Increase
in accrued

Age at
9/30/06
Years

Pensionable
service at
9/30/06
Years

at
10/01/05

Increase
during
the year

at
9/30/06

at
10/01/05

Increase
during the
year net of
Director’s
contributions

Director’s
contributions

at
9/30/06

pension
(net of
inflation)
during the
year

Transfer
value of
increase
(net of
inflation)

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

G Davis

 

 

56

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

7,225

 

 

 

1,699

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,924

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

446

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

 

53

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

2,808

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,646

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

257

 

 

D Cresswell

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

4,669

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,829

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

241

 

 

F A Rogerson

 

 

53

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

2,404

 

 

 

708

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,112

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

209

 

 

G L Blashill

 

 

59

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

3,498

 

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,896

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disclosures required under Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002

 

Listing Rules

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued pension

 

Transfer value of accrued pension

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age at
9/30/07
Years

 

Pension-
able
service at
9/30/07
Years

 

at
10/01/06 
£’000

 

Increase
during

the year 
£’000

 

at
9/30/07
£’000

 

at
10/01/06

£’000

 

Increase
during
the year 
net of
Director’s
contributions
£’000

 

Director’s
contributions
£’000

 

at
9/30/07
£’000

 

Increase in
accrued
pension (net
of inflation)
during the
year

£’000

 

Transfer
value of
increase
(net of
inflation)
£’000

 

G Davis

 

57

 

35

 

520

 

37

 

557

 

8,924

 

1,137

 

 

10,061

 

14

 

246

 

R Dyrbus

 

54

 

25

 

250

 

18

 

268

 

3,646

 

539

 

 

4,185

 

7

 

105

 

A J Cooper

 

41

 

8

 

28

 

9

 

37

 

216

 

92

 

9

 

317

 

8

 

67

 

D Cresswell(2)

 

62

 

44

 

237

 

16

 

253

 

4,829

 

(30

)

 

4,799

 

6

 

132

 

F A Rogerson(1)

 

54

 

30

 

215

 

12

 

227

 

3,112

 

404

 

 

3,516

 

2

 

30

 

G L Blashill(2)

 

60

 

39

 

236

 

24

 

260

 

4,896

 

310

 

 

5,206

 

14

 

311

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F A Rogerson(1)

 

54

 

30

 

 

3

 

230

 

 

59

 

 

3,575

 

4

 

59

 


(1)                                  Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27, 2007.

(2)                                  Mr D Cresswell and Mr G L Blashill started to draw pension during the course of the year, including payment of a tax-free cash lump sum as is permitted under the Fund rules. The figures in the table above incorporate allowance for the benefits paid out in order to provide a relevant comparison with the start of year figures and have been calculated consistently with those disclosed at September 30, 2006. A slightly different methodology is used to calculate transfer values for pensioner members and this methodology would give transfer values at September 30, 2007 of £5,161,000 for Mr Cresswell and £5,728,000 for Mr Blashill.

58



Other than including an allowance for the benefits drawn by Mr D Cresswell and Mr G L Blashill during the year, the transfer values disclosed above do not represent a sum paid or payable to the individual Director. Instead they represent a potential liability of the pension scheme.

C               Board Practices

Our boardBoard remains committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance, which it sees as a cornerstone in managing the business affairs of the groupGroup and a fundamental part of discharging its stewardship responsibilities. Accordingly, throughout the period under review ityear, the Group has complied with the governance rules and best practice governance provisions applying to U.K. listed companies as set outcontained in Sectionsection 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the U.K. Financial Services Authority(the “Code”) which was introduced in 1998 and which was further revised during 2003, which we refer to in this annual report as the Code.

68




Since Imperial Tobacco Group PLC also has securities registered with the SEC,exception of Code provision A.3.2. This provision specifies that at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, should comprise Non-Executive Directors determined by the Board to be independent. This non compliance, from January 2, 2007, resulted from the Board’s decision to retain Mr A G L Alexander on the Board to ensure continuity at senior Board level during the Chairman’s early tenure and the resignation of Mr C R Day as a consequence of his overall business commitments. As planned, the Board regained compliance on July 1, 2007 following the appointment of two additional independent Non-Executive Directors, Messrs M H C Herlihy and M D Williamson. Full details relating to the structure of the Board are given on page 60. The Code was further revised in 2006 (the “2006 Code”). As the Company has adopted the revised provisions of the 2006 Code early it complieswas technically in breach of the 2003 Code provision B.2.1 as, since his appointment as Chairman, Mr I J G Napier has remained a member of the Remuneration Committee (as permitted under the 2006 Code).

We are also required to comply with thosethe provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which are applicable to foreign large accelerated filers.  In lightincluding the requirements of this ongoing obligation, workSection 404. The Group has, been undertaken to enablehowever, taken advantage of an exemption from implementing the group to meet the further requirements with regard to sectionof Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which are applicable for ourwithin Commonwealth Brands during its first year since acquisition. See Item 15B: Management’s annual report on internal control over financial year ending September 30, 2006.reporting.

Service contracts

The service agreements for Mr G Davis and Mr R Dyrbus were entered into at the time of the demerger of the Company from Hanson Group and the provisions dealing with compensation on termination following a change of control in their service agreements reflect that. The service agreements for the other Executive Directors reflect the Company’s established policy that Executive Directors have service agreements which are terminable on no more than one year’s notice and that there is no entitlement to the payment of a predetermined amount on termination of employment in any circumstances.

There are no liquidated damages provisions for compensation on termination within Executive Directors’ Service Agreements, save that Mr G Davis and Mr R Dyrbus are entitled, under their 1996 service agreements, toexcept as set out in the payment of a liquidated sum calculated by reference to the benefits receivable during their notice periods if their employment terminates following a change of control.table below. The Executive Directors’ Service Agreementsservice agreements do contain payment in lieu of notice provisions but these are at the Company’s sole discretion. The Group is unequivocally against rewards for failure.  Savefailure and, except in the limited respects referred to above, the circumstances of the termination and an individual’s duty and opportunity to mitigate loss are taken into account in every case. The Group’s policy is to stop or reduce compensatory payments to former Directors to the extent that they receive remuneration from other employment during the compensation period and that any such payments should be paid monthly in arrears.  Each

59



Under the rules of the Executive Directors’ service agreementsLTIP and SMS outstanding awards vest on termination for certain reasons, such as death, retirement, redundancy or on a change of control, on a time-related pro-rata basis subject to satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria. If, however, the termination of employment is terminable by either party giving 52 weeks’ notice.for a reason other than one of those specified in the rules, an individual’s full award lapses.

Name

Date of agreement

Notice periods

Compensation on termination following a
change of control

G Davis

August 21, 1996

52 weeks’ notice

payment of a liquidated sum calculated by reference to the benefits receivable during the notice period

R Dyrbus

August 21, 1996

52 weeks’ notice

payment of a liquidated sum calculated by reference to the benefits receivable during the notice period

G L Blashill

October 28, 2005

52 weeks’ notice

no provisions

D Cresswell

May 30, 2003

52 weeks’ notice

no provisions

A J Cooper

July 1, 2007

52 weeks’ notice

no provisions

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts with Imperial Tobacco. The terms of their appointments are reviewed annually and are set out in their appointment letters.

In accordance with our Articles of Association, the appointments of Mr Derek Bonham,A G L Alexander, Dr K M Burnett, Mr Anthony Alexander,D Cresswell, Mr Colin Day,C F Knott, Mr I J G Napier and Dr Pierre Jungels and Mr Graham BlashillF A Rogerson expired at the 20062007 annual general meeting and, being eligible, they offered themselves for re-election and were duly re-elected.

Board and boardBoard committees

Our board,Board, which met sevennine times this year (with two of these meetings having a duration of two days), currently comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, fivesix independent Non-Executive Directors, one Non-Executive Director not classified as independent for the purposes of the Combined Code as independent when determining the composition of the boardBoard or its committees, and five Executive Directors.

There is a clear separation of the roles of Chairman, Mr IainI J G Napier and Chief Executive, Mr GarethG Davies, to ensure an appropriate balance of power and authority. The Chairman is responsible for the leadership of the whole boardBoard with the Chief Executive, in conjunction with the Chief Executive’s Committee, responsible for managing the groupGroup and implementing the strategy and policies which have been set by the board.Board.

Mr AnthonyA G L Alexander is Vice Chairman and Dr PierreP H Jungels is the recognized senior independent Non-Executive Director to whom any concerns can be conveyed by shareholders.

 

Following the 2006 board2007 Board evaluation and consideration of all other relevant factors contained in the Code and the NYSE Corporate Governance rules, the boardBoard concluded at its meeting in September 20062007 that all Non-Executive Directors continue to contribute effectively and constructively to boardBoard debate, to challenge and question management objectively and robustly and at all times to have the best interests of the groupGroup in mind and that, taking account of these factors, together with the other relevant factors contained in the Code and the NYSE Corporate Governance rules, all seveneight Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) remain independent for the purposes of the NYSE Corporate Governance rule and all sixseven Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chairman as required by the Code) remain independent for the purposes of the Code.

However, recognizing the general external focus under the Code on directorsDirectors who have served in excess of nine years, the Company is no longer going to classifyhas not, since September 2006, classified Mr AnthonyA G L Alexander for(for the purposes of the Code,Code), as an independent Director when determining the composition of the boardBoard and its committees. For the time beingAs announced previously, Mr A G L Alexander will remain on the board to ensure continuity at senior board level


followingBoard until the Company’s 2008 Annual General Meeting. Mr Iain Napier succeeding Mr Derek Bonham as Chairman in January 2007.  MrA G L Alexander is not a member of any of the boardBoard committees other thanthat the nominations committee.  In accordance withNominations Committee.

The Board has satisfied itself that there is no compromise to the group’s policy, Mr Alexander, having servedindependence of those Directors who have appointments on boards of companies outside the Group. Where necessary, the Board ensures appropriate processes are in excessplace to manage any possible conflict of nine years, offered himself for re-election at the Company’s 2007 AGM and was duly re-elected.  In addition, given his change of role, Mr Napier also offered himself for re-election and was duty re-elected.interest.

We believe that the Directors’ biographies, appearing on pages 63 and 64,52 to 54, demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the tobacco industry and the wider Fast Moving Consumer Goods sector together with a range of

60



business and financial experience which is vital to the management of an expanding international company. The biographies also include details of their other major directorships.

Board changes

During fiscal 2006,2007, the nominations committeeNominations Committee again reviewed the composition and balance of the board.Board. This review took into account not only the overall balance of skills, knowledge and experience of boardBoard members but also of the wider provisions of the Code and the results of the annual evaluation of the board,performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.

The board performance evaluation in 2005 identified that, given

Following this review the group’s expansion within the Asia Pacific region, recruiting new Non-Executive Directors with international, and specifically Asian, experience would enhance the skill set of the board.  As a result the nominations committeeNominations Committee produced two role profiles for an extendedexternal search consultancy to identify suitable candidates.Non-Executive Director candidates with relevant strong financial and regulatory/legal backgrounds. Subsequently Dr Ken BurnettMessrs M D Williamson, currently the Chief Financial Officer of International Power PLC, and Mr Charles KnottM H C Herlihy, formerly General Counsel of ICI PLC, joined the boardBoard on April 19, 2006July 1, 2007 as Non-Executive Directors, having been identified as fittingmeeting the relevant criteria. The Nominations Committee also identified Mrs A J Cooper as a suitable candidate to join the Board as it continues to focus on the strategic development of the business.

As part of the ongoing review of the composition and balance of the board it was announced on May 23, 2006, thatlast year, Mr I J G Napier would succeedsucceeded Mr D C Bonham as Chairman during 2007.  Mr Napier assumed this role on January 2, 2007. Prior to this appointment a role profile of the competences, experience and time commitment required by any potential candidate for the position of Chairman was produced by the nominations committee.Nominations Committee. It was determined by the nominations committeeNominations Committee that Mr I J G Napier’s skills and experience so closely matched this profile that it was unlikely that a more suitable candidate would be found by conducting an external search or undertaking open advertising. During all discussions of the Chairman’s succession, the nominations committeeNominations Committee was chaired by Mr A G L Alexander and once Mr I J G Napier had been identified as a potential candidate he was excluded from all such discussions.  As also announced on May 23, 2006,

The Board accepted Mr Napier retiredC R Day’s resignation, as a directorconsequence of Taylor Woodrow plc on 31 December 2006.

On October 28, 2005 Mr Graham Blashill was appointed to the board as Group Sales and Marketing Director.

As reported last year, the board accepted Mr David Thursfield’s resignationhis overall business commitments, with effect from October 28, 2005.February 16, 2007 and that of Dr F A Rogerson, for personal and private reasons with effect from June 27, 2007.

As previously announced, Messrs Simon DuffyD Cresswell and Sipko Huismans both retired fromA G L Alexander have confirmed to the board followingBoard that they intend to retire on December 31, 2007 and January 29, 2008 respectively.

Mr I J G Napier met with a number of key shareholders during the conclusionyear. The opportunity also exists for major shareholders to meet with new and existing Directors. In addition, Directors made themselves available to meet shareholders after the formal business of the 2006 AGM.Annual General Meeting in January 2007 (‘AGM’) and Extraordinary General Meeting in August 2007 (‘EGM’) had been completed.

Board operations

The boardBoard is the principal decision making forum of the groupGroup and manages overall control of the group’sGroup’s affairs by the schedule of matters reserved for its decision.decision contained in the Group’s corporate manual. These include responsibility for the group’sGroup’s commercial strategy, the approval of financial statements and corporate plans, the overall corporate governance framework, acquisitions and disposals, treasury, tax and risk management policies and appointment and removal of Directors and the Company Secretary.

The Company Secretary is responsible for advising the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters and for ensuring Board procedures are followed and applicable rules and regulations complied with.

All Directors are equally accountable in law for the proper stewardship of the Group’s affairs, with the Non-Executive Directors having a particular responsibility for ensuring that strategies proposed for the development of the business, resources and standards of conduct are critically reviewed using their independent judgment and experience. This ensures that the Board acts in the best long-term interest of all shareholders, takes account of the wider community of interest represented by employees, customers and suppliers and that environmental, community, ethical and reputational issues are fully integrated into the Group’s risk assessment processes.

61



During fiscal 2007, the matters considered by the Board included the proposed acquisition of Altadis, the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands, the Board changes detailed above, review of the strategy and operating results of the business, approval of annual and medium term plans, and review of Group funding arrangements. Actual results of the Group were reviewed at each Board meeting, with monthly reports, including detailed commentary and analysis, being provided in the intervening periods. This ensured that the Board was supplied with information on the progress of the business in a timely manner and that at Board meetings the Directors were properly briefed on issues arising. All Board members receive reports from the chairmen of all Board committees and receive copies of each committee’s minutes.

During fiscal 2007, the Chief Executive’s Committee, comprising the Executive Directors, the Regional Director – Western Europe (who, following appointment as Corporate Development Director, attended as an Executive Director from July 1, 2007), the Group Human Resources Director and the Company Secretary, met ten times to ensure appropriate control and management of day-to-day business matters. Within the framework of the Chief Executive’s Committee, the Board delegates day-to-day and business control matters to the Chief Executive and the Chief Executive’s Committee, who are responsible for implementing Group policy and monitoring the detailed performance of all aspects of the business. They have full power to act, subject to the reserved powers and sanctioning limits laid down by the Board and the Group’s policy guidelines.

As previously announced, Mr G Aldridge will join the Chief Executive’s Committee as Manufacturing Director with effect from January 1, 2008.

The Non-Executive Directors also play a leading role in corporate accountability and governance through their membership of the Remuneration Committee, the Nominations Committee and the Audit Committee. The membership and remit of each committee is considered below. The terms of reference for each of the committees were reviewed during the year and are published on the Imperial Tobacco Group website, www.imperial-tobacco.com.

We have procedures in place to allow Directors to seek both independent professional advice, at our expense, and the advice and services of the Company Secretary in order to fulfill their duties. We maintain appropriate insurance cover in respect of Directors’ and officers’ liabilities.


The Company Secretary is responsible for advising the board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters and for ensuring board procedures are followed and applicable rules and regulations complied with.

All Directors are equally accountable in lawhas entered into qualifying third party indemnity arrangements for the proper stewardshipbenefit of all its Directors in a form and scope which comply with the requirements of the group’s affairs, with the Non-Executive Directors having a particular responsibility for ensuring that strategies proposed for the development of the business, resources and standards of conduct are critically reviewed using their independent judgment and experience.  This ensures that the board acts in the best long-term interest of shareholders, takes account of the wider community of interest represented by employees, customers and suppliers and that environmental and ethical issues are fully integrated into the group’s risk assessment processes.Companies Act 1985.

During the year the principal matters considered by the board included the board changes detailed above, review of the strategy and operating results of the business, monitoring and if appropriate approval of major projects, for example the acquisition of the worldwide rights to the Davidoff cigarette trademark, approval of annual and medium-term plans, return of capital to shareholders through share buybacks, feedback from results presentations to institutional shareholders, review of the group’s non-financial reporting framework, consideration of the three-year occupational health safety and environment trends and priorities within the group and review of group funding arrangements, including the renewal of the group’s European Medium Term Note program.  Actual results of the group were reviewed at each board meeting, with monthly reports, including detailed commentary and analysis, being provided in the intervening periods.  This ensured that the board was supplied with information on the progress of the business in a timely manner and that the Directors were properly briefed on issues arising at board meetings.  All board members receive reports from the chairmen of all board committees and receive copies of the committees’ minutes.

During fiscal 2006, the Chief Executive’s Committee, comprising the Executive Directors and Company Secretary, the Regional Director - Western Europe and the Group Human Resources Director, continued to meet on a regular basis to ensure appropriate control and management of day-to-day business matters.  Within the framework of the Chief Executive’s Committee, the board delegates day-to-day and business control matters to the Chief Executive and the Chief Executive’s Committee, who are responsible for implementing group policy and monitoring the detailed performance of all aspects of the business.  They have full power to act subject to the reserved powers and sanctioning limits laid down by the board and the group’s policy guidelines.

The Non-Executive Directors also play a leading role in corporate accountability and governance through their membership of the remuneration committee, the nominations committee and the audit committee.  The membership and remit of each committee is considered below.  The terms of reference for each of the Committees were comprehensively reviewed in June 2005.

Between formal boardBoard and committee meetings, the Chairman and chairmen of the boardBoard committees communicate regularly with the Chief Executive and other members of the Chief Executive’s Committee.

Remuneration committeeCommittee

The remuneration committee exclusivelyRemuneration Committee comprises five independent Non-Executive Directors, together with the Chairman, Mr I J G Napier (who is excluded from any matter concerning his own remuneration and/or conditions of service), who have no personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided.

The members of the committee during the year were:

·     Dr P H Jungels (chairman with effect from January 2, 2007);

Mr IainM H C Herlihy (with effect from September 14, 2007);

Mr C F Knott;

Ms S E Murray;

Mr I J G Napier (former chairman, who(who stepped down as chairman of the committee on January 2, 2007)2007 upon his appointment as Chairman of the Company); and

·             Mr Derek Bonham (who stepped downM D Williamson (with effect from the committee following the AGM on January 31, 2006 and retired on January 1,September 14, 2007);.

·  Mr Sipko Huismans (who retired from the board at the AGM on January 31, 2006);


·  Dr Pierre Jungels (appointed chairman following Mr Napier stepping down as committee chairman);

·  Mr Charles Knott (appointed September 6, 2006);

·  Ms Susan Murray (appointed January 31, 2006); and

·  Mr David Thursfield (resigned from the Board October 28, 2005).

Mr GarethG Davis (Chief Executive) is, and since stepping down from the committee and untilprior to his retirement Mr DerekD C Bonham (Board Chairman) arewas, invited to attend to respond to questions raised by the committee. Mr MatthewM R Phillips (Company Secretary) also attends meetings as secretary to the committee. However, theyThey are, however, all specifically excluded from any matter concerning the details of their own remuneration.

62



The committee sets the remuneration package for each Executive Director and member of the Chief Executive’s Committee after taking advice principally from external sources, including remuneration consultants Hewitt Bacon & WoodrowHewitt’s Limited and Towers Perrin, both of whom are engaged by the committee as required. Hewitt Bacon & WoodrowHewitt’s Limited also reviews the group’sGroup’s remuneration principles and practices against corporate governance best practice. Neither provides any other services for the group.Group.

Executive remuneration data provided by KPMG (engaged by the committee as requiredTowers Perrin and having provided tax and other consultancy services to the group) and Towers PerrinBoardex Inc. have also been used to assist in benchmarking processes ensuring the consistent application of the executive remuneration policy.

Ms Kathryn Brown

Mrs K A Turner (Group Human Resources Director) and Mr DonD P Cuthbert (Group Compensation and Benefits Manager) also provide internal support and advice to the committee.

Solicitors Allen & Overy LLP have been retained by the Company to provide legal advice in respect of the group’sGroup’s share plans and to provide services to the committee as and when required. The firm also provides other legal services to the groupGroup as a whole.

The Company has appointed Alithos Limited to undertake Total Shareholder Return (TSR) calculations and provide advice on all TSR related matters. Alithos Limited provides no other services for the group.Group.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the group’sGroup’s Auditors, undertake an agreed upon procedure in respect of true Earnings Perper Share (EPS) calculations used in the group’sGroup’s share plans prior to awards vesting.

The boardBoard is ultimately responsible for the framework and cost of executive remuneration but has delegated to the remuneration committee,Remuneration Committee, within its terms of reference, responsibility for certain activities including the following activities:following:

·                  determination of the remuneration levels and conditions of service for the Executive Directors Chairman and members of the Chief Executive’s Committee;

·                  recommendation to the Board of the remuneration level and conditions of service for the Chairman;

                  oversight of the overall policy for senior management remuneration;

·                  oversight of the group’sGroup’s employee share orand cash-based incentive plans including approval of minor rule amendments, invitations and awards and the allocation or issue of shares or payments under any such plans; and

·                  approval of the form and content of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, prior to submission to the shareholders at the AGM.

During the year, the most significant issues addressed by the committee were:

·                  review of standard executive service contracts inter alia to reflect the new age discrimination legislation;

                  review of the executive bonus scheme;

                  approval of amendments to the share plan rules to take account of the U.K. Age Discrimination Act;and Irish Sharesave Plans;

·  review of executive pension arrangements following the recent pension reforms;


·                  annual review of the operation, performance conditions, vesting schedules, comparator groups and grant levels of awards under the group’sGroup’s share plans, to ensure that they remain appropriate in light of the group’sGroup’s current performance and prospects and aligned with the strategy and objectives of the group;Group;

·                  determination of bonus performance criteria and review of performance against the selected criteria prior to bonus payment; and

·                  oversightremuneration and contractual implications related to the resignation of the negotiations/administration of the agreed settlement with Mr Bruce Davidson.Dr F A Rogerson.

The committee’s approach is fully consistent with the group’sGroup’s overall remuneration strategy and philosophy that all employees should be competitively rewarded to attract and retain their valued skills in the business, as well as supporting corporate strategy, by directly aligning executive management reward with the group’sGroup’s strategic business goals.

63



Nominations committeeCommittee

The nominations committeeNominations Committee comprises all the Non-Executive Directors and meets on an as required basis. During the year the committee met fourthree times.

The members of the committee during the year were:

·                  Mr Derek Bonham (chairman, until his retirement on January 1, 2007);

·  Mr Anthony Alexander (chaired committee during chairman succession discussions);

·  Mr IainI J G Napier (chairman from January 2, 2007);

·                  Mr A G L Alexander;

                  Mr D C Bonham (chairman until retirement on January 2, 2007);

                  Dr Ken Burnett (appointed April 19, 2006)K M Burnett;

                  Mr C R Day (resigned February 16, 2007);

·                  Mr Colin Day;M H C Herlihy (appointed July 1, 2007);

·                  Dr PierreP H Jungels;

·                  Mr Charles Knott (appointed April 19, 2006);C F Knott;

·                  Ms SusanS E Murray;

·  Mr Gareth Davis (Chief Executive – stepped down from the committee following the AGM on January 31, 2006);

·  Mr Simon Duffy (retired from the board January 31, 2006);

·  Mr Sipko Huismans (retired from the board January 31, 2006); and

·                  Mr David Thursfield (resigned October 28, 2005)M D Williamson (appointed July 1, 2007).

Mr MatthewM R Phillips, the Company Secretary, acts as secretary to the committee.

The responsibilities of the committee include the evaluation of the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the board,Board, the development of role specifications, the formulation of succession plans and the making of recommendations to the boardBoard with regard to the appointment of Directors.

In the financial year the committee, after taking into account the boardBoard evaluation and succession plans, produced role profiles for two new Non-Executive Directors and a successor to the Chairman,, and following the identification of suitable candidates made a number of recommendations to the boardBoard resulting in the appointments as detailed on page 70.61.

Any Directors appointed by the boardBoard must submit themselves for election by shareholders at the AGM following their appointment. Thereafter, all Directors, in accordance with the Code, are subject to re-election at least every three years. Furthermore, it is the Company’s practice that any Non-Executive


Director, including the Chairman, having been in post for nine years or more is subject to annual re-election. The performance of each Director is considered before recommending such election or re-election.

The performance of the committee was evaluated as part of the boardBoard performance evaluation process.

Audit committeeCommittee

The audit committee, consisting exclusively ofAudit Committee, which has determined that all its members are independent Non-Executive Directors, met four times during the year.

The members of the committee during the year were:

·                  Mr Colin Day (appointed and chairman January 31, 2006)M D Williamson (chairman from  September 14, 2007);

·                  Mr C R Day (chairman until resigned from the Board February 16, 2007);

                  Mr M H C Herlihy (from September 14, 2007);

                  Dr PierreP H Jungels;

·                  Mr CharlesC F Knott (appointed(acting chairman  February 17, 2007 to  September 6, 2006)13, 2007);

·                  Ms Susan Murray (appointed January 31, 2006);S E Murray; and

·                  Mr IainI J G Napier (stepped down January 2, 2007);2007 upon his appointment as chairman of the Company).

·  Mr Anthony Alexander (stepped down January 31, 2006); and

·  Mr Simon Duffy (chairman until retirement from the board January 31, 2006).

Messrs Colin DayM D Williamson and CharlesC F Knott are qualified accountants and, therefore, we believe are therefore appropriately qualified to discharge the responsibilities that Audit Committee membership entails and are regarded as financial experts for the purposes of both the Code and section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The remaining members of the committee supply a supportive mix of skills and backgrounds.

Following the resignation of Mr C R Day, Mr C F Knott acted as chairman of the committee between February 17, 2007 and September 13, 2007.

64



Mr MatthewM R Phillips, the Company Secretary, acts as secretary to the committee.

The committee’s terms of reference cover the matters recommended by the Code and are published on the Imperial Tobacco website www.imperial-tobacco.com.Code. During the year and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report,this annual report, the committee worked with a structured agenda of matters focused to coincide with key events of the annual financial reporting cycle, together with standing items that the committee is required to consider at each meeting. These responsibilities included, among other things:

·                  monitoring internal control throughout the group;Group;

·                  approving the group’sGroup’s accounting policies;

·                  reviewing the interim and annual financial statements, together with thisthe U.S. filing on Form 20-F, prior to submission to the board;Board;

·                  reviewing the scope of the external audit plan and the internal group complianceGroup Compliance work plan;

·                  consideration of any related party matters;

·                  review of auditorAuditor performance and independence;

·                  consideration of and recommendations to the boardBoard regarding the reappointment of the auditors;Auditors;

·                  review of non-auditnon audit fees paid to the auditors;Auditors and other accountancy firms;

·                  review of the going concernGoing Concern statement prior to consideration by the board;Board;

·                  oversight and monitoring of the group’s public interest disclosure (whistleblowing) policy;Group’s Public Interest Disclosure (Whistleblowing) policy

                  the financial integration of Commonwealth Brands;

                  review of Group compliance performance; and

·                  review of risk management systems.

The performance of the committee was evaluated as part of the Board performance evaluation process.

During the year the Head of Group Compliance provided the committee with detailed reports to facilitate the regular monitoring and review of its activities and effectiveness including those in respect of


the programprograms of activity in place to enable the groupGroup to meet the requirements of sectionboth the Code and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The committee undertook its annual review of the scope and content of the risk assessment and compliance program implemented by the Group Compliance functionFunction and confirmed its approval. The committee continually monitors and critically reviews the authority, effectiveness and level of resource allocated to the activity.

The Finance Director, the Group Financial Controller, the Head of Group Compliance, the Deputy Company Secretary and other financial management were invited to attend each meeting of the committee and acommittee. A standing item on each agenda allowed for the Head of Group Compliance to meet formally with the committee, without any Executive Director or other manager being present, in line with the Code’s requirements.

In addition, the group’sGroup’s auditors attended each meeting of the committee during the year and, as a standing item on each agenda, met with the committee members without the presence of any Executive Director or other manager, providing a direct line of communication between the auditors and Non-Executive Directors.

The groupGroup regularly reviews its auditor independence policy, which provides clear definitions of services that the external auditors can and cannot provide such that their independence and objectivity are not impaired. The policy also establishes a formal authorization process, including the tendering and pre-approval by the audit committeeAudit Committee for allowable non-audit work that they may perform and establishes guidelines for the recruitment of employees or former employees of the external auditors and for the recruitment of the Group’s employees by the external auditors. This policy is published on the group’sGroup’s website
www.imperial-tobacco.com.

The audit committeeAudit Committee also carried out bi-annual reviews of the remuneration received by the auditors for audit services, audit-related services and non-audit work with the aim of seeking to balance objectivity, value for money and compliance with this policy. The outcome of these reviews was not only that performance of the relevant non-audit work by the auditors was the most cost-effective way of conducting the group’sGroup’s business but also that no conflict of interest existed between such audit and non-audit work. The fees for such

65



non-audit work within the financial year were principally related to tax advisorydue diligence work associated with the reorganizationacquisition of legal entities within the group (including the review ofCommonwealth Brands, acting as reporting accountant in connection with our offer for Altadis, tax advisory work undertaken by other accounting firms prior to implementation),and Sarbanes-Oxley sectionSection 404 compliance and assistance in preparing the group for compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, which became effective for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2006.compliance. In other situations, proposed assignments were subject to independent tendering with decisions taken on the basis of competence and cost-effectiveness.

Following a review during the year by the audit committeeAudit Committee of the scope, efficiency and effectiveness of the audits performed by the auditors, it was agreed that the groupGroup continues to receive an efficient, effective and independent audit service.

The board acknowledges the responsibility for the group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness.  The audit committee, on behalf of the board, reviewed the effectiveness of the system in accordance with the guidance set out in the Code from information and regular reports provided by management, the internally independent Group Compliance function and external auditors.  However, given the size and complexity of the group’s operations, such a system can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of meeting internal control objectives by managing rather than eliminating risk and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The board,Board, either directly, or through the audit committee,Audit Committee, regularly reviewed the effectiveness of the key procedures which have been established to provide internal control. It confirms that an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the group’sGroup’s significant risks operated throughout the year and up to the date of the approval of this annual report.

75




The groupGroup has established control processes and procedures to ensure compliance with the best practice governance provisions as advocated by the Turnbull Guidance, and to comply with any relevant U.S. governance and control provisions. The provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require U.S. listed companies to adopt a generally accepted framework of control, advocating the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) as appropriate. The groupGroup considers its approach, methodology and actions in support of maintaining high standards of corporate governance satisfies the requirements of both the Turnbull guidanceGuidance and COSO.

The following key features have operated to provide reassurance of both the reliability of information and the safeguarding of assets:

Risk assessment:

·                  the groupGroup has clearly set out its strategic objectives as part of its medium term planning process. These objectives are incorporated as part of the annual planning cycle;

·                  a detailed assessment of strategic risks was undertaken by the Executive Directors as part of the medium term planning and annual and monthly forecasting reporting cycles;

·                  all areas of the business undertook risk-profiling exercises to formally review their principal areas of risk so that all major risks were reviewed at all levels across the group.Group. This formal system is based on the annual submission of risk assessment summaries from each of the business operations identifying their major areas of business risk, together with the controls embedded in the business processes to mitigate such risks. This review is ongoing throughout all business operations of the group to ensure that there are processes to mitigate such risks. This review is ongoing throughout all business operations of the groupGroup to ensure that there continue to be clear and consistent procedures for monitoring, updating and implementing appropriate controls to minimize the risk exposure so identified;

·                  the audit committeeAudit Committee has delegated responsibility for considering group-wideGroup-wide operational, financial and compliance risks on a regular basis. The Group Compliance function formally reported at each audit committeeAudit Committee meeting the outcome of its ongoing activities, including its program of reviews relating to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and any more general business reviews. These reports have supported the audit committeeAudit Committee and the boardBoard in assessing the effectiveness of internal controls within the business operations. In this way, the audit committeeAudit Committee satisfied itself that the group’sGroup’s exposure to major business risks is minimized such that the levels of retained risk are acceptable to the group; andGroup;

·                  notwithstanding that the Group has taken advantage of an exemption from implementing the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act within Commonwealth Brands in the first year after acquisition, the Group is integrating Commonwealth Brands within its overall control framework; and

a summary of the principal risks facing the business is included in item 3D ‘Risk Factors’.

Disclosure committeeCommittee

In line with recommendations issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and to meet corporate governance best practice in the U.K., the groupGroup has a disclosure committeeDisclosure Committee comprising appropriate senior executives:

·                  Company Secretary—Secretary – chairman;

·                  Head of Group Compliance—co-ordinator;Compliance – coordinator;

66



·                  Senior Legal Counsel; and

·                  Group Financial Controller.

The Deputy Company Secretary acts as secretary to the committee.


The external auditors, together with other senior management, are invited to attend or to submit matters for the attention of the committee.

The committee, in accordance with its terms of reference, considered the significance of relevant information identified after due enquiry by its members both prior to each meeting and on an ongoing basis. The committee reported on its evaluation of such information to the Chief Executive, Finance Director and, as appropriate, the audit committee,Audit Committee, to assist them in their evaluation of material issues for the purposes of any disclosure that may be required.

The terms of reference of the disclosure committeeDisclosure Committee were reviewed during the year.

In this context the disclosures contained within this document have been received, reviewed and evaluated by the disclosure committeeDisclosure Committee at its formal meeting in JanuaryNovember 2007, following which appropriate assurances were given to the boardBoard that the disclosure committeeDisclosure Committee was not aware of any reason why the Chief Executive and Finance Director could not provide the certifications included as Exhibits 12.1 and 12.2 and 13.1 in this annual report.

Further committee

During

Certain investigations were initiated by German authorities in January 2003 German authorities conducted a significant search of certain group premises, including Reemtsma's former headquarters in Hamburg, Germany, as part of wide-ranging investigations into alleged foreign trading and related violations by a number of people, including Reemtsma employees, during a period prior to its acquisition by the group. A number of formerus. Between 2005 and current employees have been interviewed and the German authorities have sought assistance from several other jurisdictions to obtain evidence. These investigations are continuing but in the course of 20052007, parts of the investigations into certain of the individuals were terminated either for lack of evidence or on terms agreed by the individuals with the authorities and settlement was made of any duty payable as a result of certain of the other activities being investigated at no cost to the group. In 2006, investigations against some of the other individuals were terminated for lack of evidence.us. Charges relating to smuggling have been brought in connection with one of the investigations against 18 individuals, one of whom is a former Reemtsma employee. ChargesFour other former Reemtsma employees face charges relating to violations of the German foreign trade act have been brought against five other former Reemtsma employees in connection with a separate investigation. In connection with some of these charges, the authorities have applied for financial penalties to be imposed on Reemtsma. TheseSuch penalties could be imposed if the former Reemtsma employees who have been charged are ultimately found to have committed offences. In those circumstances, the groupwe would seek recovery of any losses under arrangements made on the acquisition of the business.

A boardBoard committee established in 2003 under the chairmanship of Mr AnthonyA G L Alexander was establishedremains in place to monitor the progress of the investigations and the group'sGroup’s responses, on behalf of the board.Board. The German authorities’ investigations are based on alleged activities prior to the group’sGroup’s acquisition of Reemtsma and the committee remains satisfied that, since the acquisition, the groupGroup has not been involved in any activities of a nature similar to those alleged by the German authorities.

Internal control

The boardBoard acknowledges responsibility for our system of internal controls. The audit committee,Audit Committee, on behalf of the board,Board, reviews the effectiveness of the system in accordance with the guidance set out in “Internal Control: Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code,” which we refer to as the “Turnbull guidance,” from information and regular reports provided by management, the internally independent compliance function and external auditors. However, given the size and complexity of the group’sGroup’s operations, such a system can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of meeting internal control objectives, by managing rather than eliminating risk.

The board,Board, either directly or through the audit committee,Audit Committee, which regularly reports its findings for consideration by the board,Board, has reviewed the effectiveness of the key procedures which have been


established to provide internal control and confirms that an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing our significant risks has operated throughout the fiscal year. There have been no significant changes to our system of internal controls effected since they were last reviewed by the board.Board.

67



We are also required to comply with thosethe provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which are applicable to foreign issuers. Inincluding the lightrequirements of  this ongoing obligation, work was undertaken to enable the group to meet the further requirements with regard to section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which are applicable for our financial year ending September 30, 2006.Section 404.

Code of ethics

To reinforce the group’sGroup’s commitment to high standards of business conduct, the groupGroup adopted a Code of Ethics in February 2004 for its principal officers, including our Chief Executive and Finance Director. This ensures that written standards are in place to deter wrong-doing and promote honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure of information; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of breaches of the code and accountability for adherence by the group’sGroup’s principal officers.

Since Imperial Tobacco became listed on the London Stock Exchange on October 1, 1996, the boardBoard has had in place a code of business conduct (replaced by our Policy on Acceptable Business Practice in November 2005) which lays down the set of core values governing the manner in which all aspects of the business of the groupGroup and its subsidiaries are conducted. Adherence to the provisions of this Policy is a condition of employment at Imperial Tobacco.

The Policy on Acceptable Business Practice is contained within the group’sGroup’s policies manual, which has been widely distributed and is readily available to all employees on our intranet. The aim of the policies contained within this manual is to ensure that all our employees are aware of, and actively consider at all times, the ethical implications of business activities entered into, by providing guidelines relating, among other things, to:

·                  share dealing for directorsDirectors and employees;

·                  the control and release of inside information;

·                  business dealings with customers and suppliers, relations with competitors, conduct of international business and adherence to laws, regulations and generally accepted standards of behavior in any jurisdiction in which the company operates; and

·                  matters of public interest disclosure for employees (protection of corporate “whistle blowers”) in respect of criminal and civil offences, miscarriage of justice and health, safety and environmental issues.


DEmployees

The following table sets forth the average number of persons employed by the groupGroup for each of the fiscal years indicated, by location and business function:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

United Kingdom

 

2,535

 

2,425

 

2,002

 

Germany

 

2,518

 

2,328

 

2,120

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,380

 

1,443

 

1,463

 

U.S.

 

38

 

39

 

417

 

Rest of the World

 

8,439

 

8,251

 

8,219

 

 

 

14,910

 

14,486

 

14,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling

 

3,688

 

3,899

 

4,152

 

Marketing

 

428

 

452

 

409

 

Manufacturing

 

8,442

 

7,906

 

7,604

 

Administration

 

2,352

 

2,229

 

2,056

 

 

 

14,910

 

14,486

 

14,221

 

68

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

United Kingdom

 

2,674

 

2,535

 

2,425

 

Germany

 

2,806

 

2,518

 

2,328

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,433

 

1,380

 

1,443

 

Rest of the World

 

8,720

 

8,477

 

8,290

 

 

 

15,633

 

14,910

 

14,486

 

Selling

 

3,700

 

3,688

 

3,899

 

Marketing

 

449

 

428

 

452

 

Manufacturing

 

8,670

 

8,442

 

7,906

 

Administration

 

2,814

 

2,352

 

2,229

 

 

 

15,633

 

14,910

 

14,486

 



 

The average number of employees has decreased as a resultin the U.K. and Germany due to closure of factories this year at Liverpool and Lahr, and at Treforest in fiscal 2006. The average number of employees in the restructuring which ledU.S. rose due to the closureacquisition of our rolling papers factoryCommonwealth Brands in Treforest, and a significant headcount reduction at the Berlin factory, announced in fiscal 2005.April 2007.

We consider relations with our employees to be good.

We believe that one of our key strengths is the loyalty of our workforce. To reinforce this commitment, we have an established a European Employee Forum for the provision of information and consultation on trans-national issues.issues within the E.U.

EShare Ownership

Employees are encouraged to build a stake in the companyCompany through ownership of our shares.

Share Matching Scheme

The Share Matching Scheme (SMS) is designed to encourage employees to acquire and retain Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares. There was an initiative in 2002 to mark the centenary of the founding of the Imperial Tobacco Company (of Great Britain and Ireland) Limited. All employees of the company and its wholly owned subsidiaries employed on December 10, 2001, the date of the centenary, were invited to purchase up to £3,000 worth of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares and lodge them with the Employee Benefit Trusts or its nominee. Provided these shares are left in the Trusts and the participant remains an employee in the group, the lodged shares will be matched on a sliding scale from 20% for one year’s retention to a maximum of 100% if they are retained for five years.

American Depositary shares. For Executive Directors and most of the group’sGroup’s management, individuals may elect to invest any proportion up to a maximum of 100% of their gross bonus (capped at 100% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 75% for other Executive Directors) in Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares to be held by a nominee managed by the Employee Benefit Trusts. Provided that the shares elected forlodged are left inwith the Trustsnominee for three years, and the individual remains in employment with the group,Group, the participant would receive the original shares plus additional shares. The matching ratio for bonuses is 1:1 to encourage Directors and managers to build a meaningful shareholding in the group.Group. For bonuses earned in fiscal 2003 and subsequent years by Executive Directors, these shares will not be matched unless our real average earnings per share growth per annum exceeds 3% after adjusting for U.K. inflation over the three-year retention period. This performance criterion will be adjusted

There was an initiative in 2002 to ensure consistent measurement followingmark the transitioncentenary of the founding of the Imperial Tobacco Company (of Great Britain and Ireland) Limited. All employees of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries employed on December 10, 2001, the date of the centenary, were invited to IFRS.purchase up to £3,000 worth of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares and lodge them with the Employee Benefit Trusts (EBT) or its nominee. Provided these shares were left with the EBT or its nominee and the participant remained an employee within the Group, the lodged shares were matched on a sliding scale from 20% for one year’s retention to a maximum of 100% if they were retained until August 12, 2007.


Employee Benefit Trusts

The Imperial Tobacco Group Employee and Executive Benefit Trust and the Imperial Tobacco Group PLC 2001 Employee Benefit Trust have been established to acquire ordinary shares and American Depositary Shares in the company,Company, by subscription or purchase, from funds provided by the groupGroup to satisfy rights to shares arising on the exercise of share options and on the vesting of the share matching and Long-Term Incentive Plan awards. As potential beneficiaries of the Employee and Executive Benefit Trust, each of the Executive Directors is deemed to have a contingent interest in the 826,744 ordinary shares of the company held by that Trust at January 29, 2007. Normally the Employee and Executive Benefit Trust is funded to purchase shares sufficient to cover its potential liabilities, while the 2001 Employee Benefit Trust makes periodic purchases in the market in order to satisfy its liabilities.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Annual awards are made under the LTIP to Executive Directors and other senior management. These awards which vest three years after grant, are subject to the satisfaction of performance criteria over athe relevant three year performance period. All grants are at the discretion of the remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee and no employee has a right to receive any such grant.

Awards granted prior to November 2005 were equivalent to 75% of basic salary for all Executive Directors and at a lower level for other senior management. Following a comprehensive remuneration review in 2004 and subsequent shareholder approval at the 2005 AGM, awards made in November 2005 and November 2006 were equivalent to 200% of base salary for the Chief Executive, 150% for the Finance Director and 100% for the other Executive Directors with awards at a lower level for other senior management.

The

69



From November 2005 the performance criteria for the November 2005 and proposed futureall awards arewere split into three elements as follows:

First element

50% of the award with a performance criterion based on average growth in basicadjusted Earnings Perper Share adjusted for certain items based on an agreed protocol such as significant costs(EPS). At the Remuneration Committee’s request, the auditors performed agreed upon procedures on the calculations after adjusting for inflation over the period of restructuring (EPS).the award. 12.5% of this element (i.e. 6.25% of the total award) vests if average annual EPS growth, after adjusting for U.K. inflation (Real Annual EPS Growth), equals 3% and 100% of this element (i.e. 50% of the total award) vests if Real Annual EPS Growth equals or exceeds 10%. Between these two points this element vests on a straight-line basis.

Second element

25%

25 % of the award with a performance criterion based on Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to the FTSE 100 Index as described below.

The performance criterion for the second element is based on a sliding scale depending on TSR achieved over the period of the award.relevant period. No vesting of this element will occur unless the Company’s TSR ranks it in the top 50 of the companies constituting the FTSE 100 Index. At this performance threshold 30% of this element (i.e. 7.5% of the total award) vests. If the return ranks the companyCompany in the top 25 of the Index, this element (i.e. 25% of the total award) vests in full. Between these thresholds this element vests on a straight-line basis.

Third element

25% of the award with a performance criterion based on TSR relative to a bespoke comparator group as described below.


The performance criterion for the third element is also based on a sliding scale depending on TSR achieved over the period of the award. No vesting of this element will occur unless the Company’s TSR exceeds that of the bottom six companies constituting the comparator group comprising 12 tobacco and alcohol companies as detailed below. At this performance threshold, 30% of this element (i.e. 7.5% of the total award) will vest.vests. If the return ranks the Company in the top three of the comparator group, this element (i.e. 25% of the total award) will vestvests in full. Between these thresholds this element vests on a straight-line basis.

Altadis S.A.

 

Altria Group IncInc.

 

British American Tobacco PLC

 

Carlsberg A/S

Diageo PLC

 

Gallaher Group PLC

Heineken N.V.

 

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC

 

Interbrew S.A.

Japan Tobacco Inc.

Pernod Ricard S.A.

 

Reynolds American Inc

 

SABMiller PLC

 

Scottish & Newcastle PLC

 

If one of the comparator group companies is acquired prior to the granting of an award, a suitable replacement will be made. For any corporate actions affecting a comparator company during an award period the intention would be to mirror the actions of a passive investor, e.g. for an equity bid the new shares offered in exchange for the original company would be held for the remainder of the award period.

Following Japan Tobacco’s acquisition of Gallaher and the Company’s proposed acquisition of Altadis, they have been replaced in the comparator group by Japan Tobacco Inc and Heineken N.V respectively.

The TSR calculations use share prices averaged over a period of three months to determine the initial and closing prices rather than those ruling on a single day. It is assumed that the cash flow of dividend payments is recognized on the date the shares are declared “ex dividend”“ex-dividend”. This method is considered to give a fairer and less volatile result sinceas improved performance has to be sustained for several weeks before it effectively impacts

70



on the TSR calculations. All share prices and dividend flows will beare converted to sterling on the applicable date to ensure that the calculations reflect the return achievable by a U.K. based investor.

The TSR calculations themselves are performed independently by Alithos Limited.

Each element operates independently and is capable of vesting regardless of the company’sCompany’s performance in respect of the other elements.

During the year, the remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee reviewed the performance criteria, award policy, comparator groups and vesting schedules for LTIP awards and decided that the three elements remain the most important measures that drive and measure sustainable improvement in shareholder value. The TSR criteria reflect comparative performance against the appropriate FTSE sector and the bespoke comparator group of companies. The EPS criterion reflects a key part of the group’sGroup’s strategy to create sustainable shareholder value.

For awards granted between December 2000 and November 2004, EPS growth was the sole performance criterion. This was seen as focusing on the financial performance of the business, over which Directors and senior management could exercise influence.

These awards vest on a sliding scale depending on average growth in basic Earnings Per ShareEPS adjusted under the terms of the protocol described above. Norelevant protocol. The auditors perform an agreed upon procedure in respect of the EPS calculations. For awards granted between 2000 and 2002 no vesting occurred unless the Company’s Real Annual EPS Growth was positive. For awards granted in 2003 and 2004 no vesting occurs unless the company’sCompany’s Real Annual EPS Growth exceeds 3%. Full vesting occurs if Real Annual EPS Growth is equal to or exceeds 10%. Between these two points the award vests on a straight-line basis.

In respect of the award which vested in November 2005, no vesting occurred unless Real Annual EPS Growth was positive and full vesting occurred if Real Annual EPS Growth was equal to or exceeded 10%.


On vesting a participant is granted a ‘nil cost’an option to acquire the relevant number of shares. The option may be exercised at any time up to the seventh anniversary of its date of grant.

There is no opportunity to re-test if any of the performance criteria are not achieved.

The remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee has absolute discretion to vary, but not increase, the extent to which any awards vest to ensurevest. This ensures that they only vest, and vest at an appropriate level, if there has been an improvement in the underlying financial performance of the Company, including the maintenance of long term return on capital employed.

Under the LTIP Rules, in the event that Imperial Tobacco Group PLC is acquired, the relevant performance period would come to an end on the date of acquisition. Any outstanding awards would vest on a time pro-rata basis, subject to the achievement of the applicable performance criteria.

71



Directors’ Share Ownership

The following table sets forth share ownership information, including both beneficial family and any connected persons’ interests, as of September 30, 2005,2006, September 30, 20062007 and January 29,November 23, 2007 with respect to all of our Directors and executive officers as a group. This table includes the shares owned by Mr Graham BlashillMrs A J Cooper who was appointed as Sales and MarketingCorporate Development Director on October 28, 2005.July 1, 2007. It also includes the shares ownedheld by Mr Simon DuffyD C Bonham our former Non-Executive Chairman, Mr C R Day a former Non-Executive Director and Mr Sipko HuismansDr F A Rogerson our former Corporate Affairs Director who both retired from the boardBoard on January 31, 20062, 2007 February 16, 2007 and Mr David Thursfield who resigned from the board on October 28, 2005. All three were previously Non-Executive Directors.June 27, 2007 respectively.

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

October 1,
2005(1)

 

September 30,
2006(2),(3)

 

January 29,
2007(2),(3)

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gareth Davis

 

319,181

 

 

330,289

 

 

 

351,977

 

 

Robert Dyrbus

 

206,703

 

 

213,944

 

 

 

227,680

 

 

David Cresswell

 

89,861

 

 

89,894

 

 

 

97,718

 

 

Frank Rogerson

 

84,093

 

 

88,831

 

 

 

96,909

 

 

Graham Blashill

 

85,224

 

 

90,885

 

 

 

97,343

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Bonham

 

124,600

 

 

124,600

 

 

 

124,600

 

 

Anthony Alexander

 

132,710

 

 

132,710

 

 

 

132,710

 

 

Ken Burnett

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

134

 

 

Colin Day

 

621

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

1,016

 

 

Simon Duffy

 

8,825

 

 

8,825

 

 

 

8,825

 

 

Sipko Huismans

 

5,820

 

 

5,820

 

 

 

5,820

 

 

Pierre Jungels

 

2,362

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

2,684

 

 

Charles Knott

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

134

 

 

Susan Murray

 

400

 

 

722

 

 

 

722

 

 

Iain Napier

 

3,662

 

 

4,305

 

 

 

4,305

 

 

David Thursfield

 

856

 

 

856

 

 

 

856

 

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matthew Phillips

 

4,077

 

 

6,360

 

 

 

6,360

 

 

 

 

1,068,995

 

 

1,102,009

 

 

 

1,159,793

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

October 1, 2006(1)

 

September 30,
2007(2),(3)

 

November 23,
2007, (3)

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Davis

 

330,289

 

367,726

 

367,726

 

R Dyrbus

 

213,944

 

237,190

 

237,190

 

A J Cooper(4)

 

57,809

 

57,981

 

57,981

 

D Cresswell

 

89,894

 

102,120

 

102,120

 

F A Rogerson(5)

 

88,831

 

106,461

 

106,461

 

G L Blashill

 

90,885

 

91,584

 

91,584

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D C Bonham(6)

 

124,600

 

124,600

 

124,600

 

A G L Alexander

 

132,710

 

132,710

 

132,710

 

K M Burnett

 

134

 

405

 

405

 

C R Day(7)

 

1,016

 

1,016

 

1,016

 

M H C Herlihy(4)

 

 

343

 

343

 

P H Jungels

 

2,684

 

2,993

 

2,993

 

C F Knott

 

134

 

405

 

405

 

S E Murray

 

722

 

993

 

993

 

I J G Napier

 

4,305

 

5,600

 

5,600

 

M D Williamson(4)

 

 

81

 

1,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M R Phillips

 

6,360

 

8,451

 

8,451

 

 

 

1,144,317

 

1,240,659

 

1,241,659

 


(1)          Or date of appointment, if later.

(2)All of these holdings represent less than 1% of the called up, issued and fully paid shares.

(3)Or date of resignation or retirement, if earlier.

82(4)Mrs A J Cooper and Messrs M H C Herlihy and M D Williamson were appointed to the Board on July 1, 2007.




(5)Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27.2007.

(6)Mr D C Bonham retired from the Board on January 2, 2007.

(7)Mr C R Day resigned from the Board on February 16, 2007.

There have been no changes to these holdings since November 23, 2007
Options

The companyCompany does not operate an executive share option scheme, althoughscheme. However, Executive Directors are eligible (along with all our employees and employees of any of our participating subsidiaries)subsidiaries where possible) to participate in Imperial Tobacco’s savings-related Sharesave Plan.  Under this Plan, options are granted at a discount of up to 20% to the closing mid-market price of our ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange on the day prior to invitation, to participants who have contracted to save up to £250 per month over a period of three or five years.

In addition, an

The International Sharesave Plan was approved at our annual general meeting held on February 2, 1999, with approval in respect of our French employees being renewed at our annual general meeting held on February 3, 2004. The Plan was also renewed at our annual general meeting held on February 1, 2005. The International Sharesave Plan is made available to qualifying employees of our designated non-U.K. subsidiaries. Like our current Sharesave Plan, optionsOptions are granted at a discount of up to 20% of the mid-market price of our ordinary shares on the day prior to invitation to participants who have contracted to save up to £250, or the equivalent in the participants’ local currency, per month over a three-year or a five-year, in certain countries, period.

72



The following table sets forth certain information as at DecemberOctober 31, 20062007 with respect to the options outstanding under our U.K. Sharesave Plan:

Date of Grant

 

 

 

Expiration Date

 

Option Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

June 7, 2001

 

January 31, 2007

 

 

483

p

 

 

5,304

 

 

May 31, 2002

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

824

p

 

 

287,355

 

 

June 4, 2003

 

January 31, 2007

 

 

822

p

 

 

2,542

 

 

June 4, 2003

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

822

p

 

 

171,177

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

1008

p

 

 

216,470

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

1008

p

 

 

125,347

 

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

1173

p

 

 

225,822

 

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2011

 

 

1173

p

 

 

126,546

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

1395

p

 

 

215,458

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2012

 

 

1395

p

 

 

99,711

 

 

Date of Grant

 

Expiration Date

 

Option Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

May 31, 2002

 

January 31, 2008

 

824

p

14,110

 

June 4, 2003

 

January 31, 2009

 

822

p

147,930

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

1008

p

12,244

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2010

 

1008

p

106,868

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

1173

p

188,757

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2011

 

1173

p

116,822

 

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

1395

p

190,709

 

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2012

 

1395

p

90,902

 

May 29, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

1722

p

166,863

 

May 29, 2007

 

January 31, 2013

 

1722

p

123,481

 

 

The following table sets forth certain information as at DecemberOctober 31, 20062007 with respect to the options outstanding under our International Sharesave Plan:

Date of Grant

 

 

 

Expiration Date

 

Option Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

June 17, 2003

 

January 31, 2007

 

 

822

p

 

 

28,928

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

1008

p

 

 

6,384

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

1008

p

 

 

106,048

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

U.S.$17.92

(1)

 

 

2,580

 

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

1173

p

 

 

9,513

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

1193

p

 

 

6,616

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

1173

p

 

 

111,896

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

U.S. $22.49

(2)

 

 

2,890

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

1395

p

 

 

22,843

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

1395

p

 

 

218,257

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

U.S. $24.92

(3)

 

 

4,312

 

 

Date of Grant

 

Expiration Date

 

Option Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

May 26, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

1008

p

660

 

June 4, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

1008

p

10,342

 

May 23, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

1173

p

9,513

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

1193

p

6,616

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

1173

p

105,331

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

U.S. $22.49

 

2,890

(1)

May 22, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

1395

p

22,843

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

1395

p

208,586

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

U.S. $24.92

 

4,312

(2)

May 29, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

1722

p

14,559

 

June 8, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

1746

p

5,399

 

June 8, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

1722

p

176,847

 

June 8, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

U.S. $34.34

 

41,550

(3)


(1)    1,290 American Depositary Shares representing 2,580 ordinary shares.

(2)    1,445 American Depositary Shares representing 2,890 ordinary shares.

(3)(2)          2,156 American Depositary Shares representing 4,312 ordinary shares.


(3)          20,775 American Depositary Shares representing 41,550 ordinary shares.

The following table sets forth certain information as at DecemberOctober 31, 20062007 with respect to notional awards under our International Sharesave Plan:

Date of Grant

 

 

 

Expiration Date

 

Award Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of ordinary shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

June 17, 2003

 

January 31, 2007

 

 

822

p

 

 

10,389

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

 

1008

p

 

 

22,056

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

 

1173

p

 

 

27,233

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

 

1395

p

 

 

49,053

 

 

Date of Grant

 

Expiration Date

 

Award Grant Price
(Adjusted)

 

Number of ordinary shares
Issuable Upon Exercise

 

June 4, 2004

 

January 31, 2008

 

1008

p

1,393

 

June 1, 2005

 

January 31, 2009

 

1173

p

26,024

 

June 1, 2006

 

January 31, 2010

 

1395

p

47,743

 

June 8, 2007

 

January 31, 2011

 

1722

p

69,090

 

 

Of the total number of our ordinary shares subject to such options, 8,0625,363 of our ordinary shares were subject to options held by our Directors and executive officers as a group (13(15 persons).

73



The following table sets forth certain information as of January 29,November 23, 2007 with respect to the interests of our Executive Directors in options to acquire ordinary shares, all of which were granted pursuant to our Sharesave Plan:

 

 

Balance
at
Oct 1, 2005(1)

 

 

 

Balance
at Sept 30,
2006(3)

 

 

 

Balance at
Jan 29,
2007

 

Exercise 
price
£

 

Range of exercisable dates
of options held at
September 30, 2006(2)

 

Gains on exercise during
the year(3) 
£’000

 

2005
£’000

 

G Davis

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

8.24

 

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

774

 

 

 

 

 

774

 

 

 

 

 

774

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

08/01/2008-01/31/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

 

675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

08/01/2006-01/31/2007

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

10.08

 

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

13.95

 

 

08/01/2009–01/31/2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,049

 

 

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

G L Blashill

 

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

11.73

 

 

08/01/2008-01/31/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

8.24

 

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F A Rogerson

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

8.24

 

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance
at
Oct 1, 2006(1)

 

Balance
at Sept 30,

2007(2)

 

Balance at
Nov 
23,
2007

 

Exercise
price
£

 

Range of exercisable dates
of options held at
September 30, 2007(2)

 

Gains on
exercise during
the year (4)
£’000

 

2006
£’000

 

G Davis

 

1,205

 

 

 

8.24

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

16

 

 

 

 

774

 

774

 

774

 

8.22

 

08/01/2008-01/31/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

570

 

17.22

 

08/01/2012-01/31/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

1,344

 

1,344

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

374

 

 

 

10.08

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

4

 

 

 

 

402

 

402

 

402

 

13.95

 

08/01/2009-01/31/2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

219

 

17.22

 

08/01/2010-01/31/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

776

 

621

 

621

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

G L Blashill

 

807

 

807

 

807

 

11.73

 

08/01/2008-01/31/2009

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

807

 

807

 

 

 

 

 

 

A J Cooper (5)

 

670

 

670

 

670

 

13.95

 

08/01/2009-01/31/2010

 

 

 

 

 

670

 

670

 

670

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

2,008

 

 

 

8.24

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

548

 

548

 

17.22

 

08/01/2010-01/31/2011

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

548

 

548

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

F A Rogerson(6)

 

2,008

 

2,008

 

 

8.24

 

08/01/2007-01/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

548

 

 

17.22

 

08/01/2010-01/31/2011

 

 

 

 

 

2,008

 

2,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Or date of appointment to the board

(1)

Or date of appointment to the Board if later.

(2)

Or date of resignation, if earlier.

(3)

Any option not exercised by the end of the range of exercisable dates will expire.

(4)

Gains made on exercise, calculated as the difference between the exercise price and the market price on the date of exercise. Aggregate gains during the year were £47,557 (2006: £6,203).

(5)

Mrs A J Cooper was appointed to the Board on July 1, 2007.

(6)

Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27, 2007. He will complete a handover period and will be on compassionate leave until June 27, 2008, when his employment will terminate.

(2)    Any option not exercised by the end of the range of exercisable dates will expire.

(3)    Gains made on exercise, calculated as the difference between the exercise price and the market price on the date of exercise.  Aggregate gains during the year were £6,203 (2005: nil).74



Contingent rights in ordinary shares

The following tables set forth certain information as of January 29,November 23, 2007 with respect to the contingent rights of our Executive Directors in our ordinary shares pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Share Matching Scheme:

Executive Directors’ Conditional Share Awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Balance
at
Oct 1,
2005(1)

 

Granted
during
year

 

Market
price
at date
of grant 
£

 

Date of
grant

 

Vested
during
year

 

Market
price at
date of
vesting
£

 

Market
price at 
date of
exercise
£

 

Amount
realized
on
exercise
£’000

 

 

 

Balance
at 
Sept 30,
2006

 

 

 

Performance period

 

G Davis

 

46,923

 

 

 

 

 

9.59

 

 

11/25/02

 

(46,923

)

 

17.14

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

 

793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2002 – November 2005

 

 

 

47,872

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

11/18/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,872

 

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

42,513

 

 

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,513

 

 

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

 

 

96,594

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,594

 

 

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

137,308

 

 

96,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(46,923

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186,979

 

 

 

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

29,718

 

 

 

 

 

9.59

 

 

11/25/02

 

(29,718

)

 

17.14

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2002 – November 2005

 

 

 

30,464

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

11/18/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,464

 

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

26,974

 

 

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-—

 

 

 

 

26,974

 

 

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

 

 

45,975

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,975

 

 

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

87,156

 

 

45,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,718

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103,413

 

 

 

 

 

G Blashill(2)

 

8,863

 

 

 

 

 

9.59

 

 

11/25/02

 

(8,863

)

 

17.14

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2002 – November 2005

 

 

 

9,912

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

11/18/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,912

 

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

27,375

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,493

 

 

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

9,906

 

 

 

 

 

9.59

 

 

11/25/02

 

(9,906

)

 

17.14

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2002 – November 2005

 

 

 

21,760

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

11/18/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,760

 

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

51,017

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,906

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,092

 

 

 

 

 

F A Rogerson

 

10,427

 

 

 

 

 

9.59

 

 

11/25/02

 

(10,427

)

 

17.14

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2002 – November 2005

 

 

 

21,760

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

11/18/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,760

 

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

 

 

 

12.79

 

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

51,538

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,427

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance
at
Oct 1,
2006(1)

 

Granted
during

year

 

Market
price
at date of
grant £

 

Date of
grant

 

Vested
during
year

 

Market
price at
date of
vesting

£

 

Market
price at
date of
exercise
£

 

Amount
realized
on
exercise

£’000

 

Balance
at
Sept 30,
2007(2)

 

Performance period

 

G Davis

 

47,872

 

 

10.34

 

11/18/03

 

(47,872

)

18.41

 

22.03

 

1,055

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

42,513

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

42,513

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

96,594

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

96,594

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

 

89,929

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

89,929

 

November 2006 - November 2009

 

 

 

186,979

 

89,929

 

 

 

 

 

(47,872

)

 

 

 

229,036

 

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

30,464

 

 

10.34

 

11/18/03

 

(30,464

)

18.41

 

22.03

 

671

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

26,974

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

26,974

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

45,975

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

45,975

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

 

42,810

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

42,810

 

November 2006 – November 2009

 

 

 

103,413

 

42,810

 

 

 

 

 

(30,464

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,759

 

 

 

G L Blashill

 

9,912

 

 

10.34

 

11/18/03

 

(9,912

)

18.41

 

18.41

 

182

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

8,600

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

 

21,001

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

21,001

 

November 2006 – November 2009

 

 

 

40,493

 

21,001

 

 

 

 

 

(9,912

)

 

 

 

51,582

 

 

 

A J Cooper (3)

 

9,773

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

9,773

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

13,003

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

13,003

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

13,731

 

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

13,731

 

November 2006 – November 2009

 

 

 

36,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,507

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

21,760

 

 

10.34

 

11/18/03

 

(21,760

)

18.41

 

22.03

 

479

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

19,351

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

 

20,463

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

20,463

 

November 2006 – November 2009

 

 

 

63,092

 

20,463

 

 

 

 

 

(21,760

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,795

 

 

 

F A Rogerson(4)

 

21,760

 

 

10.34

 

11/18/03

 

(21,760

)

18.41

 

22.03

 

479

 

 

November 2003 – November 2006

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

12.79

 

11/09/04

 

 

 

 

 

19,351

 

November 2004 – November 2007

 

 

 

21,981

 

 

16.15

 

11/02/05

 

 

 

 

 

21,981

 

November 2005 – November 2008

 

 

 

 

20,463

 

18.57

 

11/01/06

 

 

 

 

 

20,463

 

November 2006 – November 2009

 

 

 

63,092

 

20,463

 

 

 

 

 

(21,760

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,795

 

 

 


(1) Or date of appointment if later.

(2) Appointed asOr date of resignation if earlier.

(3) Mrs AJ Cooper was appointed to the Board on July 1, 2007.

(4) Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27, 2007. He will complete a Directorhandover period and will be on October 28, 2005.compassionate leave until June 27, 2008, when his employment will terminate.

During the past fiscal year, the November 20022003 – November 20052006 award vested in full. Real Annual EPS Growth over the period averaged 19.20%10.20%, exceeding the average of 10%, the threshold at which the award maximized.

75



 

On November 1, 2006,October 31, 2007, the following Executive Directors were conditionally awarded ordinary shares under our LTIP, which will vest during November 2009,October 2010, in proportion to the extent that the performance criteria are achieved:

 

 

Conditional Awards Granted October 31,
November 1, 20062007 and
Balance at January 29,November 23, 2007

 

GarethG Davis

 

89,929

76,730

 

RobertR Dyrbus

 

42,810

35,247

 

David CresswellG L Blashill

 

20,463

17,163

 

Frank RogersonA J Cooper

 

20,463

Graham Blashill

21,001

17,368

 

 

85




On November 18, 2006,9, 2007, contingent rights to shares under the November 20032004 – November 20062007 LTIP vested in fullpart at the completion of the three-year performance period to participants including the following Executive Directors.  Graham Blashill exercised his options on November 20, 2006 at an ordinary share price of £18.41.  None of the other directors have exercised their options and the value of their award is based upon the ordinary share price of £18.41 applicable at the date of vesting.

 

 

Contingent rights to shares vesting

 

Lapsed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Davis

 

39,014

 

3,499

 

R Dyrbus

 

24,754

 

2,220

 

G L Blashill

 

7,892

 

708

 

A J Cooper

 

8,968

 

805

 

D Cresswell

 

17,758

 

1,593

 

76

 

 

Contingent rights to shares vesting

 

Value
£

 

Gareth Davis

 

 

47,872

 

 

881,324

 

Robert Dyrbus

 

 

30,464

 

 

560,842

 

David Cresswell

 

 

21,760

 

 

400,602

 

Frank Rogerson

 

 

21,760

 

 

400,602

 

Graham Blashill

 

 

9,912

 

 

182,479

 



 

Executive Directors’Contingent Rights to Shares Underunder the Share Matching Scheme

 

Balance at
Oct 1, 2005
(1)

 

Contingent
rights
arising

 

Market price
at date of
grant
02/15/05

 

Vested
during
year

 

Market price
at date of
vesting
01/29/06

 

Amount
realized on
vesting

 

 

 

Balance at
Sept 30, 2006

 

 

 

Expected
vesting date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

 

 

 

£

 

£’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Davis

 

 

39,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,614

)

 

16.50

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2006

 

 

 

 

36,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,761

 

 

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

 

36,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,059

 

 

 

 

January 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,698

 

 

 

17.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,698

 

 

 

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

112,728

 

 

 

31,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,614

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

 

24,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,848

)

 

16.50

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2006

 

 

 

 

23,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,282

 

 

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

 

22,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,947

 

 

 

 

January 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,111

 

 

 

17.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,111

 

 

 

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

71,371

 

 

 

20,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,848

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Blashill(2)

 

 

11,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,723

)

 

16.50

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2006

 

 

 

 

10,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,947

 

 

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

 

9,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,211

 

 

 

 

January 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,701

 

 

 

17.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,701

 

 

 

 

February  2009

 

 

 

 

32,175

 

 

 

10,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,723

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

 

12,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,101

)

 

16.50

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2006

 

 

 

 

13,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,262

 

 

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

January 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

17.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

40,550

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,101

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

F A Rogerson

 

 

12,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,857

)

 

16.50

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2006

 

 

 

 

13,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,692

 

 

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

January 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

17.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

February  2009

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,857

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
Oct 1, 2006
(1)

 

Contingent
rights
arising

 

Market price
at date of

grant
02/15/07
£

 

Vested
during
year

 

Market price
at date of

vesting
01/29/07 and
08/12/2007
£

 

Amount
realized on
vesting
£’000

 

Balance
at Sept
30, 2007 (2)

 

Expected
vesting date

 

G Davis

 

36,761

 

 

 

(36,761

)

21.06

 

774

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

(294

)

20.67

 

6

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

36,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,059

 

January 2008

 

 

 

31,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,698

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

20,601

 

21.96

 

 

 

 

20,601

 

February 2010

 

 

 

104,812

 

20,601

 

 

 

(37,055

)

 

 

780

 

88,358

 

 

 

R Dyrbus

 

23,282

 

 

 

(23,282

)

21.06

 

490

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

(294

)

20.67

 

6

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

22,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,947

 

January 2008

 

 

 

20,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,111

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

13,073

 

21.96

 

 

 

 

13,073

 

February 2010

 

 

 

66,634

 

13,073

 

 

 

(23,576

)

 

 

496

 

56,131

 

 

 

G L Blashill

 

10,947

 

 

 

(10,947

)

21.06

 

231

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

(294

)

20.67

 

6

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

9,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,211

 

January 2008

 

 

 

10,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,701

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

9,360

 

21.96

 

 

 

 

9,360

 

February 2010

 

 

 

31,153

 

9,360

 

 

 

(11,241

)

 

 

237

 

29,272

 

 

 

A J Cooper (3)

 

294

 

 

 

(294

)

20.67

 

6

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

10,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,984

 

January 2008

 

 

 

9,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,988

 

February 2009

 

 

 

7,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,777

 

February 2010

 

 

 

29,043

 

 

 

(294

)

 

 

6

 

28,749

 

 

 

D Cresswell

 

13,262

 

 

 

(13,262

)

21.06

 

279

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

(294

)

20.67

 

6

 

 

August 2007

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

January 2008

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

9,376

 

21.96

 

 

 

 

9,376

 

February 2010

 

 

 

41,588

 

9,376

 

 

(13,556

)

 

 

285

 

37,378

 

 

 

F A Rogerson(4)

 

13,692

 

 

 

(13,692

)

21.06

 

288

 

 

January 2007

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

August 2007

 

 

 

14,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,893

 

January 2008

 

 

 

13,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,109

 

February 2009

 

 

 

 

9,376

 

21.96

 

 

 

 

9,376

 

February 2010

 

 

 

41,988

 

9,376

 

 

 

(13,692

)

 

 

288

 

37,672

 

 

 


(1) Or date of appointment, if later.

(2) Appointed asOr date of resignation, if earlier.

(3) Mrs AJ Cooper was appointed to the Board on July 1, 2007.

(4) Dr F A Rogerson resigned from the Board on June 27, 2007. He will complete a Directorhandover period and will be on October 28, 2005.compassionate leave until June 27, 2008, when his employment will terminate.


The following

There have been no changes in any Directors’ contingent rights to shares under the Share Matching Scheme have occurred since September 30, 2006.2007.

On January 29, 2007, contingent rights to shares under the 2003-04 annual bonus Share Matching Scheme vested at the completion of the three-year matching period to participants including the following Executive Directors.  The value of the awards vesting was as follows:

 

 

Contingent rights to shares
vesting

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

£

 

Gareth Davis

 

 

36,761

 

 

774,187

 

Robert Dyrbus

 

 

23,282

 

 

490,319

 

David Cresswell

 

 

13,262

 

 

279,298

 

Frank Rogerson

 

 

13,692

 

 

288,354

 

Graham Blashill(1)

 

 

10,947

 

 

230,544

 

77



(1)    Appointed as a Director on October 28, 2005.

The company’sCompany’s mid-market share price at the close of business on September 29, 200628, 2007 being the last trading day of the fiscal year, was ££22.4117.80 and the range of the mid-market price during the year was £15.47£17.64 to £18.43.£23.30.

Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors

Fees for our Non-Executive Directors are determined by the boardBoard as a whole with regard to market practice and within the restrictions contained in our Articles of Association. The remuneration of the Chairman is determined by the boardBoard following recommendation from the remuneration committee.Remuneration Committee. The Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman do not take part in discussions onrelating to their own remuneration. They receive no other material pay or benefits (with the exception of reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with their directorship of the companyCompany and provision of administrative support including the use of company offices by the Chairman Mr DerekD C Bonham until(until his retirement on January 1, 20072, 2007) and Vice Chairman Mr AnthonyA G L Alexander). The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the group'sGroup’s share plans, bonus schemes or incentive plans and are not eligible for pension scheme membership.

To align further the interests of the Non-Executive Directors with those of shareholders it was agreed that a proportion of their fees be applied, after tax,statutory deductions, to purchase shares in Imperial Tobacco Group PLC. These shares are to be held by a nominee during the term of each Non-Executive Directorship. Exceptionally, in respect of Mr AnthonyA G L Alexander and, until(and for Mr D C Bonham up to the date of his retirement on January 1, 2007, Mr Derek Bonham,retirement), this requirement has been waived due to their continued level of investment as detailed above.

 

Following his retirement from the boardBoard in January 2006, Mr S Huismans remains a member of Supervisory Boardssupervisory boards within the Reemtsma Groupgroup for which he received additional remuneration for fulfilling such non-executive roles.

78



Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

AMajor Shareholders

To our knowledge, we are not controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other corporation.

As of January 25,November 23, 2007, we have been notified that the following persons had interests in 3% or more of our issued share capital.

 

 

January 25, 2007

 

October 27, 2006

 

November 1, 2005

 

November 4, 2004

 

 

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held

 

Percentage of
ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held

 

Percentage of
ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held

 

Percentage of
ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held

 

Percentage of
ordinary
shares held

 

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

Legal & General Investment Management Limited

 

 

29.32

 

 

 

4.03

 

 

 

29.32

 

 

 

4.03

 

 

 

29.32

 

 

 

4.03

 

 

 

21.92

 

 

 

3.01

 

 

Franklin Resources, Inc

 

 

21.89

 

 

 

3.002

 

 

 

21.89

 

 

 

3.002

 

 

 

21.89

 

 

 

3.002

 

 

 

Less than 3%

 

 

Barclays PLC

 

 

35.83

 

 

 

5.29

 

 

 

Less than 3%

 

 

 

Less than 3%

 

 

 

Less than 3%

 

 

 

 

November 23, 2007

 

January 25, 2007

 

October 27, 2006

 

November 1, 2005.

 

 

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held
(millions)

 

Percentage
of ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held
(millions)

 

Percentage
of ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held
(millions)

 

Percentage
of ordinary
shares held

 

Number of
ordinary
shares held
(millions)

 

Percentage
of ordinary
shares held

 

Legal & General Investment Management Limited

 

34.13

 

5.03

 

29.32

 

4.03

 

29.32

 

4.03

 

29.32

 

4.03

 

Franklin Resources, Inc

 

21.89

 

3.002

 

21.89

 

3.002

 

21.89

 

3.002

 

21.89

 

3.002

 

Barclays PLC

 

35.83

 

5.29

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Vanguard Windsor II Fund

 

27.68

 

4.09

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Lloyds TSB Group plc

 

24.16

 

3.57

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited

 

33.75

 

4.98

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Amvescap plc

 

39.33

 

5.84

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

Less than 3%

 

 

None of the company’sCompany’s major shareholders have voting rights different from other shareholders.

As of January 24,November 23, 2007, approximately 32,660,142 of ourthere were 32,483,516 Imperial Tobacco Group plc ADRs outstanding evidencing approximately 32,660,142 of our ADSs (representing approximately 65,320,284 of our64,967,032 ordinary shares) were held of record in the United States.shares. These ADRs were held by approximately 4,0493,565 registered holders and collectively represented approximately 9.64%9.59, % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding. We believe that as of December 31, 2006,September 30, 2007, approximately 25.16%24.4% of our ordinary shares were beneficially owned by U.S. holders in the form of ADSs or as ordinary shares. Since some of these securities are held by brokers and other nominees, the number of record holders in the United States may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of where the beneficial holders are resident.

Please see Item 6E: Share Ownership for details of our Directors’ interest in our shares.

To our knowledge, no arrangements exist which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the company.Company.

79



BRelated Party Transactions

To our knowledge there has been no material transaction, nor are there any proposed material transactions, with related parties, any of our directorsDirectors or officers, or any of their relatives, or associates, with the exception of the remuneration arrangements detailed under Item 6B: Compensation.

None of our directorsDirectors or officers, nor any of their relatives or associates, is indebted to us or to any of our subsidiaries.

C               Interests of Experts and Counsel

This section is not applicable.

80



Item 8:  Financial Information

A               Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please refer to Item 17: Financial Statements which contains the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements appended as pages F-1 to F-84F-79 to this annual report.

Our Directors have adopted and intend to retain a progressivemaintain their dividend policy, which takes into account ourincreasing dividends broadly in line with underlying earnings growth, while maintaining an appropriate level of dividend cover.with around a 50% payout ratio.

Our Directors intend to continue paying interim dividends in mid-August and final dividends in February in the approximate proportions of one third and two thirds, respectively, of the total annual dividend.

Details of major litigation outstanding are given in Item 4B: Business Overview—Overview – Legal Environment.

BSignificant Changes

There have been no significant changes to our operations, financial position or company structure since September 30, 2006 except for the following:

As at February 2,2007. However, on July 18, 2007 we had acquiredmade a further 5,713,000cash offer for Altadis, which is listed in Spain and France and is a European leader in the tobacco and logistics sectors and a world leader in cigars, at €50 per share. At that date this equated to approximately £34 per share and gave Altadis an equity value of our ordinary shares since September 30, 2006 at€12.6 billion (£8.5 billion). When existing net debt and minorities are included, it represented an average priceenterprise value of 1832.45 pence per ordinary share.  The purchased shares€16.2 billion (£11.0 billion).

We see revenue benefits and substantial cost savings arising from the Enlarged Group and expect to be able to generate annual operational efficiencies of approximately €300 million (£209 million), although we can give no assurances that these efficiencies will be held as treasury sharesachieved. We expect that achieving these efficiencies will require one time costs of approximately €470 million (approximately £327million) to be incurred over the next few years. The proposed acquisition will initially be financed through new debt facilities and the total number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding shares held as treasury shares) is now 677,483,921.

Our Board of Directors has recently approved a transaction that will create distributable reserves that can be used to pay dividends to our shareholders and to undertake share repurchases.  Under this transaction, a new intermediate holding company (“Newco”)an equity bridge loan, which will be insertedrefinanced, in part, by a rights issue following completion of the Group.  Newcodeal. The rights issue will be incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco Group PLCoccur before July 18, 2008, and will be interposed assized to ensure we issue the minimum amount of equity needed to maintain an intermediate holding company immediately above Imperial Tobacco Holdings Limited.investment grade credit rating, to which we remain committed.

With regard to our proposed acquisition of Altadis, we received European Union clearance on October 18, 2007, subject to the Enlarged Group divesting a small number of fine cut and pipe tobacco and cigar brands in certain European markets. This was in line with our expectations and we believe that it will be followednot materially affect the operational and financial performance of the Enlarged Group. Approval of our offer by the CNMV, the Spanish regulator, was received on November 7, 2007 and on November 14, 2007 the board of Altadis recommended the offer to its shareholders and indicated that they intended to accept the offer in respect of their own holdings, unless a court-approved reduction of Newco’s share capital which will create distributable reserves.competing offer arises. The court approved capital reductionoffer acceptance period began on November 12 and is anticipatedexpected to become effectiveclose on or around March 1, 2007.January 11, 2008. We expect to complete the acquisition shortly thereafter.

81



Item 9:  The Offer and Listing

A               Offer and Listing Details

The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange. Our ADSs, each representing two ordinary shares, trade on the New York Stock Exchange (or NYSE) under the symbol “ITY.”


The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, (a) the reported high and low mid-market quotations for our ordinary shares based on the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and (b) the reported high and low sales prices of our ADSs on the NYSE Composite Tape.

 

 

London Stock Exchange

 

NYSE

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

(Pence per ordinary share)*

 

(U.S. dollars per ADS)

 

Fiscal 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1160.00

 

686.14

 

35.2100

 

23.6000

 

Fiscal 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1110.00

 

909.00

 

36.8800

 

28.7700

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1286.00

 

967.00

 

46.0000

 

32.2500

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

1434.00

 

1225.00

 

56.0900

 

44.2200

 

Second Quarter

 

1459.00

 

1377.00

 

55.6900

 

51.7600

 

Third Quarter

 

1544.00

 

1400.00

 

58.0100

 

53.0500

 

Fourth Quarter

 

1624.00

 

1426.00

 

58.1500

 

50.8500

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

1771.00

 

1547.00

 

63.2500

 

55.0100

 

Second Quarter

 

1805.00

 

1633.00

 

63.3900

 

58.5100

 

Third Quarter

 

1760.00

 

1601.00

 

64.5401

 

59.0800

 

Fourth Quarter

 

1843.00

 

1664.00

 

69.8400

 

61.2500

 

Last six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 2006

 

1825.00

 

1730.00

 

69.7000

 

65.5900

 

September 2006

 

1843.00

 

1780.00

 

69.8400

 

67.0300

 

October 2006

 

1857.00

 

1764.00

 

71.3400

 

66.5000

 

November 2006

 

1880.00

 

1814.00

 

74.0800

 

69.7400

 

December 2006

 

2079.00

 

1866.00

 

80.9400

 

74.3200

 

January 2007 (through January 26)

 

2119.00

 

2032.00

 

83.0700

 

79.4300

 


*       The pre-April 8, 2002 ordinary share prices shown above have been adjusted to reflect the bonus element of the two-for-five discounted rights issue that occurred in fiscal 2002.

 

 

London Stock Exchange
(Pence per ordinary share)

 

NYSE
(U.S. dollars per ADS)

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

Fiscal 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1110.00

 

909.00

 

36.8800

 

28.7700

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1286.00

 

967.00

 

46.0000

 

32.2500

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

1624.00

 

1225.00

 

58.1500

 

44.2200

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

1771.00

 

1547.00

 

63.2500

 

55.0100

 

Second Quarter

 

1805.00

 

1633.00

 

63.3900

 

58.5100

 

Third Quarter

 

1760.00

 

1601.00

 

64.5401

 

59.0800

 

Fourth Quarter

 

1843.00

 

1664.00

 

69.8400

 

61.2500

 

Fiscal 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

2079.00

 

1764.00

 

80.9400

 

66.5000

 

Second Quarter

 

2330.00

 

2010.00

 

90.5000

 

79.1600

 

Third Quarter

 

2307.00

 

2117.00

 

92.2300

 

83.6500

 

Fourth Quarter

 

2313.00

 

2067.00

 

94.7900

 

82.3500

 

Last six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2007

 

2307.00

 

2156.00

 

92.2300

 

85.0700

 

July 2007

 

2313.00

 

2136.00

 

94.7900

 

86.8500

 

August 2007

 

2241.00

 

2067.00

 

90.3900

 

82.3500

 

September 2007

 

2263.00

 

2142.00

 

92.0700

 

87.5300

 

October 2007

 

2447.00

 

2208.00

 

101.6400

 

90.4900

 

November 2007 (through November 23)

 

2500.00

 

2349.00

 

103.3200

 

96.8000

 

Our ADSs are evidenced by ADRs issued by Citibank, N.A., as the Depositary under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1998, as amended, among us, Citibank, N.A. and all holders and beneficial owners of ADSs evidenced by ADRs issued thereunder. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, issued the ADRs evidencing the ADSs. Each ADS represents two of our ordinary shares (or evidence of a right to receive such ordinary shares).

82



BPlan of Distribution

This section is not applicable.

C               Markets

Please see Item 9A: Offer and Listing Details for information regarding the markets in which our securities are traded.

D               Selling Shareholders

This section is not applicable.


E      Dilution

This section is not applicable.

E                 Dilution

This section is not applicable.

FExpenses of the Issue

This section is not applicable.

83



Item 10:  Additional Information

A               Share Capital

This section is not applicable.

B               Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following description of certain provisions of Imperial Tobacco’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and applicable English law is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain, as amended (the “Companies Act 1985”) and the Companies Act 2006 of Great Britain (the “Companies Act 2006”) to the extent that Act is in effect, and Imperial Tobacco’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, which have been filed as an exhibit to this annual report.

All the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Imperial Tobacco are fully paid. Accordingly, no further contribution of capital may be required by Imperial Tobacco from the holders of such shares.

Objects and Purposes

Imperial Tobacco is incorporated under the name Imperial Tobacco Group PLC and is registered in England under registered number 3236483. Imperial Tobacco’s objects and purposes are set forth in the fourth clause of its Memorandum of Association and cover a wide range of activities, including to carry on generally the business of tobacco manufacturers, planters, growers, exporters, importers and merchants, as well as to carry on all other business necessary to achieve Imperial Tobacco’s objectives.

Directors

Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association provide for a boardBoard of Directors consisting of notmorenot more than 16nor16 nor less than two Directors, who shall manage the business and affairs of Imperial Tobacco.

Under Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association, a Director cannot vote in respect of any contract, arrangement, transaction or other proposal in which the Director, or any person connected with the Director, has a material interest other than by virtue of the Director’s interest in Imperial Tobacco’s shares or other securities. This restriction on voting, however, does not apply to the following resolutions:

·                  giving the Director or a third party any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred at the request of or for the benefit of Imperial Tobacco;

·                  giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to the Director or a third party in respect of obligations of Imperial Tobacco for which the Director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee;

·                  relating to an offer of securities of Imperial Tobacco in which the Director participates as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting;

·                  concerning any other company in which the Director (together with any connected person) is a shareholder or an officer or is otherwise interested, provided that the Director (together with any


connected person) is not interested in more than 1% of any class of that company’s equity share capital or the voting rights available to its shareholders;

·                  relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit in which the Director will share equally with other employees; and

·                  relating to any insurance that Imperial Tobacco purchases or renews for its Directors or any group of people, including Directors.

In accordance with best practice in the United Kingdom for corporate governance, compensation awarded to Executive Directors is decided by a remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee consisting exclusively of Non-Executive Directors.

84



Directors together with the Chairman. Members of the remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee do not participate in decisions concerning their own compensation.

Under Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association, the Directors may exercise all powers of Imperial Tobacco to borrow money, to grant security over the assets of Imperial Tobacco and, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1985, to issue debt securities.

No person is disqualified from being a Director or is required to vacate that office by reason of an age limit requirement. Under the Companies Act 1985, if, at a general meeting, a Director who is 70 or more years of age is proposed for election or re-election, that Director’s age must be set out in the notice of the meeting.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of Imperial Tobacco as a qualification to act as a Director.

Rights Attaching to Imperial Tobacco’s Shares

Dividend rights

Holders of Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares may declare dividends at a general meeting of shareholders, but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the board.Board. The Directors may also pay interim dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution.

All dividends or other sums payable on or in respect of any share that remains unclaimed may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of Imperial Tobacco until claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of 12 years or more after becoming due for payment will be forfeited and belong to Imperial Tobacco. Subject to the rights attaching to any shares, no dividend shall bear interest against Imperial Tobacco.

Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association permit, subject to obtaining the authority of the shareholders in general meeting, a scrip dividend offer or offers under which holders of ordinary shares may be given the opportunity to elect to receive fully paid ordinary shares instead of cash, or a combination of shares and cash, with respect to future dividends.

Voting rights

Every holder of Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares present in person at a meeting of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands and, on a poll, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every fully paid share held. U.S. holders of ADSs are not shareholders of Imperial Tobacco, but may instruct Citibank N.A., the Depositary, as to the exercise of voting rights pertaining to the number of ordinary shares represented by their ADSs.

Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. Subject toUnder the provisions of the Companies Act 1985,2006, a poll may be demanded by (i) the chairman of the meeting, (ii) at


least threefive holders of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, (iii) any holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth10% of the total voting rights of all holders of ordinary shares entitled to vote aton the meetingresolution (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares of Imperial Tobacco held as treasury shares) or (iv) a holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy holding ordinary shares conferring a right to vote aton the meeting,resolution, being ordinary shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth10% of the total sum paid up on all ordinary shares conferring that right. Holders of Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights. From the Annual General Meeting held in January 2006 onward, voting is by poll. In the case of equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting is entitled to a second or casting vote.

Under English law, two shareholders present in person constitute a quorum for purposes of a general meeting, unless a company’s articles of association specify otherwise. Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association do not specify otherwise.

Under English law, shareholders of a public company such as Imperial Tobacco are not permitted to pass resolutions by written consent.

85



For information on the nomination and election of Directors, see Item 6C: Board Practices.

Liquidation rights

In the event of the liquidation of Imperial Tobacco, after payment of all liabilities, the remaining assets would be shared equally by the holders of the ordinary shares. The liquidator, however, may divide among the shareholders in specie the whole or any part of the remaining assets and may determine how such division will be carried out as among the shareholders or the different classes of shareholders, provided that, in each case, he is authorized to do so by extraordinary resolution of the shareholders.

Disclosure of interests

With effect from January 20, 2007, the rules relating to the disclosure of interests in shares are contained in the Handbook of the Financial Services Authority and the Companies Act 2006 (these rules implement the E.U. Transparency Obligations Directive (No.2004/109/EC)). The major shareholding notification requirements are set out in the Disclosure and Transparency Rules ("DTR5"(“DTR5”) within the Handbook. DTR5 requires shareholders (or those with rights to acquire shares) of Imperial Tobacco to simultaneously inform Imperial Tobacco and the U.K. Financial Services Authority of changes in major holdings in Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s shares. Imperial Tobacco then has an obligation to disseminate this information to the wider market (by the end of the trading day following receipt of the information). This notification requirement will be triggered by direct or indirect shareholders of Imperial Tobacco if:

(A)      they have a notifiable interest in holdings of 3% or above of Imperial Tobacco’s total voting rights and capital in issue; and

(B)        their holdings change to reach, exceed or fall below every 1% above 3% of Imperial Tobacco’s total voting rights and capital in issue.

A “notifiable” interest includes direct interests (holdings of shares with voting rights attached); indirect interests (interests to acquire, dispose of, or to exercise voting rights on behalf of a third party and which may be able to control the manner in which voting rights are exercised (DTR5.2.1R)); and financial interests which give the holder the formal entitlement to acquire shares with voting rights attached. Holders need to combine any such interests in order to determine whether the relevant threshold, triggering a notification requirement, has been met.

A change in notifiable interest is determined by the percentage of voting rights. This percentage may change as a result of (i) acquiring or disposing of shares with voting rights attached, (ii) changes to any


direct or indirect major holdings of financial instruments which give the holder a right to acquire shares with voting rights attached, or (iii) a change in Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s total voting rights. The percentage of voting rights is calculated on the basis of all shares in the same class to which voting rights are attached, even if the exercise of such rights is suspended (DTR5.8.7R).

To assist holders in calculating their percentage holdings, Imperial Tobacco is required under, DTR5.6.1, to disclose, at the end of each calendar month during which an increase or decrease has occurred, the total number of voting rights and capital for its ordinary shares, and the total number of voting rights for its treasury shares.

Under DTR5.5.1R, if Imperial Tobacco acquires or disposes of its own shares, it is required to make public the percentage of voting rights attributable to those shares where the acquisition or disposal reaches, exceeds or falls below 5% or 10% of the total voting rights. This notification must be made within four trading days after the transaction.

Where shareholders have combined holdings (for example of direct and indirect holdings under financial instruments) they are required to notify Imperial Tobacco and the Financial Services Authority if there is a notifiable change in one or more categories of voting rights, even if their overall percentage level of voting rights remains the same. In addition, the holder of financial instruments is required to aggregate and, if necessary, notify all instruments relating to Imperial Tobacco to the Financial Services Authority and to Imperial Tobacco.

86



Under Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006, Imperial Tobacco may by notice in writing (a “Part 22 Notice”) require a person that Imperial Tobacco knows, or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the preceding three years, interested in Imperial Tobacco’s shares to indicateconfirm whether or not that is correct and, ifcorrect. If that person does or did hold an interest in Imperial Tobacco’s shares, toImperial Tobacco may request in the Part 22 Notice that the person provide certain information as set out in the Companies Act 2006.

Where a Part 22 Notice is served by a company on a person who is or was interested in shares of the company and that person fails to give the company any information required by the notice within the time specified in the notice, the company may apply to the court for an order directing that the shares in question be subject to restrictions. The restrictions prohibiting, among other things, anyare as follows: (1) the transfer of thoseany of the shares the exercise ofin question is rendered void; (2) no voting rights may be exercised in relation to such shares; (3) no further shares may be issued in respect of such shares, the issue of further shares in respect of such sharesshares; and (4) other than in a liquidation, payments,no payment may be made, including dividends, in respect of such shares. Such restrictions may also voidWhere the transfer restriction set out in clause (1) is imposed by the court, any agreement to transfer such shares.shares would also be rendered void. In addition, a person who fails to fulfill the obligations described above is subject to criminal penalties in the United Kingdom. Under Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association, certain of the powers of imposing restrictions granted to courts may be imposed by the boardBoard in certain circumstances.

Sections 324 and 329 of the Companies Act 1985 deal with

The requirements for the disclosure by a person (and certain members of their families) of interests in shares or debentures of the companies of which they are directors and certain associated companies. These sections will be repealed with effect from April 6, 2007. The continuing disclosure obligations will then becompanies are contained exclusively in the Disclosure and Transparency Rules in the Handbook of the Financial Services Authority.

 

The U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also contains strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and to their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares

Under Section 80 of the Companies Act 1985, directorsDirectors are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot relevant securities without the authority of the shareholders in a general meeting. Relevant securities, as defined in the Companies Act 1985, include Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares or securities convertible


into Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares. In addition, Section 89 of the Companies Act 1985 imposes further restrictions on the issue of equity securities (as defined in the Companies Act 1985, which include Imperial Tobacco’s ordinary shares and securities convertible into ordinary shares) which are, or are to be, paid up wholly in cash and not first offered to existing shareholders, except insofar as such statutory pre-emption rights have been disapplied in accordance with Section 95 of the Companies Act 1985.

Imperial Tobacco has an existing general disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights and an existing general consent (within the limits prescribed by the Financial Services Authority) allowing the issuance of approximately 36,450,000 ordinary shares outside of shareholders’ pre-emption rights. These expire on the closure of the annual general meeting in 2008 or, if earlier, April 29, 2008.

In addition, Imperial Tobacco has a specific disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights and existing specific consent allowing the issuance of approximately 55,000,000,000 ordinary shares outside of shareholders’ pre-emption rights. This specific disapplication and consent may only be used in connection with the proposed rights issue of Imperial Tobacco in connection with the proposed acquisition of Altadis.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, Imperial Tobacco’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1985, with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, or upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

At every such separate general meeting, all of the provisions of Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that:

·                  the quorum is the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, if such quorum is not present at an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class, regardless of the number of shares he holds;

87



·                  any person present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; and

·                  each shareholder will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with, or subsequent to, that class of shares in sharing in profits or assets in Imperial Tobacco.

General meetings and notices

Shareholders must provide Imperial Tobacco with an address in the United Kingdom in order to be entitled to receive notices of shareholders’ meetings. In certain circumstances, Imperial Tobacco may give notices to shareholders by advertisement in newspapers in the United Kingdom. Holders of Imperial Tobacco’s ADSs are entitled to receive notices under the terms of the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs.

Under Imperial Tobacco’s Articles of Association, the annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within 15 months of the preceding annual general meeting and at a time and place determined by the Directors.

Limitations on voting and shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or Imperial Tobacco’s Memorandum and Articles of Association on the right of non-residents of the United Kingdom or foreign persons to hold or vote Imperial Tobacco’s shares other than those limitations that would generally apply to all of the shareholders.

95




CMaterial Contracts

Other than as set out below, neither Imperial Tobacco nor any other member of the Imperial Tobacco Group has entered into any material contract otherwise than in the ordinary course of business for the two years prior to the date of publication of this annual report.

EMTN Programme

In 1999, we established a euro medium term note program of 2 billion (approximately £1.5£1.4 billion), with ten banks in the dealer group. We increased the size of the program in July 2003 to 6€6 billion (approximately £4 billion) and again in June 2004 to 10€10 billion (approximately £7 billion), with 11 banks in the dealer group, and this program matured on June 1, 2005. On January 13, 2006 we renewed our euro medium term note program and increased the size of the dealer group to 14 banks. We have utilized the euro medium term note program as a platform for several debt issuances, as described in Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources. The program lapsed in January 2007, although we intend to renew it for future debt issuances.

Share Purchase Agreement for Davidoff and Zino trademarks

On August 23, 2006, we and Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH entered into a share purchase agreement with Tchibo Holding Aktiengesellschaft pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding share capital of certain companies that ownowned the DavidoffandZino trademarks for cigarettes and cigarette accessories for a total cash consideration of 540€540 million (£368 million).

Share purchase agreement with Houchens Industries Inc.

On February 8, 2007, MAUI Acquisition Corporation (subsequently renamed ITG Holdings USA, Inc.), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco, entered into a share purchase agreement with Houchens Industries, Inc. to acquire 100% of Commonwealth Brands for a total cash consideration of U.S.$1.9 billion (£1.0 billion as at completion of the acquisition), subject to a stockholders’ equity adjustment. The Company agreed with Houchens Industries, Inc. to fully and unconditionally guarantee the performance by MAUI Acquisition Corporation of its obligations under this share purchase agreement.

U.S. Financing Agreement

The Imperial Tobacco Group has entered into a term loan facility provided under a facility agreement entered into by, among others, Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco and Imperial Tobacco Limited on February 8, 2007 (the “U.S. Financing Agreement”). The facility provided under the U.S. Financing Agreement comprises a

88



U.S.$1,900 million(£932 million)term loan facility, of which up to U.S.$20 million (£10 million) can be drawn by way of letters of credit. The maturity date of the U.S. Financing Agreement is 364 days from the date of the agreement (subject to an extension for an additional 365 days).

The rate of interest for the facility under the U.S. Financing Agreement is LIBOR plus a margin plus any mandatory costs payable.

The U.S. Financing Agreement contains representations, undertakings and financial covenants in respect of the business and financial position of the Imperial Tobacco Group and mandatory prepayment obligations including on a change of control of Imperial Tobacco.

New Bank Debt Facility

The New Bank Debt Facility is described in Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Equity Bridge Facility

The Equity Bridge Facility is described in Item 5B: Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Underwriting Agreement

Imperial Tobacco has entered into the Underwriting Agreement on July 18, 2007 with Hoare Govett, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup and Lehman Brothers (together the “Underwriters”), pursuant to which:

(a)          Imperial Tobacco will, subject to certain conditions, allot and issue, by way of a rights issue to existing Shareholders (the “Rights Issue”), ordinary shares to raise, in aggregate, the lesser of (i) the sterling equivalent of the amount outstanding under the Equity Bridge Facility and (ii) £5.4 billion, and the Underwriters have severally agreed to procure subscribers (or subscribe themselves) for the ordinary shares not taken up pursuant to the Rights Issue;

(b)         the issue price of any ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Rights Issue will be agreed by Imperial Tobacco and the Underwriters at the time the Rights Issue is launched acting in good faith in the light of the then prevailing market conditions and normal market practice. Failing such agreement, the issue price will be the nominal value of an ordinary share, being 10 pence;

(c)          the Underwriters will be entitled to receive a commission of 1.25% of the product of the issue price for an ordinary share and the number of ordinary shares allotted pursuant to the Rights Issue, together with any applicable value added tax, plus an additional commission of 0.125% in respect of each additional period of seven days beyond the first 30 days of the underwriting commitment once the Rights Issue is launched. Pending the launch of the Rights Issue, the Underwriters will be entitled to receive an underwriting arrangement fee equal to 0.75% per annum of the aggregate committed amount of the Equity Bridge Facility, capped at 0.5% of the product of the issue price for an ordinary share and the number of Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to the Rights Issue once the Rights Issue is launched;

(d)         Imperial Tobacco’s obligation to issue ordinary shares pursuant to the Rights Issue is, and the obligations of the Underwriters to procure subscribers or, failing which, to subscribe themselves for ordinary shares pursuant to that offering are, subject to certain conditions;

(e)          Imperial Tobacco has agreed to pay the costs, charges, fees and expenses of the Rights Issue (together with any related value added tax); and

(f)            Imperial Tobacco has given certain warranties, undertakings and indemnities to the Underwriters.

Letter Agreement with Altadis

Imperial Tobacco entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with Altadis on July 18, 2007. The Letter Agreement provides for Imperial Tobacco to file an offer document with the CNMV and to post the circular issued in connection with the proposed acquisition of Altadis. The Letter Agreement also provides for, among other things, the Altadis Board to recommend the proposed offer, once made, to its shareholders (unless a third party files with the CNMV a competing tender offer at a price per Altadis share greater than €50

89



(approximately £34 as at the date of the letter agreement) and to provide certain assistance to Imperial Tobacco.

See Item 6E: Share Ownership for a description of our Share Matching Scheme, LTIP, Sharesave Scheme and International Sharesave Scheme.

See Item 6C: Board Practices—Practices – Service contracts, for a description of the service contracts to which our Directors are parties.

DExchange Controls

There are no U.K. restrictions on the import or export of capital that affect the remittances of dividends or other payments to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares except as otherwise set forth in Item 10E: Additional Information—Information - Taxation and except for restrictions that may be imposed from time to time by HM Treasury pursuant to legislation, such as The United Nations Act of 1946 and the Emergency Laws Act of 1964, against the government or residents of certain countries. Except for restrictions that may be imposed from time to time by HM Treasury under such legislation, under English law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, persons who are neither residents nor nationals of the United Kingdom may freely hold and transfer our ordinary shares in the same manner as U.K. residents or nationals.

ETaxation

General

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and U.K. tax consequences of the purchase and ownership of ADSs by a U.S. holder (as defined below) and not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such purchase or ownership. The following discussion relates to U.S. holders who hold such ADSs as capital assets and who are the beneficial owners of such ADSs. The tax treatment of a shareholder may vary depending on such shareholder’s particular situation and certain shareholders (including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dual resident entities, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, persons that hold ADSs as part of a “hedging” or “conversion” transaction or as part of a “synthetic security” or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, dealers in securities, broker-dealers or entities which, alone or together with one or more associated corporations, control directly or indirectly 10% or more of our voting shares and persons who acquire ADSs as compensation) may be subject to special rules not discussed below. The following discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or consequences to a holder of an equity interest in a


holder of ADSs. Investors are advised to consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of the purchase and ownership of ADSs, including specifically the consequences under state and local tax laws.

A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of ADSs that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) a citizen or individual resident of the United States; (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia); (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or (d) a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) such trust has a valid election in effect under applicable United StatesU.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United StatesU.S. person. If a partnership holds ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ADSs should consult its tax advisor. The following discussion does not generally deal with the position of a U.S. holder who is resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes or who is subject to U.K. taxation on capital gains or income by virtue of carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom.

The statements of U.S. federal income and U.K. tax laws set forth below are based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations (including those in proposed and temporary form) and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, the existing U.S.-U.K. double taxation convention relating to income and capital gains (the “Income Tax Convention”),  the U.S.-U.K. double

90



taxation convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the “Estate and Gift Tax Convention”), and U.K. tax laws and HM Revenue and Customs practice in force as of the date of the filing of this annual report. All of the foregoing are subject to change, and such a change could have retroactive effect on the tax consequences described below.

Beneficial owners of ADSs will generally be treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for purposes of the Income Tax Convention, and the U.S.-U.K. double taxation convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the “EstateEstate and Gift Tax Convention”)Convention, and for purposes of the Code. The following discussion assumes that U.S. holders are residents of the United States for purposes of the Income Tax Convention and are otherwise entitled to its benefits.

The U.S. Treasury Department has expressed concern that depositoriesdepositaries for depositorydepositary receipts, or other intermediaries between the holders of ADSs of an issuer and the issuer, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of U.S. foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of such receipts or ADSs. Accordingly, the analysis regarding the availability of a U.S. foreign tax credit, the availability of qualified dividend treatment, and sourcing rules described below could be affected by future actions taken by the U.S. Treasury Department.

Taxation of dividends

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions paid to U.S. holders of ADSs will be treated as taxable dividend income to such U.S. holders, to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of ITG, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Dividend income will be includable in the gross income of a U.S. holder as ordinary income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. holder and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds ITG'sITG’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year (as so determined), the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of the ADSs (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, to be recognized by the U.S. holder on a subsequent disposition of the ADSs) and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a deemed sale


or exchange of the ADSs. ITG does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, and therefore U.S. holders should therefore expect to treat all cash distributions as dividends for such purposes..purposes.

“Qualified dividend income” received by individual U.S. holders (as well as certain trusts and estates) in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 generally will be taxed at a preferential U.S. federal income tax rate provided certain conditions are met, including a minimum holding period with respect to the relevant shares of 61 days during a specified 121-day period. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid on shares in certain non-U.S. corporations if, among other things, (i) the shares of the non-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible with respect to substantially all of its income for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States which contains an exchange of information program (a “qualifying treaty”). Dividends paid by ITG will likely constitute “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the ADSs are tradable on the New York Stock Exchange and ITG should be eligible for benefits under the Income Tax Convention, which is a qualifying treaty.

The amount of the qualified dividend income, if any, paid by ITG to a U.S. holder that may be subject to the reduced dividend income tax rate and that is taken into account for purposes of calculating the U.S. holder’s foreign tax credit limitation must be reduced by the “rate differential portion” of such dividend. The amount of any dividend paid in sterling will equal the U.S. dollar value of the sterling received calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder, regardless of whether the sterling is converted into U.S. dollars. If the sterling received as a dividend is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder will have a basis in the sterling equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of actual or constructive receipt. Any gain or loss realized by a U.S. holder on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the sterling will be treated as ordinary income or loss and generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Under current U.K. tax law, weITG will not be required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments that we make. A U.S. holder of ADSs resident outside the United Kingdom will not be entitled to any

91



payments from the U.K. tax authorities in respect of the tax credit attaching to any dividend paid by us.paid.

A U.S. holder will be denied a foreign tax credit (and instead allowed a deduction) for foreign taxes imposed on a dividend if the U.S. holder has not held the ordinary shares or ADSs for at least 16 days in the 30-day holding period beginning 15 days before the ex-dividend date.  Any days during which a U.S. holder has substantially diminished their risk of loss on the ordinary shares or ADSs are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute.  A U.S. holder that is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs (or substantially similar or related property) also is not entitled to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to a foreign tax imposed on a dividend.

Taxation of capital gains

A U.S. holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for U.K. tax purposes in the United Kingdom will not be liable for U.K. taxation on capital gains realized or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ADSs unless, at the time of the sale or other disposal, the U.S. holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment and such ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation, or such branch, agency or permanent establishment.

A U.S. holder of ADSs who is an individual and who, broadly, has, on or after March 17, 1998, ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. tax purposes for a period of less than


five years of assessment and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may also be liable to U.K. tax on capital gains (subject to any available exemption or relief), notwithstanding the fact that such U.S. holder was not resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom at the time of the sale or other disposal. As described below, a U.S. holder will be liable for U.S. federal income tax on such gains.

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange of an ADS in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized (or its U.S. dollar equivalent, determined at the spot rate on the date of sale (or in the case of cash basis and electing accrual basis taxpayers, the settlement date), if the amount is determined in a foreign currency) for the ADS and the U.S. holder'sholder’s U.S. dollar tax basis in such ADS.

Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder'sholder’s holding period (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) for such ADS exceeds one year. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, except that losses will be treated as foreign source to the extent that the U.S. holder received dividends that were includible in the financial services income basket during the 24-month period prior to the sale. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with respect to the treatment of capital gains (which may be taxed at lower rates for certain taxpayers that hold the ADS for more than one year) and capital losses (the deductibility of which is subject to limitations).

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A non-U.S. corporation is a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of certain subsidiaries, either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. If ITG were a PFIC in any year during which a U.S. holder owned ADSs, the U.S. holder would generally be subject to additional taxes on any “excess distributions” received from ADSs and any gain realized from sale or other disposition of the ADSs (regardless of whether ITG continued to be a PFIC). ITG believes that it is not, and does not expect to become a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A determination as to whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC must be made on an annual basis at the end of each taxable year, and ITG'sITG’s status could change depending, among other things, upon changes in its activities and assets and upon the gross receipts and assets of corporations in which ITG owns a 25% or more interest, but which ITG does not control. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that ITG will not be considered a PFIC in the current or any future years. Investors should consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of an investment in a PFIC.

U.S. backup withholding tax

Dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs to a U.S. holder may be subject to a U.S. backup withholding tax of 28%. In addition, the payment of proceeds of a sale, exchange or redemption of our ordinary shares or ADSs to a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting requirements and/or backup withholding tax.

U.S. holders can avoid the imposition of backup withholding tax by (i) reporting their taxpayer identification number to their broker or paying agent on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or other applicable form, (ii) certifying that they are not subject to backup withholding and (iii) otherwise complying with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.

92



Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a holder will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required returns are filed with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service on a timely basis.


Inheritance tax

ADSs held by an individual who is domiciled for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention in the United States and is not, for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention, domiciled in the United Kingdom or a national of the United Kingdom, will generally not be subject to U.K. inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a transfer of ADSs during the individual’s lifetime provided that the ADSs do not form part of the business property of a permanent establishment situated in the United Kingdom or pertain to a fixed base situated in the United Kingdom used for the performance of independent personal services. If the ADSs are transferred to or held in a settlement they will not be subject to U.K. inheritance tax, provided that at the time when the settlement was made the settlor was domiciled for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention in the United States and was not for purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention a national of the United Kingdom (and provided that the ADSs do not form part of the business property of a permanent establishment situated in the United Kingdom or pertain to a fixed base situated in the United Kingdom used for the performance of independent personal services). In the exceptional case where ADSs are subject both to U.K. inheritance tax and to U.S. federal gift or estate tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides for tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against tax payable in the United States or for tax paid in the United States to be credited against tax payable in the United Kingdom based on priority rules set out in the Estate and Gift Tax Convention.

U.K. Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

The following statements are intended as a general guide to the current position in relation to stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”). Certain categories of person, including market makers, brokers, dealers and persons connected with depositary arrangements and clearance services, may not be liable to stamp duty or SDRT or may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for SDRT, be required to notify and account for it under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

An instrument of transfer of an ADS is not subject to U.K. stamp duty or SDRT, provided that it is executed and kept at all times outside the United Kingdom. However, if an instrument executed on or after October 1, 1999 is brought into the United Kingdom, then in addition to U.K. stamp duty being payable within 30 days thereof at 0.5% of the consideration for the transfer (rounded up to the nearest £5), an interest charge will also be due, calculated from the date which is 30 days after the instrument was executed. Penalties may also be payable. An agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of depositary receipts will not give rise to a liability to U.K. stamp duty or SDRT.

A conveyance or transfer on sale of ordinary shares, as opposed to ADSs, outside the CREST system will normally give rise to a charge to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given (rounded up to the nearest £5), which is generally payable by the purchaser or transferee. An unconditional agreement to transfer ordinary shares will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the ordinary shares. However, where within six years of the date of the agreement, an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped, the SDRT liability will be cancelled and any SDRT that has been paid will be repaid. SDRT is normally the liability of the purchaser or transferee of the ordinary shares.

Where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, U.K. stamp duty (in the case of a transfer only to such persons) or SDRT may be payable at a rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable or, in certain circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares or, in the case of an issue to such persons, the issue price of the ordinary shares.

Under the CREST system for paperless share transfers, deposits of ordinary shares into CREST will generally not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT unless such a transfer is made for a consideration in money or money'smoney’s worth, in which case a liability to SDRT will arise usually at the rate of 0.5% of the value


of the consideration given. Paperless transfers of ordinary shares within CREST are generally liable to SDRT, rather than stamp duty, at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable. CREST is obliged to collect SDRT from the purchaser of the ordinary shares on relevant transactions settled within the system.

93



A conveyance or transfer outside the CREST system of the underlying ordinary shares represented by ADSs from the custodian of the depositary or the depositary to an ADS holder upon cancellation of the ADS will only be subject to a fixed U.K. stamp duty of £5 per instrument of transfer. Any such conveyance inside the CREST system will not be chargeable with any SDRT.

In accordance with the terms of the Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated as of November 2, 1998 among Imperial Tobacco, Citibank, N.A., as the Depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners of ADSs evidenced by ADRs issued thereunder, any stamp, transfer or other applicable tax or other governmental charge payable with respect to any ADS or any deposited security represented by the ADS shall be payable by the holder of such ADS or deposited security.

U.S. Internal Revenue Service Disclosure Reporting Requirements

Recently promulgated

U.S. Treasury Regulations (the Disclosure Regulations)“Disclosure Regulations”) meant to require the reporting of certain tax shelter transactions (Reportable Transactions)(“Reportable Transactions”) could be interpreted to cover transactions generally not regarded as tax shelters. Under the Disclosure Regulations it may be possible that certain transactions with respect to the shares and ADSs may be characterized as Reportable Transactions requiring a holder of the ADSs to disclose transactions, such as a sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a share or ADS that results in a loss that exceeds certain thresholds and other specified conditions are met. Prospective investors in the shares or ADRs should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the tax return obligations, if any, with respect to an investment in the shares or ADSs, including any requirement to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 (Reportable Transactions Statement).

The information set out above is a summary only and U.S. and other taxation may change from time to time. Prospective investors should consult their professional tax advisors as to the consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares and ADSs including, in particular the effects of the tax laws of any other jurisdiction.

FDividends and Paying Agents

This section is not applicable.

GStatement by Experts

This section is not applicable.

G    Statement by Experts

This section is not applicable.

HDocuments on Display

We are subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with these requirements, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The reports and other information, as well as registration statements and exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates from, the public reference facilities of the SEC’s principal office at:

Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, U.S.A.U.S.

and at the SEC’s regional office at:

500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, U.S.A.U.S.


The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference facilities by calling in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of the reports and other information may also be inspected at the offices of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, U.S.A.U.S.

94



In addition, we file this material electronically with the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site that contains reports and information about issuers, like Imperial Tobacco, who file electronically. The address of that web site is www.sec.gov.

ISubsidiary Information

This section is not applicable.

Item 11:  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The following discussion of our risk management activities includes forward-looking statements that involve uncertainties. You should read this information in conjunction with Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. For a discussion of uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in such forward-looking statements, see the cautionary statements referred to in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page iii.

The groupGroup operates a centralized treasury function, (Group Treasury),Group Treasury, that is responsible for the management of the financing risks of the group,Group, together with its financing and liquidity requirements. It does not operate as a profit center, nor does it enter into speculative transactions, and is subject to policies and procedures approved by the board.  A treasury sub-committeetransactions. The Group Treasury Committee oversees the operation of Group Treasury in accordance with the delegated authoritiesterms of reference set out by the board.  TheBoard. Group TreasurerTreasury reports on a regular basis to the board, includingBoard, with provision of monthly treasury summaries and an annual review of strategy.

By their nature, derivative instruments involve risk, including market risk and the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties. We have entered into such transactions with a diversified group of major financial institutions with suitable credit ratings in order to manage credit exposure. Based on our portfolio of financial and derivative instruments as at September 30, 20062007 and September 30, 2005,2006, we do not consider the risk of non-performance by counterparties to be material to us.

The financial instruments held by the groupGroup as at September 30, 20062007 and as at September 30, 20052006 can be found in note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The table in note 16 (iv) presents the nominal value of such instruments used to calculate the contractual payments under such contracts, analyzed by maturity date, together with the weighted average interest rates relevant.

Exposure to interest rate fluctuations

The groupGroup is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its borrowings and cash surplus. The most material risk is in respect of its borrowings. The groupGroup operates a policy designed to reduce this risk and maintain a cost efficient balance of fixed and floating rate debt.

Group Treasury monitors the group’sGroup’s borrowing levels using adjusted net debt which includes the fair value of the principal amounts due to be exchanged at maturity under cross currency swaps and excludes the fair value of interest rate derivatives and interest accruals. As at September 30, 2006,2007, approximately 21% (2005:12% (2006: 21%) of adjusted net debt was denominated in sterling, and70% (2006: 79% (2005: 77%) in euro.euros and 18% in U.S. dollars (2006: nil). Accordingly, the group’sGroup’s financial results are currently exposed to gains and losses arising from fluctuations in sterling, euro and euroU.S. dollar interest rates.


In order to manage itsour interest rate risk on the borrowings, we separate the borrowing activities from interest rate risk management decisions by issuing debt in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution and using derivative financial instruments, such as cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps, to change the debt into the desired currency and into floating interest rate shortly after issue. We then transact interest rate swaps at other times for different notional amounts and different maturities to manage our exposure to interest rate risk. As at September 30, 2006, 51% (2005: 41%2007, 39% (2006: 42%) of adjusted net debt was at a floating rate of interest and 49% (2005: 59%61% (2006: 58%) at a fixed rate of interest.interest (including collars).

95



Based on our gross interest charge for fiscal 2006,2007, a 10% relative increase in interest rates would result in an approximate increase of £6.1£7.1 million (2005: £5.2(2006: £6.1 million) in the gross interest charge. This sensitivity analysis is based on a simple model of monthly average gross floating rate debt by currency multiplied by average monthly interest rates, increased by 10%.

Exposure to currency fluctuations

We are exposed to movements in exchange rates for transactions in foreign currencies, together with the translation of the accounts of overseas subsidiaries into the consolidated accounts.

On significant acquisitions of overseas companies, borrowings are made in local currency, after the use of derivative financial instruments where necessary, to minimize the balance sheet translation risk. It remains our policy not to hedge income statement translation exposures. Transaction exposures are hedged where deemed appropriate with the use of foreign exchange contracts.

In fiscal 2006, 59%2007, 61% of our revenue, or £6,914£7,502 million, and 62%61% of our profit from operations, or £815£863 million, was in international markets, compared with 58%59% of our revenue and 63%62% of our profit from operations in fiscal 2005.2006. The majority of sales in these markets are invoiced by us in currencies other than in pounds sterling, in particular, the euro, Australian dollars, U.S. dollars and other European currencies. Our material foreign currency denominated costs include the purchase of tobacco leaf, which is sourced from various countries but purchased principally in U.S. dollars, and packaging materials, which are sourced from various countries and purchased in a number of currencies.

Based on our results for fiscal 2006,2007, a 10% fluctuation in the value of the pounds sterling relative to each of the other currencies in the countries in which we sell our products would result in a £691£240 million and £82£86 million change in net revenue and profit from operations, respectively.

We use forward foreign exchange contracts to reduce some of our exposure to the risk that forecasted sales of products to customers who are invoiced in currencies other than sterling would be adversely affected by movements in exchange rates. As at September 30, 2006,2007, we had £20 million notional amount outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts, with a fair value gain of approximately £0.4 million, hedging forecast Taiwanese dollar sales. As at September 30, 2006, there were £32 million notional amount outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts, with a fair value gain of approximately £0.2£1.4 million, hedging forecast Taiwanese dollar sales over the next year.  As at September 30, 2005, there were £36 million notional amount outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts, with a fair value gain of approximately £0.2 million, hedging forecast Taiwanese dollar sales over the next year.sales.

Exposure to tobacco leaf price fluctuations

Our financial results are exposed to fluctuations in the price of tobacco leaf. As with other agricultural commodities, the price of tobacco leaf tends to be cyclical as supply and demand considerations influence tobacco plantings in those countries where tobacco is grown. Different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price. Political situations, such as that in Zimbabwe, can result in a significantly reduced tobacco crop. We seek to reduce our exposure to individual markets by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of differentover 40 countries, including Brazil, China, India, Greece, SpainTurkey, Malawi and Bulgaria.Guatemala. Our acquisition of Tobaccor has given us a small direct involvement in the cultivation of tobacco leaf, principally for use by Tobaccor’s subsidiaries.


In fiscal 2006,2007, we purchased approximately 131,100156,000 tonnes of tobacco leaf through a number of well-established international tobacco merchants. There is no futures market for tobacco and there is limited ability to enter into long-term contracts based on price. Based on fiscal 20062007 purchase volumes, a 10% relative fluctuation in the cost of tobacco leaf would have resulted in a change of approximately £21£19 million in tobacco leaf costs to the group.Group. We believe that, based on our ability to effect price increases and the relatively low proportion of the retail price represented by tobacco leaf costs, we are generally able to mitigate the effects of tobacco leaf price increases through manufacturer’s own price increases and thereby limit any related effect on our profit from operations.

Item 12:  Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

This item is not applicable.

96



PART II

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

There are no matters to be reported under this item.

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

There are no matters to be reported under this item.

Item 15: Controls and Procedures

A               Disclosure controls and procedures

Details of the internal controls and procedures in place are set out below. This item should be read in conjunction with Item 6C: Board Practices.

Audit Committee

The audit committeeAudit Committee reviews, where practicable, all proposed announcements to be made by the groupGroup to the extent that they contain material financial information. It also reviews reports from management made during the certification process for this report, concerning the design and operation of internal controls or material weaknesses in the controls, including any fraud involving management or other employees involved in the group’sGroup’s financial controls. The committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the group’sGroup’s internal control systems, accounting policies and practices, risk management procedures and compliance controls as well as the group’sGroup’s statements on internal controls before they are agreed by the boardBoard for each year’s annual report. The audit committeeAudit Committee has also monitored the group’sGroup’s response to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as they apply to foreign private issuers, with particular focus on the progress made in evaluating internal controls as required by Section 404 of that Act. The boardBoard retains overall responsibility for internal control and the identification and management of business risk. During the year, the committee also reviewed the processes which have been established throughout the groupGroup to implement compliance with IFRS reporting requirements.

Control processes

The boardBoard reviews its strategic plans and objectives on an annual basis. Control is exercised at groupGroup and local levels through monthly monitoring of performance and by regular visits to groupGroup companies by executives and senior management. Group companies and functional heads submit annual risk reports to the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, summarizing the key risks facing their businesses and the controls in place to mitigate the effects of those risks. These reports, together with reports on internal control and departures, if any, from established groupGroup procedures prepared by the internal Group Compliance function and/or external auditors, are reviewed by the Group Finance Director and the audit committee.Audit Committee. Group companies must also submit internal control certification letters to the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director on internal control and risk management issues, with comments on the control environment within their operations. These are summarized for the audit committee,Audit Committee, and the chairman of the audit committeeAudit Committee reports to the boardBoard on any matters which have arisen from the committee’s review of the way in which the risk management and internal control processes have been applied. Key management of groupGroup companies is also required to support the disclosures and attestations that the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director are required to give under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The boardBoard has formal procedures in place for the approval of investment and acquisition projects, with designated levels of authority, supported by post investment review processes for selected acquisitions and major capital expenditures. The boardBoard considers social, environmental and ethical matters in relation


to the group’sGroup’s businesses and assesses these when reviewing the risks faced by the group.Group. The boardBoard is conscious of the effect such matters may have on the short and long-term value of the group.Group.

97



The group’sGroup’s external auditors and the Head of Group Compliance attend audit committeeAudit Committee meetings and receive its papers. The audit committeeAudit Committee members always have the opportunity to meet the Head of Group Compliance and the external auditors without the presence of executive management.

The groupGroup is required to comply with applicable U.S. regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, insofar as they apply to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, the groupGroup has established a disclosure committeeDisclosure Committee comprising the Company Secretary, the Head of Group Compliance, the Group Financial Controller and Senior Legal Counsel.Counsel for the purpose of advising the senior officers of the Company that the Group’s financial disclosures and the controls around them are, in all material respects, accurate, complete and fairly represent the Company’s financial condition. The committee has reviewed the group’seffectiveness of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2006 for their effectiveness.2007 and concluded that they are effective. There were no significant changes in those controls and procedures or in other factors that could significantly affect those controls subsequent to the date at which the evaluation was completed.

B               Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, groupGroup management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a - 15(f) and 15d - 15(f) under the Exchange Act, as amended. The group’sGroup’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS, including the reconciliations required under U.S. GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of ITG’s financial statements would be prevented or detected.

The group’sGroup’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the group’sGroup’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2006.2007.

Because Commonwealth Brands was acquired by the Company in fiscal 2007 it was not required to be included in management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting for the year ended September 30, 2007, and therefore, management excluded it from its assessment. Commonwealth Brands is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 11% and 2%, respectfully, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2007.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the groupGroup for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006,2007, has also audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the group’sGroup’s internal controlcontrols over financial reporting and the effectiveness of the group’sGroup’s internal control over financial reporting; their report is included herein.

Certifications by the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are submitted as exhibits to this Form 20-F (exhibit numbers 12.1, 12.2 and 13.1).

Item 16:

A               Audit Committee Financial Expert

See Item 6C: Board Practices—Practices – Audit committee.Committee.

B               Code of Ethics

See Item 6C: Board Practices—Practices – Code of ethics.

98



CPrincipal Accountant’s Fees and Services

Fees for professional services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the group’sGroup’s independent auditors in each of the last twothree fiscal periods in each of the following categories are:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

In £’s million

 

Audit fees

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

Tax fees

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

All other fees

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

Total

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

In £’s million

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Audit fees

 

3.2

 

3.7

 

3.5

 

Tax fees

 

1.3

 

1.1

 

1.3

 

All other fees

 

0.4

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

Total

 

4.9

 

4.9

 

5.1

 

Non-audit fees shown above include fees payable for U.K. services were £0.6 million (fiscal 2005: £1.2 million).

The Audit Committee has established processes to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the external auditors, and that relevant U.K. and U.S. professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees and the practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively. Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a semi-annual basis for review. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.

Further information of principal accountants fees’ and services is given in note 2 to the financial statements included in this annual report.

DExemptions from Listing Standards for Audit Committees

There are no matters to be reported under this item.

E                 Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In the year ended September 30, 20062007 we spent £556£105 million on 325.7 million shares. The average share price paid was 17021,831 pence, excluding transaction costs.

Shares were purchased on market on the London Stock Exchange and are held as treasury shares on the balance sheet. We have shareholder approval to buy back up to 72,900,000 shares, being approximately 10% of our issued share capital. The Directors choose to exercise this power only when, in the light of market conditions prevailing at the time, they believe that the effect of such purchases will be to increase earnings per share and is in the best interest of shareholders generally. The authority, which was renewed at our Annual General Meeting on January 30, January 2007, will expire at the conclusion of our Annual General Meeting in 2008, or if earlier, April 29, April 2008, however, we intend to seek renewal of this authority at subsequent Annual General Meetings.

The share buyback program is ongoing, and in the absence of value creating acquisitions, we intend to spend up to our annual free cash flow.

99



Pursuant to the buyback program, in the course of fiscal 20062007 we purchased shares as follows:

Period

 

 

 

Total number of
shares purchased

 

Average price
paid per share

 

Total number of
shares purchased as
part of publicly
announced program

 

Maximum number
of shares that could
still have been
purchased under
the program

 

October 4 - October 28, 2005

 

 

3,095,000

 

 

 

1584.46

 

 

 

16,610,000

 

 

 

56,290,000

 

 

November 2 - November 25, 2005

 

 

295,000

 

 

 

1645.84

 

 

 

16,905,000

 

 

 

55,995,000

 

 

December 6 - December 30, 2005

 

 

2,110,000

 

 

 

1732.65

 

 

 

19,015,000

 

 

 

53,885,000

 

 

January 3 - January 27, 2006

 

 

3,325,000

 

 

 

1666.08

 

 

 

22,340,000

 

 

 

50,560,000

 

 

February 6 - February 24, 2006

 

 

2,910,000

 

 

 

1723.30

 

 

 

25,250,000

 

 

 

69,990,000

 

 

March 1 - March 31, 2006

 

 

5,620,000

 

 

 

1746.76

 

 

 

30,870,000

 

 

 

64,370,000

 

 

April 3 - April 28, 2006

 

 

3,300,000

 

 

 

1708.65

 

 

 

34,170,000

 

 

 

61,070,000

 

 

May 2 - May 31, 2006

 

 

3,635,000

 

 

 

1666.99

 

 

 

37,805,000

 

 

 

57,435,000

 

 

June 1 - June 27, 2006

 

 

1,655,000

 

 

 

1629.80

 

 

 

39,460,000

 

 

 

55,780,000

 

��

July 5 - July 31, 2006

 

 

2,119,500

 

 

 

1691.88

 

 

 

41,579,500

 

 

 

53,660,500

 

 

August 1 - August 31, 2006

 

 

1,946,500

 

 

 

1766.97

 

 

 

43,526,000

 

 

 

51,714,000

 

 

September 1 - September 28, 2006

 

 

2,478,000

 

 

 

1805.59

 

 

 

46,004,000

 

 

 

49,236,000

 

 

Period

 

Total number of
shares purchased

 

Average price
paid per share
(pence)

 

Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced
program

 

Maximum number
of shares that
could still have
been purchased
under the
program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 2 – October 30, 2006

 

1,965,000

 

1804.53

 

47,969,000

 

47,271,000

 

November 1 – November 30, 2006

 

3,590,000

 

1846.04

 

51,559,000

 

43,681,000

 

December 1 – December 4, 2006

 

158,000

 

1870.88

 

51,717,000

 

43,523,000

 

 

All purchases were made in market transactions effected on the London Stock Exchange. No purchases were made other than in accordance with our buyback program.

108

100





PART III

Item 17: Financial Statements

Our consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are filed as part of this annual report as pages F-2 to F-80.F-79.

An index to these pages is given on page F-1.

Item 18: Financial Statements

This item is not applicable as we have responded to Item 17.

109

101





Item 19: Exhibits

Exhibit No.

Description

 

 

 

Description

1.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of Imperial Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the 2003 Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated February 10, 2004 (File No. 1-14874))

2.1

 

Form of Indenture among Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., Imperial Tobacco and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee, including form of note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Imperial Tobacco Overseas’s and Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 26, 1999 (File Nos. 333-10128 and 333-10128-01)).

2.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Imperial Tobacco, Citibank, N.A., as the Depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners of ADRs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated October 26, 1998 (File No. 1-14874) (the “1997 20-F Registration Statement”)).

2.3

 

Guarantee, dated as of February 10,, 2003, made by Imperial Tobacco Limited in favor of the holders of the $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount 71¤8/2% Guaranteed Notes due April 1, 2009 issued by Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. and guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated February 14, 2002 (File No. 1-14874) (the “2002 20-F Registration Statement”)).

4.1

 

Demerger Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1996, between Hanson PLC and Imperial Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 1997 20-F Registration Statement).

4.2

 

Deed, dated as of August 28, 1996, between Hanson and Imperial Tobacco Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 1997 20-F Registration Statement).

4.3

 

4.3

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Share Matching Scheme.

4.4

 

4.4

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Long-Term Incentive Plan.

4.5

 

4.5

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Sharesave Scheme.

4.6

 

4.6

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC International Sharesave Plan.

4.7

 

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Bonus Match Plan.Plan.

4.8

 

Directors’ Service Contracts.Contracts.

4.9

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2002 among Imperial Tobacco, Tchibo Holding Aktiengesellschaft and certain other holders of shares of Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, dated October 28, 2002 (File No. 1-14874)).


Exhibit No.

Description

4.10

 

Underwriting Agreement, dated March 7, 2002, between Imperial Tobacco, Hoare Govett Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Deutsche Bank AG London. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2002 20-F Registration Statement).

4.114.10

 

Option Agreement, dated March 7, 2002, between Tchibo Holding Aktiengesellschaft and certain other holders of shares of Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, dated October 28, 2002 (File No. 1-14874)).

4.12

4.11

 

Profit Pooling Agreement, dated May 15, 2002, between Imperial Tobacco Holdings Germany GmbH & Co. and Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the 2002 20-F Registration Statement).

4.14

4.12

 

Prospectus dated January 13, 2006 for Euro 10,000,000,000 Debt Issuance Program (Euro Medium Term Note Program) of Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco, with 14 banks in dealer group, including J.P. Morgan Cazenove as arranger (incorporated by reference to .

102



Exhibit 4.14 in the 2005 20-F Registration Statement)No..

Description

4.15

4.13

 

Share Purchase Agreement dated 23 August, 2006 between Tchibo Holding Aktsellschaft,Aktiengesellschaft, Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH and Imperial Tobacco Group PLC.PLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the 2006 20-F Registration Statement)

4.14

Share Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2007 between MAUI Acquisition Corporation (subsequently renamed ITG Holdings USA, Inc.) and Houchens Industries, Inc.

4.15

Financing Agreement dated February 8, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.16

Agreement dated July 18, 2007 between Imperial Tobacco Group PLC and Altadis S.A.

4.17

Facility Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.18

Equity Bridge Facility Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Citibank International PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.19

Underwriting Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Hoare Govett Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Citigroup Global Markets U.K. Equity Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Lehman Brothers International (Europe).

8.1

 

The list of Imperial Tobacco’s subsidiaries is incorporated by reference to Note 3231 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

11.1

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 to the 2003 20-F Registration Statement).

12.1

 

12.1

Certification of Chief Executive pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78m(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2

 

12.2

Certification of Finance Director pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78m(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.1

 

13.1

Certification of Chief Executive and Finance Director pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1

 

15.1

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the incorporation by reference of the audit report contained in this Form 20-F into Imperial Tobacco Group PLC’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-124333) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2006.2005, Form S-8 (File No. 333-124335) filed on April 26, 2005, and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-134158) filed on May 16, 2006.2006, and on form S-8 (File No. 333-142607) filed on May 4, 2007.

 

111103





SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

By:

/s/ Gareth Davis

 

By:

/s/ GARETH DAVIS

Name:

Gareth Davis

Title:

Chief Executive

Date:

February 2,November 30, 2007

 

112104








IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC

We have completed an integrated auditaudits of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC’s September 30, 2007 and 2006 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 20062007 and an audit of its September 30, 2005 consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated income statementsandstatements and the related consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of cash flow statements and consolidated statements of recognized income and expense present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC and its subsidiaries at September 30, 20062007 and September 30, 20052006 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended September 30, 2006,2007, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As described in the presentation of accounts and accounting policies in the financial statements, Imperial Tobacco Group has adopted the new accounting standards IAS 32 “Financial‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation”Presentation’ and IAS 39 “FinancialIAS39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”Measurement’ as of October 1, 2005.  The change has been accounted for prospectively from October 1, 2005.

IFRSs as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in note 3130 to the consolidated financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in the accompanying “Management’s“Managements’ annual report on internal control over financial reporting” as set out in Item 15B, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 20062007 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)(“COSO”), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria.  Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2006,2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal

F-2




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (Continued)

control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

F-2



We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting, management has excluded Commonwealth Brands from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007 because Commonwealth Brands was acquired by the Company during the year ended 30 September 2007. We have also excluded Commonwealth Brands from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Commonwealth Brands is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 11% and 2%, respectfully, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended 30 September 2007.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Bristol, United Kingdom
February 2,November 30, 2007

F-3





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

For the year ended September 30

 

 

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

Rev enue

 

 

1

 

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

Duty

 

 

1

 

 

(8,106

)

(8,514

)

Raw materials and consumables used

 

 

 

 

 

(651

)

(641

)

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

(9

)

Employment costs

 

 

4

 

 

(455

)

(468

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

(97

)

(103

)

Other operating charges

 

 

 

 

 

(683

)

(630

)

Profit from operations

 

 

1

 

 

1,240

 

1,311

 

Investment income

 

 

5

 

 

191

 

283

 

Finance costs

 

 

5

 

 

(353

)

(426

)

Profit before taxation

 

 

2

 

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

Taxation

 

 

6

 

 

(288

)

(310

)

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

790

 

858

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

851

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

7

 

Earnings per ordinary share

—Basic

 

 

 

 

 

108.6p

 

122.2p

 

 

—Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

108.1p

 

121.6p

 

For the year ended September 30,

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

1

 

11,229

 

11,676

 

12,344

 

Duty and similar items

 

1

 

(8,106

)

(8,514

)

(9,064

)

Other cost of sales

 

 

 

(1,001

)

(1,013

)

(990

)

Cost of sales

 

 

 

(9,107

)

(9,527

)

(10,054

)

Gross Profit

 

 

 

2,122

 

2,149

 

2,290

 

Distribution, advertising and selling costs

 

 

 

(656

)

(627

)

(659

)

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

(226

)

(211

)

(213

)

Profit from operations

 

1

 

1,240

 

1,311

 

1,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment income

 

5

 

191

 

283

 

318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance costs

 

5

 

(353

)

(426

)

(499

)

Profit before taxation

 

2

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

1,237

 

Taxation

 

6

 

(288

)

(310

)

(325

)

Profit for the year

 

 

 

790

 

858

 

912

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

784

 

851

 

905

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

6

 

7

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share

- Basic

 

8

 

108.6p

 

122.2p

 

134.3p

 

 

- Diluted

 

8

 

108.1p

 

121.6p

 

133.7p

 

 

All activities derive from continuing operations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-4



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

9

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

 

3,910

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

10

 

 

 

642

 

 

 

580

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

11

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

18

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

397

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

13

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

19

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

17

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,526

 

 

 

4,982

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

12

 

 

 

857

 

 

 

789

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

13

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

6

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

13

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

14

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

263

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

16

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

2,161

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,695

 

 

 

7,143

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

16

 

 

 

(707

)

 

 

(1,122

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

(119

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

15

 

 

 

(1,528

)

 

 

(1,433

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

6

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

(272

)

 

Provisions

 

 

19

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,520

)

 

 

(3,002

)

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

 

(In £’s million)

 

Notes

 

2006

 

2007

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

9

 

3,910

 

4,950

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

580

 

640

 

Investments in associates

 

11

 

5

 

4

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

18

 

397

 

602

 

Trade and other receivables

 

13

 

19

 

7

 

Deferred tax assets

 

17

 

71

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

4,982

 

6,255

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

12

 

789

 

998

 

Trade and other receivables

 

13

 

1,067

 

1,254

 

Current tax assets

 

6

 

13

 

50

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

14

 

263

 

380

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

16

 

29

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

2,161

 

2,753

 

Total assets

 

 

 

7,143

 

9,008

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

16

 

(1,122

)

(1,067

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

16

 

(119

)

(219

)

Trade and other payables

 

15

 

(1,433

)

(1,593

)

Current tax liabilities

 

6

 

(272

)

(267

)

Provisions

 

19

 

(56

)

(26

)

 

 

 

 

(3,002

)

(3,172

)

 

F-5



 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

 

(In £’s million)

 

Notes

 

2006

 

2007

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

16

 

(2,930

)

(4,053

)

Trade and other payables

 

15

 

(5

)

(5

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

17

 

(135

)

(208

)

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

18

 

(434

)

(397

)

Provisions

 

19

 

(39

)

(32

)

 

 

 

 

(3,543

)

(4,695

)

Total liabilities

 

 

 

(6,545

)

(7,867

)

Net assets

 

 

 

598

 

1,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

20

 

73

 

73

 

Share premium account

 

22

 

964

 

964

 

Retained earnings

 

22

 

(423

)

58

 

Exchange translation reserve

 

22

 

(35

)

23

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

579

 

1,118

 

Minority interests

 

23

 

19

 

23

 

Total equity

 

 

 

598

 

1,141

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-5

F-6





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

 

 

Notes

 

September 30,
2005

 

September 30,
2006

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

16

 

 

 

(2,775

)

 

 

(2,930

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

16

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

15

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

17

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

(135

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

18

 

 

 

(438

)

 

 

(434

)

 

Provisions

 

 

19

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,470

)

 

 

(3,543

)

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,990

)

 

 

(6,545

)

 

Net assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

598

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

20

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

 

Share premium account

 

 

22

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

964

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

22

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

(423

)

 

Exchange translation reserve

 

 

22

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

(35

)

 

Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

579

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

23

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

598

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNIZED INCOME AND EXPENSE

For the year ended September 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange movements

 

19

 

(54

)

58

 

Net actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

101

 

100

 

202

 

Deferred tax relating to net actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

(34

)

(24

)

(59

)

Deferred tax on other items taken directly to or transferred from equity

 

 

7

 

 

Current tax on other items taken directly to or transferred from equity

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income recognized directly in equity

 

86

 

29

 

206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

790

 

858

 

912

 

Total recognized income and expense for the year

 

876

 

887

 

1,118

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

870

 

880

 

1,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

6

 

7

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recognized income and expense for the year

 

876

 

887

 

1,118

 

F-7



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

For the year ended September 30,

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

27

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

999

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

16

 

13

 

15

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(92

)

(75

)

(128

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

27

 

15

 

5

 

Purchase of intangible assets – software

 

 

 

(10

)

(7

)

(5

)

Purchase of intangible assets – trademarks

 

 

 

 

(368

)

(5

)

Purchase of businesses – net of cash acquired

 

24

 

(6

)

(68

)

(966

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(65

)

(490

)

(1,084

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(212

)

(199

)

(227

)

Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

 

(201

)

(556

)

(105

)

Proceeds from sale of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

3

 

7

 

7

 

Purchase of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

(8

)

(55

)

(55

)

Increase in borrowings

 

 

 

232

 

1,356

 

2,324

 

Repayment of borrowings

 

 

 

(606

)

(795

)

(1,317

)

Dividends paid to minority interests

 

 

 

(4

)

(7

)

(4

)

Dividends paid to shareholders

 

 

 

(373

)

(406

)

(434

)

Net cash (used in)/generated by financing activities

 

 

 

(1,169

)

(655

)

189

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(91

)

10

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

 

 

339

 

256

 

263

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

8

 

(4

)

13

 

Adjustments relating to adoption of IAS 39 from October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

256

 

263

 

380

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-6

F-8





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNIZED INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

For the year
ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Exchange movements

 

 

19

 

 

 

(54

)

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

101

 

 

 

100

 

 

Deferred tax relating to actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(24

)

 

Deferred tax on other items taken directly to or transferred from equity

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Net income recognized directly in equity

 

 

86

 

 

 

29

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

790

 

 

 

858

 

 

Total recognized income and expense for the year

 

 

876

 

 

 

887

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

870

 

 

 

880

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

Total recognized income and expense for the year

 

 

876

 

 

 

887

 

 

Adoption of IAS 39 attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

-—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

F-7




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

 

 

 

For the year
ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

27

 

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

13

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

(92

)

(75

)

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

15

 

 

Purchase of intangible assets—trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

(368

)

 

Purchase of intangible assets—software

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

(7

)

 

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

(68

)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

(490

)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

 

 

(212

)

(199

)

 

Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(201

)

(556

)

 

Proceeds from sale of shares held under Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

7

 

 

Purchase of shares held under Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

(55

)

 

(Decrease)/increase in borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(374

)

561

 

 

Dividends paid to minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

(7

)

 

Dividends paid to shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

(373

)

(406

)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(1,169

)

(655

)

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

10

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

 

 

 

 

339

 

256

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

(4

)

 

Adjustments relating to adoption of IAS 39 from October 1 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

263

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-8




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and IFRIC interpretations as endorsed by the European Union (collectively “IFRS”) and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The 2006 financial statements are the group’s first full year consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS, with a transition date of October 1, 2004. Consequently, the comparative figures for 2005 and the group’s balance sheet as at October 1, 2004 have been restated to comply with IFRS, with the exception of IAS 32: “Financial instruments: disclosure and presentation” and IAS 39: “Financial instruments: recognition and measurement”, which have been applied from October 1, 2005. In addition, IFRS 1 on first time adoption allows certain exemptions from retrospective application of IFRS in the opening balance sheet for 2004. Where these have been used, they are explained in the relevant accounting policies below.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except as described in the accounting policies on financial instruments, and retirement benefit schemes and share schemes below.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.  The key estimates and assumptions are set out in the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments note on pages F-17 to F-19.F-18.  Such estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances and constitute management’s best judgment at the date of the financial statements.  In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and assumptions.  This could affect future financial statements as the original estimates and assumptions are modified, as appropriate, in the year in which the circumstances change.

Consolidated income statement presentation format

We continually review the content and presentation of our financial statements to ensure compliance with relevant accounting standards and regulations and also to consider their relevance and usefulness to readers.  As a result of this ongoing review we have changed the format of our consolidated income statement from the nature of expense to the function format, also known as the cost of sales format.  Comparative data has been restated.  We believe this revised presentation will provide users of our financial statements with a better understanding of our business.

The functional presentation is also more consistent with that of our major competitors and many other European FMCG groups reporting under IFRS, and is more closely aligned with the way management reviews performance internally.

A summary of the more important groupGroup accounting policies is set out below.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated accountsfinancial statements comprise Imperial Tobacco Group PLC (the Company)“Company”) and all its subsidiary undertakings.

Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the group.Group.  Control exists when the groupGroup has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an enterprise taking into account any potential voting rights.  The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries.  The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition.  The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the group’sGroup’s share of the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired is recorded as goodwill.

Intragroup transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between groupGroup companies are eliminated; unrealized losses are also eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.  Where necessary, accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.Group.

The principal operating subsidiary undertakings are listed on pages F-75 and F-77.

F-9




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Segmental reporting

A segment is a distinguishable componentlist of the group thatprincipal subsidiaries is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment.included on pages F-71 and F-72.

The principal activity of the group is the manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco related products. The management structure is based on geographical regions. These geographical regions of U.K., Germany, Rest of Western Europe and Rest of the World have been used as the primary reporting segments. The manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco related products is a single integrated business and as a consequence, the group has only one business segment and no secondary segment disclosure has been made. The central costs are allocated to segments on a consistent basis of revenue less duty.

The prices agreed between group companies for intragroup sales of materials, manufactured goods, charges for royalties, commissions and fees are based on normal commercial practices which would apply between independent businesses.F-9



Foreign currenciescurrency

Items included in the financial statements of each groupGroup company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the company operates.operates (the functional currency).

The income and cash flow statements of Group companies using non-sterling denominated group companiesfunctional currencies are translated to sterling (the group’sGroup’s presentation currency) at average rates of exchange in each period.  Assets and liabilities of these companies are translated at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.  The differences between retained profits and losses translated at average and closing rates are taken to reserves, as are differences arising on the retranslation to sterling of non-sterling denominatedthe net assets at the beginning of the year.

Any translation differences that have arisen since October 1, 2004 are presented as a separate component of equity.  As permitted by IFRS 1, any differences prior to this date are not included in this separate component of equity.

Foreign

Transactions in currencies other than a company’s functional currency transactions are initially recorded at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.  Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement, except when deferred in equitytreated as qualifying net investment hedges.

The Group designates as net investment hedges external borrowings and permanent intragroup loans up to the value of the net assets of Group companies that use non-sterling functional currencies.  Gains or losses on these hedges are transferred to equity to offset any gains or losses on translation of the net assets.

Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the invoiced value for the sale of goods and services net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts.  Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when a groupGroup company has delivered products to the customer, the customer has accepted the products and collectibilitycollectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured.  Sales of services, which include fees for distributing third party products, are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered.  License fees are recognized on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Duty and similar items

Duty and similar items includes duty and levies having the characteristics of duty.  In countries where duty is a production tax, duty is included in the income statement as an expense.  Where duty is a sales tax, duty is deducted from revenue.  Payments due in the United States under the Master Settlement Agreement and the Fair and Equitable Tobacco Reform Act are treated as a production tax.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Taxes

Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the tax base.  However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.  Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differencesassets can be utilized.realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.  Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date, and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liability is settled or the deferred tax asset is realized.

F-10



Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries (including overseas subsidiaries), except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the groupGroup and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax is recognized in the income statement, except where it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.

Dividends

Final dividends are recognized as a liability in the group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by shareholders, while interim dividends are recognized in the period in which the dividends are paid.

Intangible fixed assets—assets – goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the group’sGroup’s share of the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, both tangible and intangible.acquired.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions made on or after September 27, 1998 is capitalized.  Previously all goodwill was written off through equity in the period of acquisition.  As permitted under IFRS 1, goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to October 1, 2004 is stated in accordance with U.K. GAAP and has not been remeasured on transition to IFRS.  Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  Any impairment is recognized immediately in the income statement and cannot be subsequently be reversed.  Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.  The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.  Gains or losses on the disposal of a groupGroup company are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying value of the groupGroup company’s assets and liabilities including the carrying amount of related goodwill.

Goodwill previously written off directly to reserves under U.K. GAAP is not recycled to the income statement on the disposal of the subsidiary to which it relates.

Intangible fixed assets—assets – other

These consist mainly of acquired trademarks licenses and computer software which are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment.  Trademarks include the Davidoff cigarette trademark


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

which was acquired in September 2006.  The directorsDirectors are of the opinion that this trademark has an indefinite life, based on the fact that Davidoff is an established international brand with global growth potential.  Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment.  Other trademarks licenses and computer software are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives.  For trademarks and licenses (other than Davidoff)Davidoff) the useful life does not exceed 20 years.  Computer software is written off over a period that does not exceed five years.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are shown in the balance sheet at their historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.  Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.  Subsequent costs are included in the assets’ carrying amounts or recognized as a separate asset as appropriate only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with them will flow to the groupGroup and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  All other repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Land is not depreciated.  Depreciation is provided on other property, plant and equipment so as to write off the initial cost of each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life as follows:

Freehold and leasehold buildings

Buildings

up to 50 years (straight line)

Plant and equipment

2 to 20 years (straight line/reducing balance)

Fixtures and motor vehicles

2 to 14 years (straight line)

 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and, if appropriate, adjusted at each balance sheet date.

F-11



Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts.  These are included in the income statement.

Impairment of assets

Assets that are not subject to amortization or depreciateddepreciation are tested at least annually for impairment.  Assets that are subject to amortization or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use.  For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).

Financial instruments (2006)

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the groupGroup becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the relevant instrument.  Financial assets are de-recognized when the rights to receive benefits have expired or been transferred, and the groupGroup has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.  Financial liabilities are de-recognized when the obligation is extinguished.

Non-derivative financial assets are classified as eitherloans and receivables or(including cash and cash equivalents. Theyequivalents).  Receivables are initially recognized at fair value and are subsequently stated at amortized cost using the effective interest method, subject to reduction for allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.  A provision for impairment of receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the groupGroup will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

of those receivables.  The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, and is recognized in the income statement.  For interest-bearing assets, the carrying value includes accrued interest receivable.

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call, together with other short-term highly liquid investments.

Non-derivative financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair value and are subsequently stated at amortized cost using the effective interest method.  For borrowings, the carrying value includes accrued interest payable, as well as unamortized issue costs.  All borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

The groupGroup transacts derivative financial instruments to manage the underlying exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks.  The groupGroup does not transact derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.  Derivative financial assets and liabilities are included in the balance sheet at fair value, which includes accrued interest receivable and payable where relevant.  However, as the groupGroup has decided not to hedge account for its derivative financial instruments (as permitted under IAS 39), changes in fair values are recognized in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

Financial instruments (2005)

As noted above, the group has chosen to utilize the IFRS 1 exemption from the requirement to restate comparative information for IAS 32 and IAS 39. For the year ended September 30, 2005, financial instruments are accounted for in accordance with U.K. GAAP using the following policies.

Derivative financial instruments are used to manage exposure of foreign exchange and interest rate risks and are not used for trading purposes. Instruments qualify for hedge accounting where the underlying asset or liability has characteristics which can be directly related to the instrument transacted.

Interest differentials arising under interest rate swaps are taken to the income statement on an accruals basis and included within interest payable or receivable. Any premiums or discounts received or paid are amortized over the lives of the instruments.

The principal amounts due to be exchanged at maturity under cross-currency swaps are revalued at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date and included within derivative financial instruments.

Where forward foreign exchange contracts are used to hedge future transactions, gains and losses are not recognized until the transactions occur.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Cost is determined byusing the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labor, other direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating activity)capacity) but excludes borrowing costs.  Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

Leaf tobacco inventory which has an operating cycle that exceeds twelve months is classified as a current asset, consistent with recognized industry practice.

F-12



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Provisions

A provision is recognized in the balance sheet when the groupGroup has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle that obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made.

A provision for restructuring is made when the groupGroup has approved a detailed formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has either commenced or been publicly announced.  Future operating losses are not provided for.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole.  A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Retirement benefit schemes

The groupGroup operates a number of retirement benefit schemes for its employees, including both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. The group’s two principal schemes are defined benefit schemes and are operated by Imperial Tobacco Limited in the U.K. and Reemtsma Cigaretten Fabriken GmbH in Germany. The U.K. scheme’s assets are held in trustee administered funds while the German scheme is unfunded.

Under a defined benefit scheme, the amount of retirement benefit that will be received by an employee is defined.  The amount recognized in the balance sheet is the difference between the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date and the fair value of the scheme assets.  The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.  The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows.outflows.

The service cost of providing retirement benefits to employees during the year is charged to profit from operations.

Past service costs are recognized immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension plan are conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period).  In this case, the past service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average vesting period.  All actuarial gains and losses, including differences between actual and expected returns on assets and differences that arise as a result of the changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognized immediately in full in the statement of recognized income and expense for the period in which they arise.

A credit representing the expected return on plan assets of the retirement benefit schemes during the year is included within net finance costs.  This is based on the market value of the assets of the schemes at the start of the financial year.  A charge is also made within net finance costs for the expected increase in the liabilities of the retirement benefit schemes during the year.  This arises from the schemes being one year closer to payment.

For defined contribution schemes, the groupGroup pays a defined contribution to the scheme; there are no further payment obligations once these contributions have been paid.  Such contributions are recognized as an employee benefit expense when they are due.  Any prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or reduction in future payments is available.

The group has taken advantage of the optional exemption under IFRS 1 to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses with respect to employee retirement benefit schemes in the equity attributable to equity holders of the Company at October 1, 2004.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Share-based payments

The groupGroup applies the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-based payments”payment” to equity-basedshare-based employee compensation schemes in respect of awards granted after November 7, 2002 which remained unvested at January 1, 2005, the dates specified in IFRS 1.

The Group operates equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation schemes.  The cost of employees’ services received in exchange for the grant of rights under equity-based employee compensation schemes is measured at the fair valueboth types of the equity instruments granted andscheme is expensed over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period, and is determined by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (e.g. earnings per share).  Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of equity instruments that are expected to become exercisable.  At each balance sheet date, the groupGroup revises its estimates of the number of equity instruments that are expected to become exercisable. Itexercisable under all schemes, and re-measures the fair value of the cash-settled schemes.  The Group recognizes the impact fof the

F-13



revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.equity for equity-settled schemes and current liabilities for cash-settled schemes.  The fair value is measured based on an appropriate valuation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon whichof the equity instruments were granted.award.

In order to manage the related exposure, the group buysGroup funds the purchase of the number of shares necessary to satisfy rights to shares arising under equity-basedshare-based employee compensation schemes. Shares acquired to satisfy those rights are held in Employee Share Ownership Trusts.  On consolidation, these shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.  No additional shares are issued as a result of the equityGroup’s share-based employee compensation plan.schemes.  When the rights are exercised, equity is increased by the amount of theany proceeds received.

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any groupGroup company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted on consolidation from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of.  Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.

Initial adoption of IFRSSegmental reporting

In restating its transition

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment.

The principal activity of the Group is the manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco-related products.  The management structure is based on geographical regions.  These geographical regions of U.K., Germany, Rest of Western Europe, U.S. and Rest of the World have been used as the primary reporting segments.  The manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco-related products is a single integrated business and as a consequence, the Group has only one business segment and no secondary segment disclosure has been made.  Central costs are allocated to segments on a consistent basis of net revenue.

The prices agreed between Group companies for intragroup sales of materials, manufactured goods, charges for royalties, commissions and fees are based on normal commercial practices which would apply between independent businesses.

Use of adjusted measures

Management believes that reporting non-GAAP adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance and reflects the way in which the business is controlled.  Accordingly, adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share exclude, where applicable, amortization of acquired trademarks, restructuring costs, retirement benefits net financing income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in respect of commercially effective hedges and related taxation effects. Reconciliations between adjusted and reported profit from operations are included within note 1 to the financial statements, adjusted and reported finance costs in note 5, adjusted and reported taxation in note 6, and adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8. These and other adjusted measures in this report such as adjusted net debt are not defined terms under International Financial Reporting Standards and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies.  Under U.S. GAAP such measures would not be included in the notes to the financial statements.

F-14



The principal adjustments made to reported profits are as follows:

Amortization of acquired trademarks

Acquired trademarks are recognized as intangible assets, and are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives where these are considered to be finite.  Acquired trademarks considered to have an indefinite life are not amortized.  We exclude the amortization of acquired trademarks and deferred tax relating to tax deductible amortization from our adjusted earnings measures.

Restructuring costs

Significant one-off costs incurred in integrating acquired businesses and in major rationalisation initiatives together with their related tax effects are excluded from our adjusted earnings measures.

Fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments

IAS 39 requires that all derivative financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at October 1, 2004,fair value, and that changes in the group electedfair value are recognized in the income statement unless the instrument qualifies for hedge accounting under IAS 39.

The Group hedges underlying exposures in an efficient, commercial and structured manner. However, the strict hedging requirements of IAS 39 lead to takesome commercially effective hedge positions not qualifying for hedge accounting. As a result, the following exemptions under IFRS 1:

IFRS 2 “Share-based Payments”   The group elected to apply IFRS 2 only to equity-based employee compensation schemes in respect of awards granted after November 7, 2002 that remained unvested at January 1, 2005, the dates specified in IFRS 1.

IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”   The group electedGroup has decided not to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to business combinations that took place prior to the date of transition. In the opening balance sheet, goodwill and other assets and liabilities acquired in previous transactions remain at the same carryinghedge accounting as permitted under IAS 39. We exclude fair value as under U.K. GAAP.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”   The group has taken advantage of the optional exemption to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses with respecton derivative financial instruments used to employeecommercially hedge interest rate risk from adjusted net financing costs.  We also exclude fair value gains on derivative financial instruments used to commercially hedge investments in foreign operations from adjusted profit from operations.

Retirement benefits net financing income

The expected return on plan assets and the interest on retirement benefit schemes in the equity attributableliabilities is included within net finance costs. Since these items do not impact cash flows and can be subject to the equity holders of the Company at October 1, 2004.

IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”   Cumulative exchange differences on retranslationsignificant volatility outside management’s control they have been eliminated from adjusted measures of net investments in overseas subsidiaries, which are recognized separately in equity under IFRS, are deemed to be nil at October 1, 2004.finance costs and earnings per share.

IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” and IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”   IAS 32 and IAS 39 have been applied from October 1, 2005.

Other non-GAAP measures used by management include:

StandardsNet revenue

Net revenue comprises revenue less duty and similar items.  The segmental analysis in note 1 includes amounts for net revenue which management regards as an important measure in assessing the profitability of operations.

Adjusted net debt

Management monitors the Group’s borrowing levels using adjusted net debt which excludes the fair value of interest rate derivative financial instruments and interest accruals.

F-15



New standards and interpretations issued but not appliedyet effective and not adopted early

At the date of approval of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were issued but the application was not yet mandatory for the period:

IFRS 6

 

Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources

IFRS 7

 

Financial Instruments:instruments: Disclosures; and the related amendment to IAS 1 on capital disclosures

IFRIC 4

Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease

IFRIC 5

Right to Interests Arising from Decommissioning, Restoration and Environmental Rehabilitation Funds

IFRIC 7

Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies

IFRICIFRS 8

 

Scope of IFRS 2

IFRIC 9

Reassessment of Embedded DerivativesOperating Segments

IFRIC 10

 

Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment

IFRIC 11

Group and Treasury Share Transactions

IFRIC 12

Service Concession Arrangements

IFRIC 13

Customer Loyalty Programmes

IFRIC 14

IAS 19 - The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their interaction

 

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the financial statementsnet assets or results of the group.Group

F-16





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

The groupGroup makes estimates and assumptions regarding the future.  Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and assumptions.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Legal proceedings

In accordance with IFRS, the groupGroup only recognizes liabilities where there is a present obligation from a past event, a transfer of economic benefits is probable and the amount of costs of the transfer can be reliably estimated.  In such instances a provision is calculated and recorded in the financial statements.  In instances where these criteria are not met, a contingent liability may be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

A contingent liability arises whenis a possible obligation that arisesarising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the group;Group; or from a present obligation that arisesarising from past events butthat is not recognized in the financial statements because it is not possibleprobable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation;obligation, or because the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Realization of any contingent liabilities not currently recognized or disclosed in the financial statements could have a material effect on the group’sGroup’s financial condition.

Application of these accounting principles to legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects is inherently difficult, given the complex nature of the facts and law involved.  Deciding whether or not to provide for loss in connection with such claims requires the group’sGroup’s management to make determinations about various factual and legal matters beyond its control.

The groupGroup reviews outstanding legal cases following developments in the legal proceedings and at each balance sheet date, in order to assess the need for provisions in its financial statements.  Among the factors considered in making decisions on provisions are the nature of the litigation, claim or assessment, the legal processes and potential level of damages in the jurisdiction in which the litigation, claim or assessment has been brought, the progress of the case (including progress after the date of the financial statements but before those statements are issued), the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, experience of similar cases and any decision of the group’sGroup’s management as to how it will respond to the litigation, claim or assessment.

To the extent that the group’sGroup’s determinations at any time do not reflect subsequent developments or the eventual outcome of any claim, its future financial statements may be materially affected, with an adverse impact upon the group’sGroup’s profit from operations, financial position and liquidity.

The groupGroup is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects.  In the opinion of the group’sGroup’s lawyers, the groupGroup has meritorious defenses to these actions, all of which are being vigorously contested.  Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of the pending litigation, the Directors believe that the pending actions will not have an adverse effect upon the revenue, profit or financial condition of the group.Group.  Consequently, in respect of any


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (Continued)

such cases, the groupGroup has not provided for any amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  See note 26 to these financial statements.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Intangible assets (other than goodwill and the Davidoff cigarette trademark) and property, plant and equipment are amortized or depreciated over their useful lives.  Useful lives are based on management’s estimates of the period thatover which the assets will generate revenue, whichand are periodically reviewed for continued appropriateness.  Due to the long lives of certain assets, changes to the estimates used can result in significant variations in the carrying value.

F-17



The groupGroup assesses the impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization or depreciation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

·                  significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

·                  significant changes in the manner of the use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and

·                  significant negative industry or economic trends.

Additionally, goodwill arising on acquisitions and the Davidoff cigarette trademark are subject to impairment review. The group’sGroup’s management undertakes an impairment review annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. When it is determined that there is an indicator that the carrying value may not be recoverable, impairment is measured based on estimates of the fair values of the underlying assets of the cash generating unit.

The complexity of the estimation process and issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent in the application of the group’sGroup’s accounting estimates in relation to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, especially the estimates of the expected useful economic lives and the carrying values of those assets. If business conditions were different, or if different assumptions were used in the application of this and other accounting estimates, it is likely that materially different amounts could be reported in the group’sGroup’s financial statements.

See notes 9 and 10 to these financial statements.

Retirement benefits

The costs, assets and liabilities of the defined benefit retirement schemes operating within the groupGroup are determined using methods relying on actuarial estimates and assumptions. Details of the key assumptions are set out in note 18. The groupGroup takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of the assumptions. It is important to note, however, that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the income statement and balance sheet.Group’s financial statements.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (Continued)

Income taxes

The groupGroup is subject to income tax in numerous jurisdictions and significant judgment is required in determining the provision for tax. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The groupGroup recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax issues based on estimates of the additional taxes that are likely to become due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

See note 6 to these financial statements.

F-19

F-18





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC

NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS

1                 Segmental information

The principal activity of the groupGroup is the manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco relatedtobacco-related products. The management structure is based on geographical regions. These geographical regions of U.K., Germany, Rest of Western Europe, U.S. and Rest of the World have been used as the primary reporting segments. The manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco and tobacco relatedtobacco-related products is a single integrated business and as a consequence, the groupGroup has only one business segment and no secondary segment disclosure has been made. The centralCentral costs are allocated to segments on the basis of revenue less duty.net revenue.

With effect from  October 1, 2006, we have reclassified the results of our Austrian business from ‘Germany’ to ‘Rest of the World’ to reflect the way in which our operations are managed within the Group. The results for 2006  and 2005 have been restated accordingly. Similarly the 2006 and 2005 results of our U.S. operations have been reclassified from ‘Rest of the World’ to ‘U.S.’ as the U.S. segment has been introduced following the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands.

Geographical consolidated income statement by destination of sales

 

2005

 

2006

 



 

Revenue

 

Duty

 

Profit from
operations

 

Revenue

 

Duty

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K.

 

 

4,710

 

 

3,910

 

 

460

 

 

 

4,762

 

 

3,927

 

 

496

 

 

Germany

 

 

2,630

 

 

2,000

 

 

265

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

2,123

 

 

243

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

1,571

 

 

927

 

 

308

 

 

 

1,647

 

 

1,010

 

 

321

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

2,318

 

 

1,269

 

 

207

 

 

 

2,560

 

 

1,454

 

 

251

 

 

International

 

 

6,519

 

 

4,196

 

 

780

 

 

 

6,914

 

 

4,587

 

 

815

 

 

 

 

 

11,229

 

 

8,106

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

11,676

 

 

8,514

 

 

1,311

 

 

2007

 

Revenue

 

Duty and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Profit from
operations

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

4,842

 

3,966

 

876

 

555

 

Germany

 

2,645

 

2,121

 

524

 

232

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,746

 

1,111

 

635

 

319

 

U.S.

 

266

 

149

 

117

 

35

 

Rest of the World

 

2,845

 

1,717

 

1,128

 

277

 

 

 

12,344

 

9,064

 

3,280

 

1,418

 

2006

 

Revenue

 

Duty and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Profit from
operations

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

4,762

 

3,927

 

835

 

496

 

Germany

 

2,698

 

2,123

 

575

 

239

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,647

 

1,010

 

637

 

321

 

U.S.

 

14

 

 

14

 

4

 

Rest of the World

 

2,555

 

1,454

 

1,101

 

251

 

 

 

11,676

 

8,514

 

3,162

 

1,311

 

2005

 

Revenue

 

Duty and
similar
items

 

Net
revenue

 

Profit from
operations

 

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

4,710

 

3,910

 

800

 

460

 

Germany

 

2,623

 

2,000

 

623

 

261

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,571

 

927

 

644

 

308

 

U.S.

 

13

 

 

13

 

6

 

Rest of the World

 

2,312

 

1,269

 

1,043

 

205

 

 

 

11,229

 

8,106

 

3,123

 

1,240

 

 

F-19



Geographical reconciliation offrom profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations by destination of sales

 

Adjusted profit
from operations

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value changes
on derivative
financial
instruments

 

Retirement
benefits net
financing income

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K

 

 

468

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

460

 

Germany

 

 

294

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

326

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

308

 

Rest of the World

 

 

209

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

207

 

International

 

 

829

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

780

 

 

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

Investment income

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

158

 

 

180

 

Finance costs

 

 

(206

)

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

(136

)

 

(342

)

Profit before taxation

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

22

 

 

1,078

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations

 

Amortization
of
trademarks*

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Retirement
benefits net
financing
income

 

Profit from
operations

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

564

 

 

 

(9

)

 

555

 

Germany

 

238

 

 

 

(6

)

 

232

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

 

 

(7

)

 

319

 

U.S.

 

52

 

(17

)

 

 

 

35

 

Rest of the World

 

295

 

(6

)

 

(12

)

 

277

 

 

 

1,475

 

(23

)

 

(34

)

 

1,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

Investment income

 

14

 

 

 

101

 

203

 

318

 

Finance costs

 

(251

)

 

 

(99

)

(149

)

(499

)

Profit before taxation

 

1,238

 

(23

)

 

(32

)

54

 

1,237

 

(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations

 

Amortization
of
trademarks*

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Retirement
benefits net
financing
income

 

Profit from
operations

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

506

 

n/a

 

(10

)

 

 

496

 

Germany

 

270

 

n/a

 

(31

)

 

 

239

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

324

 

n/a

 

(3

)

 

 

321

 

U.S.

 

4

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

4

 

Rest of the World

 

252

 

n/a

 

(1

)

 

 

251

 

 

 

1,356

 

n/a

 

(45

)

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

Investment income

 

13

 

n/a

 

 

82

 

188

 

283

 

Finance costs

 

(201

)

n/a

 

 

(83

)

(142

)

(426

)

Profit before taxation

 

1,168

 

n/a

 

(45

)

(1

)

46

 

1,168

 

F-20



(In £’s million)

 

Adjusted
profit from
operations

 

Amortization
of
trademarks*

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value
changes on
derivative
financial
instruments

 

Retirement
benefits net
financing
income

 

Profit from
operations

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

468

 

n/a

 

(8

)

n/a

 

 

460

 

Germany

 

290

 

n/a

 

(29

)

n/a

 

 

261

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

326

 

n/a

 

(18

)

n/a

 

 

308

 

U.S.

 

6

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

6

 

Rest of the World

 

207

 

n/a

 

(2

)

n/a

 

 

205

 

 

 

1,297

 

n/a

 

(57

)

n/a

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

Investment income

 

22

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

158

 

180

 

Finance costs

 

(206

)

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

(136

)

(342

)

Profit before taxation

 

1,113

 

n/a

 

(57

)

n/a

 

22

 

1,078

 

 



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)
*Amortization of trademarks relates principally to Commonwealth Brands’ trademarks acquired in 2007 and trademarks acquired in Australia and New Zealand in 1999. Adjusted profit from operations has not been restated for 2005 and 2006 as the trademark amortization effect was not significant in these years.

1       Segmental information (Continued)

 

Adjusted profit
from operations

 

Restructuring
costs

 

Fair value changes
on derivative
financial
instruments

 

Retirement
benefits net
financing income

 

Profit from
operations

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K

 

 

506

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

Germany

 

 

274

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

243

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

324

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

Rest of the World

 

 

252

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

International

 

 

850

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

815

 

 

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

Investment income

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

188

 

 

283

 

Finance costs

 

 

(201

)

 

 

 

 

 

(83

)

 

 

(142

)

 

(426

)

Profit before taxation

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

46

 

 

1,168

 

 

F-21



Geographical analysis of other segment items

 

By location of
business unit

 

By destination of sales

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property,
plant &
equipment

 

Intangible
assets

 

Property,
plant &
equipment

 

Intangible
assets

 

Depreciation

 

Amortization

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K

 

 

23

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

3

 

 

Germany

 

 

17

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

2

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

47

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

2

 

 

International

 

 

69

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

15

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K

 

 

29

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

3

 

 

Germany

 

 

16

 

 

 

369

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

2

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

26

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

2

 

 

International

 

 

46

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

9

 

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

1       Segmental information (Continued)

 

 

By location of business
unit

 

By destination of sales

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Property,
plant &
equipment

 

Intangible
assets

 

Property,
plant &
equipment

 

Intangible
assets

 

Depreciation

 

Amortization

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

26

 

2

 

21

 

2

 

22

 

2

 

Germany

 

46

 

1

 

24

 

1

 

10

 

1

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

5

 

 

U.S.

 

2

 

5

 

2

 

5

 

 

17

 

Rest of the World

 

49

 

2

 

75

 

2

 

51

 

7

 

 

 

128

 

10

 

128

 

10

 

88

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

29

 

5

 

24

 

5

 

23

 

3

 

Germany

 

16

 

369

 

14

 

29

 

22

 

2

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

4

 

 

8

 

47

 

10

 

2

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of the World

 

26

 

1

 

29

 

294

 

39

 

2

 

 

 

75

 

375

 

75

 

375

 

94

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

23

 

3

 

25

 

3

 

20

 

3

 

Germany

 

17

 

2

 

15

 

2

 

17

 

2

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

5

 

1

 

5

 

1

 

8

 

8

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of the World

 

47

 

4

 

47

 

4

 

37

 

2

 

 

 

92

 

10

 

92

 

10

 

82

 

15

 

F-22



Geographical analysis of assets and liabilities by destination of sales

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K

 

836

 

 

(650

)

 

 

186

 

 

885

 

 

(670

)

 

 

215

 

 

Germany

 

1,790

 

 

(328

)

 

 

1,462

 

 

1,666

 

 

(311

)

 

 

1,355

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,088

 

 

(312

)

 

 

776

 

 

1,137

 

 

(252

)

 

 

885

 

 

Rest of the World

 

2,360

 

 

(355

)

 

 

2,005

 

 

2,682

 

 

(300

)

 

 

2,382

 

 

International

 

5,238

 

 

(995

)

 

 

4,243

 

 

5,485

 

 

(863

)

 

 

4,622

 

 

 

 

6,074

 

 

(1,645

)

 

 

4,429

 

 

6,370

 

 

(1,533

)

 

 

4,837

 

 

Unallocated assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

(3,482

)

 

 

(3,482

)

 

 

 

(4,052

)

 

 

(4,052

)

 

Retirement benefit asset/(liability)

 

259

 

 

(438

)

 

 

(179

)

 

397

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(37

)

 

Taxation

 

106

 

 

(368

)

 

 

(262

)

 

84

 

 

(407

)

 

 

(323

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(57

)

 

29

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

 

6,695

 

 

(5,990

)

 

 

705

 

 

7,143

 

 

(6,545

)

 

 

598

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

U.K.

 

885

 

(670

)

215

 

875

 

(646

)

229

 

Germany

 

1,659

 

(310

)

1,349

 

1,754

 

(301

)

1,453

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,137

 

(252

)

885

 

1,193

 

(202

)

991

 

U.S.

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

1,012

 

(119

)

893

 

Rest of the World

 

2,685

 

(300

)

2,385

 

3,019

 

(388

)

2,631

 

 

 

6,370

 

(1,533

)

4,837

 

7,853

 

(1,656

)

6,197

 

Unallocated assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

263

 

 

263

 

380

 

 

380

 

Borrowings

 

 

(4,052

)

(4,052

)

 

(5,120

)

(5,120

)

Retirement benefit asset/(liability)

 

397

 

(434

)

(37

)

602

 

(397

)

205

 

Taxation

 

84

 

(407

)

(323

)

102

 

(475

)

(373

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

29

 

(119

)

(90

)

71

 

(219

)

(148

)

 

 

7,143

 

(6,545

)

598

 

9,008

 

(7,867

)

1,141

 

 

Geographical analysis of assets and liabilities by location of business unit

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K

 

910

 

 

(743

)

 

 

167

 

 

937

 

 

(720

)

 

 

217

 

 

Germany

 

1,873

 

 

(317

)

 

 

1,556

 

 

2,027

 

 

(320

)

 

 

1,707

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,049

 

 

(297

)

 

 

752

 

 

1,028

 

 

(243

)

 

 

785

 

 

Rest of the World

 

2,242

 

 

(288

)

 

 

1,954

 

 

2,378

 

 

(250

)

 

 

2,128

 

 

International

 

5,164

 

 

(902

)

 

 

4,262

 

 

5,433

 

 

(813

)

 

 

4,620

 

 

 

 

6,074

 

 

(1,645

)

 

 

4,429

 

 

6,370

 

 

(1,533

)

 

 

4,837

 

 

Use of adjusted measures

Management believes that reporting adjusted measures provides a better comparison of business performance for the year and reflects the way in which the business is controlled.  Accordingly, adjusted measures of profit from operations, net finance costs, profit before tax, taxation and earnings per share exclude, where applicable, restructuring costs, retirement benefit net finance income, fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and related taxation effects.  Reconciliations between adjusted and reported taxation are included in note 6 and between adjusted and reported earnings per share in note 8.

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Assets

 

U.K.

 

937

 

(720

)

217

 

947

 

(674

)

273

 

Germany

 

2,027

 

(320

)

1,707

 

2,236

 

(326

)

1,910

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,028

 

(243

)

785

 

1,053

 

(208

)

845

 

U.S.

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

1,025

 

(126

)

899

 

Rest of the World

 

2,374

 

(249

)

2,125

 

2,592

 

(322

)

2,270

 

 

 

6,370

 

(1,533

)

4,837

 

7,853

 

(1,656

)

6,197

 

The term adjusted is not a defined term under International Financial Reporting Standards and may not be comparable with similarly titled measured reported by other companies.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

1       Segmental information (Continued)

The principal adjustments made to reported profits are as follows:

Restructuring costs2

These are significant one-off costs incurred in integrating acquired businesses and rationalization initiatives.

Fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments

IAS 39 requires that all derivative financial instruments be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in the fair value being recognized in the income statement unless the instrument qualifies for hedge accounting under IAS 39.  The group hedges underlying exposures in an efficient, commercial and structured manner.  However, the strict hedging requirements of IAS 39 lead to some commercially effective hedge positions not qualifying for hedge accounting.  As a result, the group has decided not to apply hedge accounting as permitted under IAS 39 and we exclude fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments from adjusted measures where appropriate.

Retirement benefit net financing income

The expected return on plan assets and the interest on retirement benefit liabilities is included within net finance costs.  Since these items do not impact cash flows and can be subject to significant volatility outside management’s control they have been eliminated from adjusted measures of net finance costs, profit before tax and earnings per share.

2       Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting):

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Operating lease charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—plant and equipment

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

—other assets

 

 

11

 

 

 

10

 

 

Net foreign exchange gains

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(18

)

 

Write-down of inventories

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Repairs and maintenance costs

 

 

25

 

 

 

24

 

 

Impairment of trade receivables

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 


(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Raw materials and consumables used

 

651

 

641

 

643

 

Employment costs (note 4)

 

455

 

468

 

471

 

Depreciation of property, plant and machinery

 

82

 

94

 

88

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

15

 

9

 

27

 

Operating lease charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- plant and equipment

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

- other assets

 

11

 

10

 

11

 

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

 

(2

)

(18

)

22

 

Write-down of inventories

 

1

 

3

 

5

 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

Repairs and maintenance costs

 

25

 

24

 

19

 

Impairment of trade receivables

 

(3

)

(1

)

1

 

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

2       Profit before taxation (Continued)F-23

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Analysis of fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of the Company

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of associates of the Company

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

Fees for other services supplied pursuant to legislation

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

Other services relating to taxation

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

Services relating to corporate finance transactions

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

4.9

 

 



Analysis of fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its associates

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of the Company

 

0.6

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of associates of the Company

 

1.5

 

2.4

 

2.2

 

Fees for other services supplied pursuant to legislation

 

1.1

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

 

 

3.2

 

3.7

 

3.5

 

Other services relating to taxation

 

1.3

 

1.1

 

1.3

 

Services relating to corporate finance transactions

 

0.4

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

Other services

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

4.9

 

4.9

 

5.1

 

 

Of the above fees, £0.6 million (2006: £0.1 million (2005:million; 2005: £nil) has been capitalized in the balance sheet.

Subsequent to the publication of our 2006 results, and following the publication of further technical guidance, the 2006 fees payable to our auditors have been reanalyzed, reclassifying £1.2 million of fees for work related to Sarbanes Oxley Act Section 404 attestation. This amount has been reclassified from fees for other services supplied pursuant to legislation and has been included within audit fees in respect of the accounts of the Company (£0.3 million) and of the associates of the Company (£0.9 million).

It is the responsibility of the Board of Trustees of the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund to appoint the auditors to the scheme. The Board of Trustees acts independently of groupGroup management. The fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of the audit of the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund were £23,500 (2005:£26,400 (2006: £23,500; 2005: £20,500).

3Restructuring costs

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Employment related (mainly termination)

 

 

36

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

36

 

23

 

 

Fixed asset write offs and impairment

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

13

 

17

 

 

Other operating charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

8

 

5

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

57

 

45

 

 

There were no restructuring costs in the year ended September 30, 2007.

 

In 2006 restructuring costs were primarily in respect of the closure of our Liverpool and Lahr factories.

In 2005, restructuring costs were in respect of the closure of our tube factories in Plattsburgh and Montreal, the cigarette factory in Dublin and the rolling papers factory in Treforest and a significant headcount reduction at the Berlin cigarette factory.

F-24



4Directors and employees

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Employment costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employment costs
(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Wages and salaries

 

 

340

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

340

 

340

 

343

 

Social security costs

 

 

60

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

60

 

61

 

58

 

Pension costs (note 18)

 

 

44

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

44

 

51

 

54

 

Share-based payments (note 21)

 

 

11

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

11

 

16

 

16

 

 

 

455

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

455

 

468

 

471

 

 

For further information ofon Directors, Directors’ remuneration and Directors’ share options, refer to Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees.


Key management compensation
(In £’s thousands)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Salaries and short-term benefits

 

5,538

 

5,655

 

6,648

 

Post-employment benefits

 

509

 

438

 

312

 

Other long-term benefits

 

 

 

 

Termination benefits

 

305

 

702

 

 

Share-based payments

 

2,109

 

2,475

 

2,669

 

 

 

8,461

 

9,270

 

9,629

 

Average number of persons employed by the Group by location during the year
(Number)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

2,535

 

2,425

 

2,002

 

Germany

 

2,518

 

2,328

 

2,120

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

1,380

 

1,443

 

1,463

 

U.S.

 

38

 

39

 

417

 

Rest of the World

 

8,439

 

8,251

 

8,219

 

 

 

14,910

 

14,486

 

14,221

 

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)5
Net finance costs

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on bank deposits

 

(22

)

(13

)

(14

)

Expected return on retirement benefit assets

 

(169

)

(188

)

(203

)

Fair value gains on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

(82

)

(101

)

Investment income

 

(191

)

(283

)

(318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on bank and other loans

 

206

 

201

 

251

 

Interest on retirement benefit liabilities

 

147

 

142

 

149

 

Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

83

 

99

 

Finance costs

 

353

 

426

 

499

 

Net finance costs

 

162

 

143

 

181

 

4       Directors and employees (Continued)

Average number of persons employed by the group during the yearF-25

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(Number)

 

U.K.

 

 

2,535

 

 

2,425

 

Germany

 

 

2,518

 

 

2,328

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

1,380

 

 

1,443

 

Rest of the World

 

 

8,477

 

 

8,290

 

International

 

 

12,375

 

 

12,061

 

 

 

 

14,910

 

 

14,486

 



 

5       NetReconciliation of net finance costs to adjusted net finance costs

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Interest on bank deposits

 

(22

)

(13

)

Expected return on retirement benefit assets

 

(169

)

(188

)

Fair value gains on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

(82

)

 

(191

)

(283

)

Investment income

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on bank and other loans

 

206

 

201

 

Interest on retirement benefit liabilities

 

147

 

142

 

Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

83

 

Finance costs

 

353

 

426

 

Net finance costs

 

162

 

143

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Reported net finance costs

 

162

 

143

 

181

 

Expected return on retirement benefit assets

 

169

 

188

 

203

 

Interest on retirement benefit liabilities

 

(147

)

(142

)

(149

)

Fair value gains on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

82

 

101

 

Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

(83

)

(99

)

Adjusted net finance costs

 

184

 

188

 

237

 

6Taxation

Analysis of charge in the year
(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Current tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K. Corporation tax at 30% (2006: 30%; 2005: 30%)

 

109

 

148

 

120

 

Overseas taxation

 

199

 

164

 

172

 

Total current tax

 

308

 

312

 

292

 

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

(20

)

(2

)

33

 

Total tax charge

 

288

 

310

 

325

 

 

6       TaxationReconciliation from reported taxation to adjusted taxation

Analysis of charge in the year

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Current tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K. Corporation tax at 30% (2005: 30%)

 

 

109

 

 

 

148

 

 

Overseas taxation

 

 

199

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

312

 

 

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and reversal of timing differences

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(2

)

 

Total tax charge

 

 

288

 

 

 

310

 

 

Adjusted taxation

The table below shows the tax impact of the adjustments made to reported profit afterbefore tax in order to arrive at the adjusted measure of earnings disclosed in note 8.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

6       Taxation (Continued)

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Reported taxation

 

 

288

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

288

 

310

 

325

 

Deferred tax on amortization of acquired trademarks

 

 

 

(10

)

Tax on restructuring costs

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

 

Tax on retirement benefits net financing income

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(6

)

(16

)

(15

)

Tax on fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

Adjusted tax charge

 

 

297

 

 

 

310

 

 

297

 

310

 

310

 

 

Factors affecting the current tax charge for the year

The tax on the group’sGroup’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the U.K. corporation tax rate of 30% as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Profit before tax

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

Tax at the U.K. corporation tax rate of 30% (2005: 30%)

 

323

 

350

 

Tax effects of:

 

 

 

 

 

Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings

 

(35

)

(24

)

Unrecognized deferred tax asset

 

 

 

6

 

Items not deductible for tax purposes

 

4

 

2

 

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

 

(4

)

(24

)

Total tax charge

 

288

 

310

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Profit before tax

 

1,078

 

1,168

 

1,237

 

Tax at the U.K. corporation tax rate of 30% (2006: 30%; 2005: 30%)

 

323

 

350

 

371

 

Tax effects of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings

 

(35

)

(24

)

(51

)

Unrecognized deferred tax asset

 

 

6

 

3

 

Items not deductible for tax purposes

 

4

 

2

 

9

 

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

 

(4

)

(24

)

(7

)

Total tax charge

 

288

 

310

 

325

 

 

F-26



Factors that may affect future tax charges

No deferred tax is recognized inon the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries, as the groupGroup is able to control the source and timing of future remittances. The groupGroup currently has no plans to remit dividends which would result in a material tax cost.

Movement on current tax account
(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at October 1

 

(121

)

(191

)

(259

)

Exchange movements

 

(9

)

1

 

(1

)

Charge to income statement

 

(308

)

(312

)

(292

)

Credited to equity

 

 

 

5

 

Cash paid

 

239

 

236

 

320

 

Other movements

 

8

 

7

 

10

 

As at September 30

 

(191

)

(259

)

(217

)

Analysis of current tax account
(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Current tax assets

 

44

 

13

 

50

 

Current tax liabilities

 

(235

)

(272

)

(267

)

 

 

(191

)

(259

)

(217

)

Movement on current tax account7

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1

 

(121

)

(191

)

Exchange movements

 

(9

)

1

 

Charge to income statement

 

(308

)

(312

)

Cash paid

 

239

 

236

 

Other movements

 

8

 

7

 

As at September 30

 

(191

)

(259

)

Dividends

 

Analysis of current tax account

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Current tax assets

 

44

 

13

 

Current tax liabilities

 

(235

)

(272

)

 

 

(191

)

(259

)


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

7       Dividends

Amounts recognized as distributions to ordinary shareholders in the year:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Final dividend for the year ended September 30, 2005 of 39.5p per share (2004: 35.0p)

 

 

253

 

 

 

279

 

 

Interim dividend for the year ended September 30, 2006 of 18.5p per share (2005: 16.5p)

 

 

120

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

406

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Final dividend for the year ended September 30, 2006 of 43.5p per share (2005: 39.5p; 2004: 35.0p)

 

253

 

279

 

293

 

Interim dividend for the year ended September 30, 2007 of 21.0p per share (2006: 18.5p; 2005: 16.5p)

 

120

 

127

 

141

 

 

 

373

 

406

 

434

 

 

A final dividend for the year ended September 30, 20062007 of 43.548.5 pence per share has been proposed. This amounts to £295£326 million based on the number of shares ranking for dividend at September 30, 2006.2007. At the year end, date, the shareholders had not yet approved the final dividend at the Annual General Meeting and therefore it is not included in the balance sheet as a liability.

F-27



8                 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is based on the profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding shares held to satisfy the group’sGroup’s employee share schemes and shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares. Diluted earnings per share have been calculated by taking into account the weighted average number of shares that would be issued on conversion into ordinary shares ofif rights held under the employee share schemes.schemes were exercised. No instruments have been excluded from the calculation on the grounds that they are anti-dilutive.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Earnings: basic and diluted

 

784

 

851

 

(Numbers in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

Shares for basic earnings per share

 

721.6

 

696.3

 

Potentially dilutive share options

 

3.4

 

3.3

 

Shares for diluted earnings per share

 

725.0

 

699.6

 

(In pence)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

108.6

 

122.2

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

108.1

 

121.6

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Earnings: basic and diluted

 

784

 

851

 

905

 

(In millions of shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares for basic earnings per share

 

721.6

 

696.3

 

673.8

 

Potentially dilutive share options

 

3.4

 

3.3

 

2.9

 

Shares for diluted earnings per share

 

725.0

 

699.6

 

676.7

 

(In pence)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

108.6

 

122.2

 

134.3

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

108.1

 

121.6

 

133.7

 

 

As described in note 1 above, management believes that reportingReconciliation from reported to adjusted measures, including adjustedearnings and earnings per share provides a better comparison of business performance for the year and reflects the way in which the business is controlled.  A reconciliation from reported earnings per share to adjusted earnings per share, and the earnings figures (net of tax) used in calculating them is as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

EPS

 

Earnings

 

EPS

 

Earnings

 

 

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

Reported basic

 

108.6p

 

 

784

 

 

122.2p

 

 

851

 

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

5.8p

 

 

42

 

 

4.2p

 

 

29

 

 

 

Retirement benefits net financing income

 

(2.2)p

 

 

(16

)

 

(4.3)p

 

 

(30

)

 

 

Fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

0.1p

 

 

1

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

112.2p

 

 

810

 

 

122.2p

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

EPS

 

Earnings

 

EPS

 

Earnings

 

EPS

 

Earnings

 

Reported basic

 

108.6

p

784

 

122.2

p

851

 

134.3

p

905

 

Amortization of acquired trademarks

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

4.9

p

33

 

Restructuring costs

 

5.8

p

42

 

4.2

p

29

 

p

 

Retirement benefits net financing income

 

(2.2

)p

(16

)

(4.3

)p

(30

)

(5.8

)p

(39

)

Fair value gains and losses on derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

0.1

p

1

 

3.3

p

22

 

Adjusted

 

112.2

p

810

 

122.2

p

851

 

136.7

p

921

 

 

F-27F-28





9Intangible assets

(In £’s million)

 

Goodwill

 

Trademarks

 

Software

 

Total

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

3,446

 

508

 

34

 

3,988

 

Exchange movements

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

305

 

670

 

 

975

 

Additions

 

 

5

 

5

 

10

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

3,837

 

1,183

 

38

 

5,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

 

58

 

20

 

78

 

Exchange movements

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

Amortization charge for the year

 

 

23

 

4

 

27

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

 

85

 

23

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

3,837

 

1,098

 

15

 

4,950

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

3,446

 

450

 

14

 

3,910

 

(In £’s millions)

 

Goodwill

 

Trademarks

 

Software

 

Total

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

3,449

 

149

 

29

 

3,627

 

Exchange movements

 

(14

)

(9

)

(1

)

(24

)

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

Additions

 

 

368

 

7

 

375

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

3,446

 

508

 

34

 

3,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

55

 

18

 

73

 

Exchange Movements

 

 

(3

)

 

(3

)

Amortization charge for the year

 

 

6

 

3

 

9

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

As at September 30,2006

 

 

58

 

20

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

3,446

 

450

 

14

 

3,910

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

3,449

 

94

 

11

 

3,554

 

Intangible amortization is included within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statements.

F-29



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)Acquisition of Davidoff cigarette trademark

9       Intangible fixed assets

 

 

Goodwill

 

Trademarks &
licenses

 


Software

 


Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

3,930

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

29

 

 

4,108

 

Exchange movements

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(1

)

 

(25

)

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

7

 

 

375

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

3,926

 

 

 

508

 

 

 

34

 

 

4,468

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

481

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

18

 

 

554

 

Exchange movements

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Amortization charge for the year

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

9

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

480

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

20

 

 

558

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

3,446

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

14

 

 

3,910

 

As at September 30, 2005

 

 

3,449

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

11

 

 

3,554

 

On September 5, 2006, the Group acquired the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark for a cash consideration of £368 million. The Group had been the long term licensee of the trademark following the acquisition of Reemtsma in 2002. Based on the fact that Davidoff is an established international brand with global growth potential, the Directors consider that the Davidoff cigarette trademark has an indefinite life and it is therefore not subject to amortization. It is, however, subject to an annual impairment review under the requirements of IAS 36.

 

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment review

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to the group’sGroup’s cash-generating units (CGUs)(“CGUs”), which have been identified according to the country of operation for distribution units, with manufacturing identified as a single separate unit. A summary of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, presented at CGU level, is shown as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 



 


Goodwill

 

Intangible assets with
indefinite lives

 


Goodwill

 

Intangible assets with
indefinite lives

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

U.K.

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

28

 

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

377

 

 

 

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

47

 

 

Rest of the World

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,549

 

 

 

293

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

347

 

 

 

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,446

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Goodwill

 

Intangible
assets with
indefinite lives

 

Goodwill

 

Intangible
assets with
indefinite
lives

 

U.K.

 

42

 

 

42

 

 

Germany

 

1,164

 

28

 

1,196

 

29

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

345

 

47

 

354

 

48

 

U.S.

 

 

 

296

 

 

Rest of the World

 

1,549

 

293

 

1,594

 

301

 

Manufacturing

 

346

 

 

355

 

 

 

 

3,446

 

368

 

3,837

 

378

 

 

The goodwill in Germany and the Rest of the World arose principally on the acquisition of Reemtsma in 2002.

The groupgoodwill in the U.S. arose on the acquisition of Commonwealth Brands in 2007.

The Group tests goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if there are any indications that impairment may have arisen. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-in-useThese calculations are those regarding discount rates and the long-term growth rates. The discount rate is based on the weighted average cost of capital, while growth ratesuse cash flow projections derived from three-year financial budgets which are based on management’s experience and


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

9  Intangible fixed assets (Continued)

expectations and do not exceedare approved by the long-term averageBoard annually.   The compound growth raterates implicit in these plans, which are used for the areainitial three years in which the CGU operates. Thesevalue-in-use calculations, use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management, covering a three-year period.are shown below. Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated using the estimated long term growth rates. Therate of 3% per annum. A pre-tax discount rate of 10% is used, in line with the Group’s weighted average growth rates are consistent with forecasts and the discount rates are pre-tax.cost of capital.

No impairment charges were recognized in 2006 (2005: £nil)2007 (2006: nil; 2005: nil).

 

 

Growth rate(1)

 

Discount rate(2)

 

U.K.

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

9.3

%

 

Germany

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

9.3

%

 

Rest of Western Europe

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

9.3

%

 

Rest of the World

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

 

Initital growth rate(1)

 

Long term growth rate(2)

 

U.K.

 

6.3

%

3.0

%

Germany

 

2.0

%

3.0

%

Rest of Western Europe

 

7.9

%

3.0

%

U.S.

 

16.8

%

3.0

%

Rest of the World

 

7.6

%

3.0

%


(1) Weighted average compound annual growth rate used for the first three years in value-in-use calculations

(2) Weighted average compound annual growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget periodinitial three years

(2)    Pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections.

Acquisition of Davidoff cigarette trademark

On September 5, 2006, the group acquired the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark for a cash consideration of £368 million. The group had been the long term licensee of the trademark following the acquisition of Reemtsma in 2002. Given the global growth potential of the brand, the Directors consider that the Davidoff cigarette trademark has an indefinite life and it is therefore not subject to amortization. It is, however, subject to an annual impairment review under the requirements of IAS 36.F-30



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

10Property, plant and equipment

 

 


Property

 

Plant and
equipment

 

Fixtures and
motor vehicles

 

Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

166

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

151

 

 

1,093

 

Exchange movements

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(1

)

 

(17

)

Reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

Additions

 

 

2

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

21

 

 

75

 

Disposals

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(15

)

 

(57

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

157

 

 

 

780

 

 

 

159

 

 

1,096

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

3

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

78

 

 

451

 

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(1

)

 

(6

)

Charge for the year

 

 

6

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

21

 

 

94

 

Impairment

 

 

6

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1

 

 

17

 

Disposals

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(10

)

 

(40

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

12

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

89

 

 

516

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

145

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

70

 

 

580

 

As at September 30, 2005

 

 

163

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

73

 

 

642

 

 

Land and buildings at net book value  2007

 

 

 2005 

 

 2006 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Freehold

 

 

151

 

 

 

133

 

 

Long leasehold

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

145

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Property

 

Plant and
equipment

 

Fixtures and
motor vehicles

 

Total

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

157

 

780

 

159

 

1,096

 

Exchange movements

 

6

 

16

 

4

 

26

 

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

1

 

9

 

 

10

 

Additions

 

6

 

98

 

24

 

128

 

Disposals

 

(2

)

(50

)

(19

)

(71

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

168

 

853

 

168

 

1,189

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

12

 

415

 

89

 

516

 

Exchange movements

 

 

10

 

3

 

13

 

Charge for the year

 

6

 

61

 

21

 

88

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(48

)

(19

)

(68

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

17

 

438

 

94

 

549

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

151

 

415

 

74

 

640

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

145

 

365

 

70

 

580

 

 

  2006

Assets with a

(In £’s million)

 

Property

 

Plant and
equipment

 

Fixtures and
motor vehicles

 

Total

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

166

 

776

 

151

 

1,093

 

Exchange movements

 

(2

)

(14

)

(1

)

(17

)

Reclassifications

 

 

(2

)

2

 

 

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

Additions

 

2

 

52

 

21

 

75

 

Disposals

 

(9

)

(33

)

(15

)

(57

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

157

 

780

 

159

 

1,096

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

3

 

370

 

78

 

451

 

Exchange movements

 

 

(5

)

(1

)

(6

)

Charge for the year

 

6

 

67

 

21

 

94

 

Impairment

 

6

 

10

 

1

 

17

 

Disposals

 

(3

)

(27

)

(10

)

(40

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

12

 

415

 

89

 

516

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

145

 

365

 

70

 

580

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

163

 

406

 

73

 

642

 

Land and buildings at net book value
(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Freehold

 

133

 

140

 

Long leasehold

 

12

 

11

 

 

 

145

 

151

 

No assets  (2006:  net book value of £1 million (2005: £1 million) are pledged as security for liabilities.

F-31



11Investments in associates

 

 2005 

 

 2006 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Fixed asset investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at October 1

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

Impairments

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

As at September 30

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

4

 

 

None of the associates is considered to be significant to the group.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)
Group.

12Inventories

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Raw materials

 

 

301

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

259

 

290

 

Work in progress

 

 

16

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

13

 

Finished stock

 

 

407

 

 

 

410

 

 

Other stock

 

 

133

 

 

 

106

 

 

Finished inventories

 

410

 

505

 

Other inventories

 

106

 

190

 

 

 

857

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

789

 

998

 

 

Other stock comprisesinventories comprise mainly duty-paid tax stamps.

It is generally recognized industry practice to classify leaf tobacco stocksinventory as a current asset although part of such stock,inventory, because of the duration of the processing cycle, ordinarily would not be consumed within one year. Leaf tobacco held within raw material stocksinventories at the balance sheet date will ordinarily be utilized within two years.

13Trade and other receivables

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Trade receivables

 

 

966

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

 

 

Less: provision for impairment of receivables

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

 

 

959

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

28

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

 

Prepayments and accrued income

 

 

25

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Trade receivables

 

1,012

 

 

1,156

 

 

Less: provision for impairment of receivables

 

(6

)

 

(7

)

 

Net trade receivables

 

1,006

 

 

1,149

 

 

Other receivables

 

16

 

15

 

22

 

3

 

Prepayments and accrued income

 

45

 

4

 

83

 

4

 

 

 

1,067

 

19

 

1,254

 

7

 

14Cash and cash equivalents

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Cash at bank and in hand

 

246

 

364

 

Short term deposits and other liquid assets

 

17

 

16

 

 

 

263

 

380

 

F-32

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Cash at bank and in hand

 

 

231

 

 

 

246

 

 

Short term deposits and other liquid assets

 

 

25

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

263

 

 



 

15          Trade and other payables

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Trade payables

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

Other taxes, duties and social security contributions

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,126

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred consideration

 

 

55

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Other payables

 

 

49

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

1

 

 

Accruals and deferred income

 

 

165

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

1,528

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

1,433

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Current

 

Non-current

 

Trade payables

 

123

 

 

140

 

 

Other taxes, duties and social security contributions

 

1,126

 

 

1,274

 

 

Deferred consideration

 

8

 

 

8

 

 

Other payables

 

70

 

1

 

53

 

1

 

Accruals and deferred income

 

106

 

4

 

118

 

4

 

 

 

1,433

 

5

 

1,593

 

5

 

F-31




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16Borrowings and financial instruments

2006—IFRS disclosures

As explained in the Accounting policy notes, IAS 32 and IAS 39, which deal with financial instruments, are being applied from October 1, 2005. The following disclosures are included as at September 30, 2006 in order to meet the requirements of IAS 32.

(i)Management of financial risk

The groupGroup operates a centralized treasury function, Group Treasury, that is responsible for the management of the financingfinancial risks of the group,Group, together with its financing and liquidity requirements. It does not operate as a profit center, nor does it enter into speculative transactions, and is subject to policies and procedures approved by the board. A treasury sub-committeetransactions. The Group Treasury Committee oversees the operation of Group Treasury in accordance with the delegated authoritiesterms of reference set out by the board. The Group Treasurer reports on a regular basis to the board, including the provision of monthly treasury summaries and an annual review of strategy.summaries.

Accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

IAS 39 requires that all derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in the fair value being recognized in the income statement unless the instrument satisfies the hedge accounting rules under IFRS. The hedge accounting rules under IFRS are considerably more restrictive than the requirements under U.K. GAAP and while the group continues to hedgeGroup hedges underlying exposures in an efficient, commercial and structured manner,manner. However the strict hedging requirements of IAS 39 may lead to some commercially effective hedge positions not being effectivequalifying for hedge accounting purposes.accounting. As a result, the groupGroup has decided not to apply hedge accounting for its derivative financial instruments as permitted under IAS 39. The information contained in sections (ii) and (iii) below shows the underlying borrowing position before the effect of interest rate swaps orand cross currency swaps. However, the groupGroup does apply net investment hedging, designating certain borrowings as hedges of the net investment in the group’sGroup’s foreign operations. See section (v) for details.

Foreign exchange risk

The groupGroup is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates due to its commercial trading denominated in foreign currencies, the foreign currency borrowings (both pre and post cross currency swaps), the translation of the net assets of its foreign operations into the consolidated financial statements and foreign currency denominated costs.

In 2006,2007, 73% of net revenue (2006: 74% of revenue less duty) and 62%61% of profit from operations (2006: 62%) was in international markets. Certain sales in these markets are invoiced in currencies other than the functional currency of the selling company, in particular Taiwanese dollars. The groupGroup uses foreign currency derivative financial instruments, such as forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce exposure to the risk that these sales will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. As at September 30, 2006,2007, there were £20 million (2006: £32 millionmillion) notional outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts.contracts, the fair value of which was £0.4 million (2006: £1.4 million).

The material foreign currency denominated costs include the purchase of tobacco leaf, which is sourced from various countries but purchased principally in U.S. dollars, and packaging materials which are sourced from various countries and purchased in a number of currencies.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

The groupGroup issues debt in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution and uses derivative financial instruments, such as cross currency swaps, to change the debt into the desired currency.

F-33



The groupGroup has foreign operations whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk when consolidated into the groupGroup financial statements. A proportion of the currency exposure arising from the net assets of the group’sGroup’s foreign operations is managed through borrowings (post cross currency swaps) denominated in the relevant foreign currencies.

Interest rate risk

The groupGroup is exposed to interest rate risk due to its borrowings and cash deposits. The most material risk is in respect of its borrowings.

Group Treasury monitors the group’sGroup’s borrowing levels using adjusted net debt which includes the fair value of the principal amounts due to be exchanged at maturity under cross currency swaps and excludes the fair value of interest rate derivatives and interest accruals. As at September 30, 2006,2007, approximately 12% (2006: 21%) of adjusted net debt was denominated in sterling, 70% in Euro (2006: 79%) and 79%18% in Euro.U.S. dollars (2006: nil). Accordingly, the group’sGroup’s financial results are currently exposed to gains or losses arising from fluctuations in sterling, Euro and EuroU.S. dollar interest rates. In order to manage its interest rate risk on the borrowings, the groupGroup separates the borrowing activities from its interest rate risk management decisions by issuing debt in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution and using derivative financial instruments, such as cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps, to change the debt into the desired currency and into floating interest rate shortly after issue. The groupGroup then transacts interest rate swaps at other times for different notional amounts and different maturities to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. As at September 30, 2006, 51%2007, 39% (2006: 42%) of adjusted net debt was at a floating rate of interest and 49%61% (2006: 58%) at a fixed rate of interest.interest (including collars).

Credit risk

The groupGroup is exposed to credit risk due to its trade receivables due formfrom customers and cash deposits and financial instruments transacted with financial institutions.

The groupGroup has some significant concentrations of customer credit risk from customers.risk. However, the groupGroup has implemented policies to ensure that sales of products are made to customers with an appropriate credit history and obtains guarantees or other means of credit support to reduce the risk where this is considered to be necessary.

The groupGroup has no significant concentrations of credit risk from financial institutions. The groupGroup has placed cash deposits and entered into derivative financial instruments with a diversified group of financial institutions with suitable credit ratings in order to manage its credit risk to any one financial institution.

Liquidity risk

The groupGroup is exposed to liquidity risk arising from having insufficient funds being available to enable it to meet the financing needs of the group.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)
Group.

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

The groupGroup actively maintains a mixture of long-term and short-term committed facilities that are designed to ensure that the groupGroup has sufficient available funds for the forecast requirements of the group.Group. As at September 30, 2006,2007, the groupGroup had £777 million (2006: £504 millionmillion) of undrawn committed facilities, maturing in 2010. These figures exclude the facilities arranged to finance the potential Altadis acquisition.

As well as forecasting and monitoring the group’sGroup’s core liquidity needs, the Group Treasury function is in regular dialogue with subsidiary companies to ensure their liquidity needs are met.

Price risk

The groupGroup is exposed to commodity price risk in that there may be fluctuations in the price of tobacco leaf.

As with other agricultural commodities, the price of tobacco leaf tends to be cyclical as supply and demand considerations influence tobacco plantings in those countries where tobacco is grown. Also, different regions may experience variations in weather patterns that may affect crop quality or supply and so lead to changes in price.

F-34



The groupGroup seeks to reduce this price risk by sourcing tobacco leaf from a number of different countries, sourcing from various counterparties and by varying the levels of tobacco leaf held.

(ii)Borrowings

The group’sGroup’s borrowings as at September 30, 2006the balance sheet date are as follows:

2006

(In £’s million)

Current borrowings

Bank loans and overdrafts

85

Capital market issuance:

1,500 million 6.25% notes due 2007

1,037

Total current borrowings

1,122

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

2,041

Capital market issuance:

U.S.$600 million 7.125% notes due 2009

322

£350 million 6.875% notes due 2012

361

£200 million 6.25% notes due 2018

206

Total non-current borrowings

2,930

Total borrowings

4,052

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans and overdrafts

 

85

 

1,067

 

Capital market issuance:

 

 

 

 

 

€1,500 million 6.25% notes due 2007

 

1,037

 

 

Total current borrowings

 

1,122

 

1,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans

 

2,041

 

1,845

 

Capital market issuance:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.$600 million 7.125% notes due 2009

 

322

 

304

 

£350 million 6.875% notes due 2012

 

361

 

357

 

€1,200 million 4.375% notes due 2013

 

 

867

 

£450 million 5.5% notes due 2016

 

 

470

 

£200 million 6.25% notes due 2018

 

206

 

210

 

Total non-current borrowings

 

2,930

 

4,053

 

Total borrowings

 

4,052

 

5,120

 

 

Current borrowings and non-current borrowings at September 30, 2007 include interest payable of £4 million (2006: £20 million) and £84 million and(2006: £22 million respectively at September 30, 2006.million) respectively.

F-35



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

(iii)Currency analysis and effective interest rates of financial assets and financial liabilities

The currency denomination, the maturities and the effective interest rates of the group’sGroup’s financial assets and liabilities as at September 30, 20062007 are as follows:

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

Between 1
and 2 years

 

Between 2
and 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Total

 

Weighted
average

 

 

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

Assets/(liabilities) (before the impact of cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

67

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

4.3

 

 

Euro

 

99

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

2.5

 

 

Other

 

97

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

3.3

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average receivable interest
rate (%)

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

Trade receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

573

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

573

 

 

-

 

 

Euro

 

256

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

-

 

 

Other

 

183

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

183

 

 

-

 

 

Total trade receivables

 

1,012

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

-

 

 

Trade payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(37

)

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37

)

 

-

 

 

Euro

 

(55

)

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

-

 

 

Other

 

(31

)

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

-

 

 

Total trade payables

 

(123

)

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(123

)

 

-

 

 

Borrowings

By currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(24

)

5.3

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

(501

)

5.3

 

(567

)

6.6

 

(1,092

)

 

6.0

 

 

Euro

 

(1,094

)

6.2

 

 

(1

)

 

9.2

 

(1,539

)

3.5

 

-

 

-

 

(2,634

)

 

4.6

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

(1

)

5.8

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

(322

)

7.1

 

-

 

-

 

(323

)

 

7.1

 

 

Other

 

(3

)

4.3

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(3

)

 

4.3

 

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,122

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(2,362

)

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(4,052

)

 

 

 

 

Weighted average payable interest rate (%)

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

By class of instrument:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

 

(85

)

4.8

 

 

(1

)

 

9.2

 

(2,040

)

3.9

 

-

 

-

 

(2,126

)

 

4.0

 

 

Capital market issuance

 

(1,037

)

6.2

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

(322

)

7.1

 

(567

)

6.6

 

(1,926

)

 

6.5

 

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,122

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(2,362

)

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(4,052

)

 

 

 

 

Weighted average payable interest rate (%)

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

Between 1
and 2 years

 

Between 2 and
5 years

 

More than 5
years

 

Total

 

Weighted
average

 

 

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

Assets/(liabilities) (before the impact of cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

98

 

5.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

5.3

 

Euro

 

142

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

3.5

 

U.S. dollars

 

40

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

4.3

 

Other

 

100

 

4.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

4.4

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

Weighted average receivable interest rate

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

546

 

 

Euro

 

375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

375

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

Other

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

Total trade receivables

 

1,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(45

)

 

Euro

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

U.S. dollars

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

Other

 

(36

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

Total trade payables

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings - by currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(25

)

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

(656

)

6.8

 

(680

)

5.7

 

(1,361

)

6.2

 

Euro

 

(91

)

4.6

 

 

 

 

 

(1,546

)

4.8

 

(867

)

4.3

 

(2,504

)

4.6

 

U.S. dollars

 

(950

)

5.6

 

(304

)

7.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,254

)

5.9

 

Other

 

(1

)

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

5.5

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,067

)

 

 

(304

)

 

 

(2,202

)

 

 

(1,547

)

 

 

(5,120

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By class of instrument:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

 

(1,067

)

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

(1,845

)

5.1

 

 

 

 

 

(2,912

)

5.3

 

Capital market issuance

 

 

 

 

 

(304

)

7.0

 

(357

)

6.8

 

(1,547

)

4.9

 

(2,208

)

5.5

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,067

)

 

 

(304

)

 

 

(2,202

)

 

 

(1,547

)

 

 

(5,120

)

 

 

Weighted average payable interest rate

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

5.4

 

The effective interest rates shown in the table above have been calculated excluding the accrued interest balances.

The bank borrowings are floating rate liabilities. The majority bear interest at rates fixedset in advance by reference to LIBOR in the case of sterling and U.S. dollars and to EURIBOR in the case of Euro borrowings. The capital market issuance in place at September 30, 20062007 bears interest (pre interest rate swaps) at a fixed rate until maturity.

The impact of interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps to manage the resultant interest rate risk arising is shown in section (iv) below.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   BorrowingsF-36



The currency denomination, the maturities and the effective interest rates of the Group’s financial instruments (Continued)assets and liabilities as at September 30, 2006 were as follows:

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

Between 1
and 2 years

 

Between 2 and
5 years

 

More than 5
years

 

Total

 

Weighted
average

 

 

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

%

 

Assets/(liabilities) (before the impact of cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

67

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

4.3

 

Euro

 

99

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

2.5

 

Other

 

97

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

3.3

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

Weighted average receivable interest rate

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

573

 

 

Euro

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

Other

 

183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

183

 

 

Total trade receivables

 

1,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37

)

 

Euro

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

Other

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

Total trade payables

 

(123

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings - by currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

(24

)

5.3

 

 

 

 

 

(501

)

5.3

 

(567

)

6.6

 

(1,092

)

6.0

 

Euro

 

(1,094

)

6.2

 

(1

)

9.2

 

(1,539

)

3.5

 

 

 

 

 

(2,634

)

4.6

 

U.S. dollars

 

(1

)

5.8

 

 

 

 

 

(322

)

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

(323

)

7.1

 

Other

 

(3

)

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

4.3

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,122

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2,362

)

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(4,052

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By class of instrument:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

 

(85

)

4.8

 

(1

)

9.2

 

(2,040

)

3.9

 

 

 

 

 

(2,126

)

4.0

 

Capital market issuance

 

(1,037

)

6.2

 

 

 

 

 

(322

)

7.1

 

(567

)

6.6

 

(1,926

)

6.5

 

Total borrowings

 

(1,122

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2,362

)

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(4,052

)

 

 

Weighted average payable interest rate

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

5.2

 

The effective interest rates shown in the table above have been calculated excluding the accrued interest balances.

The bank borrowings are floating rate liabilities. The majority bear interest at rates set in advance by reference to LIBOR in the case of sterling and U.S. dollars and to EURIBOR in the case of Euro borrowings. The capital market issuance in place at September 30, 2006 bears interest (pre interest rate swaps) at a fixed rate until maturity.

The impact of interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps to manage the resultant interest rate risk arising is shown in section (iv) below.

F-37



(iv)Derivative financial instruments

IAS 39 requires that all derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in the fair value being recognized in the income statement unless the instrument satisfies the hedge accounting rules under IFRS. The hedge accounting rules under IFRS are considerably more restrictive than the requirements under U.K. GAAP and while the group continues to hedgeGroup hedges underlying exposures in an efficient, commercial and structured manner,manner. However the strict hedging requirements of IAS 39 may lead to some commercially effective hedge positions not being effectivequalifying for hedge accounting purposes.accounting. As a result, the groupGroup has decided not to apply hedge accounting for its derivative financial instruments as permitted under IAS 39.

The groupGroup separates the borrowing activities from its interest rate risk management decisions by issuing debt in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution and using derivative financial instruments, such as cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps, to change the debt into the desired currency and into floating interest rate shortly after issue. The group then transacts interest rate swaps at other times for different notional amounts and different maturities to manage its exposure to interest rate risk.

The following table sets out the derivative financial instruments held by the groupGroup as at September 30, 2006,2007, and demonstrates the group’sGroup’s use of those derivative financial instruments to manage the group’sGroup’s foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate exposure. The table presents the nominal value of such instruments used to calculate the contractual payments under such contracts, analyzed by maturity date, together with the related weighted average interest rate where relevant. Some of the interest rate swaps have embedded options and assumptions have been made based on market information and third party advice at September 30, 20062007 to determine whether such options are likely to be exercised in order to determine the probable maturity date.

Debt is issued in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution.

 

 

Matures in financial year ending in

 

(In £’s million)

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

There-
after

 

Total

 

 

 

GBP equivalent at September 30, 2007

 

Capital market issuance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.$600 million 7.125% notes due 2009

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

£350 million 6.875% notes due 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

350

 

€1,200 million 4.375% notes due 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

837

 

837

 

£450 million 5.5% notes due 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

450

 

£200 million 6.25% notes due 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

200

 

Interest accruals and discounts

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

60

 

77

 

Total capital market issuance

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

357

 

1,547

 

2,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans and overdrafts, borrowed at LIBOR (or equivalent) plus a margin at the time of borrowing

 

1,063

 

 

 

1,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,904

 

Interest accruals

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total bank borrowings

 

1,067

 

 

 

1,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,912

 

Total borrowings

 

1,067

 

304

 

1,845

 

 

 

357

 

1,547

 

5,120

 

F-38

 

 

 

 

Accounting year ending in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

 

 

Sterling
equivalent at
September 30,
2006

 

(In £’s million)

 

Capital market issuance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500m 6.25% notes due 2007

 

1,018

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

U.S.$600m 7.125% notes due 2009

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

£350m 6.875% notes due 2012

 

350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

350

 

 

£200m 6.25% notes due 2018

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

200

 

 

Interest accruals and discounts

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

37

 

 

Total capital market issuance

��

 

 

1,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

1,926

 

 

Bank loans and overdrafts, borrowed at LIBOR (or equivalent) plus a margin at the time of borrowing

 

 

 

85

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,124

 

 

Interest accruals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Total bank borrowings

 

 

 

85

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,126

 

 

Total borrowings

 

 

 

1,122

 

 

1

 

 

 

322

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

4,052

 

 



 

Derivative financial instruments are then transacted to change the debt issued into the desired currency and interest basis.

 

 

Financial year ending in

 

Fair value as at
September 30, 2007

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

There-after

 

Total

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Cross currency swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receive sterling, pay euro:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

(1)

650

(1)

1,000

 

 

 

92

 

Sterling interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.7

 

5.6

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

Interest margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

0.8

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receive US dollar, pay sterling:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

294

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

75

 

U.S. dollar interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest margin over LIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay variable, receive fixed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

837

 

837

 

 

 

34

 

Weighted average interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments are then transacted to create the desired interest rate risk.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

15

(2)

110

 

50

(3)

295

 

1

 

3

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

4.2

 

6.1

 

4.3

 

5.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

63

 

192

 

98

 

 

 

1,545

(4)

1,552

(5)

3,450

 

70

 

7

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

3.1

 

5.1

 

3.7

 

 

 

3.9

 

4.2

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

275

 

 

 

 

 

196

(6)

245

(7)

716

 

 

 

7

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

5.6

 

5.4

 

 

 

 

 

Collars purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

118

(8)

 

 

98

(9)

 

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of derivative financial instruments as at September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

219

 

Therefore, the overall effect of the interest rate swaps transacted as at September 30, 2007 that were live at this date is to convert £2,728 million of borrowings into floating ratesa fixed rate with £216 million of interest.borrowings fixed within a set range, see below.

F-36

£96 million has been pledged as collateral in respect of derivatives with negative fair values.



(1)   Principal amounts under these cross-currency swaps are exchanged at the start and maturity of these trades.

(2)   The following trade is included within this balance:

£15 million interest rate swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in March 2010.

(3)   The following trade is included within this balance:

£50 million interest rate swap maturing in 2041 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every five years throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in April 2016.

F-39



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16    Borrowings and(4)   The following trades are included within this balance:

€75 million forward start three-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2009.

€375 million forward start three-year interest rate swaps starting in May 2009.

(5)   The following trades are included within this balance:

€500 million forward start five-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2012.

€900 million forward start five-year interest rate swaps starting in May 2012

(6)   The following trade is included within this balance:

$400 million forward start three-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2009.

(7)   The following trade is included within this balance:

$500 million forward start five-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2012.

(8)   $240 million interest rate collar maturing in 2009 where the interest rate is fixed within the range 3.55% to 6.00%.

(9)   $200 million interest rate collar maturing in 2011 where the interest rate is fixed within the range 3.78% to 6.00%.

The following table sets out the derivative financial instruments (Continued)held by the Group as at September 30, 2006.

Debt is issued in the market or markets that are most appropriate at the time of execution.

 

 

Matures in financial year ending in

 

(In £’s million)

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

There-
after

 

Total

 

 

 

GBP equivalent at September 30, 2006

 

Capital market issuance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

€1,500 million 6.25% notes due 2007

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

U.S.$600 million 7.125% notes due 2009

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

£350 million 6.875% notes due 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

350

 

£200 million 6.25% notes due 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

200

 

Interest accruals and discounts

 

19

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

37

 

Total capital market issuance

 

1,037

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

567

 

1,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans and overdrafts, borrowed at LIBOR (or equivalent) plus a margin at the time of borrowing

 

85

 

1

 

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

 

 

2,124

 

Interest accruals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total bank borrowings

 

85

 

1

 

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

 

 

2,126

 

Total borrowings

 

1,122

 

1

 

322

 

2,040

 

 

 

567

 

4,052

 

F-40

 

 

Accounting year ending in

 

 

 

Fair value as at
September 30, 2006

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Cross currency swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

(1)

 

550

 

 

5

 

 

 

20

 

 

Sterling interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

U.S. dollar interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest margin over LIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay variable, receive fixed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate to receive (%)

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments are then transacted to create the desired interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

50

 

 

140

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

(3)

 

 

185

(4)

 

425

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

6.6

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

997

 

 

61

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

95

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,586

(6)

 

2,926

 

 

14

 

 

 

38

 

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

4.8

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of derivative financial instruments as at September 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

119

 

 



Derivative financial instruments are then transacted to change the debt issued into the desired currency interest basis.

 

 

Financial year ending in

 

Fair value as at
September 30, 2006

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

There-after

 

Total

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Cross currency swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receive sterling, pay Euro:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

(1)

550

 

5

 

20

 

Sterling interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

Interest margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receive U.S. dollar, pay sterling:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

321

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

45

 

U.S. dollar interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest margin over LIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay variable, receive fixed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

10

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate to receive (%)

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments are then transacted to create the desired interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

50

 

140

(2)

 

 

 

 

50

(3)

185

(4)

425

 

 

 

16

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

6.6

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

5.3

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps – pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

997

 

61

 

187

 

95

(5)

 

 

1,586

(6)

2,926

 

14

 

38

 

Weighted average interest rate to pay (%)

 

4.8

 

3.1

 

5.1

 

3.7

 

 

 

3.9

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of derivative financial instruments as at September 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

119

 

Therefore, the overall effect of the interest rate swaps transacted as at September 30, 2006 that were live at this date is to convert £1,886 million of borrowings into a fixed rate.

£37 million has been pledged as collateral in respect of derivatives with negative fair values.


(1)   Principal amounts under these cross-currency swaps are exchanged at the start and maturity of these trades.

(2)   The following trade is included within this balance:

£20 million interest rate swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in March 2008.

(3)   The following trade is included within this balance:

£50 million interest rate swap maturing in 2041 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every five years throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in April 2011.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)(4)

16    Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

(4)   The following trades are included within this balance:

£60 million interest rate swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in June 2016.

£15 million interest rate swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in April 2016.

£25 million forward start five-year swaption starting October 2006 at 5.5% at the counterparty’s option.

(5)   The following trade is included within this balance:

140 million forward start three-year interest rate swaps starting in March 2007.

F-41



(6)   The following trades are included within this balance:

200 million forward start five-year and 250€250 million forward ten-year interest rate swaps starting in March 2007.

1,189 million forward start five-year and 220€220 million forward start seven-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2007.

125 million forward start five-year interest rate swaps starting in April 2012.

(v)Hedge of net investments in foreign operations

Included in borrowings at

At September 30, 2006 were2007 external loans with a fair value of €3,081 million and $800 million (2006: 3,720 million (before the effectand nil) and permanent intragroup loans with a fair value of cross currency swaps) which€4,284 million (2006: nil) have been designated as hedges of the net investment in the group’sGroup’s foreign operations and are being used to hedge the group’sGroup’s exposure to foreign exchange risk on these investments. Gains or losses on the retranslation of these borrowings are transferred to equity to offset any gains or losses on translation of the net investments in the subsidiaries.Group’s foreign operations.

In addition, cross currency swaps of €1,516 million (2006: nil) are considered to provide commercial hedges against investment in the Group’s foreign operations. However, since we do not apply hedge accounting for our derivative financial instruments, the fair value gains and losses on these derivatives are recognized in the income statement.

(vi)Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all financial liabilities that are carried in the financial statements at amounts other than fair values.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and derivative financial instruments are approximate to their fair value and so are excluded from the analysis below.

 

 

Carrying
amount

 

Fair
value

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

 

24

 

 

24

 

Euro

 

 

1,094

 

 

1,129

 

U.S. dollars

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

Total current borrowings

 

 

1,122

 

 

1,157

 

Non-current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

 

1,068

 

 

1,103

 

Euro

 

 

1,540

 

 

1,540

 

U.S. dollars

 

 

322

 

 

332

 

Total non-current borrowings

 

 

2,930

 

 

2,975

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16    Borrowings and Derivative financial instruments (Continued)are excluded as they are carried at fair value.

It

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

(In £’s million)

 

Carrying
amount

 

Fair value

 

Carrying
amount

 

Fair value

 

Current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

24

 

24

 

25

 

25

 

Euro

 

1,094

 

1,129

 

91

 

91

 

U.S. dollars

 

1

 

1

 

950

 

950

 

Other

 

3

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

Total current borrowings

 

1,122

 

1,157

 

1,067

 

1,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

1,068

 

1,103

 

1,336

 

1,291

 

Euro

 

1,540

 

1,540

 

2,413

 

2,363

 

U.S. dollars

 

322

 

332

 

304

 

314

 

Total non-current borrowings

 

2,930

 

2,975

 

4,053

 

3,968

 

Within the table above it is only the capital market issues contained within the table above that have a fair value different to the carrying value and this has been calculated by comparing the current trading levels of the capital market bondsissues to par.

2005—U.K. GAAP disclosures

The group has exercised the exemption under IFRS 1 to adopt IAS 32 and IAS 39 from October 1, 2005 and to record financial instruments in the comparative period on the U.K. GAAP basis.

The following table analyzes the group’s financial liabilities at the balance sheet date:F-42

2005

(In £’s
million)

Amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts

25

Other loans

682

707

Amounts falling due after more than one year

Other loans—between one and two years

1,021

Bank loans—between two and five years

867

Other loans—between two and five years

369

Other loans—after five years

575

2,832

Total borrowings

3,539


The borrowings total above includes £57 million in relation to cross currency swaps that have been reclassified to derivative financial instruments on the face of the balance sheet in accordance with IAS 21 “The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates”.

The loans maturing after five years are the £200 million sterling bond (which matures in December 2018) and the £350 million sterling bond (which matures in June 2012).

(i)    Interest rate risk profile of financial liabilities

The group is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its borrowings and surplus cash.  In order to manage interest rate risk, the group maintains both fixed and floating rate debt and uses derivatives, including interest rate and cross currency swaps, to vary the mix.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16    Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

The following table analyzes the currency and interest composition of the group’s financial liabilities at the balance sheet date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate financial liabilities

 

Currency

 

 

 

Total

 

Floating rate
financial liabilities

 

Fixed rate
financial liabilities

 

Weighted average
interest rate

 

Weighted average
period for which
rate is fixed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Years

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Sterling

 

765

 

 

390

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

Euro

 

2,634

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

1,540

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

Australian dollar

 

115

 

 

85

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

Other

 

10

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

3,539

 

 

1,593

 

 

 

1,946

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

The floating rate financial liabilities comprise bank borrowings and capital market issuance (post derivatives).  The majority of bank borrowings bear interest at rates fixed in advanced for periods of one month by reference to LIBOR in the case of sterling and three months in the case of Australian dollar borrowings and EURIBOR (in the case of euro borrowings).  The capital market issuance in place at the year end bears interest (post interest and currency swaps) at rates fixed in advance for six months by reference to LIBOR (in the case of the U.S. dollar bond) and for three months by reference to EURIBOR (in the case of the sterling and euro bonds).

The figures shown in the tables above take into account various interest rate and currency swaps.  Hence the U.S. dollar denominated bond issued in 1999 is shown within the sterling balance, and the sterling bonds issued in 2002 and 2003 are shown in the euro balance.  The fixed rate financial liabilities do not take into account forward start swaps, which may become effective after the balance sheet date.

(ii)   Currency risk disclosure

The group is exposed to the translation of the results of overseas subsidiaries into sterling, as well as the impact of transactions in foreign currencies.  On significant acquisitions of overseas companies, borrowings are raised in the local currency to minimize the translation risk.  For transaction risk, where necessary, forward foreign exchange deals are entered into to hedge a proportion of the forecast foreign currency cash flows.  At the year end, £36.1 million notional of forward foreign exchange deals were outstanding.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16    Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

The tables below show the extent to which group companies have monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than their local currency, at the balance sheet date:

 

 

Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)

 

Functional currency of group operation

 

 

 

Sterling

 

Euro

 

U.S.
dollars

 

Australian
dollars

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

632

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

473

 

 

Euro

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

101

 

 

Other

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

605

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(83

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

510

 

 

The figures shown in the previous tables take into account the effect of the currency swaps held as shown in the analysis on page F-44.

(iii)  Borrowing facilities

The group has various borrowing facilities available to it.  The undrawn committed facilities which are all available at a floating rate, as at September 30, 2005 in respect of which all conditions precedent have been met at that date were as follows:

2005

(In £’s million)

Expiring within one year

118

Expiring between one and two years

Expiring between two and five years

598

716

In addition to the above committed facilities there are other uncommitted facilities available to the group.

(iv)  Fair values of derivative financial instruments

A comparison by category of the fair values and book values of the group’s financial liabilities is set out below:

 

 

Positive fair
values

 

Negative fair
values

 

Fair
value

 

Book
value

 

 

 

2005

 

2005

 

2005

 

2005

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Derivative financial instruments held to manage the interest and currency profile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps and similar instruments

 

 

62

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

Currency swaps

 

 

10

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

The figures shown in the tables above for derivative financial instruments have been derived from third party valuations as at September 30, 2005.

F-41




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

(v)    Detailed analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities

The following table shows the financial assets and financial liabilities held by the group, their maturities and weighted average interest rates as at September 30, 2005:

 

 

Maturity date and weighted average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There-

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

2006

 

(%)

 

2007

 

(%)

 

2008

 

(%)

 

2009

 

(%)

 

2010

 

(%)

 

after

 

(%)

 

Total

 

value

 

 

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

Assets/(liabilities) (all at floating rates after cross currency swaps before the effect of interest rate swaps)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Deposits       Sterling

 

67

 

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

67

 

       Euro

 

98

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

98

 

       Other

 

91

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

91

 

Total cash deposits

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

256

 

Weighted average receivable interest rate (%)

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

Short-term debt     Sterling

 

(16

)

5.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

(16

)

       Euro

 

(681

)

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(681

)

(707

)

       Australian
       dollars

 

(1

)

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

Other

 

(9

)

0.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

(9

)

Total short-term debt

 

(707

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(707

)

(733

)

Long-term debt Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(369

)

5.8

 

(380

)

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(749

)

(773

)

       Euro

 

 

 

 

 

(1,022

)

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(356

)

2.5

 

 

(575

)

 

3.4

 

(1,953

)

(2,061

)

       Australian
       dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(114

)

5.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(114

)

(114

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

9.1

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

4.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

(16

)

Total long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(865

)

 

 

 

(575

)

 

 

 

(2,832

)

(2,964

)

Weighted average payable
interest rate (%)

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

3.8

 

 

 

The borrowings total above includes £57 million in relation to cross currency swaps that have been reclassified to derivative financial instruments on the face of the balance sheet in accordance with IAS 21 “The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates”.

The cash deposits earn interest at floating rates of interest and comprise mainly short-term money market deposits with a maturity date not exceeding one year.

Credit risks on the amounts due from counterparties, in relation to cash deposits and other financial instruments, are managed by limiting the aggregate amount of exposure to any one counterparty, based on their credit rating.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

(vi)  Hedges

An analysis of the unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at the year end is set out below:

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

2005

 

2005

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at beginning of year

 

 

100

 

 

 

(137

)

 

Gains and losses arising in previous years recognized in the year

 

 

(9

)

 

 

10

 

 

Gains and losses arising before the start of the year not recognized in the year

 

 

91

 

 

 

(127

)

 

Gains and losses arising in the year not recognized in the year

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(17

)

 

Unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at end of year

 

 

72

 

 

 

(144

)

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses expected to be recognized within one year

 

 

19

 

 

 

—  

 

 

Gains and losses expected to be recognized after one year

 

 

53

 

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(vii)Derivative financial instruments17

The following table sets out the derivative financial instruments held by the group at September 30, 2005. The table presents the nominal value of such investments used to calculate the contractual payments under such contracts, analyzed by maturity date, together with the related weighted average interest rate where relevant. Some of the interest rate swaps have embedded options and assumptions have been made based on third party valuations at the balance sheet date to determine whether such options are likely to be exercised in order to determine the probable maturity date.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

The group has entered into certain swap transactions with contractual maturities exceeding those of the underlying debt being hedged, in anticipation of there being additional floating rate debt when the existing debt matures.

 

 

Accounting year ending in

 

There-

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

after

 

Total

 

value

 

 

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

Sterling interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

70

(1)

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

(2)

 

400

 

 

(26

)

 

Weighted average interest rate
to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

 

 

Euro interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

48

 

 

1,002

 

 

61

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

95

(3)

 

 

501

(4)

 

1,894

 

 

(90

)

 

Weighted average interest rate
to pay (%)

 

 

2.6

 

 

4.8

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay variable, receive fixed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

682

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,704

 

 

62

 

 

Weighted average interest rate
to receive (%)

 

 

6.1

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average margin over EURIBOR to pay (%)

 

 

1.0

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

Caps purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

 

Weighted average strike price (%)

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

Australian dollar interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—pay fixed, receive variable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate
to pay (%)

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

 

 

Currency swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370

 

 

(17

)

 

U.S. dollar interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling interest margin over LIBOR
to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

(5)

 

550

 

 

(1

)

 

Sterling interest rate to receive (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

Interest margin over EURIBOR
to pay (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

The group has entered into certain swap transactions with contractual maturities exceeding those of the underlying debt being hedged, in anticipation of there being additional floating rate debt when the existing debt matures.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

16   Borrowings and financial instruments (Continued)

(1)    The following trade is included within this balance:

£20 million swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in March 2007.

(2)    The following trades are included within this balance: £25 million swap maturing in 2041 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every five years throughout the life of the trade and to double the notional amount to £50 million in April 2006. This trade is expected to be cancelled in April 2011.

£40 million swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade.  This trade is expected to be cancelled in December 2015.

£15 million swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in December 2016.

£20 million swap maturing in 2031 where the counterparty has the option to cancel every three months throughout the life of the trade. This trade is expected to be cancelled in March 2017.

£25 million forward start five-year swaption starting October 2006 at 5.5% at the counterparties’ option.

£50 million swaps maturing in October 2006 at 5.5% with the counterparties’ option to extend for a further five years.

(3)    The following trades are included within this balance:

140 million forward start three-year swaps starting March 2007.

(4)    The following trades are included within this balance:

130 million forward start five-year swaps starting March 2007.

250 million forward start ten-year swaps starting March 2007.

(5)    Principal amounts under these cross currency swaps are exchanged at the start and maturity of these trades.

17   Deferred tax assets/liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

62

 

71

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(133

)

(135

)

 

 

(71

)

(64

)

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Deferred tax assets

 

71

 

52

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(135

)

(208

)

 

 

(64

)

(156

)

 

Deferred tax expected to be recovered within 12 months:

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

15

 

 

22

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(2)

 

 

(38)

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

(16)

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Deferred tax assets

 

22

 

19

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(38

)

(17

)

 

 

(16

)

2

 

F-45




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

17   Deferred tax assets/liabilities (Continued)

Deferred tax assets




 

Excess of

depreciation

over capital

allowances

 



Retirement

benefits

 



Fair value

losses

 


Other

temporary

differences

 



Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

62

 

 

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

 

21

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

21

 

 

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Transfers

 

 

(44

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(16

)

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

(23

)

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

71

 

 

As at October 1, 2004

 

 

1

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

31

 

 

(Charged)/credited to income statement

 

 

(1

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

12

 

 

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

As at September 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

62

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Excess of
capital
allowances
over
depreciation

 

Retirement
benefits

 

Fair value
losses

 

Other
temporary
differences

 

Total

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

(23

)

57

 

 

37

 

71

 

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

(8

)

 

 

(1

)

(9

)

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(10

)

Transfers

 

8

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

(23

)

43

 

 

32

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

39

 

 

23

 

62

 

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

21

 

(3

)

 

3

 

21

 

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Transfers

 

(44

)

17

 

 

11

 

(16

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

(23

)

57

 

 

37

 

71

 

F-43



 

Deferred tax liabilities




 

Excess of

depreciation

over capital

allowances

 



Retirement

benefits

 



Fair value

losses

 


Other

temporary

differences

 



Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at September 30, 2005 before IAS 39 transition

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

(133

)

IAS 39 transition (note 30)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

As at October 1, 2005 after IAS 39 transition

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

16

 

 

(111

)

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

 

1

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

(19

)

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

(21

)

Transfers

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

16

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(113

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

(17

)

 

(135

)

As at October 1, 2004

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

(88

)

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

8

 

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

As at September 30, 2005

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

(133

)

(In £’s million)

 

Excess of
depreciation
over capital
allowances

 

Retirement
benefits

 

Fair value
gains

 

Other
temporary
differences

 

Total

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

(27

)

(113

)

22

 

(17

)

(135

)

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

(16

)

(11

)

(15

)

18

 

(24

)

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(49

)

Transfers

 

(8

)

4

 

 

4

 

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

(51

)

(169

)

7

 

5

 

(208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

(72

)

(77

)

22

 

16

 

(111

)

Credited/(charged) to income statement

 

1

 

(8

)

 

(12

)

(19

)

Credited/(charged) to equity

 

 

(28

)

 

7

 

(21

)

Transfers

 

44

 

 

 

(28

)

16

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

(27

)

(113

)

22

 

(17

)

(135

)

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. No deferred tax assets for tax losses have been recognized at September 30, 2006. Deferred2007 (2006: nil). Potential deferred tax assets of £13£9 million as at September 30, 2006 (2005: £112007 (2006: £13 million) have not been recognized due to the uncertainty of the utilization of the underlying tax losses in certain jurisdictions.

18   Retirement benefit schemes

The groupGroup operates a number of retirement benefit schemes for its employees, including both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. The group’sGroup’s two principal schemes are defined benefit schemes

F-46




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

18   Retirement benefit schemes (Continued)

and are operated by Imperial Tobacco Limited in the U.K. and Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH in Germany. The U.K. scheme’s assets are held in trustee administered funds while the German scheme is unfunded.

The results of the most recent available actuarial valuations for the principal groupGroup schemes (outside Germany) have been updated to September 30, 20062007 by Watson Wyatt Limited, actuaries and consultants, in order to determine the amounts to be included in the balance sheet and income statement.

Actuarial valuations of the pension liabilities of Reemtsma Holding GmbH & Co. KG, Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH and Badische Tabakmanufaktur Roth-Händle GmbH pension schemes were undertaken by Russ, Dr Zimmerman und Partner at September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006. These valuations quantified unfunded past service liabilities of £376 million at September 30, 2005 and £401 million at September 30, 2006, which have been recognized in the accounts, together with the other German unfunded schemes.2007.

F-44



Amounts recognized in the income statement

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Defined benefit schemes:

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

38

 

43

 

Past service cost

 

(4

)

 

Losses from special termination benefits

 

14

 

4

 

Curtailment loss

 

(6

)

 

Charges included in employment costs

 

42

 

47

 

Interest cost

 

147

 

142

 

Expected return on scheme assets

 

(169

)

(188

)

Retirement benefit net financing income included in finance costs

 

(22

)

(46)

 

Total defined benefit scheme costs

 

20

 

1

 

Defined benefit charges in operating profit

 

42

 

47

 

Defined contribution charges in operating profit

 

2

 

4

 

Total pension costs in operating profit (note 4)

 

44

 

51

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

38

 

43

 

38

 

Past service cost

 

(4

)

 

2

 

Losses from special termination benefits

 

14

 

4

 

16

 

Curtailment gains

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

Defined benefit charges included in employment costs

 

42

 

47

 

50

 

Interest on retirement benefit liabilities

 

147

 

142

 

149

 

Expected return on retirement benefit assets

 

(169

)

(188

)

(203

)

Retirement benefits net financing income included in finance costs (note5)

 

(22

)

(46

)

(54

)

Total defined benefit scheme costs/(income)

 

20

 

1

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit charges in profit from operations

 

42

 

47

 

50

 

Defined contribution charges in profit from operations

 

2

 

4

 

4

 

Total pension costs in profit from operations (note 4)

 

44

 

51

 

54

 

Pensions costs are charged to profit from operations in the income statement as follows:

(In £’s million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

24

 

27

 

29

 

Distribution, advertising and selling costs

 

11

 

13

 

13

 

Administrative expenses

 

9

 

11

 

12

 

 

 

44

 

51

 

54

 

Defined benefit schemes – amounts recognized in the balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Present value of funded obligations

 

 

 

(2,665

)

(2,648

)

Fair value of scheme assets

 

 

 

3,035

 

3,238

 

 

 

 

 

370

 

590

 

Present value of unfunded obligations

 

 

 

(407

)

(385

)

 

 

 

 

(37

)

205

 

Recognized in the balance sheet as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

397

 

602

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

 

(434

)

(397

)

 

 

 

 

(37

)

205

 

F-45



Defined benefit schemes obligations – changes in present value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Defined benefit obligation as at October 1

 

3,007

 

3,072

 

Current service cost

 

43

 

38

 

Past service cost

 

 

2

 

Interest cost

 

142

 

149

 

Actuarial losses/(gains)

 

44

 

(81

)

Contributions by employees

 

1

 

2

 

Exchange movements

 

(5

)

18

 

Benefits paid

 

(165

)

(177

)

Special termination benefits

 

7

 

16

 

Curtailment gains

 

(2

)

(6

)

As at September 30

 

3,072

 

3,033

 

Defined benefit schemes assets – changes in fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at October 1

 

2,828

 

3,035

 

Expected return

 

188

 

203

 

Actuarial gains

 

144

 

121

 

Contributions by employees

 

1

 

2

 

Contributions by employer

 

42

 

46

 

Exchange movements

 

(3

)

8

 

Benefits paid

 

(165

)

(177

)

As at September 30

 

3,035

 

3,238

 

The actual return on defined benefit scheme assets was £324 million (2006: £332 million).

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Net actuarial gains recognized in Statement of Recognized Income and Expense

 

100

 

202

 

Cumulative net actuarial gains recognized in Statement of Recognized Income and Expense

 

201

 

403

 

F-46



 

Defined benefit schemes—amounts recognizedschemes – principal actuarial assumptions used

 

 

U.K.

 

Germany

 

Other*

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.90

%

5.30

%

5.28

%

Expected return on scheme assets

 

7.08

%

n/a

 

6.06

%

Future salary increases

 

5.15

%

3.00

%

3.81

%

Future pension increases

 

3.40

%

1.90

%

2.23

%

Inflation

 

3.40

%

1.90

%

2.20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.10

%

4.60

%

4.62

%

Expected return on scheme assets

 

6.99

%

n/a

 

5.97

%

Future salary increases

 

4.85

%

3.00

%

3.81

%

Future pension increases

 

3.10

%

1.90

%

2.23

%

Inflation

 

3.10

%

1.90

%

2.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.00

%

4.30

%

4.29

%

Expected return on scheme assets

 

6.89

%

n/a

 

5.12

%

Future salary increases

 

4.55

%

2.85

%

3.57

%

Future pension increases

 

2.80

%

1.60

%

1.89

%

Inflation

 

2.80

%

1.60

%

2.09

%


*Values shown are the weighted averages of the rates used in the balance sheetcalculations for schemes outside the U.K. and Germany.

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Present value of funded obligations

 

(2,591

)

(2,665

)

Fair value of scheme assets

 

2,828

 

3,035

 

 

 

237

 

370

 

Present value of unfunded obligations

 

(416

)

(407

)

 

 

(179

)

(37

)

 

F-47




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

18   Retirement benefit schemes (Continued)

ReflectedAssumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on advice that uses published statistics and experience in each territory, and are provided in the balance sheet as:

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

259

 

397

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

(438

)

(434

)

 

 

(179

)

(37

)

Changes in the present value oftable below for the defined benefit obligation areschemes in the U.K. and Germany, which in aggregate represent 92% (2006: 92%) of the Group’s total defined benefit scheme obligations at the year end. The average life expectancy, in years, of a pensioner retiring at age 65 is as follows:

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Defined benefit obligation at October 1

 

2,744

 

3,007

 

Current service cost

 

38

 

43

 

Past service cost

 

(4

)

 

Interest cost

 

147

 

142

 

Actuarial losses

 

226

 

44

 

Contributions by employees

 

1

 

1

 

Exchange differences

 

(3

)

(5

)

Benefits paid

 

(161

)

(165

)

Special termination benefits

 

27

 

7

 

Curtailments

 

(8

)

(2

)

At September 30

 

3,007

 

3,072

 

F-47



 

 

U.K.

 

Germany

 

 

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life expectancy at age 65 (years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member currently aged 65

 

19.5

 

21.3

 

17.9

 

22.0

 

Member currently aged 50

 

20.6

 

22.2

 

19.9

 

24.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life expectancy at age 65 (years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member currently aged 65

 

18.4

 

19.9

 

17.7

 

21.8

 

Member currently aged 50

 

19.1

 

20.7

 

19.8

 

23.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life expectancy at age 65 (years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member currently aged 65

 

18.4

 

19.9

 

17.6

 

21.7

 

Member currently aged 50

 

19.1

 

20.7

 

19.8

 

23.7

 

 

Defined benefit schemes–changes in the fair valueMajor categories of scheme assets are as follows:and their expected rates of return

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

At October 1

 

2,445

 

2,828

 

Expected return

 

169

 

188

 

Actuarial gains

 

327

 

144

 

Contributions by employees

 

1

 

1

 

Contributions by employer

 

41

 

42

 

Exchange differences

 

6

 

(3

)

Benefits paid

 

(161

)

(165

)

At September 30

 

2,828

 

3,035

 

 

The actual return on pension scheme assets was £332 million (2005: £496 million)2007

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Actuarial gains recognized in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense

 

(101

)

(100

)

Cumulative actuarial (gains) and losses recognized in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense

 

(101

)

(201

)

 

 

U.K.

 

Other*

 

(In £’s million unless
otherwise indicated)

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total U.K.
assets

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

8.1

%

1,794

 

60.0

%

7.3

%

111

 

44.8

%

Bonds

 

5.1

%

837

 

28.0

%

4.8

%

111

 

44.8

%

Property

 

6.8

%

329

 

11.0

%

5.5

%

18

 

7.2

%

Other

 

4.9

%

30

 

1.0

%

4.8

%

8

 

3.2

%

 

 

 

 

2,990

 

100.0

%

 

 

248

 

100.0

%

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

Other*

 

(In £’s million unless
otherwise indicated)

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total U.K.
assets

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

8.0

%

1,767

 

63.0

%

7.8

%

101

 

44.5

%

Bonds

 

4.5

%

645

 

23.0

%

4.3

%

104

 

45.8

%

Property

 

6.7

%

365

 

13.0

%

 

 

 

Other

 

4.1

%

28

 

1.0

%

5.6

%

22

 

9.7

%

 

 

 

 

2,805

 

100.0

%

 

 

227

 

100.0

%

 

F-48F-48





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

Other*

 

(In £’s million unless
otherwise indicated)

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total U.K.
assets

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

7.9

%

1,616

 

62.0

%

7.7

%

92

 

42.0

%

Bonds

 

4.4

%

625

 

24.0

%

3.8

%

105

 

47.9

%

Property

 

6.7

%

365

 

14.0

%

 

15

 

6.8

%

Other

 

3.8

%

 

0.0

%

3.6

%

7

 

3.3

%

 

 

 

 

2,606

 

100.0

%

 

 

219

 

100.0

%

18    Retirement benefit schemes (Continued)

Defined benefit schemes—principal actuarial assumptions used

2006

 

 

 

U.K.

 

Germany

 

Other*

Discount rate

 

5.10%

 

 

4.60

%

 

4.62%

Expected return on scheme assets

 

6.99%

 

 

n/a

 

 

5.97%

Future salary increases

 

4.85%

 

 

3.00

%

 

3.81%

Future pension increases

 

3.10%

 

 

1.90

%

 

2.23%

Inflation

 

3.10%

 

 

1.90

%

 

2.15%

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.00%

 

 

4.30

%

 

4.29%

Expected return on scheme assets

 

6.89%

 

 

n/a

 

 

5.12%

Future salary increases

 

4.55%

 

 

2.85

%

 

3.57%

Future pension increases

 

2.80%

 

 

1.60

%

 

1.89%

Inflation

 

2.80%

 

 

1.60

%

 

2.09%


*Values shown are the weighted averages of the rates used in the calculations for schemes outside of the U.K. and Germany.

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on advice that uses published statistics and experience in each territory. The average life expectancy, in years, of a pensioner retiring at age 65 is as follows:

 

 

U.K.

 

Germany

 

 

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

Life expectancy at age 65 (years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member currently aged 65

 

 

18.4

 

 

 

19.9

 

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

21.8

 

 

Member currently aged 50

 

 

19.1

 

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

19.8

 

 

 

23.8

 

 

The major categories of scheme assets and their expected rates of return are as follows:

2006

 

 

U.K.

 

Other*

 

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
assets

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
assets

 

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

%

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

%

Equities

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

1,767

 

 

 

63.0

%

 

 

7.8

%

 

 

101

 

 

 

44.5

%

Bonds

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

645

 

 

 

23.0

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

104

 

 

 

45.8

%

Property

 

 

6.70

%

 

 

365

 

 

 

13.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

4.10

%

 

 

28

 

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

22

 

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,805

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

100.0

%

F-49




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

18    Retirement benefit schemes (Continued)

2005

 

 

U.K.

 

Other*

 

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
assets

 

Expected
return per
annum

 

Fair value

 

Percentage
of total
assets

 

 

(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

 

7.90

%

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

62.0

%

 

 

7.68

%

 

 

92

 

 

 

42.0

%

Bonds

 

 

4.40

%

 

 

625

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

 

3.80

%

 

 

105

 

 

 

47.9

%

Property

 

 

6.70

%

 

 

365

 

 

 

14.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

6.8

%

Other

 

 

3.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.57

%

 

 

7

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

100.0

%


*       Values shown are the weighted averages of the rates used in the calculations for schemes outside of the U.K. and Germany. £3£4 million (2005:(2006: £3 million) of assets related to the German unfunded schemes are not shown separately.

The derivation of the overall expected return on assets reflects the actual asset allocation at the measurement date combined with an expected return of each asset class. The bond return is based on the prevailing return available on fixed interest gilts. The return on equities and property is based on a number of factors including:

the income yield at the measurement date;

the long-term growth prospects for the economy in general;

the long-term relationship between each asset class and bond returns; and

the movement in market indices since the previous measurement date.

Excluding any self-investment in the JP Morgan held portfolio, approximately £7 million of the assets held bythrough pooled fund holdings, the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund arehas no investments (2006: investments valued at approximately £7 million) in respect of Imperial Tobacco Group plc’sPLC’s own financial instruments. None of this amount is known to relate to assets being used by Imperial Tobacco Group plc.

History of the plans for the current and prior year is as follows:years

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at September 30

 

 

 

Present value of defined benefit obligations

 

3,007

 

3,072

 

Fair value of total plan assets

 

2,828

 

3,035

 

Net total deficit

 

179

 

37

 

Experience adjustments on total plan liabilities

 

(9

)

 

Experience adjustments on total plan assets

 

333

 

144

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at September 30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of defined benefit obligations

 

3,007

 

3,072

 

3,033

 

Fair value of total plan assets

 

2,828

 

3,035

 

3,238

 

Net total deficit/(surplus) on plans

 

179

 

37

 

(205

)

Experience adjustments on total plan liabilities

 

(9

)

 

(19

)

Experience adjustments on total plan assets

 

333

 

144

 

121

 

 

In accordance with the transitional provisions for the amendments to IAS 19 in December 2004, the disclosures above are determined prospectively from the 2005 reporting period.

The group expects to contribute £16 million to its funded defined benefit schemes in the year to September 30, 2007.

F-49



The main U.K. groupGroup scheme is the Imperial Tobacco Pension Fund (‘the ITPF’(the “ ITPF”).  An actuarial valuation of the ITPF (the triennial valuation, for funding purposes) was made at March 31, 2004 by

F-50




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

18    Retirement benefit schemes (Continued)

Watson Wyatt Limited.  The assumptions which had the most significant effect when valuing the ITPF’s liabilities were those relating to the rate of investment return on the ITPF’s existing assets, the rates of increase in pay and pensions and estimated mortality rates.  On the basis that the ITPF is continuing, it was assumed that the future investment returns relative to market values at the valuation date would be 5.85% per annum and that pay and pension increases would average 4.5% and 2.75% respectively.  The assets were brought into account at their market value.

At March 31, 2004 the market value of the assets of the ITPF was £2,248 million.  The total assets were sufficient to cover 108% of the benefits that had accrued to members for past service, after allowing for expected future pay increases.  However, the assets were not sufficient to cover future service benefits for current members and, as a result of this deficiency, the groupGroup recommenced payment of employer’s contributions during the 2004/fiscal 2005 financial year at the level of £10 million per year as set by the ITPF Actuary.  The financial position of the ITPF and the level of contributions to be paid will be reviewed at the next actuarial valuation, which is expected to be carried outcompleted by the end of 2007 and will consider the scheme as at March 31, 2007.

Assuming the level of contributions to the IPTF remains at £10 million following completion of the ITPF triennial valuation (which may not prove to be the case) the Group expects to contribute a total of £20 million to its funded defined benefit schemes in the year to September 30, 2008.

19   Provisions

 

 

Restructuring

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

71

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

106

 

 

Additional provisions charged to income statement

 

 

45

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

56

 

 

Amounts used

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(67

)

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

63

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 2005 

 

 2006 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Analyzed as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

50

 

 

 

56

 

 

Non-current

 

 

56

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

95

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Restructuring

 

Other

 

Total

 

As at October 1, 2004

 

52

 

37

 

89

 

Exchange movements

 

 

1

 

1

 

Additional provisions charged to the income statement

 

57

 

1

 

58

 

Amounts used

 

(38

)

(4

)

(42

)

As at October 1, 2005

 

71

 

35

 

106

 

Additional provisions charged to income statement

 

45

 

11

 

56

 

Amounts used

 

(53

)

(14

)

(67

)

As at October 1, 2006

 

63

 

32

 

95

 

Exchange movements

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

Additional provisions charged to the income statement

 

 

7

 

7

 

Amounts used

 

(39

)

(7

)

(46

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

25

 

33

 

58

 

Analyzed as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Current

 

50

 

56

 

26

 

Non-current

 

56

 

39

 

32

 

 

 

106

 

95

 

58

 

 

The restructuring provision relates to factory closures announced in current and prior years.  The provision will unwind over several years as termination payments are made over an extended number of years in a number of E.U. countries.

Other provisions principally relate to holiday pay, employee benefits and commercial legal claims.  These liabilities are expected to crystallize within the next five years.

F-50



20   Share capital

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

56,040,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each (2006: 1,000,000,000)

 

100

 

5,604

 

Issued and fully paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

729,200,291 (2005: 729,200,921) ordinary shares of 10p each

 

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

 

729,200,921 (2006: 729,200,921) ordinary shares of 10p each

 

73

 

73

 

 

F-51The authorized share capital was increased to 56,040,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on August 13, 2007 in connection with the proposed acquisition of Altadis.




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

21   Share schemes

The groupGroup recognized total expenses of £16 million (2005:(2006: £16 million; 2005: £11 million) related to share-based payment transactions during the year (note 4).

During the period, the group operated

The Group operates a number of share-based employee benefit schemes as follows:schemes.

International Sharesave Plan

Under the Plan, the boardBoard may offer options to purchase ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares (ADSs)(“ADSs”) in the Company to non-U.K. employees who enter into a savings contract.  The price at which options may be offered varies depending on local laws, but for ordinary shares will not be less than 80% of the mid-market price of an Imperial Tobacco Group PLC share on the London Stock Exchange on the day prior to invitation.  In respect of ADSs the price will not be less than 80% of the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the same day.  OptionsThe options may normally be exercised during the six months after expiry of the savings contract, three years after entering the Plan.  The majority of awards under the International Sharesave Plan are equity-settled.

Under the U.K. Sharesave Scheme, which is part of the International Plan, the boardBoard may offer options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company to U.K. employees who enter into an HM Revenue and Customs approved Save as You Earn (SAYE)(“SAYE”) savings contract.  The options may normally be exercised during the six months after expiry of the SAYE contract, either three or five years after entering the Scheme.  The U.K. Sharesave Scheme is equity-settled.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)(“LTIP”)

Each year since demerger in 1996, annual awards specified as a percentage of basic salary have been made to Executive Directors andunder the LTIP, with awards at a lower level made to other senior executives under the LTIP.executives.  The awards, which vest three years after grant, are subject to the satisfaction of specified performance criteria, measured over a three-year performance period.  All grants are at the absolute discretion of the Remuneration Committee, with no employee having the right to receive such a grant.  Further information relating to the performance criteria and the terms of the scheme are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. All awards under the LTIP are equity-settled.

In respect of the November 2002—2003 – November 20052006 award, based on earnings per share, 100% of the award vested in full on November 25, 2005.18, 2006.  In respect of the November 2003—2004 – November 20062007 award, it is expected that 100%based on earnings per share, 91.8% of the award will vestvested on November 18, 2006.9, 2007.

F-51



Share Matching Scheme

The Share Matching Scheme is designed to encourage employees to acquire and retain Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares.  The majority of the awards under the Share Matching Scheme are equity-settled.

For

Executive Directors and most of the group’sGroup’s management individuals may elect to invest any proportion up to a maximum of 100% of their gross bonus (capped at 100% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director and 75% for the other Executive Directors)  in Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares to be held by the Employee Benefit Trusts.  Provided that the shares elected for are left in the Trusts for three years, and the individual remains in employment with the group,Group, the participant wouldwill receive the original shares plus additional shares.  The matching ratio for bonuses is 1:1 to encourage Directors and managers to build a meaningful shareholding in the group.Group.  The matching of the Executive Directors’ shares is subject to performance criteria as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

There was an initiative in

In 2002, to mark the centenary of the founding of theThe Imperial Tobacco Company (of Great Britain and Ireland) Limited. AllLimited, all employees of the Company and its wholly owned

F-52




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

21    Share schemes (Continued)

subsidiaries employed on December 10, 2001, the date of the centenary, were invited to purchase up to £3,000 worth of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares and lodge them with the Employee Benefit Trusts.  Provided these shares arewere left in the Trusts, the lodged shares will bewere matched on a sliding scale from 20% for one year’s retention to a maximum of 100% if they arewere retained for the full five years.years to August 12, 2007.  The Centenary Scheme is equity-settled.

Employee Share Ownership Trusts (ESOTs)(“ESOTs”)

The Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Employee and Executive Benefit Trust and the Imperial Tobacco Group PLC 2001 Employee Benefit Trust (the Trusts)(the” Trusts”) have been established to acquire ordinary shares in Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, by subscription or purchase, from funds provided by the groupGroup to satisfy rights to shares arising on the exercise of LTIPs and on the vesting of the share matching and performance-related share awards.  At September 30, 2006,2007, the Trusts held 4.24.8 million (2005: 3.0(2006: 4.2 million) ordinary shares with a nominal value of £424,697,£475,574, all acquired in the open market at a cost of £65.3£94.2 million (2005: £31.3(2006: £69.5 million).  The acquisition of shares by the Trusts has been financed by a gift of £19.2 million and an interest-free loan of £110.8£158.9 million.  None of the ESOT shares has been allocated to employees or Directors as at September 30, 2006.2007.  All finance costs and administration expenses connected with the ESOTs are charged to the income statement as they accrue.  The Trusts have waived their rights to dividends and the shares held by the Trusts are excluded from the calculation of basic earnings per share.

F-53




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)Cash settled schemes

21   Share schemes (Continued)

As noted above certain awards are cash-settled.  The total liability recognized in the balance sheet as at September 30, 2007 in respect of cash-settled awards was £0.4 million (2006: £0.4 million).

F-52



The following options and conditional awards over ordinary shares have been granted and are outstanding at the end of the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year from October 1, 2005 to September 30, 2006

 

Date of grant

 

 

 

Granted

 

Balance
outstanding
at October 1
2004

 

Balance
outstanding
at start of
year

 

Options
exercisable
at start
of year

 

Exercised
in year

 

Lapsed/
Cancelled
in year

 

Outstanding
at end
of year

 

Options
exercisable
at end
of year

 

 

 

(Number of shares)

 

Sharesave options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 19, 1999

 

599,862

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 5, 2000

 

1,203,945

 

 

340,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 7, 2001

 

758,286

 

 

245,667

 

 

 

218,131

 

 

 

 

 

(195,935

)

 

(8,031

)

 

 

14,165

 

 

 

14,165

 

 

 

May 31, 2002

 

820,132

 

 

676,315

 

 

 

331,730

 

 

 

15,961

 

 

(18,072

)

 

(15,584

)

 

 

298,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 4, 2003

 

638,919

 

 

581,347

 

 

 

534,653

 

 

 

 

 

(326,248

)

 

(15,482

)

 

 

192,923

 

 

 

9,245

 

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

423,863

 

 

419,525

 

 

 

391,384

 

 

 

 

 

(7,063

)

 

(18,272

)

 

 

366,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 23, 2005

 

395,313

 

 

 

 

 

392,265

 

 

 

 

 

(8,248

)

 

(11,964

)

 

 

372,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

322,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,677

)

 

 

318,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 7–June 18, 2001

 

64,388

 

 

2,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

65,897

 

 

49,287

 

 

 

4,339

 

 

 

4,339

 

 

(3,554

)

 

(785

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 4–June 17, 2003

 

639,579

 

 

573,532

 

 

 

497,109

 

 

 

 

 

(378,225

)

 

(2,582

)

 

 

116,302

 

 

 

116,302

 

 

 

May 26–June 4, 2004

 

162,479

 

 

162,088

 

 

 

152,597

 

 

 

 

 

(1,505

)

 

(12,804

)

 

 

138,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 23–June 1, 2005

 

171,189

 

 

 

 

 

169,168

 

 

 

 

 

(515

)

 

(9,531

)

 

 

159,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 22–June 1, 2006

 

301,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,770

)

 

 

295,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

1,866

 

 

1,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2003

 

7,028

 

 

7,028

 

 

 

7,028

 

 

 

 

 

(6,062

)

 

(966

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

2,580

 

 

2,580

 

 

 

2,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

5,818

 

 

 

 

 

5,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

4,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,589,415

 

 

3,063,145

 

 

 

2,706,802

 

 

 

20,300

 

 

(945,427

)

 

(105,448

)

 

 

2,284,198

 

 

 

139,712

 

 

 

Conditional awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share matching scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 12, 2002 – Centenary Scheme

 

231,941

 

 

199,217

 

 

 

181,972

 

 

 

 

 

(12,476

)

 

(5,503

)

 

 

163,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2002

 

650,767

 

 

520,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2003

 

762,883

 

 

681,267

 

 

 

573,009

 

 

 

 

 

(558,704

)

 

(14,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2004

 

999,733

 

 

980,839

 

 

 

835,815

 

 

 

 

 

(40,351

)

 

(48,677

)

 

 

746,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2005

 

832,855

 

 

 

 

 

797,971

 

 

 

 

 

(17,452

)

 

(58,246

)

 

 

722,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 15, 2006

 

796,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,014

)

 

(17,486

)

 

 

778,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,274,832

 

 

2,382,276

 

 

 

2,388,767

 

 

 

 

 

(629,997

)

 

(144,217

)

 

 

2,411,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 26, 2001

 

384,376

 

 

309,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 25, 2002

 

474,547

 

 

407,091

 

 

 

311,653

 

 

 

 

 

(309,377

)

 

(2,276

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 18, 2003

 

481,180

 

 

471,222

 

 

 

378,193

 

 

 

 

 

(23,325

)

 

(23,310

)

 

 

331,558

 

 

 

 

 

November 9, 2004

 

355,861

 

 

 

 

 

343,071

 

 

 

 

 

(9,201

)

 

(31,004

)

 

 

302,866

 

 

 

 

 

November 2, 2005

 

390,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

 

(9,118

)

 

 

381,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,086,476

 

 

1,188,276

 

 

 

1,032,917

 

 

 

 

 

(342,063

)

 

(65,708

)

 

 

1,015,658

 

 

 

 

 

Total options/awards

 

12,950,723

 

 

6,633,697

 

 

 

6,128,486

 

 

 

20,300

 

 

(1,917,487

)

 

(315,373

)

 

 

5,711,062

 

 

 

139,712

 

 

(Number of shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year from October 1, 2006 to September 30, 2007

 

Date of grant

 

Granted

 

Outstanding
at October
1, 2005

 

Outstanding
at start of
year

 

Exercisable
at start of
year

 

Exercised
in year

 

Lapsed/
Cancelled
in year

 

Outstanding
at end
of year

 

Exercisable
at end of
year

 

Sharesave options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 7, 2001

 

758,286

 

218,131

 

14,165

 

14,165

 

(14,165

)

 

 

 

May 31, 2002

 

820,132

 

331,730

 

298,074

 

 

(281,721

)

(1,761

)

14,592

 

14,592

 

June 4, 2003

 

638,919

 

534,653

 

192,923

 

9,245

 

(31,455

)

(8,133

)

153,335

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

423,863

 

391,384

 

366,049

 

 

(224,726

)

(19,556

)

121,767

 

12,954

 

May 23, 2005

 

395,313

 

392,265

 

372,053

 

 

(26,500

)

(38,282

)

307,271

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

322,347

 

 

318,670

 

 

(4,650

)

(29,219

)

284,801

 

 

May 29, 2007

 

292,931

 

 

 

 

 

(1,283

)

291,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

65,897

 

4,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 4 – June 17, 2003

 

639,579

 

497,109

 

116,302

 

116,302

 

(79,182

)

(37,120

)

 

 

May 26 – June 4, 2004

 

162,479

 

152,597

 

138,288

 

 

(115,337

)

(10,556

)

12,395

 

12,395

 

May 23 – June 1, 2005

 

171,189

 

169,168

 

159,122

 

 

(1,577

)

(9,014

)

148,531

 

 

May 22 – June 1, 2006

 

301,612

 

 

295,842

 

 

(200

)

(14,634

)

281,008

 

 

May 29 – June 8, 2007

 

268,757

 

 

 

 

 

(1,356

)

267,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 17, 2003

 

7,028

 

7,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

2,580

 

2,580

 

2,580

 

 

(2,440

)

(140

)

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

5,818

 

5,818

 

5,818

 

 

 

(2,928

)

2,890

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

4,312

 

 

4,312

 

 

 

 

4,312

 

 

June 8, 2007

 

41,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,322,592

 

2,706,802

 

2,284,198

 

139,712

 

(781,953

)

(173,982

)

1,931,501

 

39,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conditional awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share matching scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 12, 2002 – Centenary Scheme

 

231,941

 

181,972

 

163,993

 

 

(159,776

)

(4,217

)

 

 

January 29, 2002

 

650,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2003

 

762,883

 

573,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2004

 

999,733

 

835,815

 

746,787

 

 

(738,095

)

(8,692

)

 

 

January 29, 2005

 

832,855

 

797,971

 

772,273

 

 

(20,932

)

(19,457

)

681,884

 

 

February 15, 2006

 

796,653

 

 

778,153

 

 

(8,546

)

(32,895

)

736,712

 

 

February 15, 2007

 

650,967

 

 

 

 

(709

)

(8,415

)

641,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,925,799

 

2,388,767

 

2,411,206

 

 

(928,058

)

(73,676

)

2,060,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 25, 2002

 

474,547

 

311,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 18, 2003

 

481,180

 

378,193

 

331,558

 

 

(331,448

)

(110

)

 

 

November 9, 2004

 

355,861

 

343,071

 

302,866

 

 

(4,321

)

(4,695

)

293,850

 

 

November 2, 2005

 

390,512

 

 

381,234

 

 

(1,214

)

(1,634

)

378,386

 

 

November 1, 2006

 

354,369

 

 

 

 

(428

)

(2,496

)

351,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,056,469

 

1,032,917

 

1,015,658

 

 

(337,411

)

(8,935

)

1,023,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total options/awards

 

12,304,860

 

6,128,486

 

5,711,062

 

139,712

 

(2,047,422

)

(256,593

)

5,015,621

 

39,941

 


**Granted as American Depositary Shares, each representing two ordinary shares and denominated in U.S. dollars.

F-54




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

21   Share schemes (Continued)F-53

 

 

 

 

Year from October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2005*

 

Year from October 1, 2005 to September 30, 2006*

 

Date of grant

 

 

 

Share
price at
grant
date

 

Exercise
price of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year

 

Contractual
life of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year
(number of
months)

 

Exercise
price of
options
currently
exercisable
at end of
year

 

Share price
at date of
exercise for
shares
exercised
during the
year

 

Exercise
price of
options
outstanding
at end of
year

 

Contractual
life of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year
(number of
months)

 

Exercise
price of
options
currently
exercisable
at end of
year

 

Share price
at date of
exercise for
shares
exercised
during the
year

 

 

 

(In £ unless stated otherwise)

 

Sharesave options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 19, 1999

 

6.25

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

13.81

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 5, 2000

 

4.68

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

15.09

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 7, 2001

 

6.58

 

 

4.83

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

13.39

 

 

 

4.83

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4.83

 

 

 

17.44

 

 

May 31, 2002

 

11.55

 

 

8.24

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

8.24

 

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

8.24

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

17.00

 

 

June 4, 2003

 

10.79

 

 

8.22

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

14.46

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

 

18.01

 

 

May 26, 2004

 

12.29

 

 

10.08

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

14.90

 

 

 

10.08

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

17.15

 

 

May 23, 2005

 

14.79

 

 

11.73

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

11.73

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

17.99

 

 

May 22, 2006

 

16.38

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

13.95

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 7–June 18, 2001

 

6.58–6.66

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

13.13

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

10.91

 

 

8.34

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8.34

 

 

 

15.19

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

16.97

 

 

June 4–June 17, 2003

 

10.40–10.79

 

 

8.24

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

14.40

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8.22

 

 

 

17.95

 

 

May 26–June 4, 2004

 

12.24–12.29

 

 

10.08

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

15.12

 

 

 

10.08

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

16.99

 

 

May 23–June 1, 2005

 

14.79–15.01

 

 

11.74

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

11.74

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

17.20

 

 

May 22–June 1, 2006

 

16.38–16.48

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

13.95

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

U.S.**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

$16.22

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

$28.10

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 17, 2003

 

$17.56

 

 

$12.14

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

$34.33

 

 

June 4, 2004

 

$22.50

 

 

$17.92

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

$17.92

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

$27.23

 

 

$22.49

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

$22.49

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

June 1, 2006

 

$30.76

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

$24.92

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

Conditional awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share matching scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 12, 2002 – CentenaryScheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.93

 

 

January 29, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

January 29, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.59

 

 

January 29, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.90

 

 

January 29, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.00

 

 

February 15, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.81

 

 

Long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 26, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

November 25, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.89

 

 

November 18, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.01

 

 

November 9, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.95

 

 

November 2, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.78

 

 



(In £’s unless stated otherwise)

 

 

 

 

Year from October 1, 2004
to September 30, 2005*

 

Year from October 1, 2005
to September 30, 2006*

 

Year from October 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007*

 

Date of grant

 

Share
price at
grant
date

 

Share price 
at date of
exercise for
shares
exercised
during the
year

 

Contractual
life of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year
(months)

 

Share price
at date of
exercise for
shares
exercised
during the
year

 

Contractual
life of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year
(months)

 

Share
price at
date of
exercise
for
shares
exercised
during
the year

 

Contractual
life of
options/
awards
outstanding
at end of
year
(months)

 

Exercise
price of
options/
awards
outstanding 
at end of
year

 

Sharesave options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 19, 1999

 

6.25

 

13.81

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 5, 2000

 

4.68

 

15.09

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 7, 2001

 

6.58

 

13.39

 

15

 

17.44

 

3

 

19.94

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

May 31, 2002

 

11.55

 

14.75

 

26

 

17.00

 

15

 

21.42

 

3

 

8.24

 

June 4, 2003

 

10.79

 

14.46

 

25

 

18.01

 

26

 

20.61

 

16

 

8.22

 

May 26, 2004

 

12.29

 

14.9

 

37

 

17.15

 

25

 

21.48

 

25

 

10.08

 

May 23, 2005

 

14.79

 

n/a

 

48

 

17.99

 

36

 

21.38

 

25

 

11.73

 

May 22, 2006

 

16.38

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

48

 

22.16

 

36

 

13.95

 

May 29, 2007

 

21.47

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

50

 

17.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 7 – June 18, 2001

 

6.58 – 6.66

 

13.13

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 18, 2002

 

10.91

 

15.19

 

4

 

16.97

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 4 – June 17, 2003

 

10.40 – 10.79

 

14.40

 

16

 

17.95

 

4

 

19.06

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

May 26 – June 4, 2004

 

12.24 – 12.29

 

15.12

 

28

 

16.99

 

16

 

21.52

 

4

 

10.08

 

May 23 – June 1, 2005

 

14.79 – 15.01

 

n/a

 

40

 

17.20

 

28

 

22.03

 

16

 

11.74

 

May 22 – June 1, 2006

 

16.38 – 16.48

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

40

 

22.23

 

28

 

13.95

 

May 29 – June 8, 2007

 

21.47 – 21.56

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

40

 

17.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 18, 2002

 

$ 16.22

 

$ 28.10

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 17, 2003

 

$ 17.56

 

n/a

 

16

 

$ 34.33

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 4, 2004

 

$ 22.50

 

n/a

 

28

 

n/a

 

16

 

$ 45.71

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

June 1, 2005

 

$ 27.23

 

n/a

 

40

 

n/a

 

28

 

n/a

 

16

 

$ 22.49

 

June 1, 2006

 

$ 30.76

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

40

 

n/a

 

28

 

$ 24.92

 

June 8, 2007

 

$ 42.40

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

40

 

$ 34.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conditional awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share matching scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 12, 2002 – Centenary Scheme

 

 

 

14.26

 

22

 

16.93

 

10

 

21.52

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

January 29, 2002

 

 

 

13.90

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

January 29, 2003

 

 

 

14.20

 

4

 

16.59

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

January 29, 2004

 

 

 

14.31

 

16

 

16.90

 

4

 

22.02

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

January 29, 2005

 

 

 

15.64

 

28

 

17.00

 

16

 

20.64

 

4

 

n/a

 

February 15, 2006

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

16.81

 

29

 

20.61

 

17

 

n/a

 

February 15, 2007

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

22.31

 

29

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 26, 2001

 

 

 

13.66

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

November 25, 2002

 

 

 

14.05

 

2

 

16.89

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

November 18, 2003

 

 

 

14.19

 

14

 

17.01

 

2

 

20.50

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

November 9, 2004

 

 

 

14.94

 

25

 

16.95

 

13

 

21.40

 

1

 

n/a

 

November 2, 2005

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

16.78

 

25

 

19.26

 

13

 

n/a

 

November 1, 2006

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

21.36

 

25

 

n/a

 


*All measures in these columns are weighted averages.

**Granted as American Depositary Shares, each representing two ordinary shares and denominated in U.S. dollars.

F-55




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

21   Share schemes (Continued)F-54



The exercise price of options/awards is fixed over the life of each option/award.

The weighted average exercise prices were:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Outstanding at the start of the year

 

£ 7.79

 

£ 9.05

 

£ 10.99

 

Granted during the year

 

£ 11.74

 

£ 13.95

 

£ 17.08

 

Exercised during the year

 

£ 6.10

 

£ 7.57

 

£ 9.14

 

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

 

£ 8.59

 

£ 9.73

 

£ 11.16

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

£ 9.05

 

£ 10.99

 

£ 13.63

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

£ 5.06

 

£ 7.88

 

£ 9.41

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted exercised and lapsed during the year were:was £5.08 (2006: £3.75: 2005: £3.33).

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Granted

 

£

13.95

 

£

11.74

 

Exercised

 

£

7.57

 

£

6.10

 

Lapsed/cancelled

 

£

9.73

 

£

8.59

 

 

Option pricingPricing

For the purposes of valuing optionsawards to calculate the share-based payment charge, the Black-Scholes option pricing model has been used for all the sharesaveshare option and share matching schemes and for the Long term incentive plansLTIPs except for the LTIPLTIPs granted insince November 2005, where the Monte Carlo model washas been used.

A summary of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for 2005, 2006 and 20062007 is as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

Sharesave

 

Share
Match

 

LTIP

 

Sharesave

 

Share
Match

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.5–4.3%

 

4.4%

 

4.6%

 

3.6–5.5%

 

4.2%

 

Volatility

 

21–24%

 

23%

 

23%

 

16–21%

 

17%

 

Expected lives of options granted

 

3–5 yrs + 6 months

 

3 yrs

 

3 yrs

 

3–5 yrs + 6 months

 

3 yrs

 

Dividend yield

 

4.4%

 

4.4%

 

4.4%

 

3.9%

 

3.9%

 

Fair value

 

£2.76–£3.55

 

£12.30

 

£11.21

 

£.46–£4.333

 

£15.58

 

Share price used to determine exercise price

 

£14.66–£15.50

 

£14.02

 

£12.79

 

£16.79–£17.44

 

£17.52

 

Exercise price

 

£11.73–£12.40

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

£13.3–£13.955

 

n/a

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

Sharesave

 

Share
Match

 

LTIP

 

Sharesave

 

Share
Match

 

Sharesave

 

Share
Match

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.5% – 4.3

%

4.4

%

4.6

%

3.6% – 5.5

%

4.2

%

4.6% - 5.5

%

5.2

%

Volatility

 

21.0%– 24.0

%

23.0

%

23.0

%

16.0% – 21.0

%

17.0

%

15.0% - 20.0

%

17.0

%

Expected lives of options granted

 

3 – 5 yrs + 6 mths

 

3 yrs

 

3 yrs

 

3 – 5 yrs + 6 mths

 

3 yrs

 

3 – 5 yrs + 6 mths

 

3 yrs

 

Dividend yield

 

4.4

%

4.4

%

4.4

%

3.9

%

3.9

%

3.6

%

3.6

%

Fair value

 

£ 2.76 - £3.55

 

£ 12.30

 

£ 11.21

 

£ 3.46 - £4.33

 

£ 15.58

 

£ 4.62 - £5.75

 

£ 19.69

 

Share price used to determine exercise price

 

£ 14.66 - £15.50

 

£ 14.02

 

£ 12.79

 

£ 16.69 - £17.44

 

£ 17.52

 

£ 21.53 - £21.83

 

£ 21.96

 

Exercise price

 

£ 11.73 - £12.40

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

£ 13.35 - £13.95

 

n/a

 

£ 17.22 - £17.46

 

n/a

 

 

VolatilityMarket condition features were incorporated into the Monte Carlo model for total shareholder return elements of the LTIP, in determining fair value at grant date.  Assumptions used in this model were as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

Future Imperial Tobacco Group share price volatility

 

16.0

%

15.0

%

Future Imperial Tobacco Group dividend yield

 

3.8

%

3.6

%

Share price volatility of tobacco and alcohol comparator group

 

16.0%-30.0

%

13.0%-21.0

%

Share price volatility FTSE 100 comparator group

 

13.0%-94.0

%

11.0%-46.0

%

Correlation between Imperial Tobacco and the companies in the alcohol and tobacco comparator group

 

23.0

%

26.0

%

Correlation between Imperial Tobacco and the companies in the FTSE 100 comparator group

 

21.0

%

20.0

%

For both the Black-Scholes model and the Monte Carlo model, volatility is determined based on the three or five year share price history (the time period being determined by the length of the scheme).

Market condition features were incorporated into the Monte Carlo model for total shareholder return elements of the Long Term Incentive Plan, in determining fair value at grant date.  Assumptions used in this model were as follows:

2006

Future Imperial Tobacco Group share price volatility

16.0

%

Future Imperial Tobacco Group dividend yield

3.8

%

Share price volatility of tobacco and alcohol comparator group

16.0–30.0

%

Share price volatility FTSE 100 comparator group

13.0–94.0

%

Correlation between Imperial Tobacco and the companies in the alcohol and tobacco comparator group

23.0

%

Correlation between Imperial Tobacco and the companies in the FTSE 100 comparator group

21.0

%

 

F-56F-55





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

22   Changes in Equityequity

 

Share
capital

 

Share
premium

 

Retained
earnings

 

Exchange
translation
reserve

 

Equity

attributable

to the equity

holders of

the Company

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1, 2004

 

 

73

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

(656

)

 

 

 

 

 

381

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

Deferred tax on actuarial gains and other items taken directly to reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

 

Decrease in own shares held by the employee benefit trust   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

Increase in own shares held as treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(201

)

 

 

 

 

 

(201

)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(373

)

 

 

 

 

 

(373

)

 

As at September 30, 2005 as previously reported

 

 

73

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

19

 

 

 

686

 

 

IAS 39 transition balance sheet adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

As at October 1, 2005 following IAS 39 adjustments

 

 

73

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

(364

)

 

 

19

 

 

 

692

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

851

 

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

Deferred tax on actuarial gains and other items taken directly to reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(54

)

 

Increase in own shares held by the employee benefit trust   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

Increase in own shares held as treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(556

)

 

 

 

 

 

(556

)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(406

)

 

 

 

 

 

(406

)

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

73

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

(423

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

579

 

 

 

Treasury shares

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

 

Net investment in own shares in the year

 

 

201

 

 

 

556

 

 

As at September 30

 

 

201

 

 

 

757

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Share
capital

 

Share
premium

 

Retained
earnings

 

Exchange
translation
reserve

 

Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

73

 

964

 

(364

)

19

 

692

 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

851

 

 

851

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

Deferred tax relating to net actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

(24

)

 

(24

)

Deferred tax on other items taken directly to or transferred from equity

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Proceeds from sale of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Purchase of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

(55

)

 

(55

)

Cost of employees’ services compensated by share schemes

 

 

 

14

 

 

14

 

Increase in own shares held as treasury shares

 

 

 

(556

)

 

(556

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(406

)

 

(406

)

Other movements

 

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

(54

)

(54

)

As at September 30, 2006

 

73

 

964

 

(423

)

(35

)

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

 

905

 

 

905

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

202

 

 

202

 

Deferred tax relating to net actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

 

(59

)

 

(59

)

Current tax on other items taken directly to or transferred from equity

 

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

Proceeds from sale of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Purchase of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

(55

)

 

(55

)

Cost of employees’ services compensated by share schemes

 

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

Increase in own shares held as treasury shares

 

 

 

(105

)

 

(105

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(434

)

 

(434

)

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

58

 

58

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

73

 

964

 

58

 

23

 

1,118

 

 

Cumulative goodwill of £2,410 million relating to acquisitions prior to 1998 was written off directly to reserves in line with the requirements of the accounting standards that were in force at the time.  Cumulative exchange translation gains prior to October 1, 2004 amounting to £106 million are held within retained earnings.

F-57




 

 

2006

 

2007

 

Treasury shares
(In £’s million unless otherwise indicated)

 

Millions of
shares

 

Cost

 

Millions of
shares

 

Cost

 

As at October 1

 

13.5

 

201

 

46.0

 

757

 

Net investment in own shares in the year

 

32.5

 

556

 

5.7

 

105

 

As at September 30

 

46.0

 

757

 

51.7

 

862

 

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions of shares)

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at October 1

 

3.0

 

4.2

 

Distribution of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

(1.9

)

(2.0

)

Purchase of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

3.1

 

2.6

 

As at September 30

 

4.2

 

4.8

 

23   Minority interestsF-56

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at October 1

 

18

 

19

 

Exchange movements

 

(1

)

 

Share of net profit

 

6

 

7

 

Dividends

 

(4

)

(7

)

As at September 30

 

19

 

19

 



 

23Minority interests

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

As at October 1

 

19

 

19

 

Exchange movements

 

 

1

 

Share of net profit

 

7

 

7

 

Dividends

 

(7

)

(4

)

As at September 30

 

19

 

23

 

24Acquisitions

2007

On April 2, 2007, the Group acquired from Houchens Industries Inc 100% of the share capital of CBHC Inc, which trades as Commonwealth Brands and manufactures and sells quality discount cigarettes across the U.S.  The acquired business contributed revenue of £252 million and profit from operations of £35 million after charging trademark amortization of £17 million in the period from April 2, 2007 to September 30, 2007.  If the acquisition had occurred on October 1, 2006, Group revenue would have been £12,561 million and Group profit from operations for the year would have amounted to £1,446 million, these amounts having been estimated by including Commonwealth Brands’ results for the six months prior to acquisition adjusted to reflect the Group’s accounting policies and changes in depreciation and amortization due to the fair value adjustments.

During the year the Group also acquired interests in a number of small businesses including in January 2007 a controlling interest in Tremaco, a tobacco and tobacco-related products distribution business based in Estonia.  The aggregate consideration for these acquisitions amounted to £1 million.  Full IFRS disclosures have not been provided for these small acquisitions as they are not considered to be significant to the Group as a whole.

Details of Commonwealth Brands’ net assets acquired are as follows:

(In £’s million)

 

Book
value

 

Fair
value
adjustments

 

Fair value
under IFRS

 

Trademarks

 

163

 

507

 

670

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

14

 

(4

)

10

 

Inventories

 

37

 

 

37

 

Trade and other receivables

 

6

 

 

6

 

Unrestricted cash

 

29

 

 

29

 

Restricted cash

 

123

 

 

123

 

Trade and other payables

 

(177

)

(4

)

(181

)

Dividend payable to Houchens by Commonwealth Brands

 

(194

)

 

(194

)

Borrowings

 

(279

)

 

(279

)

Net assets acquired

 

(278

)

499

 

221

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

305

 

Total consideration

 

 

 

 

 

526

 

F-57



The fair value adjustment in respect of trademarks relates to Commonwealth Brands’ cigarette brands, principally USA Gold and Sonoma, which have been independently valued using the income method.  The trademarks are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 20 years.  Goodwill represents a strategic premium to immediately establish critical mass in the U.S. market and acquire assembled sales, manufacturing and distribution workforces.

Consideration for Commonwealth Brands satisfied by:

(In £’s million)

Cash

516

Direct costs related to the acquisition

10

Total consideration

526

The purchase price Commonwealth Brands on a debt free basis is as follows:

(In £’s million)

Total consideration

526

Dividend payable to Houchens by Commonwealth Brands

194

Borrowings at acquisition

279

Unrestricted cash

(29

)

Total purchase price

970

Cash flows relating to acquisitions were as follows:

(In £’s million)

Commonwealth Brands

Total consideration

526

Dividend paid to Houchens at acquisition

194

Borrowings repaid at acquisition

279

Unrestricted cash acquired

(29

)

970

Other businesses acquired

1

Total cash flows arising due to acquisitions

971

Direct costs related to Commonwealth Brands acquisition not paid at the Balance Sheet date

(5

)

Acquisition cash flows reflected in investing activities in consolidated cash flow statement

966

2006

During 2006 the groupGroup acquired interests in a number of small businesses, including in February 2006 a 100% interest in Gunnar Stenberg AS a tobacco and tobacco-related products sales and distribution company based in Norway.

 

The fair and book values of the net assets acquired were £2 million, giving rise to goodwill of £11 million.

Full IFRS disclosures have not been presented as these acquisitions were not considered significant to the groupGroup as a whole.

The acquisition of the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark announced in August 2006 has, in accordance with IFRS 3, not been treated as a business combination as the substance of the transaction is the purchase of an intangible asset.  This is dealt with in note 9 Intangible Assets.

F-58



In December 2005, the groupGroup made the final payment of deferred consideration of £56 million in respect of the acquisition of Tobaccor SA.  This amount had been accounted for as a liability since the original transaction in 2002.

2005 acquisition–Skruf Snus AB. 

During 2005 the groupGroup acquired interests in a number of small businesses, including a 43% interest in Skruf Snus AB.  The acquisition agreement relating to the 43% interest in Skruf Snus AB includes a commitment to acquire the remaining shares by mid 2009 and provides the groupGroup with control of the operating and financial policies of Skruf Snus AB (including its dividend policy).  Accordingly, the acquisition is accounted for as a 100% subsidiary to reflect the substance of the transaction.  The fair and book values of the net liabilities acquired were £4 million, giving rise to goodwill of £18 million.

25   Commitments

Capital Commitments

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Contracted but not provided for

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

6

 

30

 

 

F-58




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

25   Commitments (Continued)

Operating lease commitments

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases consist of leases where payments fall due:

Capital commitments
(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Contracted but not provided for: Property, plant and equipment

 

30

 

50

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Operating lease commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases consist of leases where payments fall due:

 

 

 

 

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

7

 

5

 

 

5

 

5

 

Between one and five years

 

19

 

14

 

 

14

 

12

 

Beyond five years

 

13

 

10

 

 

10

 

10

 

 

39

 

29

 

 

29

 

27

 

Plant and equipment (includes fixtures and motor vehicles)

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment (including fixtures and motor vehicles)

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

3

 

2

 

 

2

 

2

 

Between one and five years

 

4

 

3

 

 

3

 

4

 

 

7

 

5

 

 

5

 

6

 

 

26   Legal proceedings

The groupGroup is currently involved in a number of legal cases in which claimants are seeking damagedamages for alleged smoking-related healthsmoking and health-related effects.  In the opinion of the group’sGroup’s lawyers, the groupGroup has meritorious defenses to these actions, all of which are being vigorously contested.  Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of the pending litigation, the Directors believe that the pending actions will not have a material adverse effect upon the results of the operations, cash flow or financial condition of the group.Group.

F-59



27   Reconciliation of cash flowCash flows from operating activities

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Profit for the year

 

790

 

858

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation

 

288

 

310

 

Finance costs

 

342

 

426

 

Investment income

 

(180

)

(283

)

Depreciation, amortization and impairment

 

110

 

120

 

Movement in provisions

 

11

 

(11

)

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

 

1,361

 

1,420

 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

 

(10

)

59

 

Increase in trade and other receivables

 

(47

)

(99

)

Increase in trade and other payables

 

78

 

11

 

Movement in working capital

 

21

 

(29

)

Taxation paid

 

(239

)

(236

)

Net cash flow from operating activates

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Profit for the year

 

790

 

858

 

912

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation

 

288

 

310

 

325

 

Finance costs

 

342

 

426

 

499

 

Investment income

 

(180

)

(283

)

(318

)

Depreciation, amortization and impairment

 

110

 

120

 

115

 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(2

)

Net retirement benefits

 

 

5

 

4

 

Share-based payments

 

 

16

 

15

 

Movement in provisions

 

11

 

(11

)

(37

)

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

 

1,361

 

1,441

 

1,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

 

(10

)

59

 

(141

)

Increase in trade and other receivables

 

(47

)

(99

)

(149

)

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

 

78

 

(10

)

96

 

Movement in working capital

 

21

 

(50

)

(194

)

Taxation paid

 

(239

)

(236

)

(320

)

Net cash flows from operating activates

 

1,143

 

1,155

 

999

 

F-59




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

28          Analysis of net debt

The movements in cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and derivative financial instruments in the year were as follows:

 

Net cash
and cash
equivalents

 

Short-term
borrowings

 

Long-term
borrowings

 

Derivative
financial
instruments

 

Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

As at September 30, 2005 before IAS 39 transition 

 

 

256

 

 

 

(707

)

 

 

(2,775

)

 

 

(57

)

 

(3,283

)

IAS 39 transition (note 30)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(15

)

 

(54

)

As at October 1, 2005 after IAS 39 transition

 

 

257

 

 

 

(708

)

 

 

(2,814

)

 

 

(72

)

 

(3,337

)

Cash flow

 

 

10

 

 

 

(415

)

 

 

(146

)

 

 

 

 

(551

)

Accretion of interest

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Change in fair values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

(18

)

Currency translation differences

 

 

(4

)

 

 

20

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

263

 

 

 

(1,122

)

 

 

(2,930

)

 

 

(90

)

 

(3,879

)

(In £’s million)

 

Cash and
cash
equivalents

 

Current
borrowings

 

Non-current
borrowings

 

Derivative
financial
instruments

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

263

 

(1,122

)

(2,930

)

(90

)

(3,879

)

Exchange movements

 

13

 

17

 

(31

)

 

(1

)

Cash flow

 

104

 

23

 

(1,030

)

 

(903

)

Accretion of interest

 

 

15

 

(62

)

 

(47

)

Change in fair values

 

 

 

 

(58

)

(58

)

As at September 30, 2007

 

380

 

(1,067

)

(4,053

)

(148

)

(4,888

)

 

Adjusted net debt

Management monitors the group’sGroup’s borrowing levels using adjusted net debt which excludes the fair value of interest rate derivative financial instruments and interest accruals.

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Net debt as reported

 

(3,283

)

(3,879

)

Accrued interest

 

n/a

 

41

 

Fair value of interest rate derivatives

 

n/a

 

16

 

Adjusted net debt

 

(3,283

)

(3,822

)

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Reported net debt

 

(3,879

)

(4,888

)

Accrued interest

 

41

 

88

 

Fair value of interest rate derivatives

 

16

 

15

 

Adjusted net debt

 

(3,822

)

(4,785

)

F-60



 

29   Reconciliation of cash flow to movement in net debt

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(91

)

10

 

Decrease/(increase) in borrowings

 

374

 

(561

)

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows

 

283

 

(551

)

Currency movements

 

22

 

29

 

Other non-cash movements including revaluation of derivative financial instruments

 

 

(20

)

Movement in net debt during the year

 

305

 

(542

)

Opening net debt

 

(3,588

)

(3,283

)

Adjustments relating to adoption of IAS 39 from October 1, 2005

 

 

(54

)

Closing net debt

 

(3,283

)

(3,879

)

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

10

 

104

 

Increase in borrowings

 

(1,356

)

(2,324

)

Repayment of borrowings

 

795

 

1,317

 

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows

 

(551

)

(903

)

Exchange movements

 

29

 

(1

)

Other non-cash movements including revaluation of derivative financial instruments

 

(20

)

(105

)

Movement in net debt during the year

 

(542

)

(1,009

)

Opening net debt

 

(3,337

)

(3,879

)

Closing net debt

 

(3,879

)

(4,888

)

 

F-60F-61





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS

These financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2006 are the group’s first consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS.  For all accounting periods prior to this, the group prepared its financial statements under U.K. generally accepted accounting principles (‘‘U.K. GAAP’’).

In accordance with IFRS 1 (“First time adoption of IFRS”), certain disclosures relating to the transition to IFRS are given in this note.  These disclosures are prepared under IFRS as set out in the “Basis of preparation” on page F-9.

Cash flow statement

The format of the cash flow statement under IFRS has changed when compared with U.K. GAAP and explains the change in cash and cash equivalents rather than just cash.  Although the format is different, the transition to IFRS had no impact on net cash flows so no reconciliation has been provided.

Reconciliation of income statement and equity from U.K. GAAP (as previously reported) to IFRS

Consolidated income statement
For the year ended September 30, 2005

 

U.K.
GAAP
(as
previously
reported)

 

Advertising &
promotion
expenses

 

Post-
employment
benefits

 

Goodwill

 

Share-
based
payments

 

Restated–
IFRS

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

**

 

 

2

**

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

11,255

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,229

 

 

Duty

 

 

(8,106

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,106

)

 

Profit from operations

 

 

1,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

198

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

Investment income

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

Finance costs

 

 

(206

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(342

)

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

Taxation

 

 

(286

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(288

)

 

Profit after taxation

 

 

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

790

 

 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

784

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share:

Basic

 

 

79.0p

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.6p

 

 

 

27.4p

 

 

 

0.6p

 

 

 

108.6p

 

 

Diluted

 

 

78.6p

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.6p

 

 

 

27.3p

 

 

 

0.6p

 

 

 

108.1p

 

 

F-61




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

Consolidated balance sheet

as at September 30, 2005

 

 

U.K. GAAP
in IFRS
format
(as previously
reported)

 

Post-
employment
benefits

 

Goodwill

 

Dividends

 

Income
tax

 

Financial
instruments

 

Others

 

Restated
—IFRS

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Notes

 

 

 

2

 

3

 

5

 

7

 

10

 

4, 6, 8, 9

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

3,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

642

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

53

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

23

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

4,058

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

4,526

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

857

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

2,200

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

2,169

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(707

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(707

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(1,806

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,528

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

(2,788

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(2,520

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(2,832

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,775

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(133

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

(388

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(438

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

(3,330

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,470

)

 

Net assets

 

 

140

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

705

 

 

Share capital

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

Share premium account

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

964

 

 

Reserves

 

 

(916

)

 

 

79

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(615

)

 

IFRS reserve*

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

264

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

121

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

686

 

 

Equity minority interests

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

Total equity

 

 

140

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

705

 

 

F-62




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

As at October 1, 2004

 

 

U.K. GAAP
in IFRS
format 
(as previously
reported)

 

Post-
employment
benefits

 

Dividends

 

Income
tax

 

Financial
instruments

 

Others

 

Restated
—IFRS

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Notes

 

 

 

2

 

5

 

7

 

10

 

4, 6, 8, 9

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

3,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

3,556

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

665

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

11

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

4,218

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

4,341

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

841

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

962

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

2,188

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(719

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(719

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(1,670

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,417

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

(167

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(167

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

(2,596

)

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(2,353

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(3,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,131

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(77

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(77

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(59

)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

(340

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(383

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

(3,697

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,777

)

 

Net assets

 

 

136

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

399

 

 

Share capital

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

Share premium account

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

964

 

 

Reserves

 

 

(919

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(920

)

 

IFRS reserve*

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

264

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

118

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

381

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

Total equity

 

 

136

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

399

 

 


*       The IFRS reserve is disclosed separately for illustrative purposes only and will be included within revenue reserves in subsequent periods.

**     Subsequent to releasing the 2005 results, it was decided to reclassify certain advertising and promotion expenditure and net pension benefit financing income within the income statement. These changes do not affect the reported profit before tax. Full details of this change can be found in the interim report for the six months ended March 31, 2006, which is available from www.imperial-tobacco.com.

F-63




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

Explanatory notes

1Advertising and promotional expenditure

Certain advertising and promotion expenditure that is linked to volumes sold (£26 million) has been reclassified within our income statement and deducted from revenue rather than included in other operating charges. These changes did not impact the reported profit before tax.

2Post employment benefits

Under U.K. GAAP, the group accounted for post employment benefits under Statement of Standard Accounting Practice 24 “Accounting for Pension Costs” (SSAP 24), whereby the cost of providing pensions was charged to the profit and loss account over the service lives of employees. Any variances arising from actuarial valuations were charged or credited to profit over the estimated remaining service lives of the employees.

Under IFRS, the assets and liabilities of each defined benefit scheme are valued at each balance sheet date to produce, for each scheme, a net asset or liability for recognition on the balance sheet. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in the income statement. This treatment is in accordance with the amendment to IAS 19 issued by the IASB on December 16, 2004 and endorsed by the E.U. on November 8, 2005, and brings the methodology of IAS 19 substantially into line with Financial Reporting Standard 17 “Retirement Benefits” (FRS 17). This means that subject to presentation and minor valuations differences, the impacts are similar to those given in the FRS 17 disclosures provided under U.K. GAAP.

The impact on retained profit for the year ended September 30, 2005 is an increase of £14 million, offset by £2 million of related deferred tax.

3Intangible assets—goodwill

Under U.K. GAAP, goodwill on the balance sheet was amortized over its useful economic life. Under IFRS, amortization of goodwill is prohibited, instead it is subject to an impairment review which must be carried out at least annually and whenever there is an indicator of impairment.

Following the adoption of IFRS, the goodwill asset with a value as at October 1, 2004 of £3,452 million will no longer be amortized. The results for the year ended September 30, 2005 were restated to reverse the goodwill amortization charge of £198 million that was recorded under U.K. GAAP in order to restate the goodwill to the October 1, 2004 valuation.

Impairment reviews carried out at October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005 in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” identified no impairments.

4Intangible assets—other

Under U.K. GAAP, all computer software was included within tangible fixed assets in the balance sheet, however, under IFRS only software integral to another fixed asset should be included in tangible fixed assets. Any separately identifiable software must be classified as an intangible asset. The charge to the income statement in respect of such software is classified as amortization under IFRS rather than as depreciation under U.K. GAAP.

F-64




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

As at October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005, £9 million and £11 million respectively of software was reallocated to intangible assets. A £7 million charge for depreciation for the year ended September 30, 2005 has been reclassified as amortization in respect of this software for the year ended September 30, 2005.

5Proposed final dividends

Under U.K. GAAP, proposed final dividends were accrued as an adjusting post balance sheet event in the accounting period to which they related. Under IFRS dividends are recognized in the period in which they are approved. As a result, the proposed final dividend of £278 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 included in the balance sheet and profit and loss account under U.K. GAAP is not recognized in the statements under IFRS. Similarly, there is an adjustment to the opening balance sheet at October 1, 2004 of £253 million representing the 2004 final dividend which is recognized in the income statement for the year ended September 30, 2005 under IFRS.

6Share-based payments

Under U.K. GAAP, the group recognized a charge to the profit and loss account for its share option schemes over the performance period based on the difference between the exercise price of the award and the share price at the date of grant (the intrinsic value). Under IFRS, the charge is based on the fair value of the share options awarded at the date of grant spread over the vesting period.

There is an adjustment to the opening balance sheet at October 1, 2004 of £1 million between the profit and loss reserve and the IFRS transition reserve.

The impact of this change is to increase the operating profit for the year ended September 30, 2005 by £4 million, with the other side of the accounting entry being a debit to shareholders’ funds as a reserves movement. There is therefore no impact on net assets.

7Tax

IAS 12 “Income taxes” covers the accounting requirements for both current and deferred taxation. There is no difference in the current tax accounting requirements under IAS 12, compared with those of U.K. GAAP.

However, there are differences in the requirements for accounting for deferred tax under IFRS rather than under U.K. GAAP. Under U.K. GAAP, deferred tax was recognized only on timing differences arising from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods that differed from those in which those gains and losses were included in the financial statements. Under IFRS, except for specific exemptions, deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences, which include timing differences, arising from the difference between the tax base and accounting base of balance sheet items.

The group has made adjustments to the balance sheets at October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005 as follows:

·       an adjustment of £7 million to reflect deferred tax on fair value adjustments made to property valuations as a result of the Reemtsma acquisition;

F-65




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

·       a further adjustment of £6 million in respect of deferred tax on gains rolled over into replacement assets.

Further adjustments to the deferred tax liability were made as a result of the adoption of the IFRS requirements for accounting for post employment benefits (as outlined in 2 above).

8Holiday pay accrual

When reporting under U.K. GAAP, the group did not account for holiday pay accruals except where it was legally obliged to make a cash settlement. IAS 19 (“Employee Benefits”) explicitly requires provision to be made for the cost of holiday entitlements not taken at the balance sheet date. The effect of this change of approach is to reduce net assets at both October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005 by £10 million.

9Spare parts

Under U.K. GAAP, all spare parts held for plant and machinery were held within inventories and expensed when used. Under IFRS, certain spare parts should be held within fixed assets and transferred to the relevant asset as required and subsequently depreciated accordingly. As at October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005, spare parts valued at £23 million and £21 million respectively were reclassified from inventories to property, plant and equipment. This change had no effect on the income statement for the year ended September 30, 2005.

10Financial instruments

The group undertakes transactions in derivative financial instruments in order to manage the underlying exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. Foreign currency borrowings are also used to hedge foreign exchange risk.

IAS 21 “The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates”

Under U.K. GAAP, where cross-currency swaps are used to hedge exchange risk, the book value of the underlying debt reflects the effect of the swap. However, under IAS 21, the book value of such derivatives is shown separately on the balance sheet and the underlying debt is translated at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date. As a result of this change, £57 million was reallocated to derivative financial instruments in liabilities; reducing borrowings.

IAS 39 “Financial instruments: recognition and measurement”

Under U.K. GAAP, hedge accounting was applied to derivative financial instruments such that changes in the market value of the instrument were matched against changes in the value of the underlying hedged exposure. With the exception of cross currency swaps, the instruments were kept off-balance sheet with their impact disclosed in a note to the financial statements.

IAS 39 requires all derivatives to be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in the fair value being recognized in the income statement unless the instrument satisfies the IFRS hedge accounting rules, which are much more restrictive than those under U.K. GAAP.

F-66




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (Continued)

In preparing the comparative figures for 2005, the group has chosen to utilize the IFRS 1 exemption from the requirement to restate comparative information for IAS 32 and IAS 39 on financial instruments. Therefore, in the preparation of its financial statements in accordance with IFRS for the year ended September 30, 2005, the group has continued to apply the hedge accounting rules of U.K. GAAP.

Restatement of consolidated balance sheet to include IAS 32 and IAS 39 as at October 1, 2005

From October 1, 2005, the group is required to account for its financial instruments in accordance with the measurement criteria of IAS 39 and has recognized transitional adjustments for the following as this date:

(a)    the measurement of all derivative financial instruments at fair value;

(b)   the reclassification of interest accruals to form part of the carrying value of the related cash or borrowings; and

(c)    deferred tax on adjustments (a) and (b).

Although the group has taken the decision not to hedge account for its derivative financial instruments, it is deemed to have applied hedge accounting under U.K. GAAP until September 30, 2005 and discontinued hedge accounting prospectively thereafter. Detailed below is a reconciliation between the IFRS restated balance sheet at September 30, 2005 applying prior U.K. GAAP hedge accounting and the balance sheet after the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39. From October 1, 2005, all derivative financial instruments will continue to be recognized in the balance sheet at fair value with future gains and losses being recognized immediately in earnings.

F-67




IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

30   Explanation of transition to IFRS (continued) (Continued)

Restatement of consolidated balance sheet to include IAS 32 and IAS 39 as at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

Restated
IFRS

 

Notes

 

IAS 39
transition
adjustments

 

Restated
IFRS
including
impact of
IAS 39

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

3,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

642

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

4,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,526

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

857

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

1,012

 

 

(b)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1,011

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

256

 

 

(b)

 

 

1

 

 

 

257

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

72

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

2,241

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(707

)

 

(b)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(708

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(144

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(1,528

)

 

(b)

 

 

40

 

 

 

(1,488

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

(2,520

)

 

 

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(2,625

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(2,775

)

 

(b)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(2,814

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(57

)

 

(a)

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(133

)

 

(c)

 

 

21

 

 

 

(112

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

(438

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(438

)

 

Provisions

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

(3,470

)

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(3,431

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

711

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

Share premium account

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

964

 

 

Reserves

 

 

(351

)

 

(a) (b) (c)

 

 

6

 

 

 

(345

)

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

692

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

Total equity

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

711

 

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“(‘U.S. GAAP’)

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles under IFRS (as defined in the Accounting Policies note) as adopted by the E.U. which differ in certain respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“(‘U.S. GAAP’).  A summary of the principal differences and additional disclosures applicable to the groupGroup is set out below.

For the company there are no material differences between the financial information prepared under IFRS as adopted by the E.U. and that prepared under published IFRS.



 

Explanation
Reference

 


2005

 


2006

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

(In £’s million)

 

Explanation
reference

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Profit attributable to shareholders under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

784

 

851

 

905

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

(i)

 

 

(2

)

 

1

 

 

(i)

 

(2

)

1

 

(2

)

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

(ii)

 

 

(100

)

 

(99

)

 

 

(ii)

 

(100

)

(99

)

(73

)

Mark to market adjustments due to non designation of hedge accounting per SFAS 133

 

 

(iii)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

(iii)

 

(35

)

 

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

(iv)

 

 

(9

)

 

(12

)

 

 

(iv)

 

(9

)

(12

)

(3

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

(v)

 

 

42

 

 

38

 

 

(v)

 

42

 

38

 

90

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

680

 

 

779

 

 

 

 

680

 

779

 

917

 

Cumulative effect of accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

680

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

680

 

778

 

917

 

 

 

Explanation
Reference

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

(In pence)

 

(In pence)

 

Explanation
Reference

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Amounts in accordance with U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

94.2

p

111.8

p

 

 

 

94.2

p

111.8

p

136.1

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

Basic net income per ordinary share

 

 

(vi)

 

 

94.2

p

111.7

p

 

(vi)

 

94.2

p

111.7

136.1

p

Basic net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

188.4

p

223.6

p

 

 

 

188.4

p

223.6

272.2

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

Basic net income per ADS

 

 

(vi)

 

 

188.4

p

223.4

p

 

(vi)

 

188.4

p

223.4

272.2

p

Diluted net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

93.8

p

111.3

p

 

 

 

93.8

p

111.3

135.5

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

Diluted net income per ordinary share

 

 

(vi)

 

 

93.8

p

111.2

p

 

(vi)

 

93.8

p

111.2

p

135.5

p

Diluted net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

187.6

p

222.6

p

 

 

 

187.6

p

222.6

p

271.0

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

Diluted net income per ADS

 

 

(vi)

 

 

187.6

p

222.4

p

 

(vi)

 

187.6

p

222.4

p

271.0

p

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)F-62

 

 

Explanation
Reference

 


2005

 


2006

 

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Equity shareholders’ funds under IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

686

 

579

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

(i)

 

 

146

 

35

 

Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of £(387) million (2005: £(386) million)

 

 

(ii)

 

 

(834

)

(828

)

Other intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of £462 million (2005: £361 million)

 

 

(ii)

 

 

2,645

 

2,688

 

Mark to market adjustments due to non designation of hedge accounting per SFAS 133

 

 

(iii)

 

 

(14

)

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

(iv)

 

 

10

 

(12

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

(v)

 

 

(832

)

(959

)

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

1,807

 

1,503

 



(In £’s million)

 

Explanation
Reference

 

2006

 

2007

 

Equity shareholders’ funds under IFRS

 

 

 

579

 

1,118

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

(i)

 

35

 

6

 

Goodwill

 

(ii)

 

(828

)

(854

)

Other intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of £549 million (2006: £462 million)

 

(ii)

 

2,688

 

2,690

 

Employee related benefits

 

(iv)

 

(12

)

(10

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

(v)

 

(959

)

(867

)

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

1,503

 

2,083

 

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-63



(i)      Pensions

Under IFRS, pensions costs and liabilities are accounted for under the rules set out in International Accounting Standard 19 “Employee Benefits” (IAS 19), whereas under U.S. GAAP, these costs and liabilities are determined primarily in accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” and SFAS 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailment of Defined Benefit Plans and for Termination Benefits”, and SFAS 106 “Employers’ Accounting for Post Retirement Benefits other than Pensions”(“IAS 19”).

Under IFRS, the  The pension cost for the year is based on an actuarial valuation at the start of the financial period.  The current service cost is charged to profit from operations.  The expected return on plan assets and the interest cost are included within finance costs in the income statement.  Actuarial gains and losses arise when the values of plan assets and liabilities are re-measured at the balance sheet date.  They result where actual events during the year differ from the actuarial assumptions in the previous valuation (experience adjustments) and changes in actuarial assumptions.  They are recognized in full in the statement of recognized income and expense in the period in which they arise.  The surplus or deficit in plans at the balance sheet date is reported as part of the group’sGroup’s consolidated net assets.  Under IFRS, the valuations of the assets and liabilities of the group’sGroup’s most significant plans have been updated to the balance sheet date.

Under U.S. GAAP, the annual pension cost for the year is also based on an actuarial valuation at the start of the financial period.  The current service cost, interest and the expected return on assets are all charged or credited to profit from operations for the year.  Cumulative differences caused by changes in actuarial assumptions and any differences between the actual and expected returns on the


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)

plans’ assets are amortized over the employees’ average remaining service lives through profit from operations.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 158 “Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R)” (“SFAS 158”), when a pension plan had an accumulated benefit obligation which exceeded the fair value of the plan assets, SFAS 87 required the unfunded amount to be recognized as a minimum liability in the balance sheet under U.S. GAAP. The adjustment resultsoffset to the liability was recorded as an intangible asset up to the amount of any unrecognized prior service cost, and thereafter directly in other comprehensive income. The actuarial gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income were transferred to net income over the average remaining service period if certain thresholds were met.

SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize the over or underfunded status of a £4defined benefit post-retirement plan as an asset or liability and to recognize changes in that funded status in other comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur.  Because the funded status of benefit plans is now fully recognized, a minimum liability is no longer recognized. Retrospective application of SFAS 158 is not permitted and upon adoption of SFAS 158, the recognition of the over or underfunded status of the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is generally consistent with IAS 19, apart from small differences due to a bid-value of assets being applicable under IAS 19, with a mid-value of assets used under SFAS 158. Differences in recognition rules for actuarial gains and losses will continue to give rise to differences in periodic pension expense as measured under IFRS and U.S. GAAP.  The Group has adopted SFAS 158 prospectively from September 30, 2007.  There was no effect on the income statement as a result of the adoption of FAS 158.  The adoption of the standard resulted in an increase to the Group’s shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP as at September 30, 2007 of £142 million (2005: £106 million) increasebefore tax and £99 million net of taxation.  The movement in retirement benefit assets and a £31 million (2005: £40 million) decreaseminimum funding liability in retirement benefit liabilities.the year was £33 million.

(ii)    Goodwill and other intangible assets

Historically under UK GAAP fair values were assigned to identifiable intangible assets only if they were capable of being disposed of or settled separately, without disposing of a business of the entity.  Under US GAAP identifiable assets are separately valued and amortized over their useful lives.  The separately identifiable intangible assets included in the US GAAP balance sheet are principally brand rights that are being amortized over their useful economic lives.

Over recent years there have been a number of changes in accounting policy for the treatment of goodwill in our home country financial statements.  The group has elected not to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to business combinations that took place prior to transition to IFRS.  Therefore in our IFRS financial statements goodwill arising on previous acquisitions remains at the same carrying value as under UK GAAP.   In our IFRS financial statements goodwill acquired prior to 1 October 1999 was written off to reserves, consistent with the original UK GAAP accounting.  Goodwill on acquisitions from 1999 to 2004 was capitalized and amortized over periods not exceeding 20 years under UK GAAP, and was carried forward into the opening IFRS balance sheet.  From 2005, in accordance with IFRS 3, goodwill has been capitalized and tested annually for impairment, but has not been amortized.

F-64



Under U.S. GAAP goodwill has historically been capitalized.  Until 2002 it was amortized over estimated useful lives not exceeding 40 years, but from 2003 onwards in accordance with SFAS No. 142 it is no longer amortized.

These historical differences in relation to the group allocated a portionidentification and amortization of intangible assets and goodwill balances have created differences in the base value of such assets between IFRS and U.S. GAAP.

Useful lives of the consideration in past business combinations to definite livedseparately identifiable intangible assets as defined by SFAS 141 “Business Combinations”.  Underrange from 20 to 40 years for U.S. GAAP purposes.  In those instances where we had identified brand intangibles under U.K. GAAP, these amounts were includedthe useful life was restricted to 20 years in goodwill.line with the rebuttable presumption indicated in paragraph 19 of FRS 10.  On transition to IFRS, such U.K.we reviewed the useful lives of these intangibles.  At this time we determined that the longer lives used for U.S. GAAP amounts remain within goodwillpurposes were appropriate, but concluded that given the low value of intangibles under IFRS (the 2006 amortization charge was £6 million), the impact of amending the useful lives for IFRS purposes would not be material and aretherefore did not revise them.

Where there is no IFRS equivalent identifiable intangible, the adjustment to net income represents the U.S. GAAP amortization charge for the year, calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets.  In those cases where there is an equivalent identifiable intangible under IFRS, the adjustment to net income represents the difference between the charge for IFRS purposes, based on a maximum useful life of 20 years, and the lower charge for U.S. GAAP purposes, based on a longer amortized, but are subject to at least annual impairment reviews.useful life.  A reconciliation of brand intangibles between IFRS and U.S. GAAP is set out below:

(In £’s million)

 

IFRS

 

Goodwill
U.S. GAAP
adjustments

 

U.S.GAAP

 

IFRS

 

Trademarks
U.S. GAAP adjustments

 

U.S.GAAP

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

3,446

 

(828

)

2,618

 

508

 

3,150

 

3,658

 

Exchange movements

 

86

 

(26

)

60

 

 

89

 

89

 

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

305

 

 

305

 

670

 

 

670

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

5

��

 

5

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

3,837

 

(854

)

2,983

 

1,183

 

3,239

 

4,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

 

 

 

58

 

462

 

520

 

Exchange movements

 

 

 

 

4

 

14

 

18

 

Amortization charge for the year

 

 

 

 

23

 

73

 

96

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

549

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

3,837

 

(854

)

2,983

 

1,098

 

2,690

 

3,788

 

As at October 1, 2006

 

3,446

 

(828

)

2,618

 

450

 

2,688

 

3,138

 

F-65



(In £’s millions)

 

IFRS

 

Goodwill
U.S. GAAP
adjustments

 

U.S.GAAP

 

IFRS

 

Trademarks
U.S. GAAP
adjustments

 

U.S.GAAP

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

3,449

 

(834

)

2,615

 

149

 

3,006

 

3,155

 

Exchange movements

 

(14

)

6

 

(8

)

(9

)

(11

)

(20

)

Acquisitions (note 24)

 

11

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

368

 

155

 

523

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

3,446

 

(828

)

2,618

 

508

 

3,150

 

3,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

55

 

361

 

416

 

Exchange Movements

 

 

 

 

(3

)

2

 

(1

)

Amortization charge for the year

 

 

 

 

6

 

99

 

105

 

As at September 30,2006

 

 

 

 

58

 

462

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

3,446

 

(828

)

2,618

 

450

 

2,688

 

3,138

 

As at October 1, 2005

 

3,449

 

(834

)

2,615

 

94

 

2,645

 

2,739

 

As detailed in note 9, during fiscal 2006, the year, the groupGroup acquired the worldwide Davidoff cigarette trademark, which the directors consider has an indefinite useful life. Under U.S. GAAP, EITF 98-1198 -11 requires that where the amount paid differs to the tax base of the asset, the tax effect of the difference should be recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the related asset and a related deferred tax effect. The adjustment to increase the carrying amount of the Davidoff cigarette trademark (and the corresponding deferred tax liability for the same value) at acquisition was £155 million. At September 30, 2007 exchange rate movements had increased the carrying amount to £159 million (although the corresponding deferred tax liability has been revised to reflect a change in the tax rate in Germany – see (v) below). Under IFRS no such adjustment to the carrying amount is required. In addition, there is a recognition exemption under IAS 12 “Income Taxes”, whereby no deferred tax liability is recorded for the difference between the amount paid and the tax base of the asset.

F-66



(iii) Derivative financial instruments

The group has chosen to utilize the IFRS 1 exemption from the requirements to restate comparative information for IAS 32 “Financial instruments: disclosure and presentation” and IAS 39 “Financial instruments: recognition and measurement” (IAS 39).  For the year ended September 30, 2005 financial instruments are accounted for in accordance with U.K. GAAP.

Under U.K. GAAP, derivative financial instruments that reduce exposures on future transactions may be accounted for using hedge accounting.

IFRS and U.S. GAAP require the groupGroup to record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The groupGroup has decided not to satisfy the IAS 39 and SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133) requirements to achieve hedge accounting for its derivatives, where permitted, and accordingly movements in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in the income statement.

For the year ended September 30, 2005 financial instruments were accounted for in accordance with U.K. GAAP under which derivative financial instruments that reduce exposures on future transactions could be accounted for using hedge accounting.

(iv)  Employee related benefits

Employee related benefits include adjustments in respect of employee share schemes and compensated short term absences.

Under IFRS, share scheme awards are fair valued at their grant dates and the cost is charged to the income statement over the relevant vesting periods. As permitted under the transitional rules for IFRS this approach has only been adopted for awards granted after November 7, 2002.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)

Under the transition provisions of IFRS, the Group has elected to apply IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment” retrospectively only to equity-settled awards that had not vested as at October 1, 2004 and were granted on or after November 7, 2002.

Under U.S. GAAP for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, the Group was accountingaccounted for employee share schemes in accordance with APB 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Under APB 25, a compensation cost was recognized for the difference between the exercise price of the share options granted and the quoted market price of the shares at the date of grant or measurement date and accrued over the vesting period of the options. For option plans which contained performance criteria, compensation cost was re-measured at each period end until all performance criteria had been met. The SAYE Scheme was regarded as compensatory and the discount is accrued over the vesting period of the grant.

Under U.S. GAAP for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 the Group adopted SFAS 123 (Revised), “Share Based Payments”  “SFAS(“SFAS 123(R)”) with effect from October 1, 2005 using a modified prospective transition method, and the Group’s prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include the impact of, SFAS 123(R)123 (R). Under SFAS 123(R)123 (R), share scheme awards are also fair valued at their grant date and included in the income statement over the vesting period of the options. Share based compensation expense is recognized ratably during the vesting period based on the portion of share based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. Under SFAS 123(R)123 (R), £1 million has beenwas charged for the year ended September 30, 2006 in respect of the cumulative effect of this change in accounting principle.

The Group operates a number of employee share schemes which are described within note 21. LTIP awards for all employees and the Share Matching Schemes for the Executive Directors are subject to a condition that the average growth in earnings per share over the period of the award after adjusting for U.K. inflation exceeds 3%. Under IFRS such awards are treated as equity-settled. On application of SFAS 123(R)123 (R), the condition linked to U.K. inflation is not regarded as a performance condition, as the performance target is set by reference to an index, rather than being fixed at the date of award. As the condition is not a service or market condition either as defined by SFAS 123(R)123 (R), the awards are accounted for as liabilities under U.S. GAAP, and revalued at every reporting date until the awards have vested.

Under U.S. GAAP the charge in the year ended September 30, 20062007 in respect of employee share schemes is £18£19 million (2005: £20(2006: £18 million) compared to the charge under IFRS of £16 million (2005: £11(2006: £16 million).

Under both IFRS and U.S. GAAP the expected cost of compensated short term absences is recognized when employees provide services that give rise to the entitlement. The U.S. GAAP adjustment for employee related benefits in 2006 includes an immaterial amount in respect of prior years.

F-67



(v)Deferred Tax

With the exception of the difference in respect of the initial recognition of deferred taxes on the acquisition of the Davidoff Cigarette trademark described in footnote (ii), there are no differences, as applied to the Group, between the accounting for income taxes under IAS 12 “Income Taxes”, and SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)

The deferred tax effect of the differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP give rise to deferred tax differences related to net income of £38£90 million in 2006 (2005: £422007 (2006: £38 million) and in relation to shareholders’ equity of £867 million in 2007 (which results in a decrease in deferred tax assets of £5 million and a increase in deferred tax liabilities of £862 million) and £959 million in 2006 (which resultsresulted in an increase in deferred tax assets of £13 million and a increase in deferred tax liabilities of £972 million).

In relation to identified intangibles, the difference between IFRS and £832U.S. GAAP values of £2,690  million in 2005 (which results in an increase in(2006: £2,688 million) gives rise to a deferred tax assetsliability of £38£860 million (2006: £915 million) reflecting rates prevailing in the appropriate jurisdictions, generally between 25% and a increase in35%. The deferred tax liabilitiescredit to income in the current year includes the benefit of £870 million)a reduction in the rate of deferred tax applying to the Davidoff intangible from 40% to 30%, giving rise to a credit of £39  million. No deferred tax is provided on differences in goodwill between IFRS and U.S. GAAP.

Deferred tax on pensions and employee related benefits is determined on the basis of the rates applying in the relevant jurisdictions, principally the U.K.(28%) and Germany (30%).

(vi)Net income per ordinary share

Basic net income per ordinary share has been computed using U.S. GAAP net income and weighted average ordinary shares. Diluted net income per ordinary share has been calculated by taking into account the weighted average number of shares that would be issued on conversion into ordinary shares of options held under employee share schemes. There would be no significant dilution of earnings if outstanding share options were exercised.

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares.

F-68



The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per ordinary share in accordance with SFAS 128.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator for basic and diluted net income per ordinary share

 

680

 

778

 

Denominator (number of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic net income per ordinary share

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

Effect of Common Stock Equivalents (number of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

Employees share options

 

3,194,467

 

3,155,232

 

Denominator for diluted net income per ordinary share

 

724,717,471

 

699,489,970

 

Basic net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

94.2

p

111.8

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.1

)p

Basic net income per ordinary share

 

94.2

p

111.7

p

Basic net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

188.4

p

223.6

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.2

)p

Basic net income per ADS

 

188.4

p

223.4

p

Diluted net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

93.8

p

111.3

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.1

)p

Diluted net income per ordinary share

 

93.8

p

111.2

p

Diluted net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

187.6

p

222.6

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.2

)p

Diluted net income per ADS

 

187.6

p

222.4

p

(In £’s million)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator for basic and diluted net income per ordinary share

 

680

 

778

 

917

 

Denominator (number of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic net income per ordinary share

 

721,523,004

 

696,334,738

 

673,826,255

 

Effect of Common Stock Equivalents (number of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees share options

 

3,194,467

 

3,155,232

 

2,783,725

 

Denominator for diluted net income per ordinary share

 

724,717,471

 

699,489,970

 

676,609,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

94.2

p

111.8

p

136.1

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

Basic net income per ordinary share

 

94.2

p

111.7

p

136.1

p

Basic net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

188.4

p

223.6

p

272.2

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

Basic net income per ADS

 

188.4

p

223.4

p

272.2

p

Diluted net income per ordinary share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

93.8

p

111.3

p

135.5

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.1

)p

 

Diluted net income per ordinary share

 

93.8

p

111.2

p

135.5

p

Diluted net income per ADS before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

187.6

p

222.6

p

271.0

p

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

(0.2

)p

 

Diluted net income per ADS

 

187.6

p

222.4

p

271.0

p

 

Each ADS represents two Imperial Tobacco Group PLC ordinary shares.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)F-69



(vii)   U.S. GAAP equity roll forward

Shareholders’ equity roll forward prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP is as follows:

(In £’s million)

 

2006

 

2007

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

1,807

 

1,503

 

Net income

 

778

 

917

 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefits

 

 

175

 

Deferred tax on actuarial gains and losses taken directly to reserves

 

(24

)

(25

)

Deferred tax on other items taken directly to reserves

 

8

 

 

Proceeds from sale of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

7

 

7

 

Purchase of shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts

 

(55

)

(55

)

Cost of employees’ services by share schemes

 

4

 

20

 

Increase in own shares held as treasury shares

 

(556

)

(105

)

Dividend paid

 

(406

)

(434

)

Other movements

 

3

 

 

Exchange movements

 

(63

)

80

 

Balance at end of year

 

1,503

 

2,083

 

(viii) Impact of new accounting standards

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)(“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48)(“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FIN 48 on theits financial statements.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155 “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140.”  For periods beginning after September 15, 2006, this statement:

·  permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation;

·  clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of FAS 133;

·  establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation;

·  clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and

·  amends FAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument.

The adoption of SFAS No. 155 is not expected to have a material effect on the results or net assets of the group.

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156 “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140,” which amends FASB Statement No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities.  The adoption of SFAS No. 156 is not expected to have a material effect on the results or net assets of the group.

In June 2006, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) ratified a consensus on Issue No. 06-03 “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross Versus Net Presentation)” (EITF 06-03) related to the classification of certain sales, value added and excise taxes within the income statement.


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

31   Summary of differences between IFRS and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP’’) (Continued)

EITF 06-03 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006.  The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, on this EITF on its presentation of such taxes on the income statement.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements.”Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). For periods beginning after November 15, 2007 this Statementstatement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value where that measurement attribute is permitted or required by other accounting pronouncements, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements, but does not require any new fair value measurements. ItThe Company is not yet possible to estimatecurrently assessing the effectlikely impact of SFAS 157 on the results orand net assets of the group of the adoption of SFAS No. 157.Group.

In September 2006,February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 158 “Employers’ Accounting159”). This provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS 159 establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for Defined Benefit Pensionsimilar types of assets and Other Post-Retirement Plans—an amendmentliabilities. The standard also requires entities to display the fair value of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106those assets and 132(R).”  Asliabilities for which the company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the end of anybalance sheet. The new statement does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards, including the requirements for disclosures regarding fair value measurement included in SFAS 157 and SFAS 107. The statement is effective for fiscal period ending on oryears beginning after DecemberNovember 15, 2006, this Statement requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit post-retirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  Had SFAS No. 158 applied to the group as of September 30, 2006, the impact would have been to increase the liability in respect of defined benefit post-retirement plans by £31 million and to increase the deferred tax asset by £10 million.  The consequent reduction in the group’s net assets of £21 million would have been charged to other comprehensive income.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108 “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.”  With immediate effect, this Bulletin requires that, in order to assess whether a misstatement is sufficiently material to require adjustment, a registrant should consider the amount of misstatement of both the current year income statement and of the closing balance sheet, and assess whether either approach results in a material misstatement.  The adoption of SAB No. 1082007. It is not expected to have a material effect on the results or net assets of the group.Group.

F-70



3231           Principal subsidiaries

The principal wholly owned subsidiaries of the group held throughout the year,Group, all of which are unlisted, are shown below. All of the wholly owned subsidiaries were held throughout the year except for Commonwealth Brands Inc. which was acquired on April 2, 2007 (note 24) and Imperial Tobacco Holdings (3) Limited which was incorporated on March 6, 2007.

Registered in England and Wales

Registered in England and Wales

Name

 

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco Limited

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the United KingdomU.K.

Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC

 

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Imperial Tobacco Overseas Holdings (3) Limited

 

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

Imperial Tobacco International Limited

 

Export and marketing of tobacco products

Sinclair Collis Limited

 

Cigarette vending in the United KingdomU.K.

Incorporated overseas

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

32   Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

Incorporated overseas

 

 

Name and country of incorporation

 

Principal activity

Badische Tabakmanufaktur Roth-Händle GmbH, GermanyCommonwealth Brands Inc., U.S.

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germanythe U.S.

Dunkerquoise des Blends S.A., France

 

Tobacco processing in France

Ets. L. Lacroix Fils N.V. (Rizla Belgium N.V.), Belgium

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Belgium

Gunnar Stenberg AS, Norway

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Norway

Imperial Tobacco (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Singapore

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in South East Asia

Imperial Tobacco Australia Limited, Australia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Australia

Imperial Tobacco CR s.r.o,s.r.o., Czech Republic

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Czech Republic

Imperial Tobacco France S.A.S., France

 

Marketing of tobacco products in France

Imperial Tobacco Hellas S.A., Greece

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Greece

Imperial Tobacco Italy Srl, Italy

 

Marketing of tobacco products in Italy

Imperial Tobacco Magyarorszäg Dohänyforgalmazö Kft, Hungary

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Hungary

Imperial Tobacco Mullingar, Republic of Ireland

 

Manufacture of fine cut tobacco in the Republic of Ireland

Imperial Tobacco New Zealand Limited, New Zealand

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in New Zealand

Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., The Netherlands

 

Finance company

Imperial Tobacco Sigara ve Tutunculuck Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S., Turkey

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Turkey.Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Slovakia A.S., Slovak Republic

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Slovak Republic

Imperial Tobacco Tutun Urunleri Satis ve Pazarlama A.S., Turkey

 

Manufacture of tobacco products in Turkey

Imperial Tobacco Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

John Player & Sons Limited, Republic of Ireland

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Republic of Ireland

John Player S.A., Spain

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Spain

Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH, Germany

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Germany and export of tobacco products

Reemtsma International Asia Services Limited, China

 

Marketing of tobacco products in China

Reemtsma Ukraine, Ukraine

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Ukraine

OOO Reemtsma Volga Tabakfabrik, Russia

 

Manufacture of tobacco products in Russia

OOO Reemtsma, Russia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Russia

Robert Burton Associates Limited, U.S.A.

Marketing and sale of rolling papers and tubes in the United States

Tobaccor S.A.S, France

 

Holding investments in subsidiary companies

F-71



Incorporated overseas

Name and country of incorporation

Principal activity

Van Nelle Canada Limited, Canada

 

Manufacture of tubes and sale of tobacco products in Canada

Van Nelle Tabak Nederland B.V., The Netherlands

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in The Netherlands

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

32   Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

The principal partly owned subsidiaries of the groupGroup held throughout the year are shown below. All are unlisted unless otherwise indicated:indicated.

Incorporated overseas
Name and country of incorporation

 

 

Name and country of incorporation

 

Principal activity

 

%
ownedOwned(1)
*

Imperial Tobacco Polska S.A., Poland

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Poland

 

96.599.9

Reemtsma Kiev Tyutyunova Fabrika,Imperial Tobacco Production Ukraine, Ukraine

 

Manufacture of cigarettes in Ukraine

 

99.8

Reemtsma Kyrgyzstan OJSC, Kyrgyzstan

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Kyrgyzstan

 

98.7

Skruf Snus AB, Sweden

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Sweden

 

43.0

Société Ivoirienne des Tabacs S.A.(1)(2), Côte d'IvoireIvory Coast

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in the Ivory Coast

 

74.1

Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o., Slovenia

 

Marketing and sale of tobacco products in Slovenia

 

76.5

Tutunski Kombinat AD, Macedonia

 

Manufacture, marketing and sale of tobacco products in Macedonia

 

99.1

 


(1)          The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the Group are the same, with the exception of Tobacna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the Group holds a 99% interest.

(2)          Listed on the Côte  d'Ivoire Stock Exchange of the Ivory Coast.

In addition, the groupGroup also wholly owns the following partnership:

Name and country

 

Principal activity

Imperial Tobacco (EFKA) GmbH & Co. KG, Germany

 

Manufacture of tubes in Germany

Principal place of business: Industriestrasse 6, Postfach
1257, D-78636 Trossingen, Germany.

 

 

 

*       The percentage of issued share capital held by immediate parent and the effective voting rights of the group are the same, with the exception of Tobačna Ljubljana d.o.o. in which the group holds 99% of the voting rights.

The consolidated groupGroup financial statements include all the subsidiary undertakings and entities shown above. With the exception of Imperial Tobacco Holdings (2007) Limited, which is wholly owned by the company,Company, none of the shares in the subsidiaries is held directly by the company.Company. A full list of subsidiaries is attached to the Annual Return of the groupCompany available from Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff CF14 3UZ, United Kingdom.U.K..

F-77

F-72





IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

3332                                  Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

The following condensed consolidating financial information is given in respect of Imperial Tobacco Limited (“Subsidiary Guarantor”), which became joint full and unconditional guarantor on February 10, 2003, with Imperial Tobacco Group PLC (“Parent”), of the $600,000,000 71¤/8% Guaranteed Notes due April 1, 2009 of Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. (“Issuer”). Imperial Tobacco Limited and Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. are wholly owned subsidiaries of Imperial Tobacco Group.

Investments in subsidiaries in the following condensed consolidated financial information are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Consolidating adjustments include the following:

·                  Elimination of investments in subsidiaries;

·                  Elimination of intercompany accounts;

·                  Elimination of intercompany sales; and

·                  Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiaries.

INCOME STATEMENT

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

Period Ended September 30, 2006

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Revenue

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,657

 

 

 

9,092

 

 

 

(2,073

)

 

 

11,676

 

 

 

 

 

4,808

 

9,408

 

(1,872

)

12,344

 

Duty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,847

)

 

 

(5,335

)

 

 

668

 

 

 

(8,514

)

 

Raw materials and consumables used

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(1,934

)

 

 

1,405

 

 

 

(641

)

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

Employment costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(120

)

 

 

(348

)

 

 

 

 

 

(468

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

 

 

 

(103

)

 

Other operating charges

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

(484

)

 

 

 

 

 

(630

)

 

Duty and similar items

 

 

 

(3,907

)

(5,602

)

445

 

(9,064

)

Other cost of sales

 

 

 

(233

)

(2,184

)

1,427

 

(990

)

Cost of sales

 

 

 

(4,140

)

(7,786

)

1,872

 

(10,054

)

Gross profit

 

 

 

668

 

1,622

 

 

2,290

 

Distribution, advertising and selling costs

 

 

 

(108

)

(551

)

 

(659

)

Administrative expenses

 

(6

)

 

(116

)

(91

)

 

(213

)

Profit from operations

Profit from operations

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

904

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

(6

)

 

444

 

980

 

 

1,418

 

Income from shares in group undertakings

 

 

1,018

 

 

 

&nb sp;

 

 

868

 

 

 

6,222

 

 

 

(8,108

)

 

 

 

 

Income from shares in Group undertakings

 

550

 

 

91

 

724

 

(1,365

)

 

Profit before finance costs

Profit before finance costs

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,284

 

 

 

7,126

 

 

 

(8,108

)

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

544

 

 

535

 

1,704

 

(1,365

)

1,418

 

Net finance costs

Net finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(124

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

 

 

(83

)

(98

)

 

(181

)

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

7,107

 

 

 

(8,108

)

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

544

 

 

452

 

1,606

 

(1,365

)

1,237

 

Taxation

Taxation

 

 

&n bsp;

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(300

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

 

 

 

 

(36

)

(289

)

 

(325

)

Profit after taxation

Profit after taxation

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

6,807

 

 

 

(8,108

)

 

 

858

 

 

 

544

 

 

416

 

1,317

 

(1,365

)

912

 

Equity income/(loss)

Equity income/(loss)

 

 

(158

)

 

 

 

 

 

(83

)

 

 

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

 

 

 

361

 

 

736

 

 

(1,097

)

 

Profit for the year

Profit for the year

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

6,807

 

 

 

(7,867

)

 

 

858

 

 

 

905

 

 

1,152

 

1,317

 

(2,462

)

912

 

Attributable to:

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

6,800

 

 

 

(7,867

)

 

 

851

 

 

 

905

 

 

1,152

 

1,310

 

(2,462

)

905

 

Min ority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

F-73



IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

33   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information (Continued)

INCOME STATEMENT

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

Period Ended September 30, 2005

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2006

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,592

 

 

 

8,553

 

 

 

(1,916

)

 

 

11,229

 

 

 

 

 

4,657

 

9,092

 

(2,073

)

11,676

 

Duty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,817

)

 

 

(4,654

)

 

 

365

 

 

 

(8,106

)

 

Raw materials and consumables used

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

 

&nb sp;

(2,084

)

 

 

1,551

 

 

 

(651

)

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Employment costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(106

)

 

 

(349

)

 

 

 

 

 

(455

)

 

Depreci ation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

Other operating charges

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

(527

)

 

 

 

 

 

(683

)

 

Duty and similar items

 

 

 

(3,847

)

(5,335

)

668

 

(8,514

)

Other cost of sales

 

 

 

(214

)

(2,204

)

1,405

 

(1,013

)

Cost of sales

 

 

 

(4,061

)

(7,539

)

2,073

 

(9,527

)

Gross profit

 

 

 

596

 

1,553

 

 

2,149

 

Distribution, advertising and selling costs

 

 

 

(99

)

(528

)

 

(627

)

Administrative expenses

 

(9

)

 

(100

)

(102

)

 

(211

)

Profit from operations

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

874

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

(9

)

 

397

 

923

 

 

1,311

 

Income from shares in group undertakings

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

770

 

 

 

2,733

 

 

 

(4,608

)

 

 

 

 

Income from shares in Group undertakings

 

1,018

 

 

868

 

6,222

 

(8,108

)

 

Profit before finance costs

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,142

 

 

 

3,607

 

 

 

(4,608

)

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

1,265

 

7,145

 

(8,108

)

1,311

 

Net finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

 

 

(63

)

(80

)

 

(143

)

Profit before taxation

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

3,562

 

 

 

(4,608

)

 

 

1,078

  ;

 

 

1,009

 

 

1,202

 

7,065

 

(8,108

)

1,168

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(219

)

 

 

 

 

 

(288

)

 

 

 

 

(23

)

(287

)

 

 

(310

)

Profit after taxation

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

956

 

 

 

3,343

 

 

 

(4,608

)

 

 

790

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

1,179

 

6,778

 

(8,108

)

858

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

 

(315

)

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

 

 

 

(158

)

 

(112

)

 

270

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

784

 

 

 

 

 

 

984

 

 

 

3,343

 

 

 

(4,321

)

 

 

790

 

 

 

851

 

 

1,067

 

6,778

 

(7,838

)

858

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

 

784

 

 

 

 

 

 

984

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

(4,321

)

 

 

784

 

 

 

851

 

 

1,067

 

6,771

 

(7,838

)

851

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)INCOME STATEMENT

33   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information (Continued)

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2005

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Revenue

 

 

 

4,592

 

8,553

 

(1,916

)

11,229

 

Duty and similar items

 

 

 

(3,817

)

(4,654

)

365

 

(8,106

)

Other cost of sales

 

 

 

(225

)

(2,327

)

1,551

 

(1,001

)

Cost of sales

 

 

 

(4,042

)

(6,981

)

1,916

 

(9,107

)

Gross profit

 

 

 

550

 

1,572

 

 

2,122

 

Distribution, advertising and selling costs

 

 

 

(96

)

(560

)

 

(656

)

Administrative expenses

 

(6

)

 

(107

)

(113

)

 

(226

)

Profit from operations

 

(6

)

 

347

 

899

 

 

1,240

 

Income from shares in Group undertakings

 

1,105

 

 

770

 

2,733

 

(4,608

)

 

Profit before finance costs

 

1,099

 

 

1,117

 

3,632

 

(4,608

)

1,240

 

Net finance costs

 

 

 

(78

)

(84

)

 

(162

)

Profit before taxation

 

1,099

 

 

1,039

 

3,548

 

(4,608

)

1,078

 

Taxation

 

 

 

(73

)

(215

)

 

(288

)

Profit after taxation

 

1,099

 

 

966

 

3,333

 

(4,608

)

790

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

(315

)

 

18

 

 

297

 

 

Profit for the year

 

784

 

 

984

 

3,333

 

(4,311

)

790

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the Company

 

784

 

 

984

 

3,327

 

(4,311

)

784

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

6

 

F-74



BALANCE SHEET DATA

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

 

&nb sp;

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

3,125

 

 

 

3,910

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

439

 

 

 

 

 

 

580

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,594

 

 

 

44,713

 

 

 

(49,340

)

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

&nb sp;

 

19

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,742

 

 

 

46,422

 

 

 

(46,215

)

 

 

4,982

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

781

 

 

 

(67

)

 

 

789

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

3,434

 

 

 

33,198

 

 

 

(35,883

)

 

 

1,067

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

&nbs p;

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

  ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

3,513

 

 

 

34,280

 

 

 

(35,950

)

 

 

2,161

 

 

Total assets

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

7,255

 

 

 

80,702

 

 

 

(82,165

)

 

 

7,143

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

& nbsp;

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(241

)

 

 

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(835

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,122

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(119

)

 

 

 

 

 

(119

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(213

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,555

)

 

 

(31,602

)

 

 

35,937

 

 

 

(1,433

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(252

)

 

 

 

 

 

(272

)

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

(454

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,631

)

 

 

(32,854

)

 

 

35,937

 

 

 

(3,002

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(318

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,612

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,930

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(405

)

 

 

400

 

 

 

(5

)

&nbs p;

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(119

)

 

 

 

 

 

(135

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

&n bsp;

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(3,607

)

 

 

400

 

 

 

(3,543

)

 

Total liabilities

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(5,649

)

 

 

(36,461

)

 

 

36,337

 

 

 

(6,545

)

 

Net assets

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

44,241

 

 

 

(45,828

)

 

 

598

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

9,382

 

 

 

(9,393

)

 

 

73

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

506

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

34,844

 

 

 

(36,439

)

 

 

506

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company  

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

44,226

 

 

 

(45,832

)

 

 

579

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

19

 

 

Total equity

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

44,241

 

 

 

(45,828

)

 

 

598

 

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

33   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information (Continued)

 

 

As at September 30, 2007

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

7

 

1,636

 

3,307

 

4,950

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

143

 

497

 

 

640

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

 

1,110

 

 

2,296

 

65,989

 

(69,395

)

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

586

 

16

 

 

602

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

52

 

 

 

1,110

 

 

3,032

 

68,201

 

(66,088

)

6,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

84

 

981

 

(67

)

998

 

Trade and other receivables

 

9

 

304

 

859

 

42,851

 

(42,769

)

1,254

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

50

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

225

 

155

 

 

380

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

71

 

 

 

9

 

304

 

1,168

 

44,108

 

(42,836

)

2,753

 

Total assets

 

1,119

 

304

 

4,200

 

112,309

 

(108,924

)

9,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

(1

)

 

(105

)

(961

)

 

(1,067

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

(219

)

 

(219

)

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

(962

)

(43,400

)

42,769

 

(1,593

)

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

(26

)

(241

)

 

(267

)

Provisions

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

(26

)

 

 

(1

)

 

(1,093

)

(44,847

)

42,769

 

(3,172

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(304

)

 

(3,749

)

 

(4,053

)

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

(405

)

400

 

(5

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(184

)

(24

)

 

(208

)

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

 

 

(397

)

 

(397

)

Provisions

 

 

 

(2

)

(30

)

 

(32

)

 

 

 

(304

)

(186

)

(4,605

)

400

 

(4,695

)

Total liabilities

 

(1

)

(304

)

(1,279

)

(49,452

)

43,169

 

(7,867

)

Net assets

 

1,118

 

 

2,921

 

62,857

 

(65,755

)

1,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

73

 

 

11

 

11,029

 

(11,040

)

73

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

1,045

 

 

2,910

 

51,810

 

(54,720

)

1,045

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

1,118

 

 

2,921

 

62,839

 

(65,760

)

1,118

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

18

 

5

 

23

 

Total equity

 

1,118

 

 

2,921

 

62,857

 

(65,755

)

1,141

 

F-75



BALANCE SHEET DATA

A mounts

 

 

As at September 30, 2006

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

7

 

778

 

3,125

 

3,910

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

141

 

439

 

 

580

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

 

818

 

 

1,521

 

47,001

 

(49,340

)

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

374

 

23

 

 

397

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

19

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

71

 

 

 

818

 

 

2,043

 

48,336

 

(46,215

)

4,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

75

 

781

 

(67

)

789

 

Trade and other receivables

 

2

 

318

 

745

 

35,629

 

(35,627

)

1,067

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

4

 

259

 

 

263

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

29

 

 

 

2

 

318

 

824

 

36,711

 

(35,694

)

2,161

 

Total assets

 

820

 

318

 

2,867

 

85,047

 

(81,909

)

7,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

(241

)

 

(46

)

(835

)

 

(1,122

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

(119

)

 

(119

)

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

(1,049

)

(36,321

)

35,937

 

(1,433

)

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

(20

)

(252

)

 

(272

)

Provisions

 

 

 

(10

)

(46

)

 

(56

)

 

 

(241

)

 

(1,125

)

(37,573

)

35,937

 

(3,002

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(318

)

 

(2,612

)

 

(2,930

)

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

(405

)

400

 

(5

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(134

)

(1

)

 

(135

)

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

(434

)

Provisions

 

 

 

(2

)

(37

)

 

(39

)

 

 

 

(318

)

(136

)

(3,489

)

400

 

(3,543

)

Total liabilities

 

(241

)

(318

)

(1,261

)

(41,062

)

36,337

 

(6,545

)

Net assets

 

579

 

 

1,606

 

43,985

 

(45,572

)

598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

73

 

 

11

 

9,382

 

(9,393

)

73

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

506

 

 

1,595

 

34,588

 

(36,183

)

506

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

 

579

 

 

1,606

 

43,970

 

(45,576

)

579

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

15

 

4

 

19

 

Total equity

 

579

 

 

1,606

 

43,985

 

(45,572

)

598

 

Certain balances for parent and subsidiary guarantor information in accordance with IFRSthe table above for 2006 have been reclassified from current assets and current liabilities into investments in subsidiary undertakings.

 

As at September 30, 2005

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

&n bsp;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

3,018

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

 

 

 

642

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

 

 

882

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,594

 

 

 

42,073

 

 

 

(46,549

)

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,740

 

 

 

43,435

 

 

 

(43,531

)

 

 

4,526

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

826

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

857

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

30,764

 

 

 

(33,294

)

 

 

1,012

 

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

3,305

 

 

 

31,879

 

 

 

(33,353

)

 

 

2,169

 

 

Total assets

 

 

883

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

7,045

 

 

 

75,314

 

 

 

(76,884

)

 

 

6,695

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(707

)

 

 

 

 

 

(707

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

(197

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,125

)

 

 

(29,549

)

 

 

33,343

 

 

 

(1,528

)

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(209

)

 

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

(197

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,151

)

 

 

(30,515

)

 

& nbsp;

33,343

 

 

 

(2,520

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,438

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,775

)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(411

)

 

 

400

 

 

 

(11

)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

(133

)

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(438

)

 

 

 

 

 

(438

)

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(3,512

)

 

 

400

 

 

 

(3,470

)

 

Total liabilities

 

 

(197

)

 

 

(337

)

 

 

(5,172

)

 

 

(34,027

)

 

 

33,743

 

 

 

(5,990

)

  ;

Net assets

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

41,287

 

 

 

(43,141

)

 

 

705

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11,246

 

 

 

(11,257

)

 

 

73

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

613

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,862

 

 

 

30,026

 

 

 

(31,888

)

 

 

613

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company  

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

41,272

 

 

 

(43,145

)

 

 

686

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

4

&nbs p;

 

 

19

 

 

Total equity

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

41,287

 

 

 

(43,141

)

 

 

705

 

 

 


IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

33   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information) (Continued)

CASH FLOW DATA
Amounts in accordance with IFRSF-76

 

 

For the period ended September 30, 2006

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

453

 

 

 

713

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(1,354

)

 

 

892

 

 

 

(490

)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

(431

)

 

 

658

 

 

 

(892

)

 

 

(655

)

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Adjustments relating to adoption of IAS 39 from October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 



 

CASH FLOW DATA
Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

For the period ended September 30, 2005

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 


Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

411

 

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

2,285

 

 

 

(2,321

)

 

 

(65

)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(387

)

 

 

(3,096

)

 

 

2,321

 

 

 

(1,169

)

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 


 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2007

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

(13

)

 

524

 

488

 

 

999

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(25

)

(15,794

)

14,735

 

(1,084

)

Net cash generated by/(used in) financing activities

 

13

 

 

(278

)

15,189

 

(14,735

)

189

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

221

 

(117

)

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

 

 

4

 

259

 

 

263

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

225

 

155

 

 

380

 

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)CASH FLOW DATA

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2006

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

(11

)

 

453

 

713

 

 

1,155

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(28

)

(1,354

)

892

 

(490

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

10

 

 

(431

)

658

 

(892

)

(655

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(1

)

 

(6

)

17

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

1

 

 

10

 

245

 

 

256

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

Adjustments relating to adoption of IAS 39 from October 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

4

 

259

 

 

263

 

33CASH FLOW DATA   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information) (Continued)

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2005

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

(6

)

 

411

 

738

 

 

1,143

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(29

)

2,285

 

(2,321

)

(65

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(7

)

 

(387

)

(3,096

)

2,321

 

(1,169

)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(13

)

 

(5

)

(73

)

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

 

14

 

 

15

 

310

 

 

339

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

1

 

 

10

 

245

 

 

256

 

F-77



RECONCILIATION OF CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS TO U.S. GAAP

 

 

Year ended September 30, 2006

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 


Elimination
Entries

 


Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the company under IFRS

 

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

6,800

 

 

 

(7,867

)

 

 

851

 

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(99

)

 

 

 

 

 

(99

)

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

(994

)

 

 

6,700

 

 

 

(7,694

)

 

 

778

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company under IFRS

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

44,226

 

 

 

(45,832

)

 

 

579

 

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(828

)

 

 

 

 

 

(828

)

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,688

 

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

 

 

(841

)

 

 

 

 

 

(959

)

 

Equity accounting adjustment

 

 

924

 

 

 

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,601

)

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,530

 

 

 

44,903

 

 

 

(47,433

)

 

 

1,503

 

 


Year ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company under IFRS

 

905

 

 

1,152

 

1,310

 

(2,462

)

905

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

(73

)

 

(73

)

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

(2

)

(1

)

 

(3

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

��

 

90

 

 

90

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

12

 

 

14

 

 

(26

)

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

917

 

 

1,164

 

1,324

 

(2,488

)

917

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company under IFRS

 

1,118

 

 

2,921

 

62,839

 

(65,760

)

1,118

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

(854

)

 

(854

)

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

2,690

 

 

2,690

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

(8

)

(2

)

 

(10

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

(867

)

 

(867

)

Equity accounting adjustment

 

965

 

 

967

 

 

(1,932

)

 

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

2,083

 

 

3,886

 

63,806

 

(67,692

)

2,083

 

IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (Continued)

33   Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information) (Continued)

RECONCILIATION OF CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS TO U.S. GAAP

 

 

Year ended September 30, 2005

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiary
Guarantor

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Elimination
Entries

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

(In £’s million)

 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the company under IFRS

 

 

784

 

 

 

 

 

 

984

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

(4,321

)

 

 

784

 

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

Mark to market adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

 

 

 

(108

)

 

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

 

680

 

 

 

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

3,229

 

 

 

(4,109

)

 

 

680

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company under IFRS

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

41,272

 

 

 

(43,145

)

 

 

686

 

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

(187

)

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(834

)

 

 

 

 

 

(834

)

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,645

 

 

Mark to market adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(728

)

 

 

 

 

 

(832

)

 

Equity accounting adjustment

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

892

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

 

1,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

42,164

 

 

 

(45,158

)

 

 

1,807

 

 

Year ended September 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company under IFRS

 

851

 

 

1,067

 

6,771

 

(7,838

)

851

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

(99

)

 

(99

)

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

(2

)

(11

)

 

(13

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

38

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

(73

)

 

(71

)

 

144

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

778

 

 

994

 

6,700

 

(7,694

)

778

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company under IFRS

 

579

 

 

1,606

 

43,970

 

(45,576

)

579

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

35

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

(828

)

 

(828

)

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

2,688

 

 

2,688

 

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

(9

)

(3

)

 

(12

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

(959

)

 

(959

)

Equity accounting adjustment

 

924

 

 

933

 

 

(1,857

)

 

Shareholders’ funds under U.S. GAAP

 

1,503

 

 

2,530

 

44,903

 

(47,433

)

1,503

 

 

F-84F-78



RECONCILIATION OF CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS TO U.S. GAAP

Year ended September 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

Elimination

 

Consolidated

 

(In £’s million)

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Guarantor

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entries

 

Total

 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company under IFRS

 

784

 

 

984

 

3,327

 

(4,311

)

784

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

(100

)

Mark to market adjustments

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

(35

)

Employee related benefits

 

 

 

(6

)

(3

)

 

(9

)

Deferred tax on adjustments

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

42

 

Equity income/(loss)

 

(104

)

 

(98

)

 

202

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

 

680

 

 

880

 

3,229

 

(4,109

)

680

 

The net pension surplus arising from the UK pension scheme has been reclassified in the IFRS figures in the tables above for the years ended September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005 from non guarantor subsidiaries to subsidiary guarantor on the basis that under IFRS the surplus should be accounted for as a defined benefit plan in the sponsoring employer’s accounts. Similarly the related defined benefit income statement credit has been reclassified from non guarantor subsidiaries to subsidiary guarantor.

Reclassifications from non guarantor subsidiaries to subsidiary guarantor have been made in the income statement of pensions (2006: £42 million; 2005: £14 million), deferred tax (2006: £13 million; 2005: £4 million) and equity income/(loss) (2006: £29 million; 2005: £10 million). Reclassifications from non guarantor subsidiaries to subsidiary guarantor have been made in the balance sheet of pensions (2006: £374 million; 2005: £333 million), deferred tax (2006: £118 million; 2005: £104 million) and trade receivables (2006: £256 million; 2005: £229 million).

F-79



Exhibits

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of Imperial Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the 2003 Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated February 10, 2004 (File No. 1-14874)).

2.1

 

Form of Indenture among Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V., Imperial Tobacco and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee, including form of note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Imperial Tobacco Overseas’s and Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 26, 1999 (File Nos. 333-10128 and 333-10128-01)).

2.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Imperial Tobacco, Citibank, N.A., as the Depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners of ADRs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated October 26, 1998 (File No. 1-14874) (the “1997 20-F Registration Statement”)).

2.3

 

Guarantee, dated as of February 10,, 2003, made by Imperial Tobacco Limited in favor of the holders of the $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount 71¤/8% Guaranteed Notes due April 1, 2009 issued by Imperial Tobacco Overseas B.V. and guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco.Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to Imperial Tobacco’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, dated February 14, 2002 (File No. 1-14874) (the “2002 20-F Registration Statement”)).

4.1

 

Demerger Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1996, between Hanson PLC and Imperial Tobacco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 1997 20-F Registration Statement).

4.2

 

Deed, dated as of August 28, 1996, between Hanson and Imperial Tobacco Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 1997 20-F Registration Statement).

4.3

 

4.3

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Share Matching Scheme.

4.4

 

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Long-Term Incentive Plan.Plan.

4.5

 

4.5

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Sharesave Scheme.

4.6

 

4.6

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC International Sharesave Plan.

4.7

 

4.7

Imperial Tobacco Group PLC Bonus Match Plan.

4.8

 

Directors’ Service Contracts.Contracts.

4.9

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2002 among Imperial Tobacco, Tchibo Holding Aktiengesellschaft and certain other holders of shares of Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, dated October 28, 2002 (File No. 1-14874)).

4.10

 

Underwriting Agreement, dated March 7, 2002, between Imperial Tobacco, Hoare Govett Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Deutsche Bank AG London. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2002 20-F Registration Statement).

4.114.10

 

Option Agreement, dated March 7, 2002, between Tchibo Holding Aktiengesellschaft and certain other holders of shares of Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Imperial Tobacco'sTobacco’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, dated October 28, 2002 (File No. 1-14874)).

4.12

4.11

 

Profit Pooling Agreement, dated May 15, 2002, between Imperial Tobacco Holdings Germany GmbH & Co. and Reemtsma (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the 2002 20-F Registration Statement).




Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.144.12

 

Prospectus dated January 13, 2006 for Euro 10,000,000,000 Debt Issuance Program (Euro Medium Term Note Program) of Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC and Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, guaranteed by Imperial Tobacco, with 14 banks in dealer group, including J.P. Morgan Cazenove as arrangerarranger.. (incorporated by reference to



Exhibit 4.14 in the 2005 20-F Registration Statement).No.

Description

4.15

4.13

 

Share Purchase Agreement dated 23 August, 2006 between Tchibo Holding Aktsellschaft,Aktiengesellschaft, Reemtsma Cigarettenfabriken GmbH and Imperial Tobacco Group PLC.PLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the 2006 20-F Registration Statement)

4.14

Share Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2007 between MAUI Acquisition Corporation (subsequently renamed ITG Holdings USA, Inc.) and Houchens Industries, Inc.

4.15

Financing Agreement dated February 8, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Finance (2) PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.16

Agreement dated July 18, 2007 between Imperial tobacco Group PLC and Altadis S.A.

4.17

Facility Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Finance PLC, Imperial Tobacco Enterprise Finance Limited, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.18

Equity Bridge Facility Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Imperial Tobacco Limited, Citibank International PLC and the other lenders named therein.

4.19

Underwriting Agreement dated July 18, 2007 among Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Hoare Govett Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Citigroup Global Markets U.K. Equity Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Lehman Brothers International (Europe).

8.1

 

The list of Imperial Tobacco’s subsidiaries is incorporated by reference to Note 3231 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

11.1

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 to the 2003 20-F Registration Statement).

12.1

 

12.1

Certification of Chief Executive pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78m(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2

 

12.2

Certification of Finance Director pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78m(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.1

 

13.1

Certification of Chief Executive and Finance Director pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1

 

15.1

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the incorporation by reference of the audit report contained in this Form 20-F into Imperial Tobacco Group PLC’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-124333) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2006.2005, Form S-8 (File No. 333-124335) filed on April 26, 2005, and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-134158) filed on May 16, 2006.2006, and on form S-8 (File No. 333-142607) filed on May 4, 2007.